Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/925/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/925/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:31:17 GMT Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:31:17 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/925/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/925/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/925/ thebookvoice.com no Rubye Rodriguez bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/925/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Fable Series: #1 of The Bulfinch’s Mythology Series Author: Thomas Bulfinch Narrator: Mary Woods Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Many of the world's travails may be traced to the displacement of mythology by the age of science. Knowledge today is often deemed useful only if it enlarges our possessions or raises our station in society. If instead, the criterion were to make us happier and more virtuous, mythology would have retained its proper place in society. The Age of Fable is Thomas Bulfinch's brilliant reconstruction of the ancient myths and legends that form the backbone of western culture. Drawn from a variety of classic sources, including Ovid's Metamorphoses, Egyptian myths, Eastern mythology, and Hindu, Norse, and Celtic works, these selections form a remarkable tapestry of human endeavor: dreams, illusions, adventures, and loves. Included are the legends of Cupid and Psyche, Venus and Adonis, Hero and Leander, Hercules, and many others. Thomas Bulfinch Tue, 01 Aug 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300677 thebookvoice.com 13:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Fable Series: #1 of The Bulfinch’s Mythology Series Author: Thomas Bulfinch Narrator: Mary Woods Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Many of the world's travails may be traced to the displacement of mythology by the age of science. Knowledge today is often deemed useful only if it enlarges our possessions or raises our station in society. If instead, the criterion were to make us happier and more virtuous, mythology would have retained its proper place in society. The Age of Fable is Thomas Bulfinch's brilliant reconstruction of the ancient myths and legends that form the backbone of western culture. Drawn from a variety of classic sources, including Ovid's Metamorphoses, Egyptian myths, Eastern mythology, and Hindu, Norse, and Celtic works, these selections form a remarkable tapestry of human endeavor: dreams, illusions, adventures, and loves. Included are the legends of Cupid and Psyche, Venus and Adonis, Hero and Leander, Hercules, and many others. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Fable Series: #1 of The Bulfinch’s Mythology Series Author: Thomas Bulfinch Narrator: Mary Woods Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Many of the world's travails may be traced to the displacement of mythology by the age of science. Knowledge today is often deemed useful only if it enlarges our possessions or raises our station in society. If instead, the criterion were to make us happier and more virtuous, mythology would have retained its proper place in society. The Age of Fable is Thomas Bulfinch's brilliant reconstruction of the ancient myths and legends that form the backbone of western culture. Drawn from a variety of classic sources, including Ovid's Metamorphoses, Egyptian myths, Eastern mythology, and Hindu, Norse, and Celtic works, these selections form a remarkable tapestry of human endeavor: dreams, illusions, adventures, and loves. Included are the legends of Cupid and Psyche, Venus and Adonis, Hero and Leander, Hercules, and many others. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300652 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghost of the Innocent Man: A True Story of Trial and Redemption Author: Benjamin Rachlin Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A gripping account of one man's long road to freedom that will forever change how we understand our criminal justice system. During the last three decades, more than two thousand American citizens have been wrongfully convicted. Ghost of the Innocent Man brings us one of the most dramatic of those cases and provides the clearest picture yet of the national scourge of wrongful conviction and of the opportunity for meaningful reform. When the final gavel clapped in a rural southern courtroom in the summer of 1988, Willie J. Grimes, a gentle spirit with no record of violence, was shocked and devastated to be convicted of first-degree rape and sentenced to life imprisonment. Here is the story of this everyman and his extraordinary quarter-century-long journey to freedom, told in breathtaking and sympathetic detail, from the botched evidence and suspect testimony that led to his incarceration to the tireless efforts to prove his innocence and the identity of the true perpetrator. These were spearheaded by his relentless champion, Christine Mumma, a cofounder of North Carolina's Innocence Inquiry Commission. That commission -- unprecedented at its inception in 2006 -- remains a model organization unlike any other in the country, and one now responsible for a growing number of exonerations. With meticulous, prismatic research and pulse-quickening prose, Benjamin Rachlin presents one man's tragedy and triumph. The jarring and unsettling truth is that the story of Willie J. Grimes, for all its outrage, dignity, and grace, is not a unique travesty. But through the harrowing and suspenseful account of one life, told from the inside, we experience the full horror of wrongful conviction on a national scale. Ghost of the Innocent Man is both rare and essential, a masterwork of empathy. The book offers a profound reckoning not only with the shortcomings of our criminal justice system but also with its possibilities for redemption. 'Remarkable . . . Captivating . . . Rachlin is a skilled storyteller.'-New York Times Book Review 'A gripping legal-thriller mystery . . . Profoundly elevates good-cause advocacy to greater heights -- to where innocent lives are saved.'-USA Today 'A crisply written page turner.'-NPR Benjamin Rachlin Tue, 15 Aug 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300652 thebookvoice.com 12:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghost of the Innocent Man: A True Story of Trial and Redemption Author: Benjamin Rachlin Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A gripping account of one man's long road to freedom that will forever change how we understand our criminal justice system. During the last three decades, more than two thousand American citizens have been wrongfully convicted. Ghost of the Innocent Man brings us one of the most dramatic of those cases and provides the clearest picture yet of the national scourge of wrongful conviction and of the opportunity for meaningful reform. When the final gavel clapped in a rural southern courtroom in the summer of 1988, Willie J. Grimes, a gentle spirit with no record of violence, was shocked and devastated to be convicted of first-degree rape and sentenced to life imprisonment. Here is the story of this everyman and his extraordinary quarter-century-long journey to freedom, told in breathtaking and sympathetic detail, from the botched evidence and suspect testimony that led to his incarceration to the tireless efforts to prove his innocence and the identity of the true perpetrator. These were spearheaded by his relentless champion, Christine Mumma, a cofounder of North Carolina's Innocence Inquiry Commission. That commission -- unprecedented at its inception in 2006 -- remains a model organization unlike any other in the country, and one now responsible for a growing number of exonerations. With meticulous, prismatic research and pulse-quickening prose, Benjamin Rachlin presents one man's tragedy and triumph. The jarring and unsettling truth is that the story of Willie J. Grimes, for all its outrage, dignity, and grace, is not a unique travesty. But through the harrowing and suspenseful account of one life, told from the inside, we experience the full horror of wrongful conviction on a national scale. Ghost of the Innocent Man is both rare and essential, a masterwork of empathy. The book offers a profound reckoning not only with the shortcomings of our criminal justice system but also with its possibilities for redemption. 'Remarkable . . . Captivating . . . Rachlin is a skilled storyteller.'-New York Times Book Review 'A gripping legal-thriller mystery . . . Profoundly elevates good-cause advocacy to greater heights -- to where innocent lives are saved.'-USA Today 'A crisply written page turner.'-NPR Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghost of the Innocent Man: A True Story of Trial and Redemption Author: Benjamin Rachlin Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A gripping account of one man's long road to freedom that will forever change how we understand our criminal justice system. During the last three decades, more than two thousand American citizens have been wrongfully convicted. Ghost of the Innocent Man brings us one of the most dramatic of those cases and provides the clearest picture yet of the national scourge of wrongful conviction and of the opportunity for meaningful reform. When the final gavel clapped in a rural southern courtroom in the summer of 1988, Willie J. Grimes, a gentle spirit with no record of violence, was shocked and devastated to be convicted of first-degree rape and sentenced to life imprisonment. Here is the story of this everyman and his extraordinary quarter-century-long journey to freedom, told in breathtaking and sympathetic detail, from the botched evidence and suspect testimony that led to his incarceration to the tireless efforts to prove his innocence and the identity of the true perpetrator. These were spearheaded by his relentless champion, Christine Mumma, a cofounder of North Carolina's Innocence Inquiry Commission. That commission -- unprecedented at its inception in 2006 -- remains a model organization unlike any other in the country, and one now responsible for a growing number of exonerations. With meticulous, prismatic research and pulse-quickening prose, Benjamin Rachlin presents one man's tragedy and triumph. The jarring and unsettling truth is that the story of Willie J. Grimes, for all its outrage, dignity, and grace, is not a unique travesty. But through the harrowing and suspenseful account of one life, told from the inside, we experience the full horror of wrongful conviction on a national scale. Ghost of the Innocent Man is both rare and essential, a masterwork of empathy. The book offers a profound reckoning not only with the shortcomings of our criminal justice system but also with its possibilities for redemption. 'Remarkable . . . Captivating . . . Rachlin is a skilled storyteller.'-New York Times Book Review 'A gripping legal-thriller mystery . . . Profoundly elevates good-cause advocacy to greater heights -- to where innocent lives are saved.'-USA Today 'A crisply written page turner.'-NPR https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300562 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300562]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Science in the Soul: Selected Writings of a Passionate Rationalist Author: Richard Dawkins Narrator: Gillian Somerscales, Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of Science in the Soul by Richard Dawkins, read by the author, Lalla Ward and Gillian Somerscales. This edition includes a bonus PDF of a bibliography and references. Richard Dawkins - author of The Selfish Gene, The Blind Watchmaker, and The God Delusion - is one of science's greatest communicators. This anthology of more than forty pieces is a kaleidoscopic argument for the power and the glory of science. Breathtaking, brilliant and passionate, these essays, journalism, lectures and letters make an unanswerable case for the wonder of scientific discovery and its power to stir the imagination; for the practical necessity of scientific endeavour to society; and for the importance of the scientific way of thinking – particularly in today’s ‘post-truth’ world. With an introduction and new commentary by the author, subjects range from evolution and Darwinian natural selection to the role of scientist as prophet, whether science is itself a religion, the probability of alien life in other worlds, and the beauties, cruelties and oddities of earthly life in this one. Alongside the explications, the celebrations and the controversies are wonderfully funny ventures into satire and parody, and moving personal reflections in memory and honour of others. Science in the Soul is a sparkling showcase for Professor Dawkins' rapier wit, the clarity, precision and vigour he brings to an argument, the beauty of his prose, the depth of his feeling and his capacity for joy. © Richard Dawkins 2017 (P) Penguin Audio 2017 Richard Dawkins Thu, 03 Aug 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300562 thebookvoice.com 14:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300562]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Science in the Soul: Selected Writings of a Passionate Rationalist Author: Richard Dawkins Narrator: Gillian Somerscales, Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of Science in the Soul by Richard Dawkins, read by the author, Lalla Ward and Gillian Somerscales. This edition includes a bonus PDF of a bibliography and references. Richard Dawkins - author of The Selfish Gene, The Blind Watchmaker, and The God Delusion - is one of science's greatest communicators. This anthology of more than forty pieces is a kaleidoscopic argument for the power and the glory of science. Breathtaking, brilliant and passionate, these essays, journalism, lectures and letters make an unanswerable case for the wonder of scientific discovery and its power to stir the imagination; for the practical necessity of scientific endeavour to society; and for the importance of the scientific way of thinking – particularly in today’s ‘post-truth’ world. With an introduction and new commentary by the author, subjects range from evolution and Darwinian natural selection to the role of scientist as prophet, whether science is itself a religion, the probability of alien life in other worlds, and the beauties, cruelties and oddities of earthly life in this one. Alongside the explications, the celebrations and the controversies are wonderfully funny ventures into satire and parody, and moving personal reflections in memory and honour of others. Science in the Soul is a sparkling showcase for Professor Dawkins' rapier wit, the clarity, precision and vigour he brings to an argument, the beauty of his prose, the depth of his feeling and his capacity for joy. © Richard Dawkins 2017 (P) Penguin Audio 2017 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300562]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Science in the Soul: Selected Writings of a Passionate Rationalist Author: Richard Dawkins Narrator: Gillian Somerscales, Lalla Ward, Richard Dawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of Science in the Soul by Richard Dawkins, read by the author, Lalla Ward and Gillian Somerscales. This edition includes a bonus PDF of a bibliography and references. Richard Dawkins - author of The Selfish Gene, The Blind Watchmaker, and The God Delusion - is one of science's greatest communicators. This anthology of more than forty pieces is a kaleidoscopic argument for the power and the glory of science. Breathtaking, brilliant and passionate, these essays, journalism, lectures and letters make an unanswerable case for the wonder of scientific discovery and its power to stir the imagination; for the practical necessity of scientific endeavour to society; and for the importance of the scientific way of thinking – particularly in today’s ‘post-truth’ world. With an introduction and new commentary by the author, subjects range from evolution and Darwinian natural selection to the role of scientist as prophet, whether science is itself a religion, the probability of alien life in other worlds, and the beauties, cruelties and oddities of earthly life in this one. Alongside the explications, the celebrations and the controversies are wonderfully funny ventures into satire and parody, and moving personal reflections in memory and honour of others. Science in the Soul is a sparkling showcase for Professor Dawkins' rapier wit, the clarity, precision and vigour he brings to an argument, the beauty of his prose, the depth of his feeling and his capacity for joy. © Richard Dawkins 2017 (P) Penguin Audio 2017 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300310 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Booty: Love and Sex, Black and White, Body and Soul in American Music Author: Ann Powers Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this sweeping history of popular music in the United States, NPR’s acclaimed music critic examines how popular music shapes fundamental American ideas and beliefs, allowing us to communicate difficult emotions and truths about our most fraught social issues, most notably sex and race. In Good Booty, Ann Powers explores how popular music became America’s primary erotic art form. Powers takes us from nineteenth-century New Orleans through dance-crazed Jazz Age New York to the teen scream years of mid-twentieth century rock-and-roll to the cutting-edge adventures of today’s web-based pop stars. Drawing on her deep knowledge and insights on gender and sexuality, Powers recounts stories of forbidden lovers, wild shimmy-shakers, orgasmic gospel singers, countercultural perverts, soft-rock sensitivos, punk Puritans, and the cyborg known as Britney Spears to illuminate how eroticism—not merely sex, but love, bodily freedom, and liberating joy—became entwined within the rhythms and melodies of American song. This cohesion, she reveals, touches the heart of America's anxieties and hopes about race, feminism, marriage, youth, and freedom. In a survey that spans more than a century of music, Powers both heralds little known artists such as Florence Mills, a contemporary of Josephine Baker, and gospel queen Dorothy Love Coates, and sheds new light on artists we think we know well, from the Beatles and Jim Morrison to Madonna and Beyoncé. In telling the history of how American popular music and sexuality intersect—a magnum opus over two decades in the making—Powers offers new insights into our nation psyche and our soul. Ann Powers Tue, 15 Aug 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300310 thebookvoice.com 13:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Booty: Love and Sex, Black and White, Body and Soul in American Music Author: Ann Powers Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this sweeping history of popular music in the United States, NPR’s acclaimed music critic examines how popular music shapes fundamental American ideas and beliefs, allowing us to communicate difficult emotions and truths about our most fraught social issues, most notably sex and race. In Good Booty, Ann Powers explores how popular music became America’s primary erotic art form. Powers takes us from nineteenth-century New Orleans through dance-crazed Jazz Age New York to the teen scream years of mid-twentieth century rock-and-roll to the cutting-edge adventures of today’s web-based pop stars. Drawing on her deep knowledge and insights on gender and sexuality, Powers recounts stories of forbidden lovers, wild shimmy-shakers, orgasmic gospel singers, countercultural perverts, soft-rock sensitivos, punk Puritans, and the cyborg known as Britney Spears to illuminate how eroticism—not merely sex, but love, bodily freedom, and liberating joy—became entwined within the rhythms and melodies of American song. This cohesion, she reveals, touches the heart of America's anxieties and hopes about race, feminism, marriage, youth, and freedom. In a survey that spans more than a century of music, Powers both heralds little known artists such as Florence Mills, a contemporary of Josephine Baker, and gospel queen Dorothy Love Coates, and sheds new light on artists we think we know well, from the Beatles and Jim Morrison to Madonna and Beyoncé. In telling the history of how American popular music and sexuality intersect—a magnum opus over two decades in the making—Powers offers new insights into our nation psyche and our soul. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Booty: Love and Sex, Black and White, Body and Soul in American Music Author: Ann Powers Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this sweeping history of popular music in the United States, NPR’s acclaimed music critic examines how popular music shapes fundamental American ideas and beliefs, allowing us to communicate difficult emotions and truths about our most fraught social issues, most notably sex and race. In Good Booty, Ann Powers explores how popular music became America’s primary erotic art form. Powers takes us from nineteenth-century New Orleans through dance-crazed Jazz Age New York to the teen scream years of mid-twentieth century rock-and-roll to the cutting-edge adventures of today’s web-based pop stars. Drawing on her deep knowledge and insights on gender and sexuality, Powers recounts stories of forbidden lovers, wild shimmy-shakers, orgasmic gospel singers, countercultural perverts, soft-rock sensitivos, punk Puritans, and the cyborg known as Britney Spears to illuminate how eroticism—not merely sex, but love, bodily freedom, and liberating joy—became entwined within the rhythms and melodies of American song. This cohesion, she reveals, touches the heart of America's anxieties and hopes about race, feminism, marriage, youth, and freedom. In a survey that spans more than a century of music, Powers both heralds little known artists such as Florence Mills, a contemporary of Josephine Baker, and gospel queen Dorothy Love Coates, and sheds new light on artists we think we know well, from the Beatles and Jim Morrison to Madonna and Beyoncé. In telling the history of how American popular music and sexuality intersect—a magnum opus over two decades in the making—Powers offers new insights into our nation psyche and our soul. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300285 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Quake: How the Biggest Earthquake in North America Changed Our Understanding of the Planet Author: Henry Fountain Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 8, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice • A riveting narrative about the biggest earthquake in North American recorded history—the 1964 Alaska earthquake that demolished the city of Valdez and swept away the island village of Chenega—and the geologist who hunted for clues to explain how and why it took place. At 5:36 p.m. on March 27, 1964, a magnitude 9.2. earthquake—the second most powerful in world history—struck the young state of Alaska. The violent shaking, followed by massive tsunamis, devastated the southern half of the state and killed more than 130 people. A day later, George Plafker, a geologist with the U.S. Geological Survey, arrived to investigate. His fascinating scientific detective work in the months that followed helped confirm the then-controversial theory of plate tectonics. In a compelling tale about the almost unimaginable brute force of nature, New York Times science journalist Henry Fountain combines history and science to bring the quake and its aftermath to life in vivid detail. With deep, on-the-ground reporting from Alaska, often in the company of George Plafker, Fountain shows how the earthquake left its mark on the land and its people—and on science. Henry Fountain Tue, 08 Aug 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300285 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Quake: How the Biggest Earthquake in North America Changed Our Understanding of the Planet Author: Henry Fountain Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 8, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice • A riveting narrative about the biggest earthquake in North American recorded history—the 1964 Alaska earthquake that demolished the city of Valdez and swept away the island village of Chenega—and the geologist who hunted for clues to explain how and why it took place. At 5:36 p.m. on March 27, 1964, a magnitude 9.2. earthquake—the second most powerful in world history—struck the young state of Alaska. The violent shaking, followed by massive tsunamis, devastated the southern half of the state and killed more than 130 people. A day later, George Plafker, a geologist with the U.S. Geological Survey, arrived to investigate. His fascinating scientific detective work in the months that followed helped confirm the then-controversial theory of plate tectonics. In a compelling tale about the almost unimaginable brute force of nature, New York Times science journalist Henry Fountain combines history and science to bring the quake and its aftermath to life in vivid detail. With deep, on-the-ground reporting from Alaska, often in the company of George Plafker, Fountain shows how the earthquake left its mark on the land and its people—and on science. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Quake: How the Biggest Earthquake in North America Changed Our Understanding of the Planet Author: Henry Fountain Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 8, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice • A riveting narrative about the biggest earthquake in North American recorded history—the 1964 Alaska earthquake that demolished the city of Valdez and swept away the island village of Chenega—and the geologist who hunted for clues to explain how and why it took place. At 5:36 p.m. on March 27, 1964, a magnitude 9.2. earthquake—the second most powerful in world history—struck the young state of Alaska. The violent shaking, followed by massive tsunamis, devastated the southern half of the state and killed more than 130 people. A day later, George Plafker, a geologist with the U.S. Geological Survey, arrived to investigate. His fascinating scientific detective work in the months that followed helped confirm the then-controversial theory of plate tectonics. In a compelling tale about the almost unimaginable brute force of nature, New York Times science journalist Henry Fountain combines history and science to bring the quake and its aftermath to life in vivid detail. With deep, on-the-ground reporting from Alaska, often in the company of George Plafker, Fountain shows how the earthquake left its mark on the land and its people—and on science. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300279 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bones: Brothers, Horses, Cartels, and the Borderland Dream Author: Joe Tone Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 8, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The dramatic true story of two brothers living parallel lives on either side of the U.S.-Mexico border—and how their lives converged in a major criminal conspiracy José and Miguel Treviño were bonded by blood and a shared vision of a better life. But they chose different paths that would end at the same violent crossroads—with considerable help from the FBI and an enigmatic, all-American snitch. José was a devoted family man who cut no corners in his pursuit of the American dream. Born in Nuevo Laredo, a Mexican border town on a crucial smuggling route, José was one of thirteen children raised by a hardworking ranch hand. He grew up loving the sprawling countryside and its tough, fast quarter horses, but in search of opportunity he crossed the border into Texas to look for work as a bricklayer. He kept his nose clean. He stayed out of trouble. Back in Mexico, José’s younger brother Miguel was leading a different life. While José struggled to make ends meet, Miguel ascended to the top ranks of Los Zetas, a notoriously bloody drug cartel—his crimes had become the stuff of legend and myth on both sides of the border. He was said to have burned rivals alive, murdered Mexican and American law enforcement officers, and launched grenades at a U.S. consulate.  José, married with kids and now a U.S. citizen, gave every indication of rejecting his brother’s criminal lifestyle. Then one day he showed up at a quarter-horse auction and bid close to a million dollars for a horse—the largest amount ever paid for a quarter horse at an auction. The humble bricklayer quickly became a major player in the quarter-horse racing scene that thrived in the American Southwest and Mexico. That caught the attention of an eager young FBI agent named Scott Lawson. He enlisted Tyler Graham, an American rancher who would eventually breed José’s champion horse—nicknamed Bones—to help the FBI infiltrate what was revealing itself to be a major money-laundering operation, with the ultimate goal of capturing the infamous Miguel Treviño. Joe Tone’s riveting, exquisitely layered crime narrative, set against the high-stakes world of horse racing, is an intimate story about family, loyalty, and the tragic costs of a failed drug war. Compelling and complex, Bones sheds light on the perilous lives of American ranchers, the morally dubious machinery of drug and border enforcement, and the way greed and fear mingle with race, class, and violence along America’s vast Southwestern border.  Praise for Bones “The true-life tale of the Zetas’ foray into quarter horses is masterfully recounted. . . . [a] finely-painted cast of characters . . . Tone weaves the threads together with skillful pacing and sharp prose, marking him as an important new talent in narrative nonfiction. . . . Tone adds some vivid details [and] digs deep into the colorful world of quarter-horse racing.”—The New York Times Book Review Joe Tone Tue, 08 Aug 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300279 thebookvoice.com 11:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bones: Brothers, Horses, Cartels, and the Borderland Dream Author: Joe Tone Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 8, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The dramatic true story of two brothers living parallel lives on either side of the U.S.-Mexico border—and how their lives converged in a major criminal conspiracy José and Miguel Treviño were bonded by blood and a shared vision of a better life. But they chose different paths that would end at the same violent crossroads—with considerable help from the FBI and an enigmatic, all-American snitch. José was a devoted family man who cut no corners in his pursuit of the American dream. Born in Nuevo Laredo, a Mexican border town on a crucial smuggling route, José was one of thirteen children raised by a hardworking ranch hand. He grew up loving the sprawling countryside and its tough, fast quarter horses, but in search of opportunity he crossed the border into Texas to look for work as a bricklayer. He kept his nose clean. He stayed out of trouble. Back in Mexico, José’s younger brother Miguel was leading a different life. While José struggled to make ends meet, Miguel ascended to the top ranks of Los Zetas, a notoriously bloody drug cartel—his crimes had become the stuff of legend and myth on both sides of the border. He was said to have burned rivals alive, murdered Mexican and American law enforcement officers, and launched grenades at a U.S. consulate.  José, married with kids and now a U.S. citizen, gave every indication of rejecting his brother’s criminal lifestyle. Then one day he showed up at a quarter-horse auction and bid close to a million dollars for a horse—the largest amount ever paid for a quarter horse at an auction. The humble bricklayer quickly became a major player in the quarter-horse racing scene that thrived in the American Southwest and Mexico. That caught the attention of an eager young FBI agent named Scott Lawson. He enlisted Tyler Graham, an American rancher who would eventually breed José’s champion horse—nicknamed Bones—to help the FBI infiltrate what was revealing itself to be a major money-laundering operation, with the ultimate goal of capturing the infamous Miguel Treviño. Joe Tone’s riveting, exquisitely layered crime narrative, set against the high-stakes world of horse racing, is an intimate story about family, loyalty, and the tragic costs of a failed drug war. Compelling and complex, Bones sheds light on the perilous lives of American ranchers, the morally dubious machinery of drug and border enforcement, and the way greed and fear mingle with race, class, and violence along America’s vast Southwestern border.  Praise for Bones “The true-life tale of the Zetas’ foray into quarter horses is masterfully recounted. . . . [a] finely-painted cast of characters . . . Tone weaves the threads together with skillful pacing and sharp prose, marking him as an important new talent in narrative nonfiction. . . . Tone adds some vivid details [and] digs deep into the colorful world of quarter-horse racing.”—The New York Times Book Review Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bones: Brothers, Horses, Cartels, and the Borderland Dream Author: Joe Tone Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 8, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The dramatic true story of two brothers living parallel lives on either side of the U.S.-Mexico border—and how their lives converged in a major criminal conspiracy José and Miguel Treviño were bonded by blood and a shared vision of a better life. But they chose different paths that would end at the same violent crossroads—with considerable help from the FBI and an enigmatic, all-American snitch. José was a devoted family man who cut no corners in his pursuit of the American dream. Born in Nuevo Laredo, a Mexican border town on a crucial smuggling route, José was one of thirteen children raised by a hardworking ranch hand. He grew up loving the sprawling countryside and its tough, fast quarter horses, but in search of opportunity he crossed the border into Texas to look for work as a bricklayer. He kept his nose clean. He stayed out of trouble. Back in Mexico, José’s younger brother Miguel was leading a different life. While José struggled to make ends meet, Miguel ascended to the top ranks of Los Zetas, a notoriously bloody drug cartel—his crimes had become the stuff of legend and myth on both sides of the border. He was said to have burned rivals alive, murdered Mexican and American law enforcement officers, and launched grenades at a U.S. consulate.  José, married with kids and now a U.S. citizen, gave every indication of rejecting his brother’s criminal lifestyle. Then one day he showed up at a quarter-horse auction and bid close to a million dollars for a horse—the largest amount ever paid for a quarter horse at an auction. The humble bricklayer quickly became a major player in the quarter-horse racing scene that thrived in the American Southwest and Mexico. That caught the attention of an eager young FBI agent named Scott Lawson. He enlisted Tyler Graham, an American rancher who would eventually breed José’s champion horse—nicknamed Bones—to help the FBI infiltrate what was revealing itself to be a major money-laundering operation, with the ultimate goal of capturing the infamous Miguel Treviño. Joe Tone’s riveting, exquisitely layered crime narrative, set against the high-stakes world of horse racing, is an intimate story about family, loyalty, and the tragic costs of a failed drug war. Compelling and complex, Bones sheds light on the perilous lives of American ranchers, the morally dubious machinery of drug and border enforcement, and the way greed and fear mingle with race, class, and violence along America’s vast Southwestern border.  Praise for Bones “The true-life tale of the Zetas’ foray into quarter horses is masterfully recounted. . . . [a] finely-painted cast of characters . . . Tone weaves the threads together with skillful pacing and sharp prose, marking him as an important new talent in narrative nonfiction. . . . Tone adds some vivid details [and] digs deep into the colorful world of quarter-horse racing.”—The New York Times Book Review https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297287 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kate Remembered Author: A. Scott Berg Narrator: Tony Goldwyn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestseller! For seven decades Katharine Hepburn played a leading role in the popular culture of the twentieth century—reigning as an admired actress, a beloved movie star, and a treasured icon of the modern American woman. She also remained one of the most private of all the public figures of her time. In 1983—at the age of 75, her career cresting—the four-time Academy Award winner opened the door to biographer A. Scott Berg—then 33—and began a special friendship, one that endured to the end of her illustrious life. Here are the stories from those countless intimate conversations, and much more. In addition to recording heretofore untold biographical details of her entire phenomenal career and her famous relationships with such men as Spencer Tracy and Howard Hughes, Kate Remembered also tells the amusing, often emotional story of one of the most touching friendships in her final years. Scott Berg provides his own memories of Katharine Hepburn offstage—quiet dinners in her townhouse in New York City, winter swims (she swam, he watched) in the Long Island Sound at Fenwick, her home in Connecticut, weekend visits with family members and dear friends . . . even some unusual appearances by the likes of Michael Jackson and Warren Beatty. Finally, Kate Remembered discusses the legendary actress’s moving farewell, during which her mighty personality surrendered at last to her failing body—all the while remaining true to her courageous character. Kate Remembered is a book about love and friendship, family and career, Hollywood and Broadway—all punctuated by unforgettable lessons from an extraordinary life. A. Scott Berg Wed, 01 Jan 2003 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297287 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kate Remembered Author: A. Scott Berg Narrator: Tony Goldwyn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestseller! For seven decades Katharine Hepburn played a leading role in the popular culture of the twentieth century—reigning as an admired actress, a beloved movie star, and a treasured icon of the modern American woman. She also remained one of the most private of all the public figures of her time. In 1983—at the age of 75, her career cresting—the four-time Academy Award winner opened the door to biographer A. Scott Berg—then 33—and began a special friendship, one that endured to the end of her illustrious life. Here are the stories from those countless intimate conversations, and much more. In addition to recording heretofore untold biographical details of her entire phenomenal career and her famous relationships with such men as Spencer Tracy and Howard Hughes, Kate Remembered also tells the amusing, often emotional story of one of the most touching friendships in her final years. Scott Berg provides his own memories of Katharine Hepburn offstage—quiet dinners in her townhouse in New York City, winter swims (she swam, he watched) in the Long Island Sound at Fenwick, her home in Connecticut, weekend visits with family members and dear friends . . . even some unusual appearances by the likes of Michael Jackson and Warren Beatty. Finally, Kate Remembered discusses the legendary actress’s moving farewell, during which her mighty personality surrendered at last to her failing body—all the while remaining true to her courageous character. Kate Remembered is a book about love and friendship, family and career, Hollywood and Broadway—all punctuated by unforgettable lessons from an extraordinary life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kate Remembered Author: A. Scott Berg Narrator: Tony Goldwyn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestseller! For seven decades Katharine Hepburn played a leading role in the popular culture of the twentieth century—reigning as an admired actress, a beloved movie star, and a treasured icon of the modern American woman. She also remained one of the most private of all the public figures of her time. In 1983—at the age of 75, her career cresting—the four-time Academy Award winner opened the door to biographer A. Scott Berg—then 33—and began a special friendship, one that endured to the end of her illustrious life. Here are the stories from those countless intimate conversations, and much more. In addition to recording heretofore untold biographical details of her entire phenomenal career and her famous relationships with such men as Spencer Tracy and Howard Hughes, Kate Remembered also tells the amusing, often emotional story of one of the most touching friendships in her final years. Scott Berg provides his own memories of Katharine Hepburn offstage—quiet dinners in her townhouse in New York City, winter swims (she swam, he watched) in the Long Island Sound at Fenwick, her home in Connecticut, weekend visits with family members and dear friends . . . even some unusual appearances by the likes of Michael Jackson and Warren Beatty. Finally, Kate Remembered discusses the legendary actress’s moving farewell, during which her mighty personality surrendered at last to her failing body—all the while remaining true to her courageous character. Kate Remembered is a book about love and friendship, family and career, Hollywood and Broadway—all punctuated by unforgettable lessons from an extraordinary life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296629 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296629]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wrong Way to Save Your Life: Essays Author: Megan Stielstra Narrator: Megan Stielstra, Meredith Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Stielstra is a masterful essayist.” —Roxane Gay, author of Bad Feminist and Hunger From an important new writer comes this powerful collection of personal essays on fear, creativity, art, faith, academia, the Internet, and justice. In this poignant and inciting collection of literary essays, Megan Stielstra tells stories to ward off fears both personal and universal as she grapples toward a better way to live. In her titular piece “The Wrong Way To Save Your Life,” she answers the question of what has value in our lives—a question no longer rhetorical when the apartment above her family’s goes up in flames. “Here is My Heart” sheds light on Megan’s close relationship with her father, whose continued insistence on climbing mountains despite a series of heart attacks leads the author to dissect deer hearts in a poetic attempt to interrogate her own feelings about mortality.  Whether she's imagining the implications of open-carry laws on college campuses, recounting the story of going underwater on the mortgage of her first home, or revealing the unexpected pains and joys of marriage and motherhood, Stielstra's work informs, impels, enlightens, and embraces us all. The result is something beautiful—this story, her courage, and, potentially, our own. Intellectually fierce and viscerally intimate, Megan Stielstra's voice is witty, wise, warm, and above all, achingly human. Megan Stielstra Tue, 01 Aug 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296629 thebookvoice.com 8:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296629]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wrong Way to Save Your Life: Essays Author: Megan Stielstra Narrator: Megan Stielstra, Meredith Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Stielstra is a masterful essayist.” —Roxane Gay, author of Bad Feminist and Hunger From an important new writer comes this powerful collection of personal essays on fear, creativity, art, faith, academia, the Internet, and justice. In this poignant and inciting collection of literary essays, Megan Stielstra tells stories to ward off fears both personal and universal as she grapples toward a better way to live. In her titular piece “The Wrong Way To Save Your Life,” she answers the question of what has value in our lives—a question no longer rhetorical when the apartment above her family’s goes up in flames. “Here is My Heart” sheds light on Megan’s close relationship with her father, whose continued insistence on climbing mountains despite a series of heart attacks leads the author to dissect deer hearts in a poetic attempt to interrogate her own feelings about mortality.  Whether she's imagining the implications of open-carry laws on college campuses, recounting the story of going underwater on the mortgage of her first home, or revealing the unexpected pains and joys of marriage and motherhood, Stielstra's work informs, impels, enlightens, and embraces us all. The result is something beautiful—this story, her courage, and, potentially, our own. Intellectually fierce and viscerally intimate, Megan Stielstra's voice is witty, wise, warm, and above all, achingly human. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296629]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wrong Way to Save Your Life: Essays Author: Megan Stielstra Narrator: Megan Stielstra, Meredith Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Stielstra is a masterful essayist.” —Roxane Gay, author of Bad Feminist and Hunger From an important new writer comes this powerful collection of personal essays on fear, creativity, art, faith, academia, the Internet, and justice. In this poignant and inciting collection of literary essays, Megan Stielstra tells stories to ward off fears both personal and universal as she grapples toward a better way to live. In her titular piece “The Wrong Way To Save Your Life,” she answers the question of what has value in our lives—a question no longer rhetorical when the apartment above her family’s goes up in flames. “Here is My Heart” sheds light on Megan’s close relationship with her father, whose continued insistence on climbing mountains despite a series of heart attacks leads the author to dissect deer hearts in a poetic attempt to interrogate her own feelings about mortality.  Whether she's imagining the implications of open-carry laws on college campuses, recounting the story of going underwater on the mortgage of her first home, or revealing the unexpected pains and joys of marriage and motherhood, Stielstra's work informs, impels, enlightens, and embraces us all. The result is something beautiful—this story, her courage, and, potentially, our own. Intellectually fierce and viscerally intimate, Megan Stielstra's voice is witty, wise, warm, and above all, achingly human. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296575 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296575]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Londoners Author: Craig Taylor Narrator: Jo Hall, Robert Slade, Sartaj Garewal, Multiple Narrators, Anna Bentinck, Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Craig Taylor, an acclaimed journalist, playwright and writer, spent five years exploring the city and listening to its residents to create this amazingly rich portrait of London. Here are the voices of London - rich and poor, native and immigrant, women and men. From the woman whose voice announces the stations on the London Underground to the man who plants the trees along Oxford Street; from a Pakistani currency trader to a Guardsman at Buckingham Palace - together, these voices paint a vivid, epic and wholly fresh portrait of Twenty-First Century London. Craig Taylor Mon, 01 Oct 2012 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296575 thebookvoice.com 14:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296575]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Londoners Author: Craig Taylor Narrator: Jo Hall, Robert Slade, Sartaj Garewal, Multiple Narrators, Anna Bentinck, Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Craig Taylor, an acclaimed journalist, playwright and writer, spent five years exploring the city and listening to its residents to create this amazingly rich portrait of London. Here are the voices of London - rich and poor, native and immigrant, women and men. From the woman whose voice announces the stations on the London Underground to the man who plants the trees along Oxford Street; from a Pakistani currency trader to a Guardsman at Buckingham Palace - together, these voices paint a vivid, epic and wholly fresh portrait of Twenty-First Century London. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296575]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Londoners Author: Craig Taylor Narrator: Jo Hall, Robert Slade, Sartaj Garewal, Multiple Narrators, Anna Bentinck, Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Craig Taylor, an acclaimed journalist, playwright and writer, spent five years exploring the city and listening to its residents to create this amazingly rich portrait of London. Here are the voices of London - rich and poor, native and immigrant, women and men. From the woman whose voice announces the stations on the London Underground to the man who plants the trees along Oxford Street; from a Pakistani currency trader to a Guardsman at Buckingham Palace - together, these voices paint a vivid, epic and wholly fresh portrait of Twenty-First Century London. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296568 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296568]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: DNA USA Author: Bryan Sykes Narrator: John Curless Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Genetic Portrait of America In this fascinating exploration, geneticist Bryan Sykes turns his sights on the United States, one of the most genetically variegated countries in the world. From the blue-blooded pockets of old-WASP New England to the vast tribal lands of the Navajo, Bryan Sykes takes us on a historical genetic tour, interviewing genealogists, geneticists, anthropologists, and everyday Americans with compelling ancestral stories. Bryan Sykes Sat, 01 Sep 2012 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296568 thebookvoice.com 13:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296568]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: DNA USA Author: Bryan Sykes Narrator: John Curless Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Genetic Portrait of America In this fascinating exploration, geneticist Bryan Sykes turns his sights on the United States, one of the most genetically variegated countries in the world. From the blue-blooded pockets of old-WASP New England to the vast tribal lands of the Navajo, Bryan Sykes takes us on a historical genetic tour, interviewing genealogists, geneticists, anthropologists, and everyday Americans with compelling ancestral stories. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296568]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: DNA USA Author: Bryan Sykes Narrator: John Curless Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Genetic Portrait of America In this fascinating exploration, geneticist Bryan Sykes turns his sights on the United States, one of the most genetically variegated countries in the world. From the blue-blooded pockets of old-WASP New England to the vast tribal lands of the Navajo, Bryan Sykes takes us on a historical genetic tour, interviewing genealogists, geneticists, anthropologists, and everyday Americans with compelling ancestral stories. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296565 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cybersexism Author: Laurie Penny Narrator: Jo Hall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘The Internet was supposed to be for everyone...It was supposed to liberate us from gender.' It's a tough time to be a woman on the internet. Over the past two generations, the political map of human relations has been redrawn by feminism and by changes in technology. In Cybersexism, Laurie Penny goes to the dark heart of the matter and asks why threats of violence are being used to try to silence female voices, analyses the structure of online misogyny, and makes a case for real freedom of speech – for everyone. Laurie Penny Thu, 01 May 2014 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296565 thebookvoice.com 1:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cybersexism Author: Laurie Penny Narrator: Jo Hall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘The Internet was supposed to be for everyone...It was supposed to liberate us from gender.' It's a tough time to be a woman on the internet. Over the past two generations, the political map of human relations has been redrawn by feminism and by changes in technology. In Cybersexism, Laurie Penny goes to the dark heart of the matter and asks why threats of violence are being used to try to silence female voices, analyses the structure of online misogyny, and makes a case for real freedom of speech – for everyone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cybersexism Author: Laurie Penny Narrator: Jo Hall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: May 1, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘The Internet was supposed to be for everyone...It was supposed to liberate us from gender.' It's a tough time to be a woman on the internet. Over the past two generations, the political map of human relations has been redrawn by feminism and by changes in technology. In Cybersexism, Laurie Penny goes to the dark heart of the matter and asks why threats of violence are being used to try to silence female voices, analyses the structure of online misogyny, and makes a case for real freedom of speech – for everyone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296379 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crime Scene Investigation: Philosophy, Practice, and Science Part 1 Author: Robert C. Shaler Narrator: Robert C. Shaler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The director of the Forensic Science Program at Pennsylvania State University, Professor Robert C. Shaler leads a comprehensive study of the intricacies of an intriguing, and always topical, science. In these lectures, Shaler imparts a clear understanding of crime scene investigation, from archiving the scene to the presentation of evidence in court proceedings. Covering everything from fingermarks and bloodstains to 3-D imaging and microbial forensics, the course is an essential guide for anyone intrigued by this riveting subject. Robert C. Shaler Fri, 08 Apr 2011 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296379 thebookvoice.com 8:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crime Scene Investigation: Philosophy, Practice, and Science Part 1 Author: Robert C. Shaler Narrator: Robert C. Shaler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The director of the Forensic Science Program at Pennsylvania State University, Professor Robert C. Shaler leads a comprehensive study of the intricacies of an intriguing, and always topical, science. In these lectures, Shaler imparts a clear understanding of crime scene investigation, from archiving the scene to the presentation of evidence in court proceedings. Covering everything from fingermarks and bloodstains to 3-D imaging and microbial forensics, the course is an essential guide for anyone intrigued by this riveting subject. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crime Scene Investigation: Philosophy, Practice, and Science Part 1 Author: Robert C. Shaler Narrator: Robert C. Shaler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The director of the Forensic Science Program at Pennsylvania State University, Professor Robert C. Shaler leads a comprehensive study of the intricacies of an intriguing, and always topical, science. In these lectures, Shaler imparts a clear understanding of crime scene investigation, from archiving the scene to the presentation of evidence in court proceedings. Covering everything from fingermarks and bloodstains to 3-D imaging and microbial forensics, the course is an essential guide for anyone intrigued by this riveting subject. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296300 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Farewell to Justice: Jim Garrison, JFK's Assassination, and the Case That Should Have Changed History Author: Joan Mellen Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Working with thousands of previously unreleased documents and drawing on more than one thousand interviews, with many witnesses speaking out for the first time, Joan Mellen revisits the investigation of New Orleans district attorney Jim Garrison, the only public official to have indicted, in 1969, a suspect in President John F. Kennedy’s murder. Garrison began by exposing the contradictions in the Warren Report, which concluded that Lee Harvey Oswald was an unstable pro-Castro Marxist who acted alone in killing Kennedy. A Farewell to Justice reveals that Oswald, no Marxist, was in fact working with both the FBI and the CIA, as well as with US Customs, and that the attempts to sabotage Garrison’s investigation reached the highest levels of the US government. Garrison’s suspects included CIA-sponsored soldiers of fortune enlisted in assassination attempts against Fidel Castro, an anti-Castro Cuban asset, and a young runner for the conspirators, interviewed here for the first time by the author. Building upon Garrison’s effort, Mellen uncovers decisive new evidence and clearly establishes the intelligence agencies’ roles in both a president’s assassination and its cover-up. In this revised edition, to be published in time for the fiftieth anniversary of the president’s assassination, the author reveals new sources and recently uncovered documents confirming in greater detail just how involved the CIA was in the events of November 22, 1963. More than one hundred new pages add critical evidence and information into one of the most significant events in human history. Joan Mellen Tue, 04 Jul 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296300 thebookvoice.com 20:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Farewell to Justice: Jim Garrison, JFK's Assassination, and the Case That Should Have Changed History Author: Joan Mellen Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Working with thousands of previously unreleased documents and drawing on more than one thousand interviews, with many witnesses speaking out for the first time, Joan Mellen revisits the investigation of New Orleans district attorney Jim Garrison, the only public official to have indicted, in 1969, a suspect in President John F. Kennedy’s murder. Garrison began by exposing the contradictions in the Warren Report, which concluded that Lee Harvey Oswald was an unstable pro-Castro Marxist who acted alone in killing Kennedy. A Farewell to Justice reveals that Oswald, no Marxist, was in fact working with both the FBI and the CIA, as well as with US Customs, and that the attempts to sabotage Garrison’s investigation reached the highest levels of the US government. Garrison’s suspects included CIA-sponsored soldiers of fortune enlisted in assassination attempts against Fidel Castro, an anti-Castro Cuban asset, and a young runner for the conspirators, interviewed here for the first time by the author. Building upon Garrison’s effort, Mellen uncovers decisive new evidence and clearly establishes the intelligence agencies’ roles in both a president’s assassination and its cover-up. In this revised edition, to be published in time for the fiftieth anniversary of the president’s assassination, the author reveals new sources and recently uncovered documents confirming in greater detail just how involved the CIA was in the events of November 22, 1963. More than one hundred new pages add critical evidence and information into one of the most significant events in human history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Farewell to Justice: Jim Garrison, JFK's Assassination, and the Case That Should Have Changed History Author: Joan Mellen Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Working with thousands of previously unreleased documents and drawing on more than one thousand interviews, with many witnesses speaking out for the first time, Joan Mellen revisits the investigation of New Orleans district attorney Jim Garrison, the only public official to have indicted, in 1969, a suspect in President John F. Kennedy’s murder. Garrison began by exposing the contradictions in the Warren Report, which concluded that Lee Harvey Oswald was an unstable pro-Castro Marxist who acted alone in killing Kennedy. A Farewell to Justice reveals that Oswald, no Marxist, was in fact working with both the FBI and the CIA, as well as with US Customs, and that the attempts to sabotage Garrison’s investigation reached the highest levels of the US government. Garrison’s suspects included CIA-sponsored soldiers of fortune enlisted in assassination attempts against Fidel Castro, an anti-Castro Cuban asset, and a young runner for the conspirators, interviewed here for the first time by the author. Building upon Garrison’s effort, Mellen uncovers decisive new evidence and clearly establishes the intelligence agencies’ roles in both a president’s assassination and its cover-up. In this revised edition, to be published in time for the fiftieth anniversary of the president’s assassination, the author reveals new sources and recently uncovered documents confirming in greater detail just how involved the CIA was in the events of November 22, 1963. More than one hundred new pages add critical evidence and information into one of the most significant events in human history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296232 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whole Self: A Concise History of the Birth & Evolution of Human Consciousness Author: Kendrick Mercer Narrator: Michael Ahr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 5, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Kendrick Mercer's Whole Self tells the story of the birth, evolution, and history of human consciousness and its impact on the human psyche. Human consciousness is the most powerful unfolding force on the Earth with the potential either to lead us to annihilate ourselves by generating conflict or to work together wisely and in common purpose. Deep inside of everybody living today is an elemental state of being, Whole Self, which is the natural, instinctive, intuitive state of being that has been chiseled and honed in our biology over billions of years of evolutionary life experience as it was handed down from ancestor to ancestor, generation by generation, in an unbroken chain. Following a prehistoric disaster, our Cro-Magnon ancestors adapted the capacity for abstract reasoning. Unfortunately, this Shift in cognitive ability had a major drawback: It introduced fear into our minds, along with the response to fear, control; two issues we've had to contend with ever since, which are major sources of human suffering. Our generation with its advanced understanding of the brain has a great evolutionary opportunity on its hands to find ways to combine the best of post-Shift reasoning with our reawakened capacity for spontaneous and joyful life lived in harmony with nature and all living beings on our planet. In reawakening to Whole Self as individuals, we gain: The return to the normal and natural state of being: tranquility. The ability to perceive the unspun truth of each moment. The capacity to come from the state of tranquility and respond spontaneously and appropriately, with minimal effort, to the truth of each moment. Collectively, we gain a path to peace, prosperity, and better mental and emotional health. At the present stage in the evolution of human consciousness, consciousness itself has clouded and shadowed the incredible power and benefits of Whole Self, creating stress, fear, and insecurity within the entire human population. Nonetheless, Whole Self lies latent in the DNA of each human being, where it is always ready to awaken an elemental state of tranquility and power. The reawakening of Whole Self is appropriate and necessary for the continuing survival of humans, and possibly all life on Earth. As we reawaken to the implicit gifts of Whole Self, these gifts will automatically merge with the powerful force of our human consciousness to create wisdom and help us solve the dire issues we currently face, such as overcrowding, shortages of resources like food and water, violence, poverty, and climate change. Kendrick Mercer Mon, 05 Jun 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296232 thebookvoice.com 2:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whole Self: A Concise History of the Birth & Evolution of Human Consciousness Author: Kendrick Mercer Narrator: Michael Ahr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 5, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Kendrick Mercer's Whole Self tells the story of the birth, evolution, and history of human consciousness and its impact on the human psyche. Human consciousness is the most powerful unfolding force on the Earth with the potential either to lead us to annihilate ourselves by generating conflict or to work together wisely and in common purpose. Deep inside of everybody living today is an elemental state of being, Whole Self, which is the natural, instinctive, intuitive state of being that has been chiseled and honed in our biology over billions of years of evolutionary life experience as it was handed down from ancestor to ancestor, generation by generation, in an unbroken chain. Following a prehistoric disaster, our Cro-Magnon ancestors adapted the capacity for abstract reasoning. Unfortunately, this Shift in cognitive ability had a major drawback: It introduced fear into our minds, along with the response to fear, control; two issues we've had to contend with ever since, which are major sources of human suffering. Our generation with its advanced understanding of the brain has a great evolutionary opportunity on its hands to find ways to combine the best of post-Shift reasoning with our reawakened capacity for spontaneous and joyful life lived in harmony with nature and all living beings on our planet. In reawakening to Whole Self as individuals, we gain: The return to the normal and natural state of being: tranquility. The ability to perceive the unspun truth of each moment. The capacity to come from the state of tranquility and respond spontaneously and appropriately, with minimal effort, to the truth of each moment. Collectively, we gain a path to peace, prosperity, and better mental and emotional health. At the present stage in the evolution of human consciousness, consciousness itself has clouded and shadowed the incredible power and benefits of Whole Self, creating stress, fear, and insecurity within the entire human population. Nonetheless, Whole Self lies latent in the DNA of each human being, where it is always ready to awaken an elemental state of tranquility and power. The reawakening of Whole Self is appropriate and necessary for the continuing survival of humans, and possibly all life on Earth. As we reawaken to the implicit gifts of Whole Self, these gifts will automatically merge with the powerful force of our human consciousness to create wisdom and help us solve the dire issues we currently face, such as overcrowding, shortages of resources like food and water, violence, poverty, and climate change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whole Self: A Concise History of the Birth & Evolution of Human Consciousness Author: Kendrick Mercer Narrator: Michael Ahr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 5, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Kendrick Mercer's Whole Self tells the story of the birth, evolution, and history of human consciousness and its impact on the human psyche. Human consciousness is the most powerful unfolding force on the Earth with the potential either to lead us to annihilate ourselves by generating conflict or to work together wisely and in common purpose. Deep inside of everybody living today is an elemental state of being, Whole Self, which is the natural, instinctive, intuitive state of being that has been chiseled and honed in our biology over billions of years of evolutionary life experience as it was handed down from ancestor to ancestor, generation by generation, in an unbroken chain. Following a prehistoric disaster, our Cro-Magnon ancestors adapted the capacity for abstract reasoning. Unfortunately, this Shift in cognitive ability had a major drawback: It introduced fear into our minds, along with the response to fear, control; two issues we've had to contend with ever since, which are major sources of human suffering. Our generation with its advanced understanding of the brain has a great evolutionary opportunity on its hands to find ways to combine the best of post-Shift reasoning with our reawakened capacity for spontaneous and joyful life lived in harmony with nature and all living beings on our planet. In reawakening to Whole Self as individuals, we gain: The return to the normal and natural state of being: tranquility. The ability to perceive the unspun truth of each moment. The capacity to come from the state of tranquility and respond spontaneously and appropriately, with minimal effort, to the truth of each moment. Collectively, we gain a path to peace, prosperity, and better mental and emotional health. At the present stage in the evolution of human consciousness, consciousness itself has clouded and shadowed the incredible power and benefits of Whole Self, creating stress, fear, and insecurity within the entire human population. Nonetheless, Whole Self lies latent in the DNA of each human being, where it is always ready to awaken an elemental state of tranquility and power. The reawakening of Whole Self is appropriate and necessary for the continuing survival of humans, and possibly all life on Earth. As we reawaken to the implicit gifts of Whole Self, these gifts will automatically merge with the powerful force of our human consciousness to create wisdom and help us solve the dire issues we currently face, such as overcrowding, shortages of resources like food and water, violence, poverty, and climate change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295833 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible No More: Police Violence Against Black Women and Women of Color Author: Andrea Ritchie Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A passionate, incisive critique of the many ways in which women and girls of color are systematically erased or marginalized in discussions of police violence.” —Michelle Alexander, author of The New Jim Crow Invisible No More is a timely examination of how Black women, Indigenous women, and women of color experience racial profiling, police brutality, and immigration enforcement. By placing the individual stories of Sandra Bland, Rekia Boyd, Dajerria Becton, Monica Jones, and Mya Hall in the broader context of the twin epidemics of police violence and mass incarceration, Andrea Ritchie documents the evolution of movements centered around women’s experiences of policing. Featuring a powerful forward by activist Angela Davis, Invisible No More is an essential exposé on police violence against WOC that demands a radical rethinking of our visions of safety—and the means we devote to achieving it. Andrea Ritchie Tue, 01 Aug 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295833 thebookvoice.com 11:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible No More: Police Violence Against Black Women and Women of Color Author: Andrea Ritchie Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A passionate, incisive critique of the many ways in which women and girls of color are systematically erased or marginalized in discussions of police violence.” —Michelle Alexander, author of The New Jim Crow Invisible No More is a timely examination of how Black women, Indigenous women, and women of color experience racial profiling, police brutality, and immigration enforcement. By placing the individual stories of Sandra Bland, Rekia Boyd, Dajerria Becton, Monica Jones, and Mya Hall in the broader context of the twin epidemics of police violence and mass incarceration, Andrea Ritchie documents the evolution of movements centered around women’s experiences of policing. Featuring a powerful forward by activist Angela Davis, Invisible No More is an essential exposé on police violence against WOC that demands a radical rethinking of our visions of safety—and the means we devote to achieving it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible No More: Police Violence Against Black Women and Women of Color Author: Andrea Ritchie Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A passionate, incisive critique of the many ways in which women and girls of color are systematically erased or marginalized in discussions of police violence.” —Michelle Alexander, author of The New Jim Crow Invisible No More is a timely examination of how Black women, Indigenous women, and women of color experience racial profiling, police brutality, and immigration enforcement. By placing the individual stories of Sandra Bland, Rekia Boyd, Dajerria Becton, Monica Jones, and Mya Hall in the broader context of the twin epidemics of police violence and mass incarceration, Andrea Ritchie documents the evolution of movements centered around women’s experiences of policing. Featuring a powerful forward by activist Angela Davis, Invisible No More is an essential exposé on police violence against WOC that demands a radical rethinking of our visions of safety—and the means we devote to achieving it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295816 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Fire: Love, Arson, and Life in a Vanishing Land Author: Monica Hesse Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Shocked by a five-month arson spree that left rural Virginia reeling, Washington Post reporter Monica Hesse drove down to Accomack County to cover the trial of Charlie Smith, who pled guilty to sixty-seven counts of arson. But Charlie wasn't lighting fires alone: he had an accomplice, his girlfriend Tonya Bundick. Through her depiction of the dangerous shift that happened in their passionate relationship, Hesse brilliantly brings to life the once-thriving coastal community and its distressed inhabitants, who had already been decimated by a punishing economy before they were terrified by a string of fires they could not explain. Incorporating this drama into the long-overlooked history of arson in the United States, American Fire re-creates the anguished nights that this quiet county spent lit up in flames, mesmerizingly evoking a microcosm of rural America - a land half gutted before the fires even began. Monica Hesse Tue, 11 Jul 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295816 thebookvoice.com 7:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Fire: Love, Arson, and Life in a Vanishing Land Author: Monica Hesse Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Shocked by a five-month arson spree that left rural Virginia reeling, Washington Post reporter Monica Hesse drove down to Accomack County to cover the trial of Charlie Smith, who pled guilty to sixty-seven counts of arson. But Charlie wasn't lighting fires alone: he had an accomplice, his girlfriend Tonya Bundick. Through her depiction of the dangerous shift that happened in their passionate relationship, Hesse brilliantly brings to life the once-thriving coastal community and its distressed inhabitants, who had already been decimated by a punishing economy before they were terrified by a string of fires they could not explain. Incorporating this drama into the long-overlooked history of arson in the United States, American Fire re-creates the anguished nights that this quiet county spent lit up in flames, mesmerizingly evoking a microcosm of rural America - a land half gutted before the fires even began. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Fire: Love, Arson, and Life in a Vanishing Land Author: Monica Hesse Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Shocked by a five-month arson spree that left rural Virginia reeling, Washington Post reporter Monica Hesse drove down to Accomack County to cover the trial of Charlie Smith, who pled guilty to sixty-seven counts of arson. But Charlie wasn't lighting fires alone: he had an accomplice, his girlfriend Tonya Bundick. Through her depiction of the dangerous shift that happened in their passionate relationship, Hesse brilliantly brings to life the once-thriving coastal community and its distressed inhabitants, who had already been decimated by a punishing economy before they were terrified by a string of fires they could not explain. Incorporating this drama into the long-overlooked history of arson in the United States, American Fire re-creates the anguished nights that this quiet county spent lit up in flames, mesmerizingly evoking a microcosm of rural America - a land half gutted before the fires even began. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295786 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Knowing the Score: What Sports Can Teach Us About Philosophy (And What Philosophy Can Teach Us About Sports) Author: David Papineau Narrator: Matt Amendt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Knowing the Score, philosopher David Papineau uses sports to illuminate some of modern philosophy's most perplexing questions. As Papineau demonstrates, the study of sports clarifies, challenges, and sometimes confuses crucial issues in philosophy. The tactics of road bicycle racing shed new light on questions of altruism, while sporting family dynasties reorient the nature v. nurture debate. Why do sports competitors choke? Why do fans think God will favor their team over their rivals? How can it be moral to deceive the umpire by framing a pitch? From all of these questions, and many more, philosophy has a great deal to learn. An entertaining and erudite book that ranges far and wide through the sporting world, Knowing the Score is perfect reading for armchair philosophers and Monday morning quarterbacks alike. David Papineau Tue, 11 Jul 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295786 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Knowing the Score: What Sports Can Teach Us About Philosophy (And What Philosophy Can Teach Us About Sports) Author: David Papineau Narrator: Matt Amendt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Knowing the Score, philosopher David Papineau uses sports to illuminate some of modern philosophy's most perplexing questions. As Papineau demonstrates, the study of sports clarifies, challenges, and sometimes confuses crucial issues in philosophy. The tactics of road bicycle racing shed new light on questions of altruism, while sporting family dynasties reorient the nature v. nurture debate. Why do sports competitors choke? Why do fans think God will favor their team over their rivals? How can it be moral to deceive the umpire by framing a pitch? From all of these questions, and many more, philosophy has a great deal to learn. An entertaining and erudite book that ranges far and wide through the sporting world, Knowing the Score is perfect reading for armchair philosophers and Monday morning quarterbacks alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Knowing the Score: What Sports Can Teach Us About Philosophy (And What Philosophy Can Teach Us About Sports) Author: David Papineau Narrator: Matt Amendt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Knowing the Score, philosopher David Papineau uses sports to illuminate some of modern philosophy's most perplexing questions. As Papineau demonstrates, the study of sports clarifies, challenges, and sometimes confuses crucial issues in philosophy. The tactics of road bicycle racing shed new light on questions of altruism, while sporting family dynasties reorient the nature v. nurture debate. Why do sports competitors choke? Why do fans think God will favor their team over their rivals? How can it be moral to deceive the umpire by framing a pitch? From all of these questions, and many more, philosophy has a great deal to learn. An entertaining and erudite book that ranges far and wide through the sporting world, Knowing the Score is perfect reading for armchair philosophers and Monday morning quarterbacks alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295590 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Up: Kick Ass, Claim Your Woman Card, and Crush Everyday Sexism Author: Laura Bates Narrator: Arden Hammersmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Already an international bestseller, this empowering survival guide provides no-nonsense advice on sex, social media, mental health, and sexism that young women face in their everyday life—from one of the emerging leaders in the feminist movement. They told you that you need to be thin and beautiful. They told you to wear longer skirts, avoid going out late at night, and move in groups—never accept drinks from a stranger, and wear shoes you can run in more easily than heels. They told you to wear just enough make-up to look presentable but not enough to be a slut; to dress to flatter your apple, pear, hourglass figure, but not to reveal too much. They warned you that if you try to be strong, or take control, you’ll be shrill, bossy, a ballbreaker. Of course it’s fine for the boys, but you should know your place. They told you “that’s not for girls”—“take it as a compliment”—“don’t rock the boat”—“that’ll go straight to your hips.” They told you “beauty is on the inside,” but you knew they didn’t really mean it. Well, screw that. Laura Bates is here to tell you something else. Hilarious, bold, and unapologetic, Girl Up exposes the truth about the pressures surrounding body image, the false representations in media, the complexities of sex and relationships, the trials of social media, and all the other lies society has told us. Praise for Girl Up “In Girl Up, Laura Bates has given women of every age a fast, frank, seductively readable guide to surviving in the time of social media, impossible body images, feminist hopes, internalizing fault, standing up for ourselves and each other, and yes, confronting Donald Trump. She leaves no doubt about what consent is, where the clitoris is, what our rights are, and what our hopes could be. This is an owner’s guide to our world and our bodies. It will definitely save sanity, and might save lives.” —Gloria Steinem “Girl Up is an essential compendium of wit, wisdom, advice, and straight-talk. They should give out copies in the delivery room every time another girl enters the world. Or a boy, for that matter—they ought to be reading Girl Up too.” —Sarah Knight, bestselling author of The Life-Changing Magic of Not Giving a F*ck 'This is the book young women need—one that teaches them about the anatomy of their vulva instead of how to impress their crush. While many of the topics covered are still relevant to me now, I really wish I'd had this book as a young adult.” —Beth Newell, editor/cofounder of Reductress Laura Bates Tue, 11 Jul 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295590 thebookvoice.com 7:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Up: Kick Ass, Claim Your Woman Card, and Crush Everyday Sexism Author: Laura Bates Narrator: Arden Hammersmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Already an international bestseller, this empowering survival guide provides no-nonsense advice on sex, social media, mental health, and sexism that young women face in their everyday life—from one of the emerging leaders in the feminist movement. They told you that you need to be thin and beautiful. They told you to wear longer skirts, avoid going out late at night, and move in groups—never accept drinks from a stranger, and wear shoes you can run in more easily than heels. They told you to wear just enough make-up to look presentable but not enough to be a slut; to dress to flatter your apple, pear, hourglass figure, but not to reveal too much. They warned you that if you try to be strong, or take control, you’ll be shrill, bossy, a ballbreaker. Of course it’s fine for the boys, but you should know your place. They told you “that’s not for girls”—“take it as a compliment”—“don’t rock the boat”—“that’ll go straight to your hips.” They told you “beauty is on the inside,” but you knew they didn’t really mean it. Well, screw that. Laura Bates is here to tell you something else. Hilarious, bold, and unapologetic, Girl Up exposes the truth about the pressures surrounding body image, the false representations in media, the complexities of sex and relationships, the trials of social media, and all the other lies society has told us. Praise for Girl Up “In Girl Up, Laura Bates has given women of every age a fast, frank, seductively readable guide to surviving in the time of social media, impossible body images, feminist hopes, internalizing fault, standing up for ourselves and each other, and yes, confronting Donald Trump. She leaves no doubt about what consent is, where the clitoris is, what our rights are, and what our hopes could be. This is an owner’s guide to our world and our bodies. It will definitely save sanity, and might save lives.” —Gloria Steinem “Girl Up is an essential compendium of wit, wisdom, advice, and straight-talk. They should give out copies in the delivery room every time another girl enters the world. Or a boy, for that matter—they ought to be reading Girl Up too.” —Sarah Knight, bestselling author of The Life-Changing Magic of Not Giving a F*ck 'This is the book young women need—one that teaches them about the anatomy of their vulva instead of how to impress their crush. While many of the topics covered are still relevant to me now, I really wish I'd had this book as a young adult.” —Beth Newell, editor/cofounder of Reductress Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Up: Kick Ass, Claim Your Woman Card, and Crush Everyday Sexism Author: Laura Bates Narrator: Arden Hammersmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Already an international bestseller, this empowering survival guide provides no-nonsense advice on sex, social media, mental health, and sexism that young women face in their everyday life—from one of the emerging leaders in the feminist movement. They told you that you need to be thin and beautiful. They told you to wear longer skirts, avoid going out late at night, and move in groups—never accept drinks from a stranger, and wear shoes you can run in more easily than heels. They told you to wear just enough make-up to look presentable but not enough to be a slut; to dress to flatter your apple, pear, hourglass figure, but not to reveal too much. They warned you that if you try to be strong, or take control, you’ll be shrill, bossy, a ballbreaker. Of course it’s fine for the boys, but you should know your place. They told you “that’s not for girls”—“take it as a compliment”—“don’t rock the boat”—“that’ll go straight to your hips.” They told you “beauty is on the inside,” but you knew they didn’t really mean it. Well, screw that. Laura Bates is here to tell you something else. Hilarious, bold, and unapologetic, Girl Up exposes the truth about the pressures surrounding body image, the false representations in media, the complexities of sex and relationships, the trials of social media, and all the other lies society has told us. Praise for Girl Up “In Girl Up, Laura Bates has given women of every age a fast, frank, seductively readable guide to surviving in the time of social media, impossible body images, feminist hopes, internalizing fault, standing up for ourselves and each other, and yes, confronting Donald Trump. She leaves no doubt about what consent is, where the clitoris is, what our rights are, and what our hopes could be. This is an owner’s guide to our world and our bodies. It will definitely save sanity, and might save lives.” —Gloria Steinem “Girl Up is an essential compendium of wit, wisdom, advice, and straight-talk. They should give out copies in the delivery room every time another girl enters the world. Or a boy, for that matter—they ought to be reading Girl Up too.” —Sarah Knight, bestselling author of The Life-Changing Magic of Not Giving a F*ck 'This is the book young women need—one that teaches them about the anatomy of their vulva instead of how to impress their crush. While many of the topics covered are still relevant to me now, I really wish I'd had this book as a young adult.” —Beth Newell, editor/cofounder of Reductress https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295090 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 30 Days a Black Man: The Forgotten Story that Exposed the Jim Crow South Author: Bill Steigerwald Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1948, most white people in the North had no idea how unjust and unequal daily life was for the ten million African Americans living in the South. But that suddenly changed after Ray Sprigle, a famous white journalist from Pittsburgh, went undercover and lived as a black man in the Jim Crow South. Escorted through the South’s parallel black society by John Wesley Dobbs, a historic black civil-rights pioneer from Atlanta, Sprigle met with sharecroppers, local black leaders, and families of lynching victims. He visited ramshackle black schools and slept at the homes of prosperous black farmers and doctors. The Pittsburgh Post-Gazette reporter’s series was syndicated coast to coast in white newspapers and carried into the South only by the Pittsburgh Courier, the country’s leading black paper. His vivid descriptions and undisguised outrage at “the iniquitous Jim Crow system” shocked the North, enraged the South, and ignited the first national debate in the media about ending America’s system of apartheid. Six years before Brown v. Board of Education, seven before the murder of Emmett Till, and thirteen before John Howard Griffin’s similar experiment became the bestseller Black Like Me, Sprigle’s intrepid journalism blasted into the American consciousness the grim reality of black lives in the South. Bill Steigerwald Tue, 04 Jul 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295090 thebookvoice.com 12:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 30 Days a Black Man: The Forgotten Story that Exposed the Jim Crow South Author: Bill Steigerwald Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1948, most white people in the North had no idea how unjust and unequal daily life was for the ten million African Americans living in the South. But that suddenly changed after Ray Sprigle, a famous white journalist from Pittsburgh, went undercover and lived as a black man in the Jim Crow South. Escorted through the South’s parallel black society by John Wesley Dobbs, a historic black civil-rights pioneer from Atlanta, Sprigle met with sharecroppers, local black leaders, and families of lynching victims. He visited ramshackle black schools and slept at the homes of prosperous black farmers and doctors. The Pittsburgh Post-Gazette reporter’s series was syndicated coast to coast in white newspapers and carried into the South only by the Pittsburgh Courier, the country’s leading black paper. His vivid descriptions and undisguised outrage at “the iniquitous Jim Crow system” shocked the North, enraged the South, and ignited the first national debate in the media about ending America’s system of apartheid. Six years before Brown v. Board of Education, seven before the murder of Emmett Till, and thirteen before John Howard Griffin’s similar experiment became the bestseller Black Like Me, Sprigle’s intrepid journalism blasted into the American consciousness the grim reality of black lives in the South. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 30 Days a Black Man: The Forgotten Story that Exposed the Jim Crow South Author: Bill Steigerwald Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1948, most white people in the North had no idea how unjust and unequal daily life was for the ten million African Americans living in the South. But that suddenly changed after Ray Sprigle, a famous white journalist from Pittsburgh, went undercover and lived as a black man in the Jim Crow South. Escorted through the South’s parallel black society by John Wesley Dobbs, a historic black civil-rights pioneer from Atlanta, Sprigle met with sharecroppers, local black leaders, and families of lynching victims. He visited ramshackle black schools and slept at the homes of prosperous black farmers and doctors. The Pittsburgh Post-Gazette reporter’s series was syndicated coast to coast in white newspapers and carried into the South only by the Pittsburgh Courier, the country’s leading black paper. His vivid descriptions and undisguised outrage at “the iniquitous Jim Crow system” shocked the North, enraged the South, and ignited the first national debate in the media about ending America’s system of apartheid. Six years before Brown v. Board of Education, seven before the murder of Emmett Till, and thirteen before John Howard Griffin’s similar experiment became the bestseller Black Like Me, Sprigle’s intrepid journalism blasted into the American consciousness the grim reality of black lives in the South. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294924 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Policing the Black Man: Arrest, Prosecution, and Imprisonment Author: Angela J. Davis Narrator: Kevin Kenerly, Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive analysis of the key issues of the Black Lives Matter movement, this thought-provoking and compelling anthology features essays by some of the nation’s most influential and respected criminal justice experts and legal scholars. Contributing authors include Bryan Stevenson, director of the Equal Justice Initiative, NYU Law professor, and author of the New York Times bestseller Just Mercy; Sherrilyn Ifill, president and director-counsel of the NAACP Legal Defense Fund; Jeremy Travis, president of John Jay College of Criminal Justice; and many others. Policing the Black Man explores and critiques the many ways the criminal justice system impacts the lives of African American boys and men at every stage of the criminal process from arrest through sentencing. Essays range from an explication of the historical roots of racism in the criminal justice system to an examination of modern-day police killings of unarmed black men. The coauthors discuss and explain racial profiling, the power and discretion of police and prosecutors, the role of implicit bias, the racial impact of police and prosecutorial decisions, the disproportionate imprisonment of black men, the collateral consequences of mass incarceration, and the Supreme Court’s failure to provide meaningful remedies for the injustices in the criminal justice system. Policing the Black Man is an enlightening listen for anyone interested in the critical issues of race and justice in America. Angela J. Davis Tue, 11 Jul 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294924 thebookvoice.com 10:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Policing the Black Man: Arrest, Prosecution, and Imprisonment Author: Angela J. Davis Narrator: Kevin Kenerly, Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive analysis of the key issues of the Black Lives Matter movement, this thought-provoking and compelling anthology features essays by some of the nation’s most influential and respected criminal justice experts and legal scholars. Contributing authors include Bryan Stevenson, director of the Equal Justice Initiative, NYU Law professor, and author of the New York Times bestseller Just Mercy; Sherrilyn Ifill, president and director-counsel of the NAACP Legal Defense Fund; Jeremy Travis, president of John Jay College of Criminal Justice; and many others. Policing the Black Man explores and critiques the many ways the criminal justice system impacts the lives of African American boys and men at every stage of the criminal process from arrest through sentencing. Essays range from an explication of the historical roots of racism in the criminal justice system to an examination of modern-day police killings of unarmed black men. The coauthors discuss and explain racial profiling, the power and discretion of police and prosecutors, the role of implicit bias, the racial impact of police and prosecutorial decisions, the disproportionate imprisonment of black men, the collateral consequences of mass incarceration, and the Supreme Court’s failure to provide meaningful remedies for the injustices in the criminal justice system. Policing the Black Man is an enlightening listen for anyone interested in the critical issues of race and justice in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Policing the Black Man: Arrest, Prosecution, and Imprisonment Author: Angela J. Davis Narrator: Kevin Kenerly, Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive analysis of the key issues of the Black Lives Matter movement, this thought-provoking and compelling anthology features essays by some of the nation’s most influential and respected criminal justice experts and legal scholars. Contributing authors include Bryan Stevenson, director of the Equal Justice Initiative, NYU Law professor, and author of the New York Times bestseller Just Mercy; Sherrilyn Ifill, president and director-counsel of the NAACP Legal Defense Fund; Jeremy Travis, president of John Jay College of Criminal Justice; and many others. Policing the Black Man explores and critiques the many ways the criminal justice system impacts the lives of African American boys and men at every stage of the criminal process from arrest through sentencing. Essays range from an explication of the historical roots of racism in the criminal justice system to an examination of modern-day police killings of unarmed black men. The coauthors discuss and explain racial profiling, the power and discretion of police and prosecutors, the role of implicit bias, the racial impact of police and prosecutorial decisions, the disproportionate imprisonment of black men, the collateral consequences of mass incarceration, and the Supreme Court’s failure to provide meaningful remedies for the injustices in the criminal justice system. Policing the Black Man is an enlightening listen for anyone interested in the critical issues of race and justice in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294913 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unspeakable Things Author: Laurie Penny Narrator: Jo Hall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 23, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘This is not a fairytale. This is a story about how sex and money and power police our dreams.' This is a book about poverty and prejudice, online dating and eating disorders and lies on the television. The backlash is on against sexual freedom for men and women and social justice. Penny speaks for a new feminism that is about justice and equality. It's about the freedom to be who we are, to love who we choose, to invent new gender roles, and to speak out fiercely against those who would deny us those rights. Laurie Penny Thu, 23 Oct 2014 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294913 thebookvoice.com 8:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unspeakable Things Author: Laurie Penny Narrator: Jo Hall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 23, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘This is not a fairytale. This is a story about how sex and money and power police our dreams.' This is a book about poverty and prejudice, online dating and eating disorders and lies on the television. The backlash is on against sexual freedom for men and women and social justice. Penny speaks for a new feminism that is about justice and equality. It's about the freedom to be who we are, to love who we choose, to invent new gender roles, and to speak out fiercely against those who would deny us those rights. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unspeakable Things Author: Laurie Penny Narrator: Jo Hall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 23, 2014 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘This is not a fairytale. This is a story about how sex and money and power police our dreams.' This is a book about poverty and prejudice, online dating and eating disorders and lies on the television. The backlash is on against sexual freedom for men and women and social justice. Penny speaks for a new feminism that is about justice and equality. It's about the freedom to be who we are, to love who we choose, to invent new gender roles, and to speak out fiercely against those who would deny us those rights. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294818 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Love Got to Do with It?: Understanding and Healing the Rift Between Black Men and Women Author: Donna Franklin Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 29, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: According to renowned sociology scholar Donna L. Franklin, relationships between American black men and women are in a state of crisis. The schism between black men and women is the result of complex, large-scale societal, economic, and cultural trends, and the African-American legacy of slavery. Franklin asserts that black men and women need to learn how to work to together for the health and maintenance of the family. In What's Love Got to Do With It? Franklin offers readers a path to healing their own troubled relationships. With narrator Robin Miles incisive reading, this important text breathes with urgency. Donna Franklin Fri, 29 Jul 2011 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294818 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Love Got to Do with It?: Understanding and Healing the Rift Between Black Men and Women Author: Donna Franklin Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 29, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: According to renowned sociology scholar Donna L. Franklin, relationships between American black men and women are in a state of crisis. The schism between black men and women is the result of complex, large-scale societal, economic, and cultural trends, and the African-American legacy of slavery. Franklin asserts that black men and women need to learn how to work to together for the health and maintenance of the family. In What's Love Got to Do With It? Franklin offers readers a path to healing their own troubled relationships. With narrator Robin Miles incisive reading, this important text breathes with urgency. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Love Got to Do with It?: Understanding and Healing the Rift Between Black Men and Women Author: Donna Franklin Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 29, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: According to renowned sociology scholar Donna L. Franklin, relationships between American black men and women are in a state of crisis. The schism between black men and women is the result of complex, large-scale societal, economic, and cultural trends, and the African-American legacy of slavery. Franklin asserts that black men and women need to learn how to work to together for the health and maintenance of the family. In What's Love Got to Do With It? Franklin offers readers a path to healing their own troubled relationships. With narrator Robin Miles incisive reading, this important text breathes with urgency. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294793 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broad Strokes: 15 Women Who Made Art and Made History (in That Order) Author: Bridget Quinn Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Historically, major women artists have been excluded from the mainstream art canon. Aligned with the resurgence of feminism in pop culture, Broad Strokes offers an entertaining corrective to that omission. Art historian Bridget Quinn delves into the lives and careers of fifteen brilliant female artists in this smart, feisty, educational, and enjoyable book. Replete with beautiful reproductions of the artists’ works and contemporary portraits of each artist by renowned illustrator Lisa Congdon, this is art history from 1600 to the present day for the modern art lover, reader, and feminist. Bridget Quinn Tue, 04 Jul 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294793 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broad Strokes: 15 Women Who Made Art and Made History (in That Order) Author: Bridget Quinn Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Historically, major women artists have been excluded from the mainstream art canon. Aligned with the resurgence of feminism in pop culture, Broad Strokes offers an entertaining corrective to that omission. Art historian Bridget Quinn delves into the lives and careers of fifteen brilliant female artists in this smart, feisty, educational, and enjoyable book. Replete with beautiful reproductions of the artists’ works and contemporary portraits of each artist by renowned illustrator Lisa Congdon, this is art history from 1600 to the present day for the modern art lover, reader, and feminist. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broad Strokes: 15 Women Who Made Art and Made History (in That Order) Author: Bridget Quinn Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Historically, major women artists have been excluded from the mainstream art canon. Aligned with the resurgence of feminism in pop culture, Broad Strokes offers an entertaining corrective to that omission. Art historian Bridget Quinn delves into the lives and careers of fifteen brilliant female artists in this smart, feisty, educational, and enjoyable book. Replete with beautiful reproductions of the artists’ works and contemporary portraits of each artist by renowned illustrator Lisa Congdon, this is art history from 1600 to the present day for the modern art lover, reader, and feminist. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294792 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Working Class: Overcoming Class Cluelessness in America Author: Joan C. Williams Narrator: Liisa Ivary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Around the world, populist movements are gaining traction among the white working class. Meanwhile, members of the professional elite―journalists, managers, and establishment politicians―are on the outside looking in, left to argue over the reasons. In White Working Class, Joan C. Williams, described as having “something approaching rock star status” by the New York Times, explains why so much of the elite’s analysis of the white working class is misguided, rooted in class cluelessness. Williams explains that many people have conflated “working class” with “poor”―but the working class is, in fact, the elusive, purportedly disappearing middle class. They often resent the poor and the professionals alike. But they don’t resent the truly rich, nor are they particularly bothered by income inequality. Their dream is not to join the upper middle class, with its different culture, but to stay true to their own values in their own communities―just with more money. While white working-class motivations are often dismissed as racist or xenophobic, Williams shows that they have their own class consciousness. White Working Class is a blunt, bracing narrative that sketches a nuanced portrait of millions of people who have proven to be a potent political force. For anyone stunned by the rise of populist, nationalist movements, wondering why so many would seemingly vote against their own economic interests, or simply feeling like a stranger in their own country, White Working Class will be a convincing primer on how to connect with a crucial set of workers―and voters. Joan C. Williams Tue, 27 Jun 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294792 thebookvoice.com 3:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Working Class: Overcoming Class Cluelessness in America Author: Joan C. Williams Narrator: Liisa Ivary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Around the world, populist movements are gaining traction among the white working class. Meanwhile, members of the professional elite―journalists, managers, and establishment politicians―are on the outside looking in, left to argue over the reasons. In White Working Class, Joan C. Williams, described as having “something approaching rock star status” by the New York Times, explains why so much of the elite’s analysis of the white working class is misguided, rooted in class cluelessness. Williams explains that many people have conflated “working class” with “poor”―but the working class is, in fact, the elusive, purportedly disappearing middle class. They often resent the poor and the professionals alike. But they don’t resent the truly rich, nor are they particularly bothered by income inequality. Their dream is not to join the upper middle class, with its different culture, but to stay true to their own values in their own communities―just with more money. While white working-class motivations are often dismissed as racist or xenophobic, Williams shows that they have their own class consciousness. White Working Class is a blunt, bracing narrative that sketches a nuanced portrait of millions of people who have proven to be a potent political force. For anyone stunned by the rise of populist, nationalist movements, wondering why so many would seemingly vote against their own economic interests, or simply feeling like a stranger in their own country, White Working Class will be a convincing primer on how to connect with a crucial set of workers―and voters. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Working Class: Overcoming Class Cluelessness in America Author: Joan C. Williams Narrator: Liisa Ivary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Around the world, populist movements are gaining traction among the white working class. Meanwhile, members of the professional elite―journalists, managers, and establishment politicians―are on the outside looking in, left to argue over the reasons. In White Working Class, Joan C. Williams, described as having “something approaching rock star status” by the New York Times, explains why so much of the elite’s analysis of the white working class is misguided, rooted in class cluelessness. Williams explains that many people have conflated “working class” with “poor”―but the working class is, in fact, the elusive, purportedly disappearing middle class. They often resent the poor and the professionals alike. But they don’t resent the truly rich, nor are they particularly bothered by income inequality. Their dream is not to join the upper middle class, with its different culture, but to stay true to their own values in their own communities―just with more money. While white working-class motivations are often dismissed as racist or xenophobic, Williams shows that they have their own class consciousness. White Working Class is a blunt, bracing narrative that sketches a nuanced portrait of millions of people who have proven to be a potent political force. For anyone stunned by the rise of populist, nationalist movements, wondering why so many would seemingly vote against their own economic interests, or simply feeling like a stranger in their own country, White Working Class will be a convincing primer on how to connect with a crucial set of workers―and voters. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294404 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boys Adrift: The Five Factors Driving the Growing Epidemic of Unmotivated Boys and Underachieving Young Men Author: Leonard Sax, MD, PhD Narrator: Allan Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Why America's sons are underachieving, and what we can do about it. Something is happening to boys today. From kindergarten to college, American boys are, on average, less resilient and less ambitious than they were a mere twenty years ago. The gender gap in college attendance and graduation rates has widened dramatically. While Emily is working hard at school and getting A's, her brother Justin is goofing off. He's more concerned about getting to the next level in his videogame than about finishing his homework. In Boys Adrift, Dr. Leonard Sax delves into the scientific literature and draws on more than twenty years of clinical experience to explain why boys and young men are failing in school and disengaged at home. He shows how social, cultural, and biological factors have created an environment that is literally toxic to boys. He also presents practical solutions, sharing strategies which educators have found effective in re-engaging these boys at school, as well as handy tips for parents about everything from homework, to videogames, to medication. Leonard Sax, MD, PhD Tue, 27 Jun 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294404 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boys Adrift: The Five Factors Driving the Growing Epidemic of Unmotivated Boys and Underachieving Young Men Author: Leonard Sax, MD, PhD Narrator: Allan Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Why America's sons are underachieving, and what we can do about it. Something is happening to boys today. From kindergarten to college, American boys are, on average, less resilient and less ambitious than they were a mere twenty years ago. The gender gap in college attendance and graduation rates has widened dramatically. While Emily is working hard at school and getting A's, her brother Justin is goofing off. He's more concerned about getting to the next level in his videogame than about finishing his homework. In Boys Adrift, Dr. Leonard Sax delves into the scientific literature and draws on more than twenty years of clinical experience to explain why boys and young men are failing in school and disengaged at home. He shows how social, cultural, and biological factors have created an environment that is literally toxic to boys. He also presents practical solutions, sharing strategies which educators have found effective in re-engaging these boys at school, as well as handy tips for parents about everything from homework, to videogames, to medication. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boys Adrift: The Five Factors Driving the Growing Epidemic of Unmotivated Boys and Underachieving Young Men Author: Leonard Sax, MD, PhD Narrator: Allan Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Why America's sons are underachieving, and what we can do about it. Something is happening to boys today. From kindergarten to college, American boys are, on average, less resilient and less ambitious than they were a mere twenty years ago. The gender gap in college attendance and graduation rates has widened dramatically. While Emily is working hard at school and getting A's, her brother Justin is goofing off. He's more concerned about getting to the next level in his videogame than about finishing his homework. In Boys Adrift, Dr. Leonard Sax delves into the scientific literature and draws on more than twenty years of clinical experience to explain why boys and young men are failing in school and disengaged at home. He shows how social, cultural, and biological factors have created an environment that is literally toxic to boys. He also presents practical solutions, sharing strategies which educators have found effective in re-engaging these boys at school, as well as handy tips for parents about everything from homework, to videogames, to medication. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294391 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hidden History: An Exposé of Modern Crimes, Conspiracies, and Cover-Ups in American Politics Author: Donald Jeffries Narrator: Lars Mikaelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Learn about all the secrets our government has kept for the past fifty years. The US government has spent half the time covering up conspiracies as it has spent helping the American people. In Hidden History, you will see the amount of effort over the past fifty years that our government has dedicated to lying and covering up the truth to the world. Starting with the assassination of President John F. Kennedy, Don Jeffries chronicles a wide variety of issues that have plagued our country’s history. Whether it’s the assassinations of MLK and RFK, Iran-Contra, the Oklahoma City bombing, TWA Flight 800, voting fraud, or 9/11, every major disaster or war that we’ve witnessed has somehow been distorted by those who are supposed to be protecting us. Jeffries also delves into extensive research on the death of John F. Kennedy Jr., and you’ll be shocked by what he finds out. So whether you’ve only heard bits and pieces of these stories or have read several books on the topics, Hidden History is the book that belongs in every conspiracy theorist’s library, as the information included in this encyclopedia has never been collected together in any other published work available. So sit down, strap in, and get ready to be shocked and awed by how much has been hidden from you by our government over the past fifty years. Skyhorse Publishing, as well as our Arcade imprint, are proud to publish a broad range of books for readers interested in history--books about World War II, the Third Reich, Hitler and his henchmen, the JFK assassination, conspiracies, the American Civil War, the American Revolution, gladiators, Vikings, ancient Rome, medieval times, the old West, and much more. While not every title we publish becomes a New York Times bestseller or a national bestseller, we are committed to books on subjects that are sometimes overlooked and to authors whose work might not otherwise find a home. Donald Jeffries Tue, 13 Jun 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294391 thebookvoice.com 18:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hidden History: An Exposé of Modern Crimes, Conspiracies, and Cover-Ups in American Politics Author: Donald Jeffries Narrator: Lars Mikaelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Learn about all the secrets our government has kept for the past fifty years. The US government has spent half the time covering up conspiracies as it has spent helping the American people. In Hidden History, you will see the amount of effort over the past fifty years that our government has dedicated to lying and covering up the truth to the world. Starting with the assassination of President John F. Kennedy, Don Jeffries chronicles a wide variety of issues that have plagued our country’s history. Whether it’s the assassinations of MLK and RFK, Iran-Contra, the Oklahoma City bombing, TWA Flight 800, voting fraud, or 9/11, every major disaster or war that we’ve witnessed has somehow been distorted by those who are supposed to be protecting us. Jeffries also delves into extensive research on the death of John F. Kennedy Jr., and you’ll be shocked by what he finds out. So whether you’ve only heard bits and pieces of these stories or have read several books on the topics, Hidden History is the book that belongs in every conspiracy theorist’s library, as the information included in this encyclopedia has never been collected together in any other published work available. So sit down, strap in, and get ready to be shocked and awed by how much has been hidden from you by our government over the past fifty years. Skyhorse Publishing, as well as our Arcade imprint, are proud to publish a broad range of books for readers interested in history--books about World War II, the Third Reich, Hitler and his henchmen, the JFK assassination, conspiracies, the American Civil War, the American Revolution, gladiators, Vikings, ancient Rome, medieval times, the old West, and much more. While not every title we publish becomes a New York Times bestseller or a national bestseller, we are committed to books on subjects that are sometimes overlooked and to authors whose work might not otherwise find a home. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hidden History: An Exposé of Modern Crimes, Conspiracies, and Cover-Ups in American Politics Author: Donald Jeffries Narrator: Lars Mikaelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Learn about all the secrets our government has kept for the past fifty years. The US government has spent half the time covering up conspiracies as it has spent helping the American people. In Hidden History, you will see the amount of effort over the past fifty years that our government has dedicated to lying and covering up the truth to the world. Starting with the assassination of President John F. Kennedy, Don Jeffries chronicles a wide variety of issues that have plagued our country’s history. Whether it’s the assassinations of MLK and RFK, Iran-Contra, the Oklahoma City bombing, TWA Flight 800, voting fraud, or 9/11, every major disaster or war that we’ve witnessed has somehow been distorted by those who are supposed to be protecting us. Jeffries also delves into extensive research on the death of John F. Kennedy Jr., and you’ll be shocked by what he finds out. So whether you’ve only heard bits and pieces of these stories or have read several books on the topics, Hidden History is the book that belongs in every conspiracy theorist’s library, as the information included in this encyclopedia has never been collected together in any other published work available. So sit down, strap in, and get ready to be shocked and awed by how much has been hidden from you by our government over the past fifty years. Skyhorse Publishing, as well as our Arcade imprint, are proud to publish a broad range of books for readers interested in history--books about World War II, the Third Reich, Hitler and his henchmen, the JFK assassination, conspiracies, the American Civil War, the American Revolution, gladiators, Vikings, ancient Rome, medieval times, the old West, and much more. While not every title we publish becomes a New York Times bestseller or a national bestseller, we are committed to books on subjects that are sometimes overlooked and to authors whose work might not otherwise find a home. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294268 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Progress: Ten Reasons to Look Forward to the Future Author: Johan Norberg Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From an examination of official data from such institutions as the United Nations, the World Bank, and the World Health Organization, Cato Institute Senior Fellow Johan Norberg paints a portrait of a better future ahead. It’s on the television, in the papers, and in our minds. Every day we’re bludgeoned by news of how bad everything is—financial collapse, unemployment, growing poverty, environmental disasters, disease, hunger, war. But the rarely acknowledged reality is that our progress over the past few decades has been unprecedented. By almost any index you care to identify, things are markedly better now than they have ever been for almost everyone alive. Examining official data from the United Nations, the World Bank, and the World Health Organization, political commentator Johan Norberg traces just how far we have come in tackling the issues that define our species. While it’s true that not every problem has been solved, we do now have a good idea of the solutions and we know what it will take to see this progress continue. Dramatic, uplifting, and counterintuitive, Progress is a call for optimism in our pessimistic, doom-laden world. Johan Norberg Sat, 01 Jul 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294268 thebookvoice.com 6:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Progress: Ten Reasons to Look Forward to the Future Author: Johan Norberg Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From an examination of official data from such institutions as the United Nations, the World Bank, and the World Health Organization, Cato Institute Senior Fellow Johan Norberg paints a portrait of a better future ahead. It’s on the television, in the papers, and in our minds. Every day we’re bludgeoned by news of how bad everything is—financial collapse, unemployment, growing poverty, environmental disasters, disease, hunger, war. But the rarely acknowledged reality is that our progress over the past few decades has been unprecedented. By almost any index you care to identify, things are markedly better now than they have ever been for almost everyone alive. Examining official data from the United Nations, the World Bank, and the World Health Organization, political commentator Johan Norberg traces just how far we have come in tackling the issues that define our species. While it’s true that not every problem has been solved, we do now have a good idea of the solutions and we know what it will take to see this progress continue. Dramatic, uplifting, and counterintuitive, Progress is a call for optimism in our pessimistic, doom-laden world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Progress: Ten Reasons to Look Forward to the Future Author: Johan Norberg Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From an examination of official data from such institutions as the United Nations, the World Bank, and the World Health Organization, Cato Institute Senior Fellow Johan Norberg paints a portrait of a better future ahead. It’s on the television, in the papers, and in our minds. Every day we’re bludgeoned by news of how bad everything is—financial collapse, unemployment, growing poverty, environmental disasters, disease, hunger, war. But the rarely acknowledged reality is that our progress over the past few decades has been unprecedented. By almost any index you care to identify, things are markedly better now than they have ever been for almost everyone alive. Examining official data from the United Nations, the World Bank, and the World Health Organization, political commentator Johan Norberg traces just how far we have come in tackling the issues that define our species. While it’s true that not every problem has been solved, we do now have a good idea of the solutions and we know what it will take to see this progress continue. Dramatic, uplifting, and counterintuitive, Progress is a call for optimism in our pessimistic, doom-laden world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294192 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Queen of Bebop: The Musical Lives of Sarah Vaughan Author: Elaine M. Hayes Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Queen of Bebop brilliantly chronicles the life of jazz singer Sarah Vaughan, one of the most influential and innovative musicians of the twentieth century and a pioneer of women’s and civil rights. Sarah Vaughan, a pivotal figure in the formation of bebop, influenced a broad array of singers who followed in her wake, yet the breadth and depth of her impact—not just as an artist, but also as an African-American woman—remain overlooked.   Drawing from a wealth of sources as well as on exclusive interviews with Vaughan’s friends and former colleagues, Queen of Bebop unravels the many myths and misunderstandings that have surrounded Vaughan while offering insights into this notoriously private woman, her creative process, and, ultimately, her genius. Hayes deftly traces the influence that Vaughan’s singing had on the perception and appreciation of vocalists—not to mention women—in jazz. She reveals how, in the late 1940s and early 1950s, Vaughan helped desegregate American airwaves, opening doors for future African-American artists seeking mainstream success, while also setting the stage for the civil rights activism of the 1960s and 1970s. She follows Vaughan from her hometown of Newark, New Jersey, and her first performances at the Apollo, to the Waldorf Astoria and on to the world stage, breathing life into a thrilling time in American music nearly lost to us today. Equal parts biography, criticism, and good old-fashioned American success story, Queen of Bebop is the definitive biography of a hugely influential artist. This absorbing and sensitive treatment of a singular personality updates and corrects the historical record on Vaughan and elevates her status as a jazz great. Elaine M. Hayes Tue, 04 Jul 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294192 thebookvoice.com 13:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Queen of Bebop: The Musical Lives of Sarah Vaughan Author: Elaine M. Hayes Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Queen of Bebop brilliantly chronicles the life of jazz singer Sarah Vaughan, one of the most influential and innovative musicians of the twentieth century and a pioneer of women’s and civil rights. Sarah Vaughan, a pivotal figure in the formation of bebop, influenced a broad array of singers who followed in her wake, yet the breadth and depth of her impact—not just as an artist, but also as an African-American woman—remain overlooked.   Drawing from a wealth of sources as well as on exclusive interviews with Vaughan’s friends and former colleagues, Queen of Bebop unravels the many myths and misunderstandings that have surrounded Vaughan while offering insights into this notoriously private woman, her creative process, and, ultimately, her genius. Hayes deftly traces the influence that Vaughan’s singing had on the perception and appreciation of vocalists—not to mention women—in jazz. She reveals how, in the late 1940s and early 1950s, Vaughan helped desegregate American airwaves, opening doors for future African-American artists seeking mainstream success, while also setting the stage for the civil rights activism of the 1960s and 1970s. She follows Vaughan from her hometown of Newark, New Jersey, and her first performances at the Apollo, to the Waldorf Astoria and on to the world stage, breathing life into a thrilling time in American music nearly lost to us today. Equal parts biography, criticism, and good old-fashioned American success story, Queen of Bebop is the definitive biography of a hugely influential artist. This absorbing and sensitive treatment of a singular personality updates and corrects the historical record on Vaughan and elevates her status as a jazz great. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Queen of Bebop: The Musical Lives of Sarah Vaughan Author: Elaine M. Hayes Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Queen of Bebop brilliantly chronicles the life of jazz singer Sarah Vaughan, one of the most influential and innovative musicians of the twentieth century and a pioneer of women’s and civil rights. Sarah Vaughan, a pivotal figure in the formation of bebop, influenced a broad array of singers who followed in her wake, yet the breadth and depth of her impact—not just as an artist, but also as an African-American woman—remain overlooked.   Drawing from a wealth of sources as well as on exclusive interviews with Vaughan’s friends and former colleagues, Queen of Bebop unravels the many myths and misunderstandings that have surrounded Vaughan while offering insights into this notoriously private woman, her creative process, and, ultimately, her genius. Hayes deftly traces the influence that Vaughan’s singing had on the perception and appreciation of vocalists—not to mention women—in jazz. She reveals how, in the late 1940s and early 1950s, Vaughan helped desegregate American airwaves, opening doors for future African-American artists seeking mainstream success, while also setting the stage for the civil rights activism of the 1960s and 1970s. She follows Vaughan from her hometown of Newark, New Jersey, and her first performances at the Apollo, to the Waldorf Astoria and on to the world stage, breathing life into a thrilling time in American music nearly lost to us today. Equal parts biography, criticism, and good old-fashioned American success story, Queen of Bebop is the definitive biography of a hugely influential artist. This absorbing and sensitive treatment of a singular personality updates and corrects the historical record on Vaughan and elevates her status as a jazz great. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294181 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stars in Our Eyes: The Famous, the Infamous, and Why We Care Way Too Much About Them Author: Julie Klam Narrator: Julie Klam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Look out for Julie's new book, The Almost Legendary Morris Sisters. From bestselling author Julie Klam comes a lively and engaging exploration of celebrity: why celebrities fascinate us, what it means to be famous today, and why celebrities are so important. “When I was young I was convinced celebrities could save me,” Julie Klam admits in The Stars in Our Eyes, her funny and personal exploration of fame and celebrity. As she did for subjects as wide-ranging as dogs, mothers, and friendship, Klam brings her infectious curiosity and crackling wit to the topic of celebrity. As she admits, “I’ve always been enamored with celebrities,” be they movie stars, baseball players, TV actors, and now Internet sensations. “They are the us we want to be.” Celebrities today have a global presence and can be, Klam writes, “some girl on Instagram who does nude yoga and has 3.5 million followers and a Korean rapper who posts his videos that are viewed millions of times.” In The Stars in Our Eyes, Klam examines this phenomenon. She delves deep into what makes someone a celebrity, explains why we care about celebrities more than ever, and uncovers the bargains they make with the public and the burdens they bear to sustain this status. The result is an engaging, astute, and eye-opening look into celebrity that reveals the truths about fame as it elucidates why it’s such an important part of life today. Julie Klam Tue, 18 Jul 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294181 thebookvoice.com 5:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stars in Our Eyes: The Famous, the Infamous, and Why We Care Way Too Much About Them Author: Julie Klam Narrator: Julie Klam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Look out for Julie's new book, The Almost Legendary Morris Sisters. From bestselling author Julie Klam comes a lively and engaging exploration of celebrity: why celebrities fascinate us, what it means to be famous today, and why celebrities are so important. “When I was young I was convinced celebrities could save me,” Julie Klam admits in The Stars in Our Eyes, her funny and personal exploration of fame and celebrity. As she did for subjects as wide-ranging as dogs, mothers, and friendship, Klam brings her infectious curiosity and crackling wit to the topic of celebrity. As she admits, “I’ve always been enamored with celebrities,” be they movie stars, baseball players, TV actors, and now Internet sensations. “They are the us we want to be.” Celebrities today have a global presence and can be, Klam writes, “some girl on Instagram who does nude yoga and has 3.5 million followers and a Korean rapper who posts his videos that are viewed millions of times.” In The Stars in Our Eyes, Klam examines this phenomenon. She delves deep into what makes someone a celebrity, explains why we care about celebrities more than ever, and uncovers the bargains they make with the public and the burdens they bear to sustain this status. The result is an engaging, astute, and eye-opening look into celebrity that reveals the truths about fame as it elucidates why it’s such an important part of life today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stars in Our Eyes: The Famous, the Infamous, and Why We Care Way Too Much About Them Author: Julie Klam Narrator: Julie Klam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Look out for Julie's new book, The Almost Legendary Morris Sisters. From bestselling author Julie Klam comes a lively and engaging exploration of celebrity: why celebrities fascinate us, what it means to be famous today, and why celebrities are so important. “When I was young I was convinced celebrities could save me,” Julie Klam admits in The Stars in Our Eyes, her funny and personal exploration of fame and celebrity. As she did for subjects as wide-ranging as dogs, mothers, and friendship, Klam brings her infectious curiosity and crackling wit to the topic of celebrity. As she admits, “I’ve always been enamored with celebrities,” be they movie stars, baseball players, TV actors, and now Internet sensations. “They are the us we want to be.” Celebrities today have a global presence and can be, Klam writes, “some girl on Instagram who does nude yoga and has 3.5 million followers and a Korean rapper who posts his videos that are viewed millions of times.” In The Stars in Our Eyes, Klam examines this phenomenon. She delves deep into what makes someone a celebrity, explains why we care about celebrities more than ever, and uncovers the bargains they make with the public and the burdens they bear to sustain this status. The result is an engaging, astute, and eye-opening look into celebrity that reveals the truths about fame as it elucidates why it’s such an important part of life today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294109 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of American Unreason Author: Susan Jacoby Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 15, 2008 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Combining historical analysis with contemporary observation, Susan Jacoby dissects a new American cultural phenomenon—one that is at odds with our heritage of Enlightenment reason and with modern, secular knowledge and science. With mordant wit, Jacoby surveys an antirationalist landscape extending from pop culture to a pseudo-intellectual universe of 'junk thought.' Disdain for logic and evidence defines a pervasive malaise fostered by the mass media, triumphalist religious fundamentalism, mediocre public education, a dearth of fair-minded public intellectuals on the right and the left, and, above all, a lazy and credulous public. Jacoby offers an unsparing indictment of the American addiction to infotainment—from television to the Web—and cites this toxic dependency as the major element distinguishing our current age of unreason from earlier outbreaks of American anti-intellectualism and antirationalism. With reading on the decline and scientific and historical illiteracy on the rise, an increasingly ignorant public square is dominated by debased media-driven language and received opinion. At this critical political juncture, nothing could be more important than recognizing the 'overarching crisis of memory and knowledge' described in this impassioned, tough-minded book, which challenges Americans to face the painful truth about what the flights from reason has cost us as individuals and as a nation. Susan Jacoby Thu, 15 May 2008 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294109 thebookvoice.com 14:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of American Unreason Author: Susan Jacoby Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 15, 2008 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Combining historical analysis with contemporary observation, Susan Jacoby dissects a new American cultural phenomenon—one that is at odds with our heritage of Enlightenment reason and with modern, secular knowledge and science. With mordant wit, Jacoby surveys an antirationalist landscape extending from pop culture to a pseudo-intellectual universe of 'junk thought.' Disdain for logic and evidence defines a pervasive malaise fostered by the mass media, triumphalist religious fundamentalism, mediocre public education, a dearth of fair-minded public intellectuals on the right and the left, and, above all, a lazy and credulous public. Jacoby offers an unsparing indictment of the American addiction to infotainment—from television to the Web—and cites this toxic dependency as the major element distinguishing our current age of unreason from earlier outbreaks of American anti-intellectualism and antirationalism. With reading on the decline and scientific and historical illiteracy on the rise, an increasingly ignorant public square is dominated by debased media-driven language and received opinion. At this critical political juncture, nothing could be more important than recognizing the 'overarching crisis of memory and knowledge' described in this impassioned, tough-minded book, which challenges Americans to face the painful truth about what the flights from reason has cost us as individuals and as a nation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of American Unreason Author: Susan Jacoby Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 15, 2008 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Combining historical analysis with contemporary observation, Susan Jacoby dissects a new American cultural phenomenon—one that is at odds with our heritage of Enlightenment reason and with modern, secular knowledge and science. With mordant wit, Jacoby surveys an antirationalist landscape extending from pop culture to a pseudo-intellectual universe of 'junk thought.' Disdain for logic and evidence defines a pervasive malaise fostered by the mass media, triumphalist religious fundamentalism, mediocre public education, a dearth of fair-minded public intellectuals on the right and the left, and, above all, a lazy and credulous public. Jacoby offers an unsparing indictment of the American addiction to infotainment—from television to the Web—and cites this toxic dependency as the major element distinguishing our current age of unreason from earlier outbreaks of American anti-intellectualism and antirationalism. With reading on the decline and scientific and historical illiteracy on the rise, an increasingly ignorant public square is dominated by debased media-driven language and received opinion. At this critical political juncture, nothing could be more important than recognizing the 'overarching crisis of memory and knowledge' described in this impassioned, tough-minded book, which challenges Americans to face the painful truth about what the flights from reason has cost us as individuals and as a nation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294088 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Chapter: Passion, Risk, and Adventure in the 25 Years After 50 Author: Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 9, 2009 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the twenty-first century, a developmental phase of life is emerging as significant and distinct, capturing our interest, engaging our curiosity, and expanding our understanding of human potential and development. Demographers talk about this new chapter in life as characterized by people—those between ages fifty and seventy-five—who are considered 'neither young nor old.' In our 'third chapters' we are beginning to redefine our views about the casualties and opportunities of aging; we are challenging cultural definitions of strength, maturity, power, and sexiness. This is a chapter in life when the traditional norms, rules, and rituals of our careers seem less encompassing and restrictive; when many women and men seem to be embracing new challenges and searching for greater meaning in life. In The Third Chapter, Dr. Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot offers a strong counterpoint to the murky ambivalence that shrouds our clear view of people in their third chapters. She challenges the still-prevailing and anachronistic images of aging by documenting and revealing the ways in which the years between fifty and seventy-five may, in fact, be the most transformative and generative time in our lives—tracing the ways in which wisdom, experience, and new learning inspire individual growth and cultural transformation. The women and men whose voices fill the pages of The Third Chapter tell passionate and poignant stories of risk and vulnerability, failure and resilience, challenge and mastery, experimentation and improvisation, and insight and new learning. Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot Mon, 09 Feb 2009 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294088 thebookvoice.com 8:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Chapter: Passion, Risk, and Adventure in the 25 Years After 50 Author: Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 9, 2009 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the twenty-first century, a developmental phase of life is emerging as significant and distinct, capturing our interest, engaging our curiosity, and expanding our understanding of human potential and development. Demographers talk about this new chapter in life as characterized by people—those between ages fifty and seventy-five—who are considered 'neither young nor old.' In our 'third chapters' we are beginning to redefine our views about the casualties and opportunities of aging; we are challenging cultural definitions of strength, maturity, power, and sexiness. This is a chapter in life when the traditional norms, rules, and rituals of our careers seem less encompassing and restrictive; when many women and men seem to be embracing new challenges and searching for greater meaning in life. In The Third Chapter, Dr. Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot offers a strong counterpoint to the murky ambivalence that shrouds our clear view of people in their third chapters. She challenges the still-prevailing and anachronistic images of aging by documenting and revealing the ways in which the years between fifty and seventy-five may, in fact, be the most transformative and generative time in our lives—tracing the ways in which wisdom, experience, and new learning inspire individual growth and cultural transformation. The women and men whose voices fill the pages of The Third Chapter tell passionate and poignant stories of risk and vulnerability, failure and resilience, challenge and mastery, experimentation and improvisation, and insight and new learning. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Chapter: Passion, Risk, and Adventure in the 25 Years After 50 Author: Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 9, 2009 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the twenty-first century, a developmental phase of life is emerging as significant and distinct, capturing our interest, engaging our curiosity, and expanding our understanding of human potential and development. Demographers talk about this new chapter in life as characterized by people—those between ages fifty and seventy-five—who are considered 'neither young nor old.' In our 'third chapters' we are beginning to redefine our views about the casualties and opportunities of aging; we are challenging cultural definitions of strength, maturity, power, and sexiness. This is a chapter in life when the traditional norms, rules, and rituals of our careers seem less encompassing and restrictive; when many women and men seem to be embracing new challenges and searching for greater meaning in life. In The Third Chapter, Dr. Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot offers a strong counterpoint to the murky ambivalence that shrouds our clear view of people in their third chapters. She challenges the still-prevailing and anachronistic images of aging by documenting and revealing the ways in which the years between fifty and seventy-five may, in fact, be the most transformative and generative time in our lives—tracing the ways in which wisdom, experience, and new learning inspire individual growth and cultural transformation. The women and men whose voices fill the pages of The Third Chapter tell passionate and poignant stories of risk and vulnerability, failure and resilience, challenge and mastery, experimentation and improvisation, and insight and new learning. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293986 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drop the Ball: Expect Less from Yourself, Get More from Him, and Flourish at Work & Life Author: Tiffany Dufu Narrator: Tiffany Dufu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 6, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Drop the Ball written and read by Tiffany Dufu. An inspirational and insightful guide for women who want to get it all by doing less For women, a glass ceiling at work is not the only barrier to success - it's also the increasingly heavy obligations at home that weigh them down. Women have become accustomed to delegating, advocating and negotiating for themselves at the office, but when it comes to managing households, they still bear the brunt on their own shoulders. A simple solution is staring them in the face: negotiate with the men in their personal lives. In Drop The Ball, Tiffany Dufu explains how women can create all-in domestic partnerships that protect them against professional burn-out. Tiffany Dufu Thu, 06 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293986 thebookvoice.com 9:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drop the Ball: Expect Less from Yourself, Get More from Him, and Flourish at Work & Life Author: Tiffany Dufu Narrator: Tiffany Dufu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 6, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Drop the Ball written and read by Tiffany Dufu. An inspirational and insightful guide for women who want to get it all by doing less For women, a glass ceiling at work is not the only barrier to success - it's also the increasingly heavy obligations at home that weigh them down. Women have become accustomed to delegating, advocating and negotiating for themselves at the office, but when it comes to managing households, they still bear the brunt on their own shoulders. A simple solution is staring them in the face: negotiate with the men in their personal lives. In Drop The Ball, Tiffany Dufu explains how women can create all-in domestic partnerships that protect them against professional burn-out. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drop the Ball: Expect Less from Yourself, Get More from Him, and Flourish at Work & Life Author: Tiffany Dufu Narrator: Tiffany Dufu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 6, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Drop the Ball written and read by Tiffany Dufu. An inspirational and insightful guide for women who want to get it all by doing less For women, a glass ceiling at work is not the only barrier to success - it's also the increasingly heavy obligations at home that weigh them down. Women have become accustomed to delegating, advocating and negotiating for themselves at the office, but when it comes to managing households, they still bear the brunt on their own shoulders. A simple solution is staring them in the face: negotiate with the men in their personal lives. In Drop The Ball, Tiffany Dufu explains how women can create all-in domestic partnerships that protect them against professional burn-out. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293737 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Darkening Web: The War for Cyberspace Author: Alexander Klimburg Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A prescient and important book. . . . Fascinating.”—The New York Review of Books No single invention of the last half century has changed the way we live now as much as the Internet. Alexander Klimburg was a member of the generation for whom it was a utopian ideal turned reality: a place where ideas, information, and knowledge could be shared and new freedoms found and enjoyed. Two decades later, the future isn’t so bright any more: increasingly, the Internet is used as a weapon and a means of domination by states eager to exploit or curtail global connectivity in order to further their national interests.   Klimburg is a leading voice in the conversation on the implications of this dangerous shift, and in The Darkening Web, he explains why we underestimate the consequences of states’ ambitions to project power in cyberspace at our peril: Not only have hacking and cyber operations fundamentally changed the nature of political conflict—ensnaring states in a struggle to maintain a precarious peace that could rapidly collapse into all-out war—but the rise of covert influencing and information warfare has enabled these same global powers to create and disseminate their own distorted versions of reality in which anything is possible. At stake are not only our personal data or the electrical grid, but the Internet as we know it today—and with it the very existence of open and democratic societies.   Blending anecdote with argument, Klimburg brings us face-to-face with the range of threats the struggle for cyberspace presents, from an apocalyptic scenario of debilitated civilian infrastructure to a 1984-like erosion of privacy and freedom of expression. Focusing on different approaches to cyber-conflict in the US, Russia and China, he reveals the extent to which the battle for control of the Internet is as complex and perilous as the one surrounding nuclear weapons during the Cold War—and quite possibly as dangerous for humanity as a whole. Authoritative, thought-provoking, and compellingly argued, The Darkening Web makes clear that the debate about the different aspirations for cyberspace is nothing short of a war over our global values. Alexander Klimburg Tue, 11 Jul 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293737 thebookvoice.com 15:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Darkening Web: The War for Cyberspace Author: Alexander Klimburg Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A prescient and important book. . . . Fascinating.”—The New York Review of Books No single invention of the last half century has changed the way we live now as much as the Internet. Alexander Klimburg was a member of the generation for whom it was a utopian ideal turned reality: a place where ideas, information, and knowledge could be shared and new freedoms found and enjoyed. Two decades later, the future isn’t so bright any more: increasingly, the Internet is used as a weapon and a means of domination by states eager to exploit or curtail global connectivity in order to further their national interests.   Klimburg is a leading voice in the conversation on the implications of this dangerous shift, and in The Darkening Web, he explains why we underestimate the consequences of states’ ambitions to project power in cyberspace at our peril: Not only have hacking and cyber operations fundamentally changed the nature of political conflict—ensnaring states in a struggle to maintain a precarious peace that could rapidly collapse into all-out war—but the rise of covert influencing and information warfare has enabled these same global powers to create and disseminate their own distorted versions of reality in which anything is possible. At stake are not only our personal data or the electrical grid, but the Internet as we know it today—and with it the very existence of open and democratic societies.   Blending anecdote with argument, Klimburg brings us face-to-face with the range of threats the struggle for cyberspace presents, from an apocalyptic scenario of debilitated civilian infrastructure to a 1984-like erosion of privacy and freedom of expression. Focusing on different approaches to cyber-conflict in the US, Russia and China, he reveals the extent to which the battle for control of the Internet is as complex and perilous as the one surrounding nuclear weapons during the Cold War—and quite possibly as dangerous for humanity as a whole. Authoritative, thought-provoking, and compellingly argued, The Darkening Web makes clear that the debate about the different aspirations for cyberspace is nothing short of a war over our global values. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Darkening Web: The War for Cyberspace Author: Alexander Klimburg Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A prescient and important book. . . . Fascinating.”—The New York Review of Books No single invention of the last half century has changed the way we live now as much as the Internet. Alexander Klimburg was a member of the generation for whom it was a utopian ideal turned reality: a place where ideas, information, and knowledge could be shared and new freedoms found and enjoyed. Two decades later, the future isn’t so bright any more: increasingly, the Internet is used as a weapon and a means of domination by states eager to exploit or curtail global connectivity in order to further their national interests.   Klimburg is a leading voice in the conversation on the implications of this dangerous shift, and in The Darkening Web, he explains why we underestimate the consequences of states’ ambitions to project power in cyberspace at our peril: Not only have hacking and cyber operations fundamentally changed the nature of political conflict—ensnaring states in a struggle to maintain a precarious peace that could rapidly collapse into all-out war—but the rise of covert influencing and information warfare has enabled these same global powers to create and disseminate their own distorted versions of reality in which anything is possible. At stake are not only our personal data or the electrical grid, but the Internet as we know it today—and with it the very existence of open and democratic societies.   Blending anecdote with argument, Klimburg brings us face-to-face with the range of threats the struggle for cyberspace presents, from an apocalyptic scenario of debilitated civilian infrastructure to a 1984-like erosion of privacy and freedom of expression. Focusing on different approaches to cyber-conflict in the US, Russia and China, he reveals the extent to which the battle for control of the Internet is as complex and perilous as the one surrounding nuclear weapons during the Cold War—and quite possibly as dangerous for humanity as a whole. Authoritative, thought-provoking, and compellingly argued, The Darkening Web makes clear that the debate about the different aspirations for cyberspace is nothing short of a war over our global values. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Fat, Too Slutty, Too Loud: The Rise and Reign of the Unruly Woman Author: Anne Helen Petersen Narrator: Anne Helen Petersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: **One of NPR’s Best Books of 2017**  “Petersen's gloriously bumptious, brash ode to nonconforming women suits the needs of this dark moment. Her careful examination of how we eviscerate the women who confound or threaten is crucial reading if we are ever to be better.”—Rebecca Traister, New York Times bestselling author of All the Single Ladies From celebrity gossip expert and BuzzFeed culture writer Anne Helen Petersen comes an accessible, analytical look at how female celebrities are pushing the boundaries of what it means to be an “acceptable” woman.    You know the type: the woman who won’t shut up, who’s too brazen, too opinionated—too much. She’s the unruly woman, and she embodies one of the most provocative and powerful forms of womanhood today. In Too Fat, Too Slutty, Too Loud, Anne Helen Petersen uses the lens of “unruliness” to explore the ascension of powerhouses like Serena Williams, Hillary Clinton, Nicki Minaj, and Kim Kardashian, exploring why the public loves to love (and hate) these controversial figures. With its brisk, incisive analysis, Too Fat, Too Slutty, Too Loud is a conversation-starting book on what makes and breaks celebrity today. “Must-read list.”—Entertainment Weekly Named one of Cosmopolitan’s “Books You Won't Be Able to Put Down This Summer”  Selected as one of Amazon's “Best Books of the Month” A Refinery29 Editors' Pick Anne Helen Petersen Tue, 20 Jun 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293732 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Fat, Too Slutty, Too Loud: The Rise and Reign of the Unruly Woman Author: Anne Helen Petersen Narrator: Anne Helen Petersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: **One of NPR’s Best Books of 2017**  “Petersen's gloriously bumptious, brash ode to nonconforming women suits the needs of this dark moment. Her careful examination of how we eviscerate the women who confound or threaten is crucial reading if we are ever to be better.”—Rebecca Traister, New York Times bestselling author of All the Single Ladies From celebrity gossip expert and BuzzFeed culture writer Anne Helen Petersen comes an accessible, analytical look at how female celebrities are pushing the boundaries of what it means to be an “acceptable” woman.    You know the type: the woman who won’t shut up, who’s too brazen, too opinionated—too much. She’s the unruly woman, and she embodies one of the most provocative and powerful forms of womanhood today. In Too Fat, Too Slutty, Too Loud, Anne Helen Petersen uses the lens of “unruliness” to explore the ascension of powerhouses like Serena Williams, Hillary Clinton, Nicki Minaj, and Kim Kardashian, exploring why the public loves to love (and hate) these controversial figures. With its brisk, incisive analysis, Too Fat, Too Slutty, Too Loud is a conversation-starting book on what makes and breaks celebrity today. “Must-read list.”—Entertainment Weekly Named one of Cosmopolitan’s “Books You Won't Be Able to Put Down This Summer”  Selected as one of Amazon's “Best Books of the Month” A Refinery29 Editors' Pick Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Fat, Too Slutty, Too Loud: The Rise and Reign of the Unruly Woman Author: Anne Helen Petersen Narrator: Anne Helen Petersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: **One of NPR’s Best Books of 2017**  “Petersen's gloriously bumptious, brash ode to nonconforming women suits the needs of this dark moment. Her careful examination of how we eviscerate the women who confound or threaten is crucial reading if we are ever to be better.”—Rebecca Traister, New York Times bestselling author of All the Single Ladies From celebrity gossip expert and BuzzFeed culture writer Anne Helen Petersen comes an accessible, analytical look at how female celebrities are pushing the boundaries of what it means to be an “acceptable” woman.    You know the type: the woman who won’t shut up, who’s too brazen, too opinionated—too much. She’s the unruly woman, and she embodies one of the most provocative and powerful forms of womanhood today. In Too Fat, Too Slutty, Too Loud, Anne Helen Petersen uses the lens of “unruliness” to explore the ascension of powerhouses like Serena Williams, Hillary Clinton, Nicki Minaj, and Kim Kardashian, exploring why the public loves to love (and hate) these controversial figures. With its brisk, incisive analysis, Too Fat, Too Slutty, Too Loud is a conversation-starting book on what makes and breaks celebrity today. “Must-read list.”—Entertainment Weekly Named one of Cosmopolitan’s “Books You Won't Be Able to Put Down This Summer”  Selected as one of Amazon's “Best Books of the Month” A Refinery29 Editors' Pick https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293529 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undocumented: How Immigration Became Illegal Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A longtime immigration activist explores what it means to be an undocumented American in this “impassioned and well-reported case for change” (New York Times).   In this illuminating work, immigrant rights activist Aviva Chomsky shows how “illegality” and “undocumentedness” are concepts that were created to exclude and exploit. With a focus on US policy, she probes how people, especially Mexican and Central Americans, have been assigned this status—and to what ends.   Blending history with human drama, Chomsky explores what it means to be undocumented in a legal, social, economic, and historical context. The result is a powerful testament of the complex, contradictory, and ever-shifting nature of status in America. Aviva Chomsky Tue, 04 Jul 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293529 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undocumented: How Immigration Became Illegal Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A longtime immigration activist explores what it means to be an undocumented American in this “impassioned and well-reported case for change” (New York Times).   In this illuminating work, immigrant rights activist Aviva Chomsky shows how “illegality” and “undocumentedness” are concepts that were created to exclude and exploit. With a focus on US policy, she probes how people, especially Mexican and Central Americans, have been assigned this status—and to what ends.   Blending history with human drama, Chomsky explores what it means to be undocumented in a legal, social, economic, and historical context. The result is a powerful testament of the complex, contradictory, and ever-shifting nature of status in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undocumented: How Immigration Became Illegal Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A longtime immigration activist explores what it means to be an undocumented American in this “impassioned and well-reported case for change” (New York Times).   In this illuminating work, immigrant rights activist Aviva Chomsky shows how “illegality” and “undocumentedness” are concepts that were created to exclude and exploit. With a focus on US policy, she probes how people, especially Mexican and Central Americans, have been assigned this status—and to what ends.   Blending history with human drama, Chomsky explores what it means to be undocumented in a legal, social, economic, and historical context. The result is a powerful testament of the complex, contradictory, and ever-shifting nature of status in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293459 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Popular: Why Being Liked is the Secret to Greater Success and Happiness Author: Mitch Prinstein Narrator: Mitch Prinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Popular, written and read by Mitch Prinstein. Who doesn't want to be more popular? Surely a person's popularity - be it at school, work or socially - is the best predictor of how happy and successful they can be? The truth is actually much more complex. This impeccably researched and highly entertaining book presents two very distinct types of popularity and shows how only one of them will get us where we want. Based on 20 years of research and written by popularity expert Mitch Prinstein, Popular investigates the science of what popularity is, why we care about it so much – even if we don’t think we do – what kind of popularity is worth caring about, and if we can still get the popularity we want, even if we didn't have it when we were younger. Prinstein also offers important insights on parenting for popularity, explaining why supporting children in the right way will help them cultivate the right kind of popularity and help shape them positively as adults in the future. Mitch Prinstein Tue, 06 Jun 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293459 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Popular: Why Being Liked is the Secret to Greater Success and Happiness Author: Mitch Prinstein Narrator: Mitch Prinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Popular, written and read by Mitch Prinstein. Who doesn't want to be more popular? Surely a person's popularity - be it at school, work or socially - is the best predictor of how happy and successful they can be? The truth is actually much more complex. This impeccably researched and highly entertaining book presents two very distinct types of popularity and shows how only one of them will get us where we want. Based on 20 years of research and written by popularity expert Mitch Prinstein, Popular investigates the science of what popularity is, why we care about it so much – even if we don’t think we do – what kind of popularity is worth caring about, and if we can still get the popularity we want, even if we didn't have it when we were younger. Prinstein also offers important insights on parenting for popularity, explaining why supporting children in the right way will help them cultivate the right kind of popularity and help shape them positively as adults in the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Popular: Why Being Liked is the Secret to Greater Success and Happiness Author: Mitch Prinstein Narrator: Mitch Prinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Popular, written and read by Mitch Prinstein. Who doesn't want to be more popular? Surely a person's popularity - be it at school, work or socially - is the best predictor of how happy and successful they can be? The truth is actually much more complex. This impeccably researched and highly entertaining book presents two very distinct types of popularity and shows how only one of them will get us where we want. Based on 20 years of research and written by popularity expert Mitch Prinstein, Popular investigates the science of what popularity is, why we care about it so much – even if we don’t think we do – what kind of popularity is worth caring about, and if we can still get the popularity we want, even if we didn't have it when we were younger. Prinstein also offers important insights on parenting for popularity, explaining why supporting children in the right way will help them cultivate the right kind of popularity and help shape them positively as adults in the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293405 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reality Hunger: A Manifesto Author: David Shields Narrator: Peter Marinker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 7, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of David Shields highly persuasive Reality Hunger: A Manifesto. Read by the actor Peter Marinker. Reality Hunger is a manifesto for a burgeoning group of interrelated but unconnected artists who, living in an unbearably artificial world, are breaking ever larger chunks of 'reality' into their work. The questions Shields explores - the bending of form and genre, the lure and blur of the real - play out constantly around us, and Reality Hunger is a radical reframing of how we might think about this 'truthiness'. Reality Hunger questions every assumption we ever made about art, the novel, journalism, poetry, film, TV, rap, stand-up, graffiti, sampling, plagiarism, writing, and reading. Drawing on myriad stances, David Shields seeks to tear up the old culture in search of something new and more authentic. 'One of the most provocative books I've ever read' - Charles D'Ambrosio David Shields Thu, 07 Apr 2011 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293405 thebookvoice.com 6:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reality Hunger: A Manifesto Author: David Shields Narrator: Peter Marinker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 7, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of David Shields highly persuasive Reality Hunger: A Manifesto. Read by the actor Peter Marinker. Reality Hunger is a manifesto for a burgeoning group of interrelated but unconnected artists who, living in an unbearably artificial world, are breaking ever larger chunks of 'reality' into their work. The questions Shields explores - the bending of form and genre, the lure and blur of the real - play out constantly around us, and Reality Hunger is a radical reframing of how we might think about this 'truthiness'. Reality Hunger questions every assumption we ever made about art, the novel, journalism, poetry, film, TV, rap, stand-up, graffiti, sampling, plagiarism, writing, and reading. Drawing on myriad stances, David Shields seeks to tear up the old culture in search of something new and more authentic. 'One of the most provocative books I've ever read' - Charles D'Ambrosio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reality Hunger: A Manifesto Author: David Shields Narrator: Peter Marinker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 7, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of David Shields highly persuasive Reality Hunger: A Manifesto. Read by the actor Peter Marinker. Reality Hunger is a manifesto for a burgeoning group of interrelated but unconnected artists who, living in an unbearably artificial world, are breaking ever larger chunks of 'reality' into their work. The questions Shields explores - the bending of form and genre, the lure and blur of the real - play out constantly around us, and Reality Hunger is a radical reframing of how we might think about this 'truthiness'. Reality Hunger questions every assumption we ever made about art, the novel, journalism, poetry, film, TV, rap, stand-up, graffiti, sampling, plagiarism, writing, and reading. Drawing on myriad stances, David Shields seeks to tear up the old culture in search of something new and more authentic. 'One of the most provocative books I've ever read' - Charles D'Ambrosio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293333 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Detroit: A People's History of Self-Determination Author: Herb Boyd Narrator: James Shippy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author of Baldwin’s Harlem looks at the evolving culture, politics, economics, and spiritual life of Detroit—a blend of memoir, love letter, history, and clear-eyed reportage that explores the city’s past, present, and future and its significance to the African American legacy and the nation’s fabric. Herb Boyd moved to Detroit in 1943, as race riots were engulfing the city. Though he did not grasp their full significance at the time, this critical moment would be one of many he witnessed that would mold his political activism and exposed a city restless for change. In Black Detroit, he reflects on his life and this landmark place, in search of understanding why Detroit is a special place for black people. Boyd reveals how Black Detroiters were prominent in the city’s historic, groundbreaking union movement and—when given an opportunity—were among the tireless workers who made the automobile industry the center of American industry. Well paying jobs on assembly lines allowed working class Black Detroiters to ascend to the middle class and achieve financial stability, an accomplishment not often attainable in other industries. Boyd makes clear that while many of these middle-class jobs have disappeared, decimating the population and hitting blacks hardest, Detroit survives thanks to the emergence of companies such as Shinola—which represent the strength of the Motor City and and its continued importance to the country. He also brings into focus the major figures who have defined and shaped Detroit, including William Lambert, the great abolitionist, Berry Gordy, the founder of Motown, Coleman Young, the city’s first black mayor, diva songstress Aretha Franklin, Malcolm X, and Ralphe Bunche, winner of the Nobel Peace Prize. With a stunning eye for detail and passion for Detroit, Boyd celebrates the music, manufacturing, politics, and culture that make it an American original. Herb Boyd Tue, 06 Jun 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293333 thebookvoice.com 10:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Detroit: A People's History of Self-Determination Author: Herb Boyd Narrator: James Shippy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author of Baldwin’s Harlem looks at the evolving culture, politics, economics, and spiritual life of Detroit—a blend of memoir, love letter, history, and clear-eyed reportage that explores the city’s past, present, and future and its significance to the African American legacy and the nation’s fabric. Herb Boyd moved to Detroit in 1943, as race riots were engulfing the city. Though he did not grasp their full significance at the time, this critical moment would be one of many he witnessed that would mold his political activism and exposed a city restless for change. In Black Detroit, he reflects on his life and this landmark place, in search of understanding why Detroit is a special place for black people. Boyd reveals how Black Detroiters were prominent in the city’s historic, groundbreaking union movement and—when given an opportunity—were among the tireless workers who made the automobile industry the center of American industry. Well paying jobs on assembly lines allowed working class Black Detroiters to ascend to the middle class and achieve financial stability, an accomplishment not often attainable in other industries. Boyd makes clear that while many of these middle-class jobs have disappeared, decimating the population and hitting blacks hardest, Detroit survives thanks to the emergence of companies such as Shinola—which represent the strength of the Motor City and and its continued importance to the country. He also brings into focus the major figures who have defined and shaped Detroit, including William Lambert, the great abolitionist, Berry Gordy, the founder of Motown, Coleman Young, the city’s first black mayor, diva songstress Aretha Franklin, Malcolm X, and Ralphe Bunche, winner of the Nobel Peace Prize. With a stunning eye for detail and passion for Detroit, Boyd celebrates the music, manufacturing, politics, and culture that make it an American original. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Detroit: A People's History of Self-Determination Author: Herb Boyd Narrator: James Shippy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author of Baldwin’s Harlem looks at the evolving culture, politics, economics, and spiritual life of Detroit—a blend of memoir, love letter, history, and clear-eyed reportage that explores the city’s past, present, and future and its significance to the African American legacy and the nation’s fabric. Herb Boyd moved to Detroit in 1943, as race riots were engulfing the city. Though he did not grasp their full significance at the time, this critical moment would be one of many he witnessed that would mold his political activism and exposed a city restless for change. In Black Detroit, he reflects on his life and this landmark place, in search of understanding why Detroit is a special place for black people. Boyd reveals how Black Detroiters were prominent in the city’s historic, groundbreaking union movement and—when given an opportunity—were among the tireless workers who made the automobile industry the center of American industry. Well paying jobs on assembly lines allowed working class Black Detroiters to ascend to the middle class and achieve financial stability, an accomplishment not often attainable in other industries. Boyd makes clear that while many of these middle-class jobs have disappeared, decimating the population and hitting blacks hardest, Detroit survives thanks to the emergence of companies such as Shinola—which represent the strength of the Motor City and and its continued importance to the country. He also brings into focus the major figures who have defined and shaped Detroit, including William Lambert, the great abolitionist, Berry Gordy, the founder of Motown, Coleman Young, the city’s first black mayor, diva songstress Aretha Franklin, Malcolm X, and Ralphe Bunche, winner of the Nobel Peace Prize. With a stunning eye for detail and passion for Detroit, Boyd celebrates the music, manufacturing, politics, and culture that make it an American original. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293110 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Off the Cliff: How the Making of Thelma & Louise Drove Hollywood to the Edge Author: Becky Aikman Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A lively and revealing behind-the-scenes look at the making of one of history's most controversial and influential movies, drawing on exclusive interviews with the cast and crew. “You’ve always been crazy,” says Louise to Thelma, shortly after she locks a police officer in the trunk of his car. “This is just the first chance you’ve had to express yourself.” In 1991, Thelma & Louise, the story of two outlaw women on the run from their disenchanted lives, was a revelation. Suddenly, a film in which women were, in every sense, behind the wheel. It turned the tables on Hollywood, instantly becoming a classic, and continues to electrify audiences as a cultural statement of defiance. But if the film’s place in history now seems certain, at the time its creation was a long shot. Only through sheer hard work and more than a little good luck did the script end up in the hands of the brilliant English filmmaker Ridley Scott, who saw its huge potential. With Scott on board, a team willing to challenge the odds came together—including the stars Geena Davis and Susan Sarandon and a fresh-faced up-and-coming actor named Brad Pitt, as well as legends like actor Harvey Keitel, composer Hans Zimmer, and old-school studio chief Alan Ladd Jr.—to create one of the most controversial movies of all time.   But before icons like Davis and Sarandon got involved, Thelma & Louise was just an idea in the head of Callie Khouri, a thirty-year-old music video production manager, who was fed up with working behind the scenes on sleazy sets. At four a.m. one night, sitting in her car outside the ramshackle bungalow in Santa Monica that she shared with two friends, she had a vision: two women on a crime spree, fleeing their dull and tedious lives—lives like hers—in search of a freedom they had never before been able to realize. But in the late 1980s, Hollywood was dominated by men, both on the screen and behind the scenes. The likelihood of a script by an unheard-of screenwriter starring two women in lead roles actually getting made was remote. But Khouri had one thing going for her—she was so inexperienced she didn't really know she would be attempting the nigh impossible.  In Off the Cliff, Becky Aikman tells the full extraordinary story behind this feminist sensation, which crashed through barricades and upended convention. Drawing on 130 exclusive interviews with the key players from this remarkable cast of actors, writers, and filmmakers, Aikman tells an inspiring and important underdog story about creativity, the magic of cinema, and the unjust obstacles that women in Hollywood continue to face to this day. Becky Aikman Tue, 27 Jun 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293110 thebookvoice.com 9:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Off the Cliff: How the Making of Thelma & Louise Drove Hollywood to the Edge Author: Becky Aikman Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A lively and revealing behind-the-scenes look at the making of one of history's most controversial and influential movies, drawing on exclusive interviews with the cast and crew. “You’ve always been crazy,” says Louise to Thelma, shortly after she locks a police officer in the trunk of his car. “This is just the first chance you’ve had to express yourself.” In 1991, Thelma & Louise, the story of two outlaw women on the run from their disenchanted lives, was a revelation. Suddenly, a film in which women were, in every sense, behind the wheel. It turned the tables on Hollywood, instantly becoming a classic, and continues to electrify audiences as a cultural statement of defiance. But if the film’s place in history now seems certain, at the time its creation was a long shot. Only through sheer hard work and more than a little good luck did the script end up in the hands of the brilliant English filmmaker Ridley Scott, who saw its huge potential. With Scott on board, a team willing to challenge the odds came together—including the stars Geena Davis and Susan Sarandon and a fresh-faced up-and-coming actor named Brad Pitt, as well as legends like actor Harvey Keitel, composer Hans Zimmer, and old-school studio chief Alan Ladd Jr.—to create one of the most controversial movies of all time.   But before icons like Davis and Sarandon got involved, Thelma & Louise was just an idea in the head of Callie Khouri, a thirty-year-old music video production manager, who was fed up with working behind the scenes on sleazy sets. At four a.m. one night, sitting in her car outside the ramshackle bungalow in Santa Monica that she shared with two friends, she had a vision: two women on a crime spree, fleeing their dull and tedious lives—lives like hers—in search of a freedom they had never before been able to realize. But in the late 1980s, Hollywood was dominated by men, both on the screen and behind the scenes. The likelihood of a script by an unheard-of screenwriter starring two women in lead roles actually getting made was remote. But Khouri had one thing going for her—she was so inexperienced she didn't really know she would be attempting the nigh impossible.  In Off the Cliff, Becky Aikman tells the full extraordinary story behind this feminist sensation, which crashed through barricades and upended convention. Drawing on 130 exclusive interviews with the key players from this remarkable cast of actors, writers, and filmmakers, Aikman tells an inspiring and important underdog story about creativity, the magic of cinema, and the unjust obstacles that women in Hollywood continue to face to this day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Off the Cliff: How the Making of Thelma & Louise Drove Hollywood to the Edge Author: Becky Aikman Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 27, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A lively and revealing behind-the-scenes look at the making of one of history's most controversial and influential movies, drawing on exclusive interviews with the cast and crew. “You’ve always been crazy,” says Louise to Thelma, shortly after she locks a police officer in the trunk of his car. “This is just the first chance you’ve had to express yourself.” In 1991, Thelma & Louise, the story of two outlaw women on the run from their disenchanted lives, was a revelation. Suddenly, a film in which women were, in every sense, behind the wheel. It turned the tables on Hollywood, instantly becoming a classic, and continues to electrify audiences as a cultural statement of defiance. But if the film’s place in history now seems certain, at the time its creation was a long shot. Only through sheer hard work and more than a little good luck did the script end up in the hands of the brilliant English filmmaker Ridley Scott, who saw its huge potential. With Scott on board, a team willing to challenge the odds came together—including the stars Geena Davis and Susan Sarandon and a fresh-faced up-and-coming actor named Brad Pitt, as well as legends like actor Harvey Keitel, composer Hans Zimmer, and old-school studio chief Alan Ladd Jr.—to create one of the most controversial movies of all time.   But before icons like Davis and Sarandon got involved, Thelma & Louise was just an idea in the head of Callie Khouri, a thirty-year-old music video production manager, who was fed up with working behind the scenes on sleazy sets. At four a.m. one night, sitting in her car outside the ramshackle bungalow in Santa Monica that she shared with two friends, she had a vision: two women on a crime spree, fleeing their dull and tedious lives—lives like hers—in search of a freedom they had never before been able to realize. But in the late 1980s, Hollywood was dominated by men, both on the screen and behind the scenes. The likelihood of a script by an unheard-of screenwriter starring two women in lead roles actually getting made was remote. But Khouri had one thing going for her—she was so inexperienced she didn't really know she would be attempting the nigh impossible.  In Off the Cliff, Becky Aikman tells the full extraordinary story behind this feminist sensation, which crashed through barricades and upended convention. Drawing on 130 exclusive interviews with the key players from this remarkable cast of actors, writers, and filmmakers, Aikman tells an inspiring and important underdog story about creativity, the magic of cinema, and the unjust obstacles that women in Hollywood continue to face to this day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292893 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292893]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chokehold: Policing Black Men Author: Paul Butler Narrator: JD Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nominated for the 49th NAACP Image Award for Outstanding Literary Work (Nonfiction) A 2017 Washington Post Notable Book A Kirkus Best Book of 2017 “Butler has hit his stride. This is a meditation, a sonnet, a legal brief, a poetry slam and a dissertation that represents the full bloom of his early thesis: The justice system does not work for blacks, particularly black men.” —The Washington Post “The most readable and provocative account of the consequences of the war on drugs since Michelle Alexander’s The New Jim Crow . . . .” —The New York Times Book Review “Powerful . . . deeply informed from a legal standpoint and yet in some ways still highly personal” —The Times Literary Supplement (London) With the eloquence of Ta-Nehisi Coates and the persuasive research of Michelle Alexander, a former federal prosecutor explains how the system really works, and how to disrupt it Cops, politicians, and ordinary people are afraid of black men. The result is the Chokehold: laws and practices that treat every African American man like a thug. In this explosive book, an African American former federal prosecutor shows that the system is working exactly the way it’s supposed to. Black men are always under watch, and police violence is widespread—all with the support of judges and politicians. In his no-holds-barred style, Butler, whose scholarship has been featured on 60 Minutes, uses new data to demonstrate that white men commit the majority of violent crime in the United States. For example, a white woman is ten times more likely to be raped by a white male acquaintance than be the victim of a violent crime perpetrated by a black man. Butler also frankly discusses the problem of black on black violence and how to keep communities safer—without relying as much on police. Chokehold powerfully demonstrates why current efforts to reform law enforcement will not create lasting change. Butler’s controversial recommendations about how to crash the system, and when it’s better for a black man to plead guilty—even if he’s innocent—are sure to be game-changers in the national debate about policing, criminal justice, and race relations. Paul Butler Tue, 11 Jul 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292893 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292893]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chokehold: Policing Black Men Author: Paul Butler Narrator: JD Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nominated for the 49th NAACP Image Award for Outstanding Literary Work (Nonfiction) A 2017 Washington Post Notable Book A Kirkus Best Book of 2017 “Butler has hit his stride. This is a meditation, a sonnet, a legal brief, a poetry slam and a dissertation that represents the full bloom of his early thesis: The justice system does not work for blacks, particularly black men.” —The Washington Post “The most readable and provocative account of the consequences of the war on drugs since Michelle Alexander’s The New Jim Crow . . . .” —The New York Times Book Review “Powerful . . . deeply informed from a legal standpoint and yet in some ways still highly personal” —The Times Literary Supplement (London) With the eloquence of Ta-Nehisi Coates and the persuasive research of Michelle Alexander, a former federal prosecutor explains how the system really works, and how to disrupt it Cops, politicians, and ordinary people are afraid of black men. The result is the Chokehold: laws and practices that treat every African American man like a thug. In this explosive book, an African American former federal prosecutor shows that the system is working exactly the way it’s supposed to. Black men are always under watch, and police violence is widespread—all with the support of judges and politicians. In his no-holds-barred style, Butler, whose scholarship has been featured on 60 Minutes, uses new data to demonstrate that white men commit the majority of violent crime in the United States. For example, a white woman is ten times more likely to be raped by a white male acquaintance than be the victim of a violent crime perpetrated by a black man. Butler also frankly discusses the problem of black on black violence and how to keep communities safer—without relying as much on police. Chokehold powerfully demonstrates why current efforts to reform law enforcement will not create lasting change. Butler’s controversial recommendations about how to crash the system, and when it’s better for a black man to plead guilty—even if he’s innocent—are sure to be game-changers in the national debate about policing, criminal justice, and race relations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292893]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chokehold: Policing Black Men Author: Paul Butler Narrator: JD Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nominated for the 49th NAACP Image Award for Outstanding Literary Work (Nonfiction) A 2017 Washington Post Notable Book A Kirkus Best Book of 2017 “Butler has hit his stride. This is a meditation, a sonnet, a legal brief, a poetry slam and a dissertation that represents the full bloom of his early thesis: The justice system does not work for blacks, particularly black men.” —The Washington Post “The most readable and provocative account of the consequences of the war on drugs since Michelle Alexander’s The New Jim Crow . . . .” —The New York Times Book Review “Powerful . . . deeply informed from a legal standpoint and yet in some ways still highly personal” —The Times Literary Supplement (London) With the eloquence of Ta-Nehisi Coates and the persuasive research of Michelle Alexander, a former federal prosecutor explains how the system really works, and how to disrupt it Cops, politicians, and ordinary people are afraid of black men. The result is the Chokehold: laws and practices that treat every African American man like a thug. In this explosive book, an African American former federal prosecutor shows that the system is working exactly the way it’s supposed to. Black men are always under watch, and police violence is widespread—all with the support of judges and politicians. In his no-holds-barred style, Butler, whose scholarship has been featured on 60 Minutes, uses new data to demonstrate that white men commit the majority of violent crime in the United States. For example, a white woman is ten times more likely to be raped by a white male acquaintance than be the victim of a violent crime perpetrated by a black man. Butler also frankly discusses the problem of black on black violence and how to keep communities safer—without relying as much on police. Chokehold powerfully demonstrates why current efforts to reform law enforcement will not create lasting change. Butler’s controversial recommendations about how to crash the system, and when it’s better for a black man to plead guilty—even if he’s innocent—are sure to be game-changers in the national debate about policing, criminal justice, and race relations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292826 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upstream: Searching for Wild Salmon, from River to Table Author: Langdon Cook Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Finalist for the Washington State Book Award • From the award-winning author of The Mushroom Hunters comes the story of an iconic fish, perhaps the last great wild food: salmon. For some, a salmon evokes the distant wild, thrashing in the jaws of a hungry grizzly bear on TV. For others, it’s the catch of the day on a restaurant menu, or a deep red fillet at the market. For others still, it’s the jolt of adrenaline on a successful fishing trip. Our fascination with these superlative fish is as old as humanity itself. Long a source of sustenance among native peoples, salmon is now more popular than ever. Fish hatcheries and farms serve modern appetites with a domesticated “product”—while wild runs of salmon dwindle across the globe. How has this once-abundant resource reached this point, and what can we do to safeguard wild populations for future generations? Langdon Cook goes in search of the salmon in Upstream, his timely and in-depth look at how these beloved fish have nourished humankind through the ages and why their destiny is so closely tied to our own. Cook journeys up and down salmon country, from the glacial rivers of Alaska to the rainforests of the Pacific Northwest to California’s drought-stricken Central Valley and a wealth of places in between. Reporting from remote coastlines and busy city streets, he follows today’s commercial pipeline from fisherman’s net to corporate seafood vendor to boutique marketplace. At stake is nothing less than an ancient livelihood. But salmon are more than food. They are game fish, wildlife spectacle, sacred totem, and inspiration—and their fate is largely in our hands. Cook introduces us to tribal fishermen handing down an age-old tradition, sport anglers seeking adventure and a renewed connection to the wild, and scientists and activists working tirelessly to restore salmon runs. In sharing their stories, Cook covers all sides of the debate: the legacy of overfishing and industrial development; the conflicts between fishermen, environmentalists, and Native Americans; the modern proliferation of fish hatcheries and farms; and the longstanding battle lines of science versus politics, wilderness versus civilization. This firsthand account—reminiscent of the work of John McPhee and Mark Kurlansky—is filled with the keen insights and observations of the best narrative writing. Cook offers an absorbing portrait of a remarkable fish and the many obstacles it faces, while taking readers on a fast-paced fishing trip through salmon country. Upstream is an essential look at the intersection of man, food, and nature. Praise for Upstream “Invigorating . . . Mr. Cook is a congenial and intrepid companion, happily hiking into hinterlands and snorkeling in headwaters. Along the way we learn about filleting techniques, native cooking methods and self-pollinating almond trees, and his continual curiosity ensures that the narrative unfurls gradually, like a long spey cast. . . . With a pedigree that includes Mark Kurlansky, John McPhee and Roderick Haig-Brown, Mr. Cook’s style is suitably fluent, an occasional phrase flashing like a flank in the current. . . . For all its rehearsal of the perils and vicissitudes facing Pacific salmon, Upstream remains a celebration.”—The Wall Street Journal Langdon Cook Tue, 30 May 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292826 thebookvoice.com 13:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upstream: Searching for Wild Salmon, from River to Table Author: Langdon Cook Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Finalist for the Washington State Book Award • From the award-winning author of The Mushroom Hunters comes the story of an iconic fish, perhaps the last great wild food: salmon. For some, a salmon evokes the distant wild, thrashing in the jaws of a hungry grizzly bear on TV. For others, it’s the catch of the day on a restaurant menu, or a deep red fillet at the market. For others still, it’s the jolt of adrenaline on a successful fishing trip. Our fascination with these superlative fish is as old as humanity itself. Long a source of sustenance among native peoples, salmon is now more popular than ever. Fish hatcheries and farms serve modern appetites with a domesticated “product”—while wild runs of salmon dwindle across the globe. How has this once-abundant resource reached this point, and what can we do to safeguard wild populations for future generations? Langdon Cook goes in search of the salmon in Upstream, his timely and in-depth look at how these beloved fish have nourished humankind through the ages and why their destiny is so closely tied to our own. Cook journeys up and down salmon country, from the glacial rivers of Alaska to the rainforests of the Pacific Northwest to California’s drought-stricken Central Valley and a wealth of places in between. Reporting from remote coastlines and busy city streets, he follows today’s commercial pipeline from fisherman’s net to corporate seafood vendor to boutique marketplace. At stake is nothing less than an ancient livelihood. But salmon are more than food. They are game fish, wildlife spectacle, sacred totem, and inspiration—and their fate is largely in our hands. Cook introduces us to tribal fishermen handing down an age-old tradition, sport anglers seeking adventure and a renewed connection to the wild, and scientists and activists working tirelessly to restore salmon runs. In sharing their stories, Cook covers all sides of the debate: the legacy of overfishing and industrial development; the conflicts between fishermen, environmentalists, and Native Americans; the modern proliferation of fish hatcheries and farms; and the longstanding battle lines of science versus politics, wilderness versus civilization. This firsthand account—reminiscent of the work of John McPhee and Mark Kurlansky—is filled with the keen insights and observations of the best narrative writing. Cook offers an absorbing portrait of a remarkable fish and the many obstacles it faces, while taking readers on a fast-paced fishing trip through salmon country. Upstream is an essential look at the intersection of man, food, and nature. Praise for Upstream “Invigorating . . . Mr. Cook is a congenial and intrepid companion, happily hiking into hinterlands and snorkeling in headwaters. Along the way we learn about filleting techniques, native cooking methods and self-pollinating almond trees, and his continual curiosity ensures that the narrative unfurls gradually, like a long spey cast. . . . With a pedigree that includes Mark Kurlansky, John McPhee and Roderick Haig-Brown, Mr. Cook’s style is suitably fluent, an occasional phrase flashing like a flank in the current. . . . For all its rehearsal of the perils and vicissitudes facing Pacific salmon, Upstream remains a celebration.”—The Wall Street Journal Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upstream: Searching for Wild Salmon, from River to Table Author: Langdon Cook Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Finalist for the Washington State Book Award • From the award-winning author of The Mushroom Hunters comes the story of an iconic fish, perhaps the last great wild food: salmon. For some, a salmon evokes the distant wild, thrashing in the jaws of a hungry grizzly bear on TV. For others, it’s the catch of the day on a restaurant menu, or a deep red fillet at the market. For others still, it’s the jolt of adrenaline on a successful fishing trip. Our fascination with these superlative fish is as old as humanity itself. Long a source of sustenance among native peoples, salmon is now more popular than ever. Fish hatcheries and farms serve modern appetites with a domesticated “product”—while wild runs of salmon dwindle across the globe. How has this once-abundant resource reached this point, and what can we do to safeguard wild populations for future generations? Langdon Cook goes in search of the salmon in Upstream, his timely and in-depth look at how these beloved fish have nourished humankind through the ages and why their destiny is so closely tied to our own. Cook journeys up and down salmon country, from the glacial rivers of Alaska to the rainforests of the Pacific Northwest to California’s drought-stricken Central Valley and a wealth of places in between. Reporting from remote coastlines and busy city streets, he follows today’s commercial pipeline from fisherman’s net to corporate seafood vendor to boutique marketplace. At stake is nothing less than an ancient livelihood. But salmon are more than food. They are game fish, wildlife spectacle, sacred totem, and inspiration—and their fate is largely in our hands. Cook introduces us to tribal fishermen handing down an age-old tradition, sport anglers seeking adventure and a renewed connection to the wild, and scientists and activists working tirelessly to restore salmon runs. In sharing their stories, Cook covers all sides of the debate: the legacy of overfishing and industrial development; the conflicts between fishermen, environmentalists, and Native Americans; the modern proliferation of fish hatcheries and farms; and the longstanding battle lines of science versus politics, wilderness versus civilization. This firsthand account—reminiscent of the work of John McPhee and Mark Kurlansky—is filled with the keen insights and observations of the best narrative writing. Cook offers an absorbing portrait of a remarkable fish and the many obstacles it faces, while taking readers on a fast-paced fishing trip through salmon country. Upstream is an essential look at the intersection of man, food, and nature. Praise for Upstream “Invigorating . . . Mr. Cook is a congenial and intrepid companion, happily hiking into hinterlands and snorkeling in headwaters. Along the way we learn about filleting techniques, native cooking methods and self-pollinating almond trees, and his continual curiosity ensures that the narrative unfurls gradually, like a long spey cast. . . . With a pedigree that includes Mark Kurlansky, John McPhee and Roderick Haig-Brown, Mr. Cook’s style is suitably fluent, an occasional phrase flashing like a flank in the current. . . . For all its rehearsal of the perils and vicissitudes facing Pacific salmon, Upstream remains a celebration.”—The Wall Street Journal https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292678 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stay Interesting: I Don't Always Tell Stories About My Life, but When I Do They're True and Amazing Author: Jonathan Goldsmith Narrator: Jonathan Goldsmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: June 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What makes a life truly interesting? Is it the people you meet? The risks you take? The adventures you remember? Jonathan Goldsmith has many answers to that question. For years he was a struggling actor in New York and Los Angeles, with experiences that included competing for roles with Dustin Hoffman, getting shot by John Wayne, drinking with Tennessee Williams, and sailing the high seas with Fernando Lamas, never mind romancing many lovely ladies along the way. However, it wasn’t all fun and games for Jonathan. Frustrated with his career, he left Hollywood for other adventures in business and life. But then, a fascinating opportunity came his way—a chance to star in a new campaign for Dos Equis beer. A role he was sure he wasn’t right for, but he gave it a shot all the same. Which led to the role that would bring him the success that had so long eluded him—that of “The Most Interesting Man in the World.” A memoir told through a series of adventures and the lessons he’s learned and wants to pass on, Stay Interesting is a truly daring and bold tale, and a manifesto about taking chances, not giving up, making courageous choices, and living a truly adventurous, and always interesting life. Jonathan Goldsmith Tue, 13 Jun 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292678 thebookvoice.com 7:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stay Interesting: I Don't Always Tell Stories About My Life, but When I Do They're True and Amazing Author: Jonathan Goldsmith Narrator: Jonathan Goldsmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: June 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What makes a life truly interesting? Is it the people you meet? The risks you take? The adventures you remember? Jonathan Goldsmith has many answers to that question. For years he was a struggling actor in New York and Los Angeles, with experiences that included competing for roles with Dustin Hoffman, getting shot by John Wayne, drinking with Tennessee Williams, and sailing the high seas with Fernando Lamas, never mind romancing many lovely ladies along the way. However, it wasn’t all fun and games for Jonathan. Frustrated with his career, he left Hollywood for other adventures in business and life. But then, a fascinating opportunity came his way—a chance to star in a new campaign for Dos Equis beer. A role he was sure he wasn’t right for, but he gave it a shot all the same. Which led to the role that would bring him the success that had so long eluded him—that of “The Most Interesting Man in the World.” A memoir told through a series of adventures and the lessons he’s learned and wants to pass on, Stay Interesting is a truly daring and bold tale, and a manifesto about taking chances, not giving up, making courageous choices, and living a truly adventurous, and always interesting life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stay Interesting: I Don't Always Tell Stories About My Life, but When I Do They're True and Amazing Author: Jonathan Goldsmith Narrator: Jonathan Goldsmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: June 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What makes a life truly interesting? Is it the people you meet? The risks you take? The adventures you remember? Jonathan Goldsmith has many answers to that question. For years he was a struggling actor in New York and Los Angeles, with experiences that included competing for roles with Dustin Hoffman, getting shot by John Wayne, drinking with Tennessee Williams, and sailing the high seas with Fernando Lamas, never mind romancing many lovely ladies along the way. However, it wasn’t all fun and games for Jonathan. Frustrated with his career, he left Hollywood for other adventures in business and life. But then, a fascinating opportunity came his way—a chance to star in a new campaign for Dos Equis beer. A role he was sure he wasn’t right for, but he gave it a shot all the same. Which led to the role that would bring him the success that had so long eluded him—that of “The Most Interesting Man in the World.” A memoir told through a series of adventures and the lessons he’s learned and wants to pass on, Stay Interesting is a truly daring and bold tale, and a manifesto about taking chances, not giving up, making courageous choices, and living a truly adventurous, and always interesting life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292658 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Rent in Bed-Stuy: A Memoir of Trying to Make It in New York City Author: Brandon Harris Narrator: Brandon Massey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A young African American millennial filmmaker’s funny, sometimes painful, true-life coming-of-age story of trying to make it in New York City—a chronicle of poverty and wealth, creativity and commerce, struggle and insecurity, and the economic and cultural forces intertwined with ''the serious, life-threatening process'' of gentrification. Making Rent in Bed-Stuy explores the history and sociocultural importance of Bedford-Stuyvesant, Brooklyn’s largest historically black community, through the lens of a coming-of-age young American negro artist living at the dawn of an era in which urban class warfare is politely referred to as gentrification. Bookended by accounts of two different breakups, from a roommate and a lover, both who come from the white American elite, the book oscillates between chapters of urban bildungsroman and a historical examination of some of Bed-Stuy’s most salient aesthetic and political legacies. Filled with personal stories and a vibrant cast of iconoclastic characters— friends and acquaintances such as Spike Lee; Lena Dunham; and Paul MacCleod, who made a living charging $5 for a tour of his extensive Elvis collection—Making Rent in Bed-Stuy poignantly captures what happens when youthful idealism clashes head-on with adult reality. Melding in-depth reportage and personal narrative that investigates the disappointments and ironies of the Obama era, the book describes Brandon Harris’s radicalization, and the things he lost, and gained, along the way. Brandon Harris Tue, 06 Jun 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292658 thebookvoice.com 8:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Rent in Bed-Stuy: A Memoir of Trying to Make It in New York City Author: Brandon Harris Narrator: Brandon Massey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A young African American millennial filmmaker’s funny, sometimes painful, true-life coming-of-age story of trying to make it in New York City—a chronicle of poverty and wealth, creativity and commerce, struggle and insecurity, and the economic and cultural forces intertwined with ''the serious, life-threatening process'' of gentrification. Making Rent in Bed-Stuy explores the history and sociocultural importance of Bedford-Stuyvesant, Brooklyn’s largest historically black community, through the lens of a coming-of-age young American negro artist living at the dawn of an era in which urban class warfare is politely referred to as gentrification. Bookended by accounts of two different breakups, from a roommate and a lover, both who come from the white American elite, the book oscillates between chapters of urban bildungsroman and a historical examination of some of Bed-Stuy’s most salient aesthetic and political legacies. Filled with personal stories and a vibrant cast of iconoclastic characters— friends and acquaintances such as Spike Lee; Lena Dunham; and Paul MacCleod, who made a living charging $5 for a tour of his extensive Elvis collection—Making Rent in Bed-Stuy poignantly captures what happens when youthful idealism clashes head-on with adult reality. Melding in-depth reportage and personal narrative that investigates the disappointments and ironies of the Obama era, the book describes Brandon Harris’s radicalization, and the things he lost, and gained, along the way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Rent in Bed-Stuy: A Memoir of Trying to Make It in New York City Author: Brandon Harris Narrator: Brandon Massey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A young African American millennial filmmaker’s funny, sometimes painful, true-life coming-of-age story of trying to make it in New York City—a chronicle of poverty and wealth, creativity and commerce, struggle and insecurity, and the economic and cultural forces intertwined with ''the serious, life-threatening process'' of gentrification. Making Rent in Bed-Stuy explores the history and sociocultural importance of Bedford-Stuyvesant, Brooklyn’s largest historically black community, through the lens of a coming-of-age young American negro artist living at the dawn of an era in which urban class warfare is politely referred to as gentrification. Bookended by accounts of two different breakups, from a roommate and a lover, both who come from the white American elite, the book oscillates between chapters of urban bildungsroman and a historical examination of some of Bed-Stuy’s most salient aesthetic and political legacies. Filled with personal stories and a vibrant cast of iconoclastic characters— friends and acquaintances such as Spike Lee; Lena Dunham; and Paul MacCleod, who made a living charging $5 for a tour of his extensive Elvis collection—Making Rent in Bed-Stuy poignantly captures what happens when youthful idealism clashes head-on with adult reality. Melding in-depth reportage and personal narrative that investigates the disappointments and ironies of the Obama era, the book describes Brandon Harris’s radicalization, and the things he lost, and gained, along the way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292581 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Captain Class: The Hidden Force Behind the World’s Greatest Teams Author: Sam Walker Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 18, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Captain Class: The Hidden Force Behind the World's Greatest Teams by Sam Walker, read by Keith Szarabajka. Several years ago, Sam Walker set out to answer one of the most hotly debated questions in sport: what are the greatest teams of all time? He devised a formula and applied it to thousands of teams across the world from the English Premier League to the NFL. When he was done, he had a list of the 16 most dominant teams ever. At that point he became obsessed with another, more complex question: what did these freak teams have in common? As Walker dug more deeply, a pattern emerged: The teams were all driven by a singular type of leader, but not one with the characteristics you might expect. They were unorthodox outliers – awkward and disagreeable, marginally skilled, poor verbal communicators, at times aggressive and rule-breaking and, rather than pursue fame, they preferred to hide in the shadows both on and off the field. Captains, in short, who will challenge your assumptions of what inspired leadership looks like. From the captains of world renowned teams like Barcelona, Brazil, the All Blacks and the New York Yankees to lesser known successes of Soviet ice hockey or French handball, The Captain Class unveils the seven key qualities that make these elite leaders exceptional. Drawing on original interviews with athletes from two dozen countries as well as coaches, managers and others skilled at building teams, Walker attempts to answer questions such as: Are great captains made or born? Why do so many teams pick the wrong captain? Why has the value of the captain fallen out of favour and how can it be revived? The culmination of 10-years research and a lifetime of sports watching, The Captain Class is like no other sports book and is guaranteed to spark endless debate and heated argument among fans of every sport. Sam Walker Thu, 18 May 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292581 thebookvoice.com 9:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Captain Class: The Hidden Force Behind the World’s Greatest Teams Author: Sam Walker Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 18, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Captain Class: The Hidden Force Behind the World's Greatest Teams by Sam Walker, read by Keith Szarabajka. Several years ago, Sam Walker set out to answer one of the most hotly debated questions in sport: what are the greatest teams of all time? He devised a formula and applied it to thousands of teams across the world from the English Premier League to the NFL. When he was done, he had a list of the 16 most dominant teams ever. At that point he became obsessed with another, more complex question: what did these freak teams have in common? As Walker dug more deeply, a pattern emerged: The teams were all driven by a singular type of leader, but not one with the characteristics you might expect. They were unorthodox outliers – awkward and disagreeable, marginally skilled, poor verbal communicators, at times aggressive and rule-breaking and, rather than pursue fame, they preferred to hide in the shadows both on and off the field. Captains, in short, who will challenge your assumptions of what inspired leadership looks like. From the captains of world renowned teams like Barcelona, Brazil, the All Blacks and the New York Yankees to lesser known successes of Soviet ice hockey or French handball, The Captain Class unveils the seven key qualities that make these elite leaders exceptional. Drawing on original interviews with athletes from two dozen countries as well as coaches, managers and others skilled at building teams, Walker attempts to answer questions such as: Are great captains made or born? Why do so many teams pick the wrong captain? Why has the value of the captain fallen out of favour and how can it be revived? The culmination of 10-years research and a lifetime of sports watching, The Captain Class is like no other sports book and is guaranteed to spark endless debate and heated argument among fans of every sport. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Captain Class: The Hidden Force Behind the World’s Greatest Teams Author: Sam Walker Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 18, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Captain Class: The Hidden Force Behind the World's Greatest Teams by Sam Walker, read by Keith Szarabajka. Several years ago, Sam Walker set out to answer one of the most hotly debated questions in sport: what are the greatest teams of all time? He devised a formula and applied it to thousands of teams across the world from the English Premier League to the NFL. When he was done, he had a list of the 16 most dominant teams ever. At that point he became obsessed with another, more complex question: what did these freak teams have in common? As Walker dug more deeply, a pattern emerged: The teams were all driven by a singular type of leader, but not one with the characteristics you might expect. They were unorthodox outliers – awkward and disagreeable, marginally skilled, poor verbal communicators, at times aggressive and rule-breaking and, rather than pursue fame, they preferred to hide in the shadows both on and off the field. Captains, in short, who will challenge your assumptions of what inspired leadership looks like. From the captains of world renowned teams like Barcelona, Brazil, the All Blacks and the New York Yankees to lesser known successes of Soviet ice hockey or French handball, The Captain Class unveils the seven key qualities that make these elite leaders exceptional. Drawing on original interviews with athletes from two dozen countries as well as coaches, managers and others skilled at building teams, Walker attempts to answer questions such as: Are great captains made or born? Why do so many teams pick the wrong captain? Why has the value of the captain fallen out of favour and how can it be revived? The culmination of 10-years research and a lifetime of sports watching, The Captain Class is like no other sports book and is guaranteed to spark endless debate and heated argument among fans of every sport. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292557 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving: Interracial Intimacy in America and the Threat to White Supremacy Author: Sheryll Cashin Narrator: Trei Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The landmark story of how interracial love and marriage changed American history—and continues to alter the landscape of American politics When Mildred and Richard Loving wed in 1958, they were ripped from their shared bed and taken to court. Their crime: miscegenation, punished by exile from their home state of Virginia. The resulting landmark decision of Loving v. Virginia ended bans on interracial marriage and remains a signature case—the first to use the words “white supremacy” to describe such racism. Drawing from the earliest chapters in US history, legal scholar Sheryll Cashin reveals the enduring legacy of America’s original sin, tracing how we transformed from a country without an entrenched construction of race to a nation where one drop of nonwhite blood merited exclusion from full citizenship. In vivid detail, she illustrates how the idea of whiteness was created by the planter class of yesterday and is reinforced by today’s power-hungry dog-whistlers to divide struggling whites and people of color, ensuring plutocracy and undermining the common good. Not just a hopeful treatise on the future of race relations in America, Loving challenges the notion that trickle-down progressive politics is our only hope for a more inclusive society. Accessible and sharp, Cashin reanimates the possibility of a future where interracial understanding serves as a catalyst of a social revolution ending not in artificial color blindness but in a culture where acceptance and difference are celebrated. Sheryll Cashin Tue, 06 Jun 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292557 thebookvoice.com 9:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving: Interracial Intimacy in America and the Threat to White Supremacy Author: Sheryll Cashin Narrator: Trei Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The landmark story of how interracial love and marriage changed American history—and continues to alter the landscape of American politics When Mildred and Richard Loving wed in 1958, they were ripped from their shared bed and taken to court. Their crime: miscegenation, punished by exile from their home state of Virginia. The resulting landmark decision of Loving v. Virginia ended bans on interracial marriage and remains a signature case—the first to use the words “white supremacy” to describe such racism. Drawing from the earliest chapters in US history, legal scholar Sheryll Cashin reveals the enduring legacy of America’s original sin, tracing how we transformed from a country without an entrenched construction of race to a nation where one drop of nonwhite blood merited exclusion from full citizenship. In vivid detail, she illustrates how the idea of whiteness was created by the planter class of yesterday and is reinforced by today’s power-hungry dog-whistlers to divide struggling whites and people of color, ensuring plutocracy and undermining the common good. Not just a hopeful treatise on the future of race relations in America, Loving challenges the notion that trickle-down progressive politics is our only hope for a more inclusive society. Accessible and sharp, Cashin reanimates the possibility of a future where interracial understanding serves as a catalyst of a social revolution ending not in artificial color blindness but in a culture where acceptance and difference are celebrated. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving: Interracial Intimacy in America and the Threat to White Supremacy Author: Sheryll Cashin Narrator: Trei Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The landmark story of how interracial love and marriage changed American history—and continues to alter the landscape of American politics When Mildred and Richard Loving wed in 1958, they were ripped from their shared bed and taken to court. Their crime: miscegenation, punished by exile from their home state of Virginia. The resulting landmark decision of Loving v. Virginia ended bans on interracial marriage and remains a signature case—the first to use the words “white supremacy” to describe such racism. Drawing from the earliest chapters in US history, legal scholar Sheryll Cashin reveals the enduring legacy of America’s original sin, tracing how we transformed from a country without an entrenched construction of race to a nation where one drop of nonwhite blood merited exclusion from full citizenship. In vivid detail, she illustrates how the idea of whiteness was created by the planter class of yesterday and is reinforced by today’s power-hungry dog-whistlers to divide struggling whites and people of color, ensuring plutocracy and undermining the common good. Not just a hopeful treatise on the future of race relations in America, Loving challenges the notion that trickle-down progressive politics is our only hope for a more inclusive society. Accessible and sharp, Cashin reanimates the possibility of a future where interracial understanding serves as a catalyst of a social revolution ending not in artificial color blindness but in a culture where acceptance and difference are celebrated. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292472 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292472]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Woman as Decoration Author: Helen M. Urban Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A guide for women to complement their dress to their surroundings, be it in their own home, on outings or on stage. (Summary by Julie VW) Helen M. Urban Sun, 01 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292472 thebookvoice.com 4:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292472]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Woman as Decoration Author: Helen M. Urban Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A guide for women to complement their dress to their surroundings, be it in their own home, on outings or on stage. (Summary by Julie VW) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292472]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Woman as Decoration Author: Helen M. Urban Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A guide for women to complement their dress to their surroundings, be it in their own home, on outings or on stage. (Summary by Julie VW) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292436 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chuck Klosterman Presents Chuck Klosterman X: The Audio Companion to a Highly Specific and Defiantly Incomplete History of the Early 21st Century Author: Chuck Klosterman Narrator: Chuck Klosterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times–bestselling author and cultural critic Chuck Klosterman presents a unique Audio Companion for Chuck Klosterman X, in which he contextualizes and reads from the collection of his best articles and essays, providing both a fascinating tour of the past decade and an ideal introduction to the mind of one of the sharpest and most prolific observers of our unusual times.   Klosterman has created an incomparable body of work in books, magazines, and newspapers, and on the Web. His writing spans the realms of culture and sports, while also addressing interpersonal issues, social quandaries, and ethical boundaries. Klosterman has written nine previous books, helped found and establish Grantland, served as the New York Times Magazine Ethicist, worked on film and television productions, and contributed profiles and essays to outlets such as GQ, Esquire, The A.V. Club, Billboard, and The Guardian.   Chuck Klosterman X collects the most intriguing of those pieces, and, for this Audio Companion, Klosterman offers intimate and exclusive commentary about each piece, telling stories about each one, reading excerpts, and relating unexpected asides and digressions. Subjects include Breaking Bad, Lou Reed, zombies, KISS, Jimmy Page, Stephen Malkmus, steroids, Mountain Dew, Chinese Democracy, the Beatles, Jonathan Franzen, Taylor Swift, Tim Tebow, Kobe Bryant, Usain Bolt, Eddie Van Halen, Charlie Brown, the Cleveland Browns, and many more cultural figures and pop phenomena. Chuck Klosterman Tue, 16 May 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292436 thebookvoice.com 2:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chuck Klosterman Presents Chuck Klosterman X: The Audio Companion to a Highly Specific and Defiantly Incomplete History of the Early 21st Century Author: Chuck Klosterman Narrator: Chuck Klosterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times–bestselling author and cultural critic Chuck Klosterman presents a unique Audio Companion for Chuck Klosterman X, in which he contextualizes and reads from the collection of his best articles and essays, providing both a fascinating tour of the past decade and an ideal introduction to the mind of one of the sharpest and most prolific observers of our unusual times.   Klosterman has created an incomparable body of work in books, magazines, and newspapers, and on the Web. His writing spans the realms of culture and sports, while also addressing interpersonal issues, social quandaries, and ethical boundaries. Klosterman has written nine previous books, helped found and establish Grantland, served as the New York Times Magazine Ethicist, worked on film and television productions, and contributed profiles and essays to outlets such as GQ, Esquire, The A.V. Club, Billboard, and The Guardian.   Chuck Klosterman X collects the most intriguing of those pieces, and, for this Audio Companion, Klosterman offers intimate and exclusive commentary about each piece, telling stories about each one, reading excerpts, and relating unexpected asides and digressions. Subjects include Breaking Bad, Lou Reed, zombies, KISS, Jimmy Page, Stephen Malkmus, steroids, Mountain Dew, Chinese Democracy, the Beatles, Jonathan Franzen, Taylor Swift, Tim Tebow, Kobe Bryant, Usain Bolt, Eddie Van Halen, Charlie Brown, the Cleveland Browns, and many more cultural figures and pop phenomena. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chuck Klosterman Presents Chuck Klosterman X: The Audio Companion to a Highly Specific and Defiantly Incomplete History of the Early 21st Century Author: Chuck Klosterman Narrator: Chuck Klosterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times–bestselling author and cultural critic Chuck Klosterman presents a unique Audio Companion for Chuck Klosterman X, in which he contextualizes and reads from the collection of his best articles and essays, providing both a fascinating tour of the past decade and an ideal introduction to the mind of one of the sharpest and most prolific observers of our unusual times.   Klosterman has created an incomparable body of work in books, magazines, and newspapers, and on the Web. His writing spans the realms of culture and sports, while also addressing interpersonal issues, social quandaries, and ethical boundaries. Klosterman has written nine previous books, helped found and establish Grantland, served as the New York Times Magazine Ethicist, worked on film and television productions, and contributed profiles and essays to outlets such as GQ, Esquire, The A.V. Club, Billboard, and The Guardian.   Chuck Klosterman X collects the most intriguing of those pieces, and, for this Audio Companion, Klosterman offers intimate and exclusive commentary about each piece, telling stories about each one, reading excerpts, and relating unexpected asides and digressions. Subjects include Breaking Bad, Lou Reed, zombies, KISS, Jimmy Page, Stephen Malkmus, steroids, Mountain Dew, Chinese Democracy, the Beatles, Jonathan Franzen, Taylor Swift, Tim Tebow, Kobe Bryant, Usain Bolt, Eddie Van Halen, Charlie Brown, the Cleveland Browns, and many more cultural figures and pop phenomena. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292218 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292218]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Advertising: Why It Had to Die, and the Creative Resurrection to Come Author: Andrew Essex Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A recovering Mad Man throws down the ultimate challenge to his profession: Innovate or die. The ad apocalypse is upon us. Today millions are downloading ad-blocking software, and still more are paying subscription premiums to avoid ads. This $600 billion industry is now careening toward outright extinction, after having taken for granted a captive audience for too long, leading to lazy, overabundant, and frankly annoying ads. Make no mistake, Madison Avenue: Traditional advertising, as we know it, is over. In this short, controversial manifesto, Andrew Essex offers both a wake-up call and a road map to the future. In The End of Advertising, Essex gives a brief and pungent history of the rise and fall of Adland—a story populated by snake-oil salesmen, slicksters, and search-engine optimizers. But his book is no eulogy. Instead, he boldly challenges global marketers to innovate their way to a better ad-free future. With trenchant wit and razor-sharp insights, he presents an essential new vision of where the smart businesses could be headed—a broad playing field where ambitious marketing campaigns provide utility, services, gifts, patronage of the arts, and even blockbuster entertainment. In this utopian landscape, ads could become so enticing that people would pay—yes, pay—to see them. Praise for The End of Advertising “New York media types aren’t quick to pass up a party, even one celebrating a book that predicts their demise. . . . The future of marketing will need to rely on creative, innovative models, Mr. Essex wrote, pointing to The Lego Movie and New York’s Citi Bike bicycle-share program as promising examples.”—The New York Times “A rabble-rousing indictment of the ad industry from one of its own. Essex predicts that success will depend less on the ability to annoy and more on the capacity to create and entertain.”—Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take “Fresh and timely, The End of Advertising is an eye-opening take on the current media landscape. And along with it, Essex provides a road map for how brands can reinvent themselves and navigate this new world.”—Arianna Huffington “In this dynamic little book, Essex challenges brands—even those of us who pride ourselves on thinking outside the box—to think bigger still. He’s got me thinking.”—Neil Blumenthal, co-founder of Warby Parker “Mandatory reading for anyone who wants to get a message across in this age of authenticity.”—Alexis Ohanian, co-founder, Reddit Andrew Essex Tue, 13 Jun 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292218 thebookvoice.com 5:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292218]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Advertising: Why It Had to Die, and the Creative Resurrection to Come Author: Andrew Essex Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A recovering Mad Man throws down the ultimate challenge to his profession: Innovate or die. The ad apocalypse is upon us. Today millions are downloading ad-blocking software, and still more are paying subscription premiums to avoid ads. This $600 billion industry is now careening toward outright extinction, after having taken for granted a captive audience for too long, leading to lazy, overabundant, and frankly annoying ads. Make no mistake, Madison Avenue: Traditional advertising, as we know it, is over. In this short, controversial manifesto, Andrew Essex offers both a wake-up call and a road map to the future. In The End of Advertising, Essex gives a brief and pungent history of the rise and fall of Adland—a story populated by snake-oil salesmen, slicksters, and search-engine optimizers. But his book is no eulogy. Instead, he boldly challenges global marketers to innovate their way to a better ad-free future. With trenchant wit and razor-sharp insights, he presents an essential new vision of where the smart businesses could be headed—a broad playing field where ambitious marketing campaigns provide utility, services, gifts, patronage of the arts, and even blockbuster entertainment. In this utopian landscape, ads could become so enticing that people would pay—yes, pay—to see them. Praise for The End of Advertising “New York media types aren’t quick to pass up a party, even one celebrating a book that predicts their demise. . . . The future of marketing will need to rely on creative, innovative models, Mr. Essex wrote, pointing to The Lego Movie and New York’s Citi Bike bicycle-share program as promising examples.”—The New York Times “A rabble-rousing indictment of the ad industry from one of its own. Essex predicts that success will depend less on the ability to annoy and more on the capacity to create and entertain.”—Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take “Fresh and timely, The End of Advertising is an eye-opening take on the current media landscape. And along with it, Essex provides a road map for how brands can reinvent themselves and navigate this new world.”—Arianna Huffington “In this dynamic little book, Essex challenges brands—even those of us who pride ourselves on thinking outside the box—to think bigger still. He’s got me thinking.”—Neil Blumenthal, co-founder of Warby Parker “Mandatory reading for anyone who wants to get a message across in this age of authenticity.”—Alexis Ohanian, co-founder, Reddit Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292218]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Advertising: Why It Had to Die, and the Creative Resurrection to Come Author: Andrew Essex Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A recovering Mad Man throws down the ultimate challenge to his profession: Innovate or die. The ad apocalypse is upon us. Today millions are downloading ad-blocking software, and still more are paying subscription premiums to avoid ads. This $600 billion industry is now careening toward outright extinction, after having taken for granted a captive audience for too long, leading to lazy, overabundant, and frankly annoying ads. Make no mistake, Madison Avenue: Traditional advertising, as we know it, is over. In this short, controversial manifesto, Andrew Essex offers both a wake-up call and a road map to the future. In The End of Advertising, Essex gives a brief and pungent history of the rise and fall of Adland—a story populated by snake-oil salesmen, slicksters, and search-engine optimizers. But his book is no eulogy. Instead, he boldly challenges global marketers to innovate their way to a better ad-free future. With trenchant wit and razor-sharp insights, he presents an essential new vision of where the smart businesses could be headed—a broad playing field where ambitious marketing campaigns provide utility, services, gifts, patronage of the arts, and even blockbuster entertainment. In this utopian landscape, ads could become so enticing that people would pay—yes, pay—to see them. Praise for The End of Advertising “New York media types aren’t quick to pass up a party, even one celebrating a book that predicts their demise. . . . The future of marketing will need to rely on creative, innovative models, Mr. Essex wrote, pointing to The Lego Movie and New York’s Citi Bike bicycle-share program as promising examples.”—The New York Times “A rabble-rousing indictment of the ad industry from one of its own. Essex predicts that success will depend less on the ability to annoy and more on the capacity to create and entertain.”—Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take “Fresh and timely, The End of Advertising is an eye-opening take on the current media landscape. And along with it, Essex provides a road map for how brands can reinvent themselves and navigate this new world.”—Arianna Huffington “In this dynamic little book, Essex challenges brands—even those of us who pride ourselves on thinking outside the box—to think bigger still. He’s got me thinking.”—Neil Blumenthal, co-founder of Warby Parker “Mandatory reading for anyone who wants to get a message across in this age of authenticity.”—Alexis Ohanian, co-founder, Reddit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292197 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobody: Casualties of America’s War on the Vulnerable, from Ferguson to Flint and Beyond Author: Marc Lamont Hill Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Protests in Ferguson, Missouri, and across the United States following the death of Michael Brown revealed something far deeper than a passionate display of age-old racial frustrations; they unveiled a public chasm that has been growing for years, as America has consistently and intentionally denied significant segments of its population access to full freedom and prosperity. In Nobody, scholar and journalist Marc Lamont Hill presents a powerful and thought-provoking analysis of race and class by examining a growing crisis in America: the existence of a group of citizens who are made vulnerable, exploitable, and disposable through the machinery of unregulated capitalism, public policy, and social practice. These are the people considered “Nobody” in contemporary America. Through on-the-ground reporting and careful research, Hill shows how this Nobody class has emerged over time and how forces in America have worked to preserve and exploit it in ways that are both humiliating and harmful. To make his case, Hill carefully reconsiders the details of tragic events like the deaths of Michael Brown, Sandra Bland, and Freddie Gray, and the water crisis in Flint, Michigan. He delves deeply into a host of alarming trends including mass incarceration, overly aggressive policing, broken court systems, shrinking job markets, and the privatization of public resources, showing time and time again the ways the current system is designed to worsen the plight of the vulnerable. Timely and eloquent, Nobody is a keen observation of the challenges and contradictions of American democracy, a must-read for anyone wanting to better understand the race and class issues that continue to leave their mark on our country today. Marc Lamont Hill Tue, 02 May 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292197 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobody: Casualties of America’s War on the Vulnerable, from Ferguson to Flint and Beyond Author: Marc Lamont Hill Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Protests in Ferguson, Missouri, and across the United States following the death of Michael Brown revealed something far deeper than a passionate display of age-old racial frustrations; they unveiled a public chasm that has been growing for years, as America has consistently and intentionally denied significant segments of its population access to full freedom and prosperity. In Nobody, scholar and journalist Marc Lamont Hill presents a powerful and thought-provoking analysis of race and class by examining a growing crisis in America: the existence of a group of citizens who are made vulnerable, exploitable, and disposable through the machinery of unregulated capitalism, public policy, and social practice. These are the people considered “Nobody” in contemporary America. Through on-the-ground reporting and careful research, Hill shows how this Nobody class has emerged over time and how forces in America have worked to preserve and exploit it in ways that are both humiliating and harmful. To make his case, Hill carefully reconsiders the details of tragic events like the deaths of Michael Brown, Sandra Bland, and Freddie Gray, and the water crisis in Flint, Michigan. He delves deeply into a host of alarming trends including mass incarceration, overly aggressive policing, broken court systems, shrinking job markets, and the privatization of public resources, showing time and time again the ways the current system is designed to worsen the plight of the vulnerable. Timely and eloquent, Nobody is a keen observation of the challenges and contradictions of American democracy, a must-read for anyone wanting to better understand the race and class issues that continue to leave their mark on our country today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobody: Casualties of America’s War on the Vulnerable, from Ferguson to Flint and Beyond Author: Marc Lamont Hill Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Protests in Ferguson, Missouri, and across the United States following the death of Michael Brown revealed something far deeper than a passionate display of age-old racial frustrations; they unveiled a public chasm that has been growing for years, as America has consistently and intentionally denied significant segments of its population access to full freedom and prosperity. In Nobody, scholar and journalist Marc Lamont Hill presents a powerful and thought-provoking analysis of race and class by examining a growing crisis in America: the existence of a group of citizens who are made vulnerable, exploitable, and disposable through the machinery of unregulated capitalism, public policy, and social practice. These are the people considered “Nobody” in contemporary America. Through on-the-ground reporting and careful research, Hill shows how this Nobody class has emerged over time and how forces in America have worked to preserve and exploit it in ways that are both humiliating and harmful. To make his case, Hill carefully reconsiders the details of tragic events like the deaths of Michael Brown, Sandra Bland, and Freddie Gray, and the water crisis in Flint, Michigan. He delves deeply into a host of alarming trends including mass incarceration, overly aggressive policing, broken court systems, shrinking job markets, and the privatization of public resources, showing time and time again the ways the current system is designed to worsen the plight of the vulnerable. Timely and eloquent, Nobody is a keen observation of the challenges and contradictions of American democracy, a must-read for anyone wanting to better understand the race and class issues that continue to leave their mark on our country today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292096 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Save the Girls Author: Mason Long Narrator: Grant Hurlock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Save the Girls is an 1880 American anti-white-slavery book by reformed gambler Mason Long. In it, the author crusades against the social evil of prostitution by presenting a series of pathetic portraits of young women from various social classes who are brought low by such temptations of city life as the theater, the racecourse, and street flirtations. Included are vignettes of vice like "The Evils of Dancing - Sad Results of a Public Ball," in which innocent Marie, out for a good time, falls prey to the type of 'sporting men' who prowl such events in search of a partner for more than just The Glide or the Boston Dip. - Summary by Grant Hurlock Mason Long Fri, 01 Jan 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292096 thebookvoice.com 4:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Save the Girls Author: Mason Long Narrator: Grant Hurlock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Save the Girls is an 1880 American anti-white-slavery book by reformed gambler Mason Long. In it, the author crusades against the social evil of prostitution by presenting a series of pathetic portraits of young women from various social classes who are brought low by such temptations of city life as the theater, the racecourse, and street flirtations. Included are vignettes of vice like "The Evils of Dancing - Sad Results of a Public Ball," in which innocent Marie, out for a good time, falls prey to the type of 'sporting men' who prowl such events in search of a partner for more than just The Glide or the Boston Dip. - Summary by Grant Hurlock Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Save the Girls Author: Mason Long Narrator: Grant Hurlock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Save the Girls is an 1880 American anti-white-slavery book by reformed gambler Mason Long. In it, the author crusades against the social evil of prostitution by presenting a series of pathetic portraits of young women from various social classes who are brought low by such temptations of city life as the theater, the racecourse, and street flirtations. Included are vignettes of vice like "The Evils of Dancing - Sad Results of a Public Ball," in which innocent Marie, out for a good time, falls prey to the type of 'sporting men' who prowl such events in search of a partner for more than just The Glide or the Boston Dip. - Summary by Grant Hurlock https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292043 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Madness Rules the Hour: Charleston, 1860, and the Mania for War Author: Paul Starobin Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Lincoln's election to secession from the Union, this compelling history explains how South Carolina was swept into a cultural crisis at the heart of the Civil War. 'The tea has been thrown overboard -- the revolution of 1860 has been initiated.' -- Charleston Mercury, November 8, 1860 In 1860, Charleston, South Carolina, embodied the combustible spirit of the South. No city was more fervently attached to slavery, and no city was seen by the North as a greater threat to the bonds barely holding together the Union. And so, with Abraham Lincoln's election looming, Charleston's leaders faced a climactic decision: they could submit to abolition -- or they could drive South Carolina out of the Union and hope that the rest of the South would follow. In Madness Rules the Hour, Paul Starobin tells the story of how Charleston succumbed to a fever for war and charts the contagion's relentless progress and bizarre turns. In doing so, he examines the wily propagandists, the ambitious politicians, the gentlemen merchants and their wives and daughters, the compliant pastors, and the white workingmen who waged a violent and exuberant revolution in the name of slavery and Southern independence. They devoured the Mercury, the incendiary newspaper run by a fanatical father and son; made holy the deceased John C. Calhoun; and adopted 'Le Marseillaise' as a rebellious anthem. Madness Rules the Hour is a portrait of a culture in crisis and an insightful investigation into the folly that fractured the Union and started the Civil War. Paul Starobin Tue, 11 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292043 thebookvoice.com 8:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Madness Rules the Hour: Charleston, 1860, and the Mania for War Author: Paul Starobin Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Lincoln's election to secession from the Union, this compelling history explains how South Carolina was swept into a cultural crisis at the heart of the Civil War. 'The tea has been thrown overboard -- the revolution of 1860 has been initiated.' -- Charleston Mercury, November 8, 1860 In 1860, Charleston, South Carolina, embodied the combustible spirit of the South. No city was more fervently attached to slavery, and no city was seen by the North as a greater threat to the bonds barely holding together the Union. And so, with Abraham Lincoln's election looming, Charleston's leaders faced a climactic decision: they could submit to abolition -- or they could drive South Carolina out of the Union and hope that the rest of the South would follow. In Madness Rules the Hour, Paul Starobin tells the story of how Charleston succumbed to a fever for war and charts the contagion's relentless progress and bizarre turns. In doing so, he examines the wily propagandists, the ambitious politicians, the gentlemen merchants and their wives and daughters, the compliant pastors, and the white workingmen who waged a violent and exuberant revolution in the name of slavery and Southern independence. They devoured the Mercury, the incendiary newspaper run by a fanatical father and son; made holy the deceased John C. Calhoun; and adopted 'Le Marseillaise' as a rebellious anthem. Madness Rules the Hour is a portrait of a culture in crisis and an insightful investigation into the folly that fractured the Union and started the Civil War. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Madness Rules the Hour: Charleston, 1860, and the Mania for War Author: Paul Starobin Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Lincoln's election to secession from the Union, this compelling history explains how South Carolina was swept into a cultural crisis at the heart of the Civil War. 'The tea has been thrown overboard -- the revolution of 1860 has been initiated.' -- Charleston Mercury, November 8, 1860 In 1860, Charleston, South Carolina, embodied the combustible spirit of the South. No city was more fervently attached to slavery, and no city was seen by the North as a greater threat to the bonds barely holding together the Union. And so, with Abraham Lincoln's election looming, Charleston's leaders faced a climactic decision: they could submit to abolition -- or they could drive South Carolina out of the Union and hope that the rest of the South would follow. In Madness Rules the Hour, Paul Starobin tells the story of how Charleston succumbed to a fever for war and charts the contagion's relentless progress and bizarre turns. In doing so, he examines the wily propagandists, the ambitious politicians, the gentlemen merchants and their wives and daughters, the compliant pastors, and the white workingmen who waged a violent and exuberant revolution in the name of slavery and Southern independence. They devoured the Mercury, the incendiary newspaper run by a fanatical father and son; made holy the deceased John C. Calhoun; and adopted 'Le Marseillaise' as a rebellious anthem. Madness Rules the Hour is a portrait of a culture in crisis and an insightful investigation into the folly that fractured the Union and started the Civil War. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291985 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behave: The Biology of Humans at Our Best and Worst Author: Robert M. Sapolsky Narrator: Michael Goldstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestseller  • Winner of the Los Angeles Times Book Prize  • One of the Washington Post's 10 Best Books of the Year “It’s no exaggeration to say that Behave is one of the best nonfiction books I’ve ever read.” —David P. Barash, The Wall Street Journal 'It has my vote for science book of the year.” —Parul Sehgal, The New York Times 'Immensely readable, often hilarious...Hands-down one of the best books I’ve read in years. I loved it.' —Dina Temple-Raston, The Washington Post From the bestselling author of A Primate's Memoir and the forthcoming Determined: A Science of Life Without Free Will comes a landmark, genre-defining examination of human behavior and an answer to the question: Why do we do the things we do? Behave is one of the most dazzling tours d’horizon of the science of human behavior ever attempted. Moving across a range of disciplines, Sapolsky—a neuroscientist and primatologist—uncovers the hidden story of our actions. Undertaking some of our thorniest questions relating to tribalism and xenophobia, hierarchy and competition, and war and peace, Behave is a towering achievement—a majestic synthesis of cutting-edge research and a heroic exploration of why we ultimately do the things we do . . . for good and for ill. Robert M. Sapolsky Tue, 02 May 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291985 thebookvoice.com 26:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behave: The Biology of Humans at Our Best and Worst Author: Robert M. Sapolsky Narrator: Michael Goldstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestseller  • Winner of the Los Angeles Times Book Prize  • One of the Washington Post's 10 Best Books of the Year “It’s no exaggeration to say that Behave is one of the best nonfiction books I’ve ever read.” —David P. Barash, The Wall Street Journal 'It has my vote for science book of the year.” —Parul Sehgal, The New York Times 'Immensely readable, often hilarious...Hands-down one of the best books I’ve read in years. I loved it.' —Dina Temple-Raston, The Washington Post From the bestselling author of A Primate's Memoir and the forthcoming Determined: A Science of Life Without Free Will comes a landmark, genre-defining examination of human behavior and an answer to the question: Why do we do the things we do? Behave is one of the most dazzling tours d’horizon of the science of human behavior ever attempted. Moving across a range of disciplines, Sapolsky—a neuroscientist and primatologist—uncovers the hidden story of our actions. Undertaking some of our thorniest questions relating to tribalism and xenophobia, hierarchy and competition, and war and peace, Behave is a towering achievement—a majestic synthesis of cutting-edge research and a heroic exploration of why we ultimately do the things we do . . . for good and for ill. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behave: The Biology of Humans at Our Best and Worst Author: Robert M. Sapolsky Narrator: Michael Goldstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestseller  • Winner of the Los Angeles Times Book Prize  • One of the Washington Post's 10 Best Books of the Year “It’s no exaggeration to say that Behave is one of the best nonfiction books I’ve ever read.” —David P. Barash, The Wall Street Journal 'It has my vote for science book of the year.” —Parul Sehgal, The New York Times 'Immensely readable, often hilarious...Hands-down one of the best books I’ve read in years. I loved it.' —Dina Temple-Raston, The Washington Post From the bestselling author of A Primate's Memoir and the forthcoming Determined: A Science of Life Without Free Will comes a landmark, genre-defining examination of human behavior and an answer to the question: Why do we do the things we do? Behave is one of the most dazzling tours d’horizon of the science of human behavior ever attempted. Moving across a range of disciplines, Sapolsky—a neuroscientist and primatologist—uncovers the hidden story of our actions. Undertaking some of our thorniest questions relating to tribalism and xenophobia, hierarchy and competition, and war and peace, Behave is a towering achievement—a majestic synthesis of cutting-edge research and a heroic exploration of why we ultimately do the things we do . . . for good and for ill. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291925 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291925]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Hope: Letters of Love and Dissent in Dangerous Times Author: Carolina De Robertis Narrator: Kaleo Griffith, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Radical Hope is a collection of letters—to ancestors, to children five generations from now, to strangers in grocery lines, to any and all who feel weary and discouraged—written by award-winning novelists, poets, political thinkers, and activists. Provocative and inspiring, Radical Hope offers readers a kaleidoscopic view of the love and courage needed to navigate this time of upheaval, uncertainty, and fear, in view of the recent US presidential election. Including letters by Junot Díaz, Alicia Garza, Roxana Robinson, Lisa See, Jewelle Gomez, Hari Kunzru, Faith Adiele, Parnaz Foroutan, Chip Livingston, Mohja Kahf, Achy Obejas, Viet Thanh Nguyen, Cherríe Moraga, Kate Schatz, Boris Fishman, Karen Joy Fowler, Elmaz Abinader, Aya de León, Jane Smiley, Luis Alberto Urrea, Mona Eltahawy, Jeff Chang, Claire Messud, Meredith Russo, Reyna Grande, Katie Kitamura, iO Tillett Wright, Francisco Goldman, Celeste Ng, Peter Orner, and Cristina García. Carolina De Robertis Tue, 02 May 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291925 thebookvoice.com 7:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291925]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Hope: Letters of Love and Dissent in Dangerous Times Author: Carolina De Robertis Narrator: Kaleo Griffith, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Radical Hope is a collection of letters—to ancestors, to children five generations from now, to strangers in grocery lines, to any and all who feel weary and discouraged—written by award-winning novelists, poets, political thinkers, and activists. Provocative and inspiring, Radical Hope offers readers a kaleidoscopic view of the love and courage needed to navigate this time of upheaval, uncertainty, and fear, in view of the recent US presidential election. Including letters by Junot Díaz, Alicia Garza, Roxana Robinson, Lisa See, Jewelle Gomez, Hari Kunzru, Faith Adiele, Parnaz Foroutan, Chip Livingston, Mohja Kahf, Achy Obejas, Viet Thanh Nguyen, Cherríe Moraga, Kate Schatz, Boris Fishman, Karen Joy Fowler, Elmaz Abinader, Aya de León, Jane Smiley, Luis Alberto Urrea, Mona Eltahawy, Jeff Chang, Claire Messud, Meredith Russo, Reyna Grande, Katie Kitamura, iO Tillett Wright, Francisco Goldman, Celeste Ng, Peter Orner, and Cristina García. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291925]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Hope: Letters of Love and Dissent in Dangerous Times Author: Carolina De Robertis Narrator: Kaleo Griffith, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Radical Hope is a collection of letters—to ancestors, to children five generations from now, to strangers in grocery lines, to any and all who feel weary and discouraged—written by award-winning novelists, poets, political thinkers, and activists. Provocative and inspiring, Radical Hope offers readers a kaleidoscopic view of the love and courage needed to navigate this time of upheaval, uncertainty, and fear, in view of the recent US presidential election. Including letters by Junot Díaz, Alicia Garza, Roxana Robinson, Lisa See, Jewelle Gomez, Hari Kunzru, Faith Adiele, Parnaz Foroutan, Chip Livingston, Mohja Kahf, Achy Obejas, Viet Thanh Nguyen, Cherríe Moraga, Kate Schatz, Boris Fishman, Karen Joy Fowler, Elmaz Abinader, Aya de León, Jane Smiley, Luis Alberto Urrea, Mona Eltahawy, Jeff Chang, Claire Messud, Meredith Russo, Reyna Grande, Katie Kitamura, iO Tillett Wright, Francisco Goldman, Celeste Ng, Peter Orner, and Cristina García. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291764 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vanishing American Adult: Our Coming-of-Age Crisis--and How to Rebuild a Culture of Self-Reliance Author: Ben Sasse Narrator: Ben Sasse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Former college president and now U.S. Senator Ben Sasse reads with the clarity and confidence of a voice pro in this friendly warning aimed at America's parents, teachers, and governing officials.' — AudioFile Magazine AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER — read by the author. In an era of safe spaces, trigger warnings, and an unprecedented election, the country's youth are in crisis. Senator Ben Sasse warns the nation about the existential threat to America's future. Raised by well-meaning but overprotective parents and coddled by well-meaning but misbegotten government programs, America's youth are ill-equipped to survive in our highly-competitive global economy. Many of the coming-of-age rituals that have defined the American experience since the Founding: learning the value of working with your hands, leaving home to start a family, becoming economically self-reliant—are being delayed or skipped altogether. The statistics are daunting: 30% of college students drop out after the first year, and only 4 in 10 graduate. One in three 18-to-34 year-olds live with their parents. From these disparate phenomena: Nebraska Senator Ben Sasse who as president of a Midwestern college observed the trials of this generation up close, sees an existential threat to the American way of life. In The Vanishing American Adult, Sasse diagnoses the causes of a generation that can't grow up and offers a path for raising children to become active and engaged citizens. He identifies core formative experiences that all young people should pursue: hard work to appreciate the benefits of labor, travel to understand deprivation and want, the power of reading, the importance of nurturing your body—and explains how parents can encourage them. Our democracy depends on responsible, contributing adults to function properly—without them America falls prey to populist demagogues. A call to arms, The Vanishing American Adult will ignite a much-needed debate about the link between the way we're raising our children and the future of our country. Ben Sasse Tue, 16 May 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291764 thebookvoice.com 11:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vanishing American Adult: Our Coming-of-Age Crisis--and How to Rebuild a Culture of Self-Reliance Author: Ben Sasse Narrator: Ben Sasse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Former college president and now U.S. Senator Ben Sasse reads with the clarity and confidence of a voice pro in this friendly warning aimed at America's parents, teachers, and governing officials.' — AudioFile Magazine AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER — read by the author. In an era of safe spaces, trigger warnings, and an unprecedented election, the country's youth are in crisis. Senator Ben Sasse warns the nation about the existential threat to America's future. Raised by well-meaning but overprotective parents and coddled by well-meaning but misbegotten government programs, America's youth are ill-equipped to survive in our highly-competitive global economy. Many of the coming-of-age rituals that have defined the American experience since the Founding: learning the value of working with your hands, leaving home to start a family, becoming economically self-reliant—are being delayed or skipped altogether. The statistics are daunting: 30% of college students drop out after the first year, and only 4 in 10 graduate. One in three 18-to-34 year-olds live with their parents. From these disparate phenomena: Nebraska Senator Ben Sasse who as president of a Midwestern college observed the trials of this generation up close, sees an existential threat to the American way of life. In The Vanishing American Adult, Sasse diagnoses the causes of a generation that can't grow up and offers a path for raising children to become active and engaged citizens. He identifies core formative experiences that all young people should pursue: hard work to appreciate the benefits of labor, travel to understand deprivation and want, the power of reading, the importance of nurturing your body—and explains how parents can encourage them. Our democracy depends on responsible, contributing adults to function properly—without them America falls prey to populist demagogues. A call to arms, The Vanishing American Adult will ignite a much-needed debate about the link between the way we're raising our children and the future of our country. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vanishing American Adult: Our Coming-of-Age Crisis--and How to Rebuild a Culture of Self-Reliance Author: Ben Sasse Narrator: Ben Sasse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Former college president and now U.S. Senator Ben Sasse reads with the clarity and confidence of a voice pro in this friendly warning aimed at America's parents, teachers, and governing officials.' — AudioFile Magazine AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER — read by the author. In an era of safe spaces, trigger warnings, and an unprecedented election, the country's youth are in crisis. Senator Ben Sasse warns the nation about the existential threat to America's future. Raised by well-meaning but overprotective parents and coddled by well-meaning but misbegotten government programs, America's youth are ill-equipped to survive in our highly-competitive global economy. Many of the coming-of-age rituals that have defined the American experience since the Founding: learning the value of working with your hands, leaving home to start a family, becoming economically self-reliant—are being delayed or skipped altogether. The statistics are daunting: 30% of college students drop out after the first year, and only 4 in 10 graduate. One in three 18-to-34 year-olds live with their parents. From these disparate phenomena: Nebraska Senator Ben Sasse who as president of a Midwestern college observed the trials of this generation up close, sees an existential threat to the American way of life. In The Vanishing American Adult, Sasse diagnoses the causes of a generation that can't grow up and offers a path for raising children to become active and engaged citizens. He identifies core formative experiences that all young people should pursue: hard work to appreciate the benefits of labor, travel to understand deprivation and want, the power of reading, the importance of nurturing your body—and explains how parents can encourage them. Our democracy depends on responsible, contributing adults to function properly—without them America falls prey to populist demagogues. A call to arms, The Vanishing American Adult will ignite a much-needed debate about the link between the way we're raising our children and the future of our country. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291744 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born to Walk Author: Dan Rubinstein Narrator: Braden Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 26, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The humble act of putting one foot in front of the other transcends age, geography, culture, and class, and is one of the most economical and environmentally responsible modes of transit. Yet with our modern fixation on speed, this healthy pedestrian activity has been largely left behind. At a personal and professional crossroads, writer, editor, and obsessive walker Dan Rubinstein travelled throughout the U.S., U.K., and Canada to walk with people who saw the act not only as a form of transportation and recreation, but also as a path to a better world. There are no magic-bullet solutions to modern epidemics like obesity, anxiety, alienation, and climate change. But what if there is a simple way to take a step in the right direction? Combining fascinating reportage, eye-opening research, and Rubinstein’s own discoveries, Born to Walk explores how far this ancient habit can take us, how much repair is within range, and guarantees that you’ll never again take walking for granted. Dan Rubinstein Wed, 26 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291744 thebookvoice.com 10:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born to Walk Author: Dan Rubinstein Narrator: Braden Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 26, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The humble act of putting one foot in front of the other transcends age, geography, culture, and class, and is one of the most economical and environmentally responsible modes of transit. Yet with our modern fixation on speed, this healthy pedestrian activity has been largely left behind. At a personal and professional crossroads, writer, editor, and obsessive walker Dan Rubinstein travelled throughout the U.S., U.K., and Canada to walk with people who saw the act not only as a form of transportation and recreation, but also as a path to a better world. There are no magic-bullet solutions to modern epidemics like obesity, anxiety, alienation, and climate change. But what if there is a simple way to take a step in the right direction? Combining fascinating reportage, eye-opening research, and Rubinstein’s own discoveries, Born to Walk explores how far this ancient habit can take us, how much repair is within range, and guarantees that you’ll never again take walking for granted. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born to Walk Author: Dan Rubinstein Narrator: Braden Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 26, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The humble act of putting one foot in front of the other transcends age, geography, culture, and class, and is one of the most economical and environmentally responsible modes of transit. Yet with our modern fixation on speed, this healthy pedestrian activity has been largely left behind. At a personal and professional crossroads, writer, editor, and obsessive walker Dan Rubinstein travelled throughout the U.S., U.K., and Canada to walk with people who saw the act not only as a form of transportation and recreation, but also as a path to a better world. There are no magic-bullet solutions to modern epidemics like obesity, anxiety, alienation, and climate change. But what if there is a simple way to take a step in the right direction? Combining fascinating reportage, eye-opening research, and Rubinstein’s own discoveries, Born to Walk explores how far this ancient habit can take us, how much repair is within range, and guarantees that you’ll never again take walking for granted. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291685 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Marte y Venus en el dormitorio: Amor y pasión duraderos en la vida de la pareja Author: John Gray, Ph.D. Narrator: Mauricio Pérez Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 17, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¡Aprende los principios y métodos para mejorar la comunicación de pareja! ¿Es la extinción del deseo sexual una ley inexorable de la vida en pareja? Si bien la experiencia de muchos matrimonios parece corroborarlo, no hay nada que lo determine. Partiendo de la idea, universalmente aceptada, de que la pasión sexual es la base de la convivencia en pareja, John Gray identifica uno de sus enemigos más insidiosos: el mutuo desconocimiento de la actitud psicológica e incluso de la reacción fisiológica que tienen hombres y mujeres. Marte y Venus en el dormitorio no es una guía sexual convencional, por lo que no se centra en la mecánica del sexo sino en los principios y métodos para mejorar la comunicación entre los miembros de la pareja, y «mantener viva la magia del enamoramiento». Escúchala ahora. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal en formato audiolibro. John Gray, Ph.D. Thu, 17 Nov 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291685 thebookvoice.com 6:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Marte y Venus en el dormitorio: Amor y pasión duraderos en la vida de la pareja Author: John Gray, Ph.D. Narrator: Mauricio Pérez Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 17, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¡Aprende los principios y métodos para mejorar la comunicación de pareja! ¿Es la extinción del deseo sexual una ley inexorable de la vida en pareja? Si bien la experiencia de muchos matrimonios parece corroborarlo, no hay nada que lo determine. Partiendo de la idea, universalmente aceptada, de que la pasión sexual es la base de la convivencia en pareja, John Gray identifica uno de sus enemigos más insidiosos: el mutuo desconocimiento de la actitud psicológica e incluso de la reacción fisiológica que tienen hombres y mujeres. Marte y Venus en el dormitorio no es una guía sexual convencional, por lo que no se centra en la mecánica del sexo sino en los principios y métodos para mejorar la comunicación entre los miembros de la pareja, y «mantener viva la magia del enamoramiento». Escúchala ahora. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal en formato audiolibro. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Marte y Venus en el dormitorio: Amor y pasión duraderos en la vida de la pareja Author: John Gray, Ph.D. Narrator: Mauricio Pérez Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 17, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¡Aprende los principios y métodos para mejorar la comunicación de pareja! ¿Es la extinción del deseo sexual una ley inexorable de la vida en pareja? Si bien la experiencia de muchos matrimonios parece corroborarlo, no hay nada que lo determine. Partiendo de la idea, universalmente aceptada, de que la pasión sexual es la base de la convivencia en pareja, John Gray identifica uno de sus enemigos más insidiosos: el mutuo desconocimiento de la actitud psicológica e incluso de la reacción fisiológica que tienen hombres y mujeres. Marte y Venus en el dormitorio no es una guía sexual convencional, por lo que no se centra en la mecánica del sexo sino en los principios y métodos para mejorar la comunicación entre los miembros de la pareja, y «mantener viva la magia del enamoramiento». Escúchala ahora. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal en formato audiolibro. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291599 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Potlikker Papers: A Food History of the Modern South Author: John T. Edge Narrator: John T. Edge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A people's history of Southern food that reveals how the region came to be at the forefront of American culinary culture and how issues of race have shaped Southern cuisine over the last six decades THE POTLIKKER PAPERS tells the story of food and politics in the South over the last half century. Beginning with the pivotal role of cooks in the Civil Rights movement, noted authority John T. Edge narrates the South's journey from racist backwater to a hotbed of American immigration. In so doing, he traces how the food of the poorest Southerners has become the signature trend of modern American haute cuisine. This is a people's history of the modern South told through the lens of food.  Food was a battleground in the Civil Rights movement. Access to food and ownership of culinary tradition was a central part of the long march to racial equality. THE POTLIKKER PAPERS begins in 1955 as black cooks and maids fed and supported the Montgomery Bus Boycott and it concludes in 2015 as a Newer South came to be, enriched by the arrival of immigrants from Lebanon to Vietnam to all points in between.  Along the way, THE POTLIKKER PAPERS tracks many different evolutions of Southern identity --first in the 1970s, from the back-to-the-land movement that began in the Tennessee hills to the rise of fast and convenience foods modeled on Southern staples. Edge narrates the gentrification that gained traction in North Carolina and Louisiana restaurants of the 1980s and the artisanal renaissance that reconnected farmers and cooks in the 1990s and in the 00s. He profiles some of the most extraordinary and fascinating figures in Southern food, including Fannie Lou Hamer, Colonel Sanders, Edna Lewis, Paul Prudhomme, Craig Claiborne, Sean Brock, and many others.  Like many great provincial dishes around the world, potlikker is a salvage food. During the antebellum era, masters ate the greens from the pot and set aside the left-over potlikker broth for their slaves, unaware that the broth, not the greens, was nutrient-rich. After slavery, potlikker sustained the working poor, black and white. In the rapidly gentrifying South of today, potlikker has taken on new meanings as chefs have reclaimed the dish.  Over the last two generations, wrenching changes have transformed the South. THE POTLIKKER PAPERS tells the story of that change--and reveals how Southern food has become a shared culinary language for the nation. Music Copyright © 2012, Lee Bains III John T. Edge Tue, 16 May 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291599 thebookvoice.com 10:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Potlikker Papers: A Food History of the Modern South Author: John T. Edge Narrator: John T. Edge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A people's history of Southern food that reveals how the region came to be at the forefront of American culinary culture and how issues of race have shaped Southern cuisine over the last six decades THE POTLIKKER PAPERS tells the story of food and politics in the South over the last half century. Beginning with the pivotal role of cooks in the Civil Rights movement, noted authority John T. Edge narrates the South's journey from racist backwater to a hotbed of American immigration. In so doing, he traces how the food of the poorest Southerners has become the signature trend of modern American haute cuisine. This is a people's history of the modern South told through the lens of food.  Food was a battleground in the Civil Rights movement. Access to food and ownership of culinary tradition was a central part of the long march to racial equality. THE POTLIKKER PAPERS begins in 1955 as black cooks and maids fed and supported the Montgomery Bus Boycott and it concludes in 2015 as a Newer South came to be, enriched by the arrival of immigrants from Lebanon to Vietnam to all points in between.  Along the way, THE POTLIKKER PAPERS tracks many different evolutions of Southern identity --first in the 1970s, from the back-to-the-land movement that began in the Tennessee hills to the rise of fast and convenience foods modeled on Southern staples. Edge narrates the gentrification that gained traction in North Carolina and Louisiana restaurants of the 1980s and the artisanal renaissance that reconnected farmers and cooks in the 1990s and in the 00s. He profiles some of the most extraordinary and fascinating figures in Southern food, including Fannie Lou Hamer, Colonel Sanders, Edna Lewis, Paul Prudhomme, Craig Claiborne, Sean Brock, and many others.  Like many great provincial dishes around the world, potlikker is a salvage food. During the antebellum era, masters ate the greens from the pot and set aside the left-over potlikker broth for their slaves, unaware that the broth, not the greens, was nutrient-rich. After slavery, potlikker sustained the working poor, black and white. In the rapidly gentrifying South of today, potlikker has taken on new meanings as chefs have reclaimed the dish.  Over the last two generations, wrenching changes have transformed the South. THE POTLIKKER PAPERS tells the story of that change--and reveals how Southern food has become a shared culinary language for the nation. Music Copyright © 2012, Lee Bains III Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Potlikker Papers: A Food History of the Modern South Author: John T. Edge Narrator: John T. Edge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A people's history of Southern food that reveals how the region came to be at the forefront of American culinary culture and how issues of race have shaped Southern cuisine over the last six decades THE POTLIKKER PAPERS tells the story of food and politics in the South over the last half century. Beginning with the pivotal role of cooks in the Civil Rights movement, noted authority John T. Edge narrates the South's journey from racist backwater to a hotbed of American immigration. In so doing, he traces how the food of the poorest Southerners has become the signature trend of modern American haute cuisine. This is a people's history of the modern South told through the lens of food.  Food was a battleground in the Civil Rights movement. Access to food and ownership of culinary tradition was a central part of the long march to racial equality. THE POTLIKKER PAPERS begins in 1955 as black cooks and maids fed and supported the Montgomery Bus Boycott and it concludes in 2015 as a Newer South came to be, enriched by the arrival of immigrants from Lebanon to Vietnam to all points in between.  Along the way, THE POTLIKKER PAPERS tracks many different evolutions of Southern identity --first in the 1970s, from the back-to-the-land movement that began in the Tennessee hills to the rise of fast and convenience foods modeled on Southern staples. Edge narrates the gentrification that gained traction in North Carolina and Louisiana restaurants of the 1980s and the artisanal renaissance that reconnected farmers and cooks in the 1990s and in the 00s. He profiles some of the most extraordinary and fascinating figures in Southern food, including Fannie Lou Hamer, Colonel Sanders, Edna Lewis, Paul Prudhomme, Craig Claiborne, Sean Brock, and many others.  Like many great provincial dishes around the world, potlikker is a salvage food. During the antebellum era, masters ate the greens from the pot and set aside the left-over potlikker broth for their slaves, unaware that the broth, not the greens, was nutrient-rich. After slavery, potlikker sustained the working poor, black and white. In the rapidly gentrifying South of today, potlikker has taken on new meanings as chefs have reclaimed the dish.  Over the last two generations, wrenching changes have transformed the South. THE POTLIKKER PAPERS tells the story of that change--and reveals how Southern food has become a shared culinary language for the nation. Music Copyright © 2012, Lee Bains III https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291443 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sometimes Amazing Things Happen: Heartbreak and Hope on the Bellevue Hospital Psychiatric Prison Ward Author: Elizabeth Ford Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Elizabeth Ford went through medical school unsure of where she belonged. It wasn’t until she did her psychiatry rotation that she found her calling—to care for one of the most vulnerable populations of mentally ill people, the inmates of New York City’s jails, including Rikers Island, who are so sick that they are sent to the Bellevue Hospital Prison Ward for care. These men were broken, without resources or support, and very ill. They could be violent, unpredictable, but they could also be funny and tender and needy. Mostly, they were human and they awakened in Ford a boundless empathy. Her patients made her a great doctor and a better person. While Ford was a psychiatrist at Bellevue she became a wife and a mother. In her book she shares her struggles to balance her personal and professional lives, to care for her children and her patients, and to maintain the empathy that is essential to her practice—all in the face of a complex institution, an exhausting workload, and the deeply emotionally taxing nature of her work. Ford brings humor, grace, and humanity to the lives of the patients in her care and in beautifully rendered prose illuminates the inner workings (and failings) of our mental health and criminal justice systems. Elizabeth Ford Tue, 25 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291443 thebookvoice.com 8:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sometimes Amazing Things Happen: Heartbreak and Hope on the Bellevue Hospital Psychiatric Prison Ward Author: Elizabeth Ford Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Elizabeth Ford went through medical school unsure of where she belonged. It wasn’t until she did her psychiatry rotation that she found her calling—to care for one of the most vulnerable populations of mentally ill people, the inmates of New York City’s jails, including Rikers Island, who are so sick that they are sent to the Bellevue Hospital Prison Ward for care. These men were broken, without resources or support, and very ill. They could be violent, unpredictable, but they could also be funny and tender and needy. Mostly, they were human and they awakened in Ford a boundless empathy. Her patients made her a great doctor and a better person. While Ford was a psychiatrist at Bellevue she became a wife and a mother. In her book she shares her struggles to balance her personal and professional lives, to care for her children and her patients, and to maintain the empathy that is essential to her practice—all in the face of a complex institution, an exhausting workload, and the deeply emotionally taxing nature of her work. Ford brings humor, grace, and humanity to the lives of the patients in her care and in beautifully rendered prose illuminates the inner workings (and failings) of our mental health and criminal justice systems. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sometimes Amazing Things Happen: Heartbreak and Hope on the Bellevue Hospital Psychiatric Prison Ward Author: Elizabeth Ford Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Elizabeth Ford went through medical school unsure of where she belonged. It wasn’t until she did her psychiatry rotation that she found her calling—to care for one of the most vulnerable populations of mentally ill people, the inmates of New York City’s jails, including Rikers Island, who are so sick that they are sent to the Bellevue Hospital Prison Ward for care. These men were broken, without resources or support, and very ill. They could be violent, unpredictable, but they could also be funny and tender and needy. Mostly, they were human and they awakened in Ford a boundless empathy. Her patients made her a great doctor and a better person. While Ford was a psychiatrist at Bellevue she became a wife and a mother. In her book she shares her struggles to balance her personal and professional lives, to care for her children and her patients, and to maintain the empathy that is essential to her practice—all in the face of a complex institution, an exhausting workload, and the deeply emotionally taxing nature of her work. Ford brings humor, grace, and humanity to the lives of the patients in her care and in beautifully rendered prose illuminates the inner workings (and failings) of our mental health and criminal justice systems. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291397 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nacidos para correr: La historia de una tribu oculta, un grupo de superatletas y la mayor carrera de la historia Author: Christopher McDougall Narrator: Humberto Solórzano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Escucha este relato fascinante que no solo conquistará tu mente sino que también inspirará tu cuerpo cuando descubras que el secreto de la felicidad está en tus pies y que todos hemos nacido para correr. Repleto de personajes inolvidables, increíbles hazañas atléticas y ciencia de vanguardia, Nacidos para correr es una aventura épica que comienza con la simple pregunta: ¿por qué me duele el pie? Para encontrar una respuesta, Christopher McDougall nos lleva desde los laboratorios científicos de alta tecnología de Harvard hasta los sofocantes valles y los picos nevados donde cada vez más corredores llevan sus fuerzas al extremo. Protegida por el terreno más abrupto de América del Norte, la misteriosa tribu de los tarahumara de las Barrancas del Cobre, en México, custodia un arte perdido. Durante siglos han desarrollado técnicas que les permiten correr cientos de kilómetros sin descanso, convirtiéndolos en los corredores de fondo más rápidos de todos los tiempos. Este talento, casi sobrehumano, convierte a los tarahumara en hombres serenos e inmunes a las enfermedades y a las tensiones de la vida moderna. Con la ayuda de Caballo Blanco, un curioso personaje que años atrás se internó en las salvajes barrancas para vivir entre ellos, el autor pudo desvelar los secretos de este pueblo mítico al tiempo que descubría al atleta que llevaba dentro, entrenándose para uno de los mayores retos de su vida: una carrera de ochenta kilómetros que enfrentaría a la tribu contra un extraño grupo de corredores. Los mejores títulos de no ficción disponibles en formato audiolibro. Reseñas: «Aventura, fisiología e historia de las carreras a partes iguales. Provoca unas ganas irrefrenables de salir a correr.» Outside Magazine « Nacidos para correr es desternillante, especial, divertido, y una lectura entretenidísima y adictiva. Los corredores lo adorarán.» Bill Rodgers, tetracampeón de la maratón de Boston «Cristopher McDougall prueba en este libro que correr grandes distancias descalzo es la clave de la salud, la felicidad y la longevidad.» The Washington Post «Atractivo y divertido, retrata a uno de los pueblos más desconocidos del mundo, los tarahumara, para examinar la apasionante cultura de correr.» San Francisco Chronicle Christopher McDougall Mon, 29 Feb 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291397 thebookvoice.com 12:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nacidos para correr: La historia de una tribu oculta, un grupo de superatletas y la mayor carrera de la historia Author: Christopher McDougall Narrator: Humberto Solórzano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Escucha este relato fascinante que no solo conquistará tu mente sino que también inspirará tu cuerpo cuando descubras que el secreto de la felicidad está en tus pies y que todos hemos nacido para correr. Repleto de personajes inolvidables, increíbles hazañas atléticas y ciencia de vanguardia, Nacidos para correr es una aventura épica que comienza con la simple pregunta: ¿por qué me duele el pie? Para encontrar una respuesta, Christopher McDougall nos lleva desde los laboratorios científicos de alta tecnología de Harvard hasta los sofocantes valles y los picos nevados donde cada vez más corredores llevan sus fuerzas al extremo. Protegida por el terreno más abrupto de América del Norte, la misteriosa tribu de los tarahumara de las Barrancas del Cobre, en México, custodia un arte perdido. Durante siglos han desarrollado técnicas que les permiten correr cientos de kilómetros sin descanso, convirtiéndolos en los corredores de fondo más rápidos de todos los tiempos. Este talento, casi sobrehumano, convierte a los tarahumara en hombres serenos e inmunes a las enfermedades y a las tensiones de la vida moderna. Con la ayuda de Caballo Blanco, un curioso personaje que años atrás se internó en las salvajes barrancas para vivir entre ellos, el autor pudo desvelar los secretos de este pueblo mítico al tiempo que descubría al atleta que llevaba dentro, entrenándose para uno de los mayores retos de su vida: una carrera de ochenta kilómetros que enfrentaría a la tribu contra un extraño grupo de corredores. Los mejores títulos de no ficción disponibles en formato audiolibro. Reseñas: «Aventura, fisiología e historia de las carreras a partes iguales. Provoca unas ganas irrefrenables de salir a correr.» Outside Magazine « Nacidos para correr es desternillante, especial, divertido, y una lectura entretenidísima y adictiva. Los corredores lo adorarán.» Bill Rodgers, tetracampeón de la maratón de Boston «Cristopher McDougall prueba en este libro que correr grandes distancias descalzo es la clave de la salud, la felicidad y la longevidad.» The Washington Post «Atractivo y divertido, retrata a uno de los pueblos más desconocidos del mundo, los tarahumara, para examinar la apasionante cultura de correr.» San Francisco Chronicle Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nacidos para correr: La historia de una tribu oculta, un grupo de superatletas y la mayor carrera de la historia Author: Christopher McDougall Narrator: Humberto Solórzano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Escucha este relato fascinante que no solo conquistará tu mente sino que también inspirará tu cuerpo cuando descubras que el secreto de la felicidad está en tus pies y que todos hemos nacido para correr. Repleto de personajes inolvidables, increíbles hazañas atléticas y ciencia de vanguardia, Nacidos para correr es una aventura épica que comienza con la simple pregunta: ¿por qué me duele el pie? Para encontrar una respuesta, Christopher McDougall nos lleva desde los laboratorios científicos de alta tecnología de Harvard hasta los sofocantes valles y los picos nevados donde cada vez más corredores llevan sus fuerzas al extremo. Protegida por el terreno más abrupto de América del Norte, la misteriosa tribu de los tarahumara de las Barrancas del Cobre, en México, custodia un arte perdido. Durante siglos han desarrollado técnicas que les permiten correr cientos de kilómetros sin descanso, convirtiéndolos en los corredores de fondo más rápidos de todos los tiempos. Este talento, casi sobrehumano, convierte a los tarahumara en hombres serenos e inmunes a las enfermedades y a las tensiones de la vida moderna. Con la ayuda de Caballo Blanco, un curioso personaje que años atrás se internó en las salvajes barrancas para vivir entre ellos, el autor pudo desvelar los secretos de este pueblo mítico al tiempo que descubría al atleta que llevaba dentro, entrenándose para uno de los mayores retos de su vida: una carrera de ochenta kilómetros que enfrentaría a la tribu contra un extraño grupo de corredores. Los mejores títulos de no ficción disponibles en formato audiolibro. Reseñas: «Aventura, fisiología e historia de las carreras a partes iguales. Provoca unas ganas irrefrenables de salir a correr.» Outside Magazine « Nacidos para correr es desternillante, especial, divertido, y una lectura entretenidísima y adictiva. Los corredores lo adorarán.» Bill Rodgers, tetracampeón de la maratón de Boston «Cristopher McDougall prueba en este libro que correr grandes distancias descalzo es la clave de la salud, la felicidad y la longevidad.» The Washington Post «Atractivo y divertido, retrata a uno de los pueblos más desconocidos del mundo, los tarahumara, para examinar la apasionante cultura de correr.» San Francisco Chronicle https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291374 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291374]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superfast Primetime Ultimate Nation: The Relentless Invention of Modern India Author: Adam Roberts Narrator: Graeme Malcolm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who can foretell India's future? Mr. Joshi is a fortune teller in a slum in south Delhi who uses a soothsaying green parrot to make predictions. When Adam Roberts visited him in 2012, Joshi's parrot declared that India was destined to become the most powerful nation under Prime Minister Narendra Modi. The parrot also foretold that India would win the soccer World Cup. Parrots may not be the preeminent political authority, but many Indians were just as confident. So Adam Roberts spent five years traveling the length and breadth of the country from Kerala to the Himalayas, Bengal to Gujarat. As he encountered the power brokers, gate keepers, and elaborate social dynamics of the world's largest democracy, he asked if -- and how -- India can become a truly great economic power, more influential abroad and stable at home. He met prime ministers, multimillionaires, traveling salesmen, pilgrims, eco-warriors, farmers, and tech innovators, each wrestling with the trials posed by the world's most conspicuously nearly great power. He experienced an immense country that, despite daunting challenges, is entering the most optimistic period in its modern history. Through vivid storytelling and insight, Superfast Primetime Ultimate Nation examines the problems and promises of fast-growing India to reveal how it might reach its full potential and become, as Mr. Joshi's parrot predicted, a truly powerful nation. Adam Roberts Tue, 25 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291374 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291374]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superfast Primetime Ultimate Nation: The Relentless Invention of Modern India Author: Adam Roberts Narrator: Graeme Malcolm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who can foretell India's future? Mr. Joshi is a fortune teller in a slum in south Delhi who uses a soothsaying green parrot to make predictions. When Adam Roberts visited him in 2012, Joshi's parrot declared that India was destined to become the most powerful nation under Prime Minister Narendra Modi. The parrot also foretold that India would win the soccer World Cup. Parrots may not be the preeminent political authority, but many Indians were just as confident. So Adam Roberts spent five years traveling the length and breadth of the country from Kerala to the Himalayas, Bengal to Gujarat. As he encountered the power brokers, gate keepers, and elaborate social dynamics of the world's largest democracy, he asked if -- and how -- India can become a truly great economic power, more influential abroad and stable at home. He met prime ministers, multimillionaires, traveling salesmen, pilgrims, eco-warriors, farmers, and tech innovators, each wrestling with the trials posed by the world's most conspicuously nearly great power. He experienced an immense country that, despite daunting challenges, is entering the most optimistic period in its modern history. Through vivid storytelling and insight, Superfast Primetime Ultimate Nation examines the problems and promises of fast-growing India to reveal how it might reach its full potential and become, as Mr. Joshi's parrot predicted, a truly powerful nation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291374]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superfast Primetime Ultimate Nation: The Relentless Invention of Modern India Author: Adam Roberts Narrator: Graeme Malcolm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who can foretell India's future? Mr. Joshi is a fortune teller in a slum in south Delhi who uses a soothsaying green parrot to make predictions. When Adam Roberts visited him in 2012, Joshi's parrot declared that India was destined to become the most powerful nation under Prime Minister Narendra Modi. The parrot also foretold that India would win the soccer World Cup. Parrots may not be the preeminent political authority, but many Indians were just as confident. So Adam Roberts spent five years traveling the length and breadth of the country from Kerala to the Himalayas, Bengal to Gujarat. As he encountered the power brokers, gate keepers, and elaborate social dynamics of the world's largest democracy, he asked if -- and how -- India can become a truly great economic power, more influential abroad and stable at home. He met prime ministers, multimillionaires, traveling salesmen, pilgrims, eco-warriors, farmers, and tech innovators, each wrestling with the trials posed by the world's most conspicuously nearly great power. He experienced an immense country that, despite daunting challenges, is entering the most optimistic period in its modern history. Through vivid storytelling and insight, Superfast Primetime Ultimate Nation examines the problems and promises of fast-growing India to reveal how it might reach its full potential and become, as Mr. Joshi's parrot predicted, a truly powerful nation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291174 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Muck City: Winning and Losing in Football's Forgotten Town Author: Bryan Mealer Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In a town deep in the Florida Everglades, where high school football is the only escape, a haunted quarterback, a returning hero, and a scholar struggle against terrible odds. The loamy black “muck” that surrounds Belle Glade, Florida once built an empire for Big Sugar and provided much of the nation's vegetables, often on the backs of roving, destitute migrants. Many of these were children who honed their skills along the field rows and started one of the most legendary football programs in America. Belle Glade’s high school team, the Glades Central Raiders, has sent an extraordinary number of players to the National Football League – 27 since 1985, with five of those drafted in the first round. The industry that gave rise to the town and its team also spawned the chronic poverty, teeming migrant ghettos, and violence that cripples futures before they can ever begin. Muck City tells the story of quarterback Mario Rowley, whose dream is to win a championship for his deceased parents and quiet the ghosts that haunt him; head coach Jessie Hester, the town’s first NFL star, who returns home to “win kids, not championships”; and Jonteria Willliams, who must build her dream of becoming a doctor in one of the poorest high schools in the nation. For boys like Mario, being a Raider is a one-shot window for escape and a college education. Without football, Jonteria and the rest must make it on brains and fortitude alone. For the coach, good intentions must battle a town’s obsession to win above all else. Beyond the Friday night lights, this book is an engrossing portrait of a community mired in a shameful past and uncertain future, but with the fierce will to survive, win, and escape to a better life. Bryan Mealer Tue, 25 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291174 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Muck City: Winning and Losing in Football's Forgotten Town Author: Bryan Mealer Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In a town deep in the Florida Everglades, where high school football is the only escape, a haunted quarterback, a returning hero, and a scholar struggle against terrible odds. The loamy black “muck” that surrounds Belle Glade, Florida once built an empire for Big Sugar and provided much of the nation's vegetables, often on the backs of roving, destitute migrants. Many of these were children who honed their skills along the field rows and started one of the most legendary football programs in America. Belle Glade’s high school team, the Glades Central Raiders, has sent an extraordinary number of players to the National Football League – 27 since 1985, with five of those drafted in the first round. The industry that gave rise to the town and its team also spawned the chronic poverty, teeming migrant ghettos, and violence that cripples futures before they can ever begin. Muck City tells the story of quarterback Mario Rowley, whose dream is to win a championship for his deceased parents and quiet the ghosts that haunt him; head coach Jessie Hester, the town’s first NFL star, who returns home to “win kids, not championships”; and Jonteria Willliams, who must build her dream of becoming a doctor in one of the poorest high schools in the nation. For boys like Mario, being a Raider is a one-shot window for escape and a college education. Without football, Jonteria and the rest must make it on brains and fortitude alone. For the coach, good intentions must battle a town’s obsession to win above all else. Beyond the Friday night lights, this book is an engrossing portrait of a community mired in a shameful past and uncertain future, but with the fierce will to survive, win, and escape to a better life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Muck City: Winning and Losing in Football's Forgotten Town Author: Bryan Mealer Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In a town deep in the Florida Everglades, where high school football is the only escape, a haunted quarterback, a returning hero, and a scholar struggle against terrible odds. The loamy black “muck” that surrounds Belle Glade, Florida once built an empire for Big Sugar and provided much of the nation's vegetables, often on the backs of roving, destitute migrants. Many of these were children who honed their skills along the field rows and started one of the most legendary football programs in America. Belle Glade’s high school team, the Glades Central Raiders, has sent an extraordinary number of players to the National Football League – 27 since 1985, with five of those drafted in the first round. The industry that gave rise to the town and its team also spawned the chronic poverty, teeming migrant ghettos, and violence that cripples futures before they can ever begin. Muck City tells the story of quarterback Mario Rowley, whose dream is to win a championship for his deceased parents and quiet the ghosts that haunt him; head coach Jessie Hester, the town’s first NFL star, who returns home to “win kids, not championships”; and Jonteria Willliams, who must build her dream of becoming a doctor in one of the poorest high schools in the nation. For boys like Mario, being a Raider is a one-shot window for escape and a college education. Without football, Jonteria and the rest must make it on brains and fortitude alone. For the coach, good intentions must battle a town’s obsession to win above all else. Beyond the Friday night lights, this book is an engrossing portrait of a community mired in a shameful past and uncertain future, but with the fierce will to survive, win, and escape to a better life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291142 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of London Author: Ford Madox Ford Narrator: Cori Samuel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Most of us love places very much as we may love what, for us, are the distinguished men of our social lives. [...] We are, all of us who are Londoners, paying visits of greater or less duration to a Personality that, whether we love it or very cordially hate it, fascinates us all. And, paying my visit, I have desired to give some such record. I have tried to make it anything rather than encyclopaedic, topographical, or archaeological. To use a phrase of literary slang I have tried to "get the atmosphere" of modern London -- of the town in which I have passed so many days; of the immense place that has been the background for so many momentous happenings to so many of my fellows.' - Summary by Ford Madox Ford, from the Introductory; 1905. Ford Madox Ford Sun, 01 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291142 thebookvoice.com 4:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of London Author: Ford Madox Ford Narrator: Cori Samuel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Most of us love places very much as we may love what, for us, are the distinguished men of our social lives. [...] We are, all of us who are Londoners, paying visits of greater or less duration to a Personality that, whether we love it or very cordially hate it, fascinates us all. And, paying my visit, I have desired to give some such record. I have tried to make it anything rather than encyclopaedic, topographical, or archaeological. To use a phrase of literary slang I have tried to "get the atmosphere" of modern London -- of the town in which I have passed so many days; of the immense place that has been the background for so many momentous happenings to so many of my fellows.' - Summary by Ford Madox Ford, from the Introductory; 1905. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of London Author: Ford Madox Ford Narrator: Cori Samuel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Most of us love places very much as we may love what, for us, are the distinguished men of our social lives. [...] We are, all of us who are Londoners, paying visits of greater or less duration to a Personality that, whether we love it or very cordially hate it, fascinates us all. And, paying my visit, I have desired to give some such record. I have tried to make it anything rather than encyclopaedic, topographical, or archaeological. To use a phrase of literary slang I have tried to "get the atmosphere" of modern London -- of the town in which I have passed so many days; of the immense place that has been the background for so many momentous happenings to so many of my fellows.' - Summary by Ford Madox Ford, from the Introductory; 1905. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290994 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grocery: The Buying and Selling of Food in America Author: Michael Ruhlman Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Grocery, bestselling author Michael Ruhlman offers incisive commentary on America’s relationship with its food and investigates the overlooked source of so much of it—the grocery store.   In a culture obsessed with food—how it looks, what it tastes like, where it comes from, what is good for us—there are often more questions than answers. Ruhlman proposes that the best practices for consuming wisely could be hiding in plain sight—in the aisles of your local supermarket. Using the human story of the family-run Midwestern chain Heinen’s as an anchor to this journalistic narrative, he dives into the mysterious world of supermarkets and the ways in which we produce, consume, and distribute food. Grocery examines how rapidly supermarkets—and our food and culture—have changed since the days of your friendly neighborhood grocer. But rather than waxing nostalgic for the age of mom-and-pop shops, Ruhlman seeks to understand how our food needs have shifted since the mid-twentieth century, and how these needs mirror our cultural ones.   A mix of reportage and rant, personal history and social commentary, Grocery is a landmark book from one of our most insightful food writers. Michael Ruhlman Tue, 16 May 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290994 thebookvoice.com 11:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grocery: The Buying and Selling of Food in America Author: Michael Ruhlman Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Grocery, bestselling author Michael Ruhlman offers incisive commentary on America’s relationship with its food and investigates the overlooked source of so much of it—the grocery store.   In a culture obsessed with food—how it looks, what it tastes like, where it comes from, what is good for us—there are often more questions than answers. Ruhlman proposes that the best practices for consuming wisely could be hiding in plain sight—in the aisles of your local supermarket. Using the human story of the family-run Midwestern chain Heinen’s as an anchor to this journalistic narrative, he dives into the mysterious world of supermarkets and the ways in which we produce, consume, and distribute food. Grocery examines how rapidly supermarkets—and our food and culture—have changed since the days of your friendly neighborhood grocer. But rather than waxing nostalgic for the age of mom-and-pop shops, Ruhlman seeks to understand how our food needs have shifted since the mid-twentieth century, and how these needs mirror our cultural ones.   A mix of reportage and rant, personal history and social commentary, Grocery is a landmark book from one of our most insightful food writers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grocery: The Buying and Selling of Food in America Author: Michael Ruhlman Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Grocery, bestselling author Michael Ruhlman offers incisive commentary on America’s relationship with its food and investigates the overlooked source of so much of it—the grocery store.   In a culture obsessed with food—how it looks, what it tastes like, where it comes from, what is good for us—there are often more questions than answers. Ruhlman proposes that the best practices for consuming wisely could be hiding in plain sight—in the aisles of your local supermarket. Using the human story of the family-run Midwestern chain Heinen’s as an anchor to this journalistic narrative, he dives into the mysterious world of supermarkets and the ways in which we produce, consume, and distribute food. Grocery examines how rapidly supermarkets—and our food and culture—have changed since the days of your friendly neighborhood grocer. But rather than waxing nostalgic for the age of mom-and-pop shops, Ruhlman seeks to understand how our food needs have shifted since the mid-twentieth century, and how these needs mirror our cultural ones.   A mix of reportage and rant, personal history and social commentary, Grocery is a landmark book from one of our most insightful food writers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290975 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Death Need Not Be Fatal Author: Malachy McCourt, Brian McDonald Narrator: Malachy McCourt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Before he runs out of time, Irish bon vivant Malachy McCourt shares his views on death - sometimes hilarious and often poignant - and on what will or won't happen after his last breath is drawn. During the course of his life, Malachy McCourt practically invented the single's bar; was a pioneer in talk radio, a soap opera star, a best-selling author; a gold smuggler, a political activist, and a candidate for governor of the state of New York. It seems that the only two things he hasn't done are stick his head into a lion's mouth and die. Since he is allergic to cats, he decided to write about the great hereafter and answer the question on most minds: What's so great about it anyhow? In Death Need Not Be Fatal, McCourt also trains a sober eye on the tragedies that have shaped his life: the deaths of his sister and twin brothers; the real story behind Angela's famous ashes; and a poignant account of the death of the man who left his mother, brothers, and him to nearly die in squalor. McCourt writes with deep emotion of the staggering losses of all three of his brothers, Frank, Mike, and Alphie. In his inimitable way, McCourt takes the grim reaper by the lapels and shakes the truth out of him. As he rides the final blocks on his Rascal scooter, he looks too at the prospect of his own demise with emotional clarity and insight. In this beautifully rendered memoir, McCourt shows us how to live life to its fullest, how to grow old without acting old, and how to die without regret. Malachy McCourt, Brian McDonald Tue, 16 May 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290975 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Death Need Not Be Fatal Author: Malachy McCourt, Brian McDonald Narrator: Malachy McCourt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Before he runs out of time, Irish bon vivant Malachy McCourt shares his views on death - sometimes hilarious and often poignant - and on what will or won't happen after his last breath is drawn. During the course of his life, Malachy McCourt practically invented the single's bar; was a pioneer in talk radio, a soap opera star, a best-selling author; a gold smuggler, a political activist, and a candidate for governor of the state of New York. It seems that the only two things he hasn't done are stick his head into a lion's mouth and die. Since he is allergic to cats, he decided to write about the great hereafter and answer the question on most minds: What's so great about it anyhow? In Death Need Not Be Fatal, McCourt also trains a sober eye on the tragedies that have shaped his life: the deaths of his sister and twin brothers; the real story behind Angela's famous ashes; and a poignant account of the death of the man who left his mother, brothers, and him to nearly die in squalor. McCourt writes with deep emotion of the staggering losses of all three of his brothers, Frank, Mike, and Alphie. In his inimitable way, McCourt takes the grim reaper by the lapels and shakes the truth out of him. As he rides the final blocks on his Rascal scooter, he looks too at the prospect of his own demise with emotional clarity and insight. In this beautifully rendered memoir, McCourt shows us how to live life to its fullest, how to grow old without acting old, and how to die without regret. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Death Need Not Be Fatal Author: Malachy McCourt, Brian McDonald Narrator: Malachy McCourt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Before he runs out of time, Irish bon vivant Malachy McCourt shares his views on death - sometimes hilarious and often poignant - and on what will or won't happen after his last breath is drawn. During the course of his life, Malachy McCourt practically invented the single's bar; was a pioneer in talk radio, a soap opera star, a best-selling author; a gold smuggler, a political activist, and a candidate for governor of the state of New York. It seems that the only two things he hasn't done are stick his head into a lion's mouth and die. Since he is allergic to cats, he decided to write about the great hereafter and answer the question on most minds: What's so great about it anyhow? In Death Need Not Be Fatal, McCourt also trains a sober eye on the tragedies that have shaped his life: the deaths of his sister and twin brothers; the real story behind Angela's famous ashes; and a poignant account of the death of the man who left his mother, brothers, and him to nearly die in squalor. McCourt writes with deep emotion of the staggering losses of all three of his brothers, Frank, Mike, and Alphie. In his inimitable way, McCourt takes the grim reaper by the lapels and shakes the truth out of him. As he rides the final blocks on his Rascal scooter, he looks too at the prospect of his own demise with emotional clarity and insight. In this beautifully rendered memoir, McCourt shows us how to live life to its fullest, how to grow old without acting old, and how to die without regret. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290850 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Algorithms Want: Imagination in the Age of Computing Author: Ed Finn Narrator: Scott Merriman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We depend on--we believe in--algorithms to help us get a ride, choose which book to buy, execute a mathematical proof. It's as if we think of code as a magic spell, an incantation to reveal what we need to know and even what we want. Humans have always believed that certain invocations--the marriage vow, the shaman's curse--do not merely describe the world but make it. Computation casts a cultural shadow that is shaped by this long tradition of magical thinking. In What Algorithms Want, Ed Finn considers how the algorithm--in practical terms, 'a method for solving a problem'--has its roots not only in mathematical logic but also in cybernetics, philosophy, and magical thinking.Finn argues that the algorithm deploys concepts from the idealized space of computation in a messy reality, with unpredictable and sometimes fascinating results. Drawing on sources that range from Neal Stephenson's Snow Crash to Diderot's Encyclopédie, from Adam Smith to the Star Trek computer, Finn explores the gap between theoretical ideas and pragmatic instructions. He examines the development of intelligent assistants like Siri, the rise of algorithmic aesthetics at Netflix, Ian Bogost's satiric Facebook game Cow Clicker, and the revolutionary economics of Bitcoin. He describes Google's goal of anticipating our questions, Uber's cartoon maps and black box accounting, and what Facebook tells us about programmable value, among other things.If we want to understand the gap between abstraction and messy reality, Finn argues, we need to build a model of 'algorithmic reading' and scholarship that attends to process, spearheading a new experimental humanities. Ed Finn Tue, 28 Mar 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290850 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Algorithms Want: Imagination in the Age of Computing Author: Ed Finn Narrator: Scott Merriman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We depend on--we believe in--algorithms to help us get a ride, choose which book to buy, execute a mathematical proof. It's as if we think of code as a magic spell, an incantation to reveal what we need to know and even what we want. Humans have always believed that certain invocations--the marriage vow, the shaman's curse--do not merely describe the world but make it. Computation casts a cultural shadow that is shaped by this long tradition of magical thinking. In What Algorithms Want, Ed Finn considers how the algorithm--in practical terms, 'a method for solving a problem'--has its roots not only in mathematical logic but also in cybernetics, philosophy, and magical thinking.Finn argues that the algorithm deploys concepts from the idealized space of computation in a messy reality, with unpredictable and sometimes fascinating results. Drawing on sources that range from Neal Stephenson's Snow Crash to Diderot's Encyclopédie, from Adam Smith to the Star Trek computer, Finn explores the gap between theoretical ideas and pragmatic instructions. He examines the development of intelligent assistants like Siri, the rise of algorithmic aesthetics at Netflix, Ian Bogost's satiric Facebook game Cow Clicker, and the revolutionary economics of Bitcoin. He describes Google's goal of anticipating our questions, Uber's cartoon maps and black box accounting, and what Facebook tells us about programmable value, among other things.If we want to understand the gap between abstraction and messy reality, Finn argues, we need to build a model of 'algorithmic reading' and scholarship that attends to process, spearheading a new experimental humanities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Algorithms Want: Imagination in the Age of Computing Author: Ed Finn Narrator: Scott Merriman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We depend on--we believe in--algorithms to help us get a ride, choose which book to buy, execute a mathematical proof. It's as if we think of code as a magic spell, an incantation to reveal what we need to know and even what we want. Humans have always believed that certain invocations--the marriage vow, the shaman's curse--do not merely describe the world but make it. Computation casts a cultural shadow that is shaped by this long tradition of magical thinking. In What Algorithms Want, Ed Finn considers how the algorithm--in practical terms, 'a method for solving a problem'--has its roots not only in mathematical logic but also in cybernetics, philosophy, and magical thinking.Finn argues that the algorithm deploys concepts from the idealized space of computation in a messy reality, with unpredictable and sometimes fascinating results. Drawing on sources that range from Neal Stephenson's Snow Crash to Diderot's Encyclopédie, from Adam Smith to the Star Trek computer, Finn explores the gap between theoretical ideas and pragmatic instructions. He examines the development of intelligent assistants like Siri, the rise of algorithmic aesthetics at Netflix, Ian Bogost's satiric Facebook game Cow Clicker, and the revolutionary economics of Bitcoin. He describes Google's goal of anticipating our questions, Uber's cartoon maps and black box accounting, and what Facebook tells us about programmable value, among other things.If we want to understand the gap between abstraction and messy reality, Finn argues, we need to build a model of 'algorithmic reading' and scholarship that attends to process, spearheading a new experimental humanities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290775 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Chickenheads Come Home to Roost: A Hip-Hop Feminist Breaks It Down Author: Joan Morgan Narrator: Joy Bryant, Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joan Morgan offers a provocative and powerful look into the life of the modern black woman: a complex world in which feminists often have not-so-clandestine affairs with the most sexist of men, where women who treasure their independence frequently prefer men who pick up the tab, where the deluge of babymothers and babyfathers reminds black women who long for marriage that traditional nuclear families are a reality for less than forty percent of the population, and where black women are forced to make sense of a world where truth is no longer black and white but subtle, intriguing shades of gray. Still fresh, funny, and irreverent, When Chickenheads Come Home to Roost gives voice to the most intimate thoughts of the post–Civil Rights, post-feminist, post-soul generation. Joan Morgan Tue, 04 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290775 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Chickenheads Come Home to Roost: A Hip-Hop Feminist Breaks It Down Author: Joan Morgan Narrator: Joy Bryant, Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joan Morgan offers a provocative and powerful look into the life of the modern black woman: a complex world in which feminists often have not-so-clandestine affairs with the most sexist of men, where women who treasure their independence frequently prefer men who pick up the tab, where the deluge of babymothers and babyfathers reminds black women who long for marriage that traditional nuclear families are a reality for less than forty percent of the population, and where black women are forced to make sense of a world where truth is no longer black and white but subtle, intriguing shades of gray. Still fresh, funny, and irreverent, When Chickenheads Come Home to Roost gives voice to the most intimate thoughts of the post–Civil Rights, post-feminist, post-soul generation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Chickenheads Come Home to Roost: A Hip-Hop Feminist Breaks It Down Author: Joan Morgan Narrator: Joy Bryant, Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joan Morgan offers a provocative and powerful look into the life of the modern black woman: a complex world in which feminists often have not-so-clandestine affairs with the most sexist of men, where women who treasure their independence frequently prefer men who pick up the tab, where the deluge of babymothers and babyfathers reminds black women who long for marriage that traditional nuclear families are a reality for less than forty percent of the population, and where black women are forced to make sense of a world where truth is no longer black and white but subtle, intriguing shades of gray. Still fresh, funny, and irreverent, When Chickenheads Come Home to Roost gives voice to the most intimate thoughts of the post–Civil Rights, post-feminist, post-soul generation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290766 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ma Speaks Up: And a First-Generation Daughter Talks Back Author: Marianne Leone Narrator: Marianne Leone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The acclaimed actress and author of Jesse: A Mother’s Story tells the 'entertaining and moving' story of her outspoken, frequently outrageous Italian immigrant mother (Tom Perrotta) Marianne Leone’s Ma is in many senses a larger-than-life character, one who might be capable, even from the afterlife, of shattering expectations. Born on a farm in Italy, Linda finds her way to the United States under dark circumstances, having escaped a forced marriage to a much older man, and marries a good Italian boy. She never has full command of English—especially when questioned by authorities—and when she is suddenly widowed with three young children, she has few options. To her daughter’s horror and misery, she becomes the school lunch lady. Ma Speaks Up is a record of growing up on the wrong side of the tracks, with the wrong family, in the wrong religion. Though Marianne’s girlhood is flooded with shame, it’s equally packed with adventure, love, great cooking, and, above all, humor. The extremely premature birth of Marianne’s beloved son, Jesse, bonds mother and daughter in ways she couldn’t have imagined. The stories she tells will speak to anyone who has struggled with outsider status in any form and, of course, to mothers and their blemished, cherished girls. Marianne Leone Tue, 25 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290766 thebookvoice.com 5:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ma Speaks Up: And a First-Generation Daughter Talks Back Author: Marianne Leone Narrator: Marianne Leone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The acclaimed actress and author of Jesse: A Mother’s Story tells the 'entertaining and moving' story of her outspoken, frequently outrageous Italian immigrant mother (Tom Perrotta) Marianne Leone’s Ma is in many senses a larger-than-life character, one who might be capable, even from the afterlife, of shattering expectations. Born on a farm in Italy, Linda finds her way to the United States under dark circumstances, having escaped a forced marriage to a much older man, and marries a good Italian boy. She never has full command of English—especially when questioned by authorities—and when she is suddenly widowed with three young children, she has few options. To her daughter’s horror and misery, she becomes the school lunch lady. Ma Speaks Up is a record of growing up on the wrong side of the tracks, with the wrong family, in the wrong religion. Though Marianne’s girlhood is flooded with shame, it’s equally packed with adventure, love, great cooking, and, above all, humor. The extremely premature birth of Marianne’s beloved son, Jesse, bonds mother and daughter in ways she couldn’t have imagined. The stories she tells will speak to anyone who has struggled with outsider status in any form and, of course, to mothers and their blemished, cherished girls. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ma Speaks Up: And a First-Generation Daughter Talks Back Author: Marianne Leone Narrator: Marianne Leone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The acclaimed actress and author of Jesse: A Mother’s Story tells the 'entertaining and moving' story of her outspoken, frequently outrageous Italian immigrant mother (Tom Perrotta) Marianne Leone’s Ma is in many senses a larger-than-life character, one who might be capable, even from the afterlife, of shattering expectations. Born on a farm in Italy, Linda finds her way to the United States under dark circumstances, having escaped a forced marriage to a much older man, and marries a good Italian boy. She never has full command of English—especially when questioned by authorities—and when she is suddenly widowed with three young children, she has few options. To her daughter’s horror and misery, she becomes the school lunch lady. Ma Speaks Up is a record of growing up on the wrong side of the tracks, with the wrong family, in the wrong religion. Though Marianne’s girlhood is flooded with shame, it’s equally packed with adventure, love, great cooking, and, above all, humor. The extremely premature birth of Marianne’s beloved son, Jesse, bonds mother and daughter in ways she couldn’t have imagined. The stories she tells will speak to anyone who has struggled with outsider status in any form and, of course, to mothers and their blemished, cherished girls. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290750 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Times Like These Author: Nellie Mcclung Narrator: DPranitis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: " Believing that the woman's claim to a common humanity is not an unreasonable one, and that the successful issue of such claim rests primarily upon the sense of fair play which people have or have not according to how they were born, and Therefore to men and women everywhere who love a fair deal, and are willing to give it to everyone, even women, this book is respectfully dedicated by the author." Nellie Mcclung Sun, 01 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290750 thebookvoice.com 5:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Times Like These Author: Nellie Mcclung Narrator: DPranitis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: " Believing that the woman's claim to a common humanity is not an unreasonable one, and that the successful issue of such claim rests primarily upon the sense of fair play which people have or have not according to how they were born, and Therefore to men and women everywhere who love a fair deal, and are willing to give it to everyone, even women, this book is respectfully dedicated by the author." Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Times Like These Author: Nellie Mcclung Narrator: DPranitis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: " Believing that the woman's claim to a common humanity is not an unreasonable one, and that the successful issue of such claim rests primarily upon the sense of fair play which people have or have not according to how they were born, and Therefore to men and women everywhere who love a fair deal, and are willing to give it to everyone, even women, this book is respectfully dedicated by the author." https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290661 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290661]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Janesville: An American Story Author: Amy Goldstein Narrator: Joy Osmanski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: * Financial Times and McKinsey Business Book of the Year * Winner of the J. Anthony Lukas Book Prize​ * 800-CEO-READ Business Book of the Year * A New York Times Notable Book * A Washington Post Notable Book * An NPR Best Book of 2017 * A Wall Street Journal Best Book of 2017 * An Economist Best Book of 2017 * A Business Insider Best Book of 2017 * “A gripping story of psychological defeat and resilience” (Bob Woodward, The Washington Post)—an intimate account of the fallout from the closing of a General Motors assembly plant in Janesville, Wisconsin, and a larger story of the hollowing of the American middle class. This is the story of what happens to an industrial town in the American heartland when its main factory shuts down—but it’s not the familiar tale. Most observers record the immediate shock of vanished jobs, but few stay around long enough to notice what happens next when a community with a can-do spirit tries to pick itself up. Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter Amy Goldstein spent years immersed in Janesville, Wisconsin, where the nation’s oldest operating General Motors assembly plant shut down in the midst of the Great Recession. Now, with intelligence, sympathy, and insight into what connects and divides people in an era of economic upheaval, Goldstein shows the consequences of one of America’s biggest political issues. Her reporting takes the reader deep into the lives of autoworkers, educators, bankers, politicians, and job re-trainers to show why it’s so hard in the twenty-first century to recreate a healthy, prosperous working class. “Moving and magnificently well-researched...Janesville joins a growing family of books about the evisceration of the working class in the United States. What sets it apart is the sophistication of its storytelling and analysis” (Jennifer Senior, The New York Times). “Anyone tempted to generalize about the American working class ought to meet the people in Janesville. The reporting behind this book is extraordinary and the story—a stark, heartbreaking reminder that political ideologies have real consequences—is told with rare sympathy and insight” (Tracy Kidder, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Soul of a New Machine). Amy Goldstein Tue, 18 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290661 thebookvoice.com 10:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290661]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Janesville: An American Story Author: Amy Goldstein Narrator: Joy Osmanski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: * Financial Times and McKinsey Business Book of the Year * Winner of the J. Anthony Lukas Book Prize​ * 800-CEO-READ Business Book of the Year * A New York Times Notable Book * A Washington Post Notable Book * An NPR Best Book of 2017 * A Wall Street Journal Best Book of 2017 * An Economist Best Book of 2017 * A Business Insider Best Book of 2017 * “A gripping story of psychological defeat and resilience” (Bob Woodward, The Washington Post)—an intimate account of the fallout from the closing of a General Motors assembly plant in Janesville, Wisconsin, and a larger story of the hollowing of the American middle class. This is the story of what happens to an industrial town in the American heartland when its main factory shuts down—but it’s not the familiar tale. Most observers record the immediate shock of vanished jobs, but few stay around long enough to notice what happens next when a community with a can-do spirit tries to pick itself up. Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter Amy Goldstein spent years immersed in Janesville, Wisconsin, where the nation’s oldest operating General Motors assembly plant shut down in the midst of the Great Recession. Now, with intelligence, sympathy, and insight into what connects and divides people in an era of economic upheaval, Goldstein shows the consequences of one of America’s biggest political issues. Her reporting takes the reader deep into the lives of autoworkers, educators, bankers, politicians, and job re-trainers to show why it’s so hard in the twenty-first century to recreate a healthy, prosperous working class. “Moving and magnificently well-researched...Janesville joins a growing family of books about the evisceration of the working class in the United States. What sets it apart is the sophistication of its storytelling and analysis” (Jennifer Senior, The New York Times). “Anyone tempted to generalize about the American working class ought to meet the people in Janesville. The reporting behind this book is extraordinary and the story—a stark, heartbreaking reminder that political ideologies have real consequences—is told with rare sympathy and insight” (Tracy Kidder, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Soul of a New Machine). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290661]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Janesville: An American Story Author: Amy Goldstein Narrator: Joy Osmanski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: * Financial Times and McKinsey Business Book of the Year * Winner of the J. Anthony Lukas Book Prize​ * 800-CEO-READ Business Book of the Year * A New York Times Notable Book * A Washington Post Notable Book * An NPR Best Book of 2017 * A Wall Street Journal Best Book of 2017 * An Economist Best Book of 2017 * A Business Insider Best Book of 2017 * “A gripping story of psychological defeat and resilience” (Bob Woodward, The Washington Post)—an intimate account of the fallout from the closing of a General Motors assembly plant in Janesville, Wisconsin, and a larger story of the hollowing of the American middle class. This is the story of what happens to an industrial town in the American heartland when its main factory shuts down—but it’s not the familiar tale. Most observers record the immediate shock of vanished jobs, but few stay around long enough to notice what happens next when a community with a can-do spirit tries to pick itself up. Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter Amy Goldstein spent years immersed in Janesville, Wisconsin, where the nation’s oldest operating General Motors assembly plant shut down in the midst of the Great Recession. Now, with intelligence, sympathy, and insight into what connects and divides people in an era of economic upheaval, Goldstein shows the consequences of one of America’s biggest political issues. Her reporting takes the reader deep into the lives of autoworkers, educators, bankers, politicians, and job re-trainers to show why it’s so hard in the twenty-first century to recreate a healthy, prosperous working class. “Moving and magnificently well-researched...Janesville joins a growing family of books about the evisceration of the working class in the United States. What sets it apart is the sophistication of its storytelling and analysis” (Jennifer Senior, The New York Times). “Anyone tempted to generalize about the American working class ought to meet the people in Janesville. The reporting behind this book is extraordinary and the story—a stark, heartbreaking reminder that political ideologies have real consequences—is told with rare sympathy and insight” (Tracy Kidder, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Soul of a New Machine). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290564 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Cradle to Stage: Stories from the Mothers Who Raised Rock Stars Author: Virginia Grohl Narrator: Virginia Grohl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Written by Virginia Grohl, the mother of Dave Grohl—former Nirvana drummer and current frontman for the Foo Fighters—From Cradle to Stage shares stories and exclusive photos featuring mothers of rock icons, the icons themselves, and their Behind the Music-style relationships While the Grohl family had always been musical-the family sang together on long car trips, harmonizing to Motown and David Bowie-Virginia never expected her son to become a musician, let alone a rock star. But when she saw him perform in front of thousands of screaming fans for the first time, she knew that rock stardom was meant to be for her son. And as Virginia watched her son's star rise, she often wondered about the other mothers who raised sons and daughters who became rock stars. Were they as surprised as she was about their children's fame? Did they worry about their children's livelihood and wellbeing in an industry fraught with drugs and other dangers? Did they encourage their children's passions despite the odds against success, or attempt to dissuade them from their grandiose dreams? Do they remind their kids to pack a warm coat when they go on tour? Virginia decided to seek out other rock star mothers to ask these questions, and so began a two-year odyssey in which she interviewed such women as Verna Griffin, Dr. Dre's mother; Marianne Stipe, Michael Stipe of REM's mother; Janis Winehouse, Amy Winehouse's mother; Patsy Noah, Adam Levine's mother; Donna Haim, mother of the Haim sisters; Hester Diamond, Mike D of The Beastie Boys' mother. With exclusive family photographs and a foreword by Dave Grohl, From Cradle to Stage will appeal to mothers and rock fans everywhere. Virginia Grohl Tue, 18 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290564 thebookvoice.com 8:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Cradle to Stage: Stories from the Mothers Who Raised Rock Stars Author: Virginia Grohl Narrator: Virginia Grohl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Written by Virginia Grohl, the mother of Dave Grohl—former Nirvana drummer and current frontman for the Foo Fighters—From Cradle to Stage shares stories and exclusive photos featuring mothers of rock icons, the icons themselves, and their Behind the Music-style relationships While the Grohl family had always been musical-the family sang together on long car trips, harmonizing to Motown and David Bowie-Virginia never expected her son to become a musician, let alone a rock star. But when she saw him perform in front of thousands of screaming fans for the first time, she knew that rock stardom was meant to be for her son. And as Virginia watched her son's star rise, she often wondered about the other mothers who raised sons and daughters who became rock stars. Were they as surprised as she was about their children's fame? Did they worry about their children's livelihood and wellbeing in an industry fraught with drugs and other dangers? Did they encourage their children's passions despite the odds against success, or attempt to dissuade them from their grandiose dreams? Do they remind their kids to pack a warm coat when they go on tour? Virginia decided to seek out other rock star mothers to ask these questions, and so began a two-year odyssey in which she interviewed such women as Verna Griffin, Dr. Dre's mother; Marianne Stipe, Michael Stipe of REM's mother; Janis Winehouse, Amy Winehouse's mother; Patsy Noah, Adam Levine's mother; Donna Haim, mother of the Haim sisters; Hester Diamond, Mike D of The Beastie Boys' mother. With exclusive family photographs and a foreword by Dave Grohl, From Cradle to Stage will appeal to mothers and rock fans everywhere. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Cradle to Stage: Stories from the Mothers Who Raised Rock Stars Author: Virginia Grohl Narrator: Virginia Grohl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Written by Virginia Grohl, the mother of Dave Grohl—former Nirvana drummer and current frontman for the Foo Fighters—From Cradle to Stage shares stories and exclusive photos featuring mothers of rock icons, the icons themselves, and their Behind the Music-style relationships While the Grohl family had always been musical-the family sang together on long car trips, harmonizing to Motown and David Bowie-Virginia never expected her son to become a musician, let alone a rock star. But when she saw him perform in front of thousands of screaming fans for the first time, she knew that rock stardom was meant to be for her son. And as Virginia watched her son's star rise, she often wondered about the other mothers who raised sons and daughters who became rock stars. Were they as surprised as she was about their children's fame? Did they worry about their children's livelihood and wellbeing in an industry fraught with drugs and other dangers? Did they encourage their children's passions despite the odds against success, or attempt to dissuade them from their grandiose dreams? Do they remind their kids to pack a warm coat when they go on tour? Virginia decided to seek out other rock star mothers to ask these questions, and so began a two-year odyssey in which she interviewed such women as Verna Griffin, Dr. Dre's mother; Marianne Stipe, Michael Stipe of REM's mother; Janis Winehouse, Amy Winehouse's mother; Patsy Noah, Adam Levine's mother; Donna Haim, mother of the Haim sisters; Hester Diamond, Mike D of The Beastie Boys' mother. With exclusive family photographs and a foreword by Dave Grohl, From Cradle to Stage will appeal to mothers and rock fans everywhere. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290384 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Awkward Thoughts of W. Kamau Bell: Tales of a 6' 4', African American, Heterosexual, Cisgender, Left-Leaning, Asthmatic, Black and Proud Blerd, Mama's Boy, Dad, and Stand-Up Comedian Author: W. Kamau Bell Narrator: W. Kamau Bell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: You may know W. Kamau Bell from his new, Emmy-nominated hit show on CNN, United Shades of America. Or maybe you’ve read about him in the New York Times, which called him “the most promising new talent in political comedy in many years.” Or maybe from The New Yorker, fawning over his brand of humor writing: 'Bell’s gimmick is intersectional progressivism: he treats racial, gay, and women’s issues as inseparable.' After all this love and praise, it’s time for the next step: a book. The Awkward Thoughts of W. Kamau Bell is a humorous, well-informed take on the world today, tackling a wide range of issues, such as race relations; fatherhood; the state of law enforcement today; comedians and superheroes; right-wing politics; left-wing politics; failure; his interracial marriage; white men; his up-bringing by very strong-willed, race-conscious, yet ideologically opposite parents; his early days struggling to find his comedic voice, then his later days struggling to find his comedic voice; why he never seemed to fit in with the Black comedy scene . . . or the white comedy scene; how he was a Black nerd way before that became a thing; how it took his wife and an East Bay lesbian to teach him that racism and sexism often walk hand in hand; and much, much more. W. Kamau Bell Tue, 02 May 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290384 thebookvoice.com 10:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Awkward Thoughts of W. Kamau Bell: Tales of a 6' 4', African American, Heterosexual, Cisgender, Left-Leaning, Asthmatic, Black and Proud Blerd, Mama's Boy, Dad, and Stand-Up Comedian Author: W. Kamau Bell Narrator: W. Kamau Bell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: You may know W. Kamau Bell from his new, Emmy-nominated hit show on CNN, United Shades of America. Or maybe you’ve read about him in the New York Times, which called him “the most promising new talent in political comedy in many years.” Or maybe from The New Yorker, fawning over his brand of humor writing: 'Bell’s gimmick is intersectional progressivism: he treats racial, gay, and women’s issues as inseparable.' After all this love and praise, it’s time for the next step: a book. The Awkward Thoughts of W. Kamau Bell is a humorous, well-informed take on the world today, tackling a wide range of issues, such as race relations; fatherhood; the state of law enforcement today; comedians and superheroes; right-wing politics; left-wing politics; failure; his interracial marriage; white men; his up-bringing by very strong-willed, race-conscious, yet ideologically opposite parents; his early days struggling to find his comedic voice, then his later days struggling to find his comedic voice; why he never seemed to fit in with the Black comedy scene . . . or the white comedy scene; how he was a Black nerd way before that became a thing; how it took his wife and an East Bay lesbian to teach him that racism and sexism often walk hand in hand; and much, much more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Awkward Thoughts of W. Kamau Bell: Tales of a 6' 4', African American, Heterosexual, Cisgender, Left-Leaning, Asthmatic, Black and Proud Blerd, Mama's Boy, Dad, and Stand-Up Comedian Author: W. Kamau Bell Narrator: W. Kamau Bell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: You may know W. Kamau Bell from his new, Emmy-nominated hit show on CNN, United Shades of America. Or maybe you’ve read about him in the New York Times, which called him “the most promising new talent in political comedy in many years.” Or maybe from The New Yorker, fawning over his brand of humor writing: 'Bell’s gimmick is intersectional progressivism: he treats racial, gay, and women’s issues as inseparable.' After all this love and praise, it’s time for the next step: a book. The Awkward Thoughts of W. Kamau Bell is a humorous, well-informed take on the world today, tackling a wide range of issues, such as race relations; fatherhood; the state of law enforcement today; comedians and superheroes; right-wing politics; left-wing politics; failure; his interracial marriage; white men; his up-bringing by very strong-willed, race-conscious, yet ideologically opposite parents; his early days struggling to find his comedic voice, then his later days struggling to find his comedic voice; why he never seemed to fit in with the Black comedy scene . . . or the white comedy scene; how he was a Black nerd way before that became a thing; how it took his wife and an East Bay lesbian to teach him that racism and sexism often walk hand in hand; and much, much more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290377 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Givers: Wealth, Power, and Philanthropy in a New Gilded Age Author: David Callahan Narrator: Ryan Gesell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An inside look at the secretive world of elite philanthropists--and how they're quietly wielding ever more power to shape American life in ways both good and bad. While media attention focuses on famous philanthropists such as Bill Gates and Charles Koch, thousands of donors are at work below the radar promoting a wide range of causes. David Callahan charts the rise of these new power players and the ways they are converting the fortunes of a second Gilded Age into influence. He shows how this elite works behind the scenes on education, the environment, science, LGBT rights, and many other issues--with deep impact on government policy. Above all, he shows that the influence of the Givers is only just beginning, as new waves of billionaires like Mark Zuckerberg turn to philanthropy. Based on extensive research and interviews with countless donors and policy experts, this is not a brief for or against the Givers, but a fascinating investigation of a power shift in American society that has implications for us all. David Callahan Tue, 11 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290377 thebookvoice.com 13:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Givers: Wealth, Power, and Philanthropy in a New Gilded Age Author: David Callahan Narrator: Ryan Gesell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An inside look at the secretive world of elite philanthropists--and how they're quietly wielding ever more power to shape American life in ways both good and bad. While media attention focuses on famous philanthropists such as Bill Gates and Charles Koch, thousands of donors are at work below the radar promoting a wide range of causes. David Callahan charts the rise of these new power players and the ways they are converting the fortunes of a second Gilded Age into influence. He shows how this elite works behind the scenes on education, the environment, science, LGBT rights, and many other issues--with deep impact on government policy. Above all, he shows that the influence of the Givers is only just beginning, as new waves of billionaires like Mark Zuckerberg turn to philanthropy. Based on extensive research and interviews with countless donors and policy experts, this is not a brief for or against the Givers, but a fascinating investigation of a power shift in American society that has implications for us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Givers: Wealth, Power, and Philanthropy in a New Gilded Age Author: David Callahan Narrator: Ryan Gesell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An inside look at the secretive world of elite philanthropists--and how they're quietly wielding ever more power to shape American life in ways both good and bad. While media attention focuses on famous philanthropists such as Bill Gates and Charles Koch, thousands of donors are at work below the radar promoting a wide range of causes. David Callahan charts the rise of these new power players and the ways they are converting the fortunes of a second Gilded Age into influence. He shows how this elite works behind the scenes on education, the environment, science, LGBT rights, and many other issues--with deep impact on government policy. Above all, he shows that the influence of the Givers is only just beginning, as new waves of billionaires like Mark Zuckerberg turn to philanthropy. Based on extensive research and interviews with countless donors and policy experts, this is not a brief for or against the Givers, but a fascinating investigation of a power shift in American society that has implications for us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290354 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Day: A Year of Love and Survival Teaching Incarcerated Kids at Rikers Island Author: Liza Jessie Peterson Narrator: Liza Jessie Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ALL DAY is a behind-the-bars, personal glimpse into the issue of mass incarceration via an unpredictable, insightful and ultimately hopeful reflection on teaching teens while they await sentencing. Told with equal parts raw honesty and unbridled compassion, ALL DAY recounts a year in Liza Jessie Peterson's classroom at Island Academy, the high school for inmates detained at New York City's Rikers Island. A poet and actress who had done occasional workshops at the correctional facility, Peterson was ill-prepared for a full-time stint teaching in the GED program for the incarcerated youths. For the first time faced with full days teaching the rambunctious, hyper, and fragile adolescent inmates, 'Ms. P' comes to understand the essence of her predominantly Black and Latino students as she attempts not only to educate them, but to instill them with a sense of self-worth long stripped from their lives. 'I have quite a spirited group of drama kings, court jesters, flyboy gangsters, tricksters, and wannabe pimps all in my charge, all up in my face, to educate,' Peterson discovers. 'Corralling this motley crew of bad-news bears to do any lesson is like running boot camp for hyperactive gremlins. I have to be consistent, alert, firm, witty, fearless, and demanding, and most important, I have to have strong command of the subject I'm teaching.' Discipline is always a challenge, with the students spouting street-infused backtalk and often bouncing off the walls with pent-up testosterone. Peterson learns quickly that she must keep the upper hand-set the rules and enforce them with rigor, even when her sympathetic heart starts to waver. Despite their relentless bravura and antics-and in part because of it-Peterson becomes a fierce advocate for her students. She works to instill the young men, mostly black, with a sense of pride about their history and culture: from their African roots to Langston Hughes and Malcolm X. She encourages them to explore and express their true feelings by writing their own poems and essays. When the boys push her buttons (on an almost daily basis) she pushes back, demanding that they meet not only her expectations or the standards of the curriculum, but set expectations for themselves-something most of them have never before been asked to do. She witnesses some amazing successes as some of the boys come into their own under her tutelage. Peterson vividly captures the prison milieu and the exuberance of the kids who have been handed a raw deal by society and have become lost within the system. Her time in the classroom teaches her something, too-that these boys want to be rescued. They want normalcy and love and opportunity. Liza Jessie Peterson Tue, 18 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290354 thebookvoice.com 9:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Day: A Year of Love and Survival Teaching Incarcerated Kids at Rikers Island Author: Liza Jessie Peterson Narrator: Liza Jessie Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ALL DAY is a behind-the-bars, personal glimpse into the issue of mass incarceration via an unpredictable, insightful and ultimately hopeful reflection on teaching teens while they await sentencing. Told with equal parts raw honesty and unbridled compassion, ALL DAY recounts a year in Liza Jessie Peterson's classroom at Island Academy, the high school for inmates detained at New York City's Rikers Island. A poet and actress who had done occasional workshops at the correctional facility, Peterson was ill-prepared for a full-time stint teaching in the GED program for the incarcerated youths. For the first time faced with full days teaching the rambunctious, hyper, and fragile adolescent inmates, 'Ms. P' comes to understand the essence of her predominantly Black and Latino students as she attempts not only to educate them, but to instill them with a sense of self-worth long stripped from their lives. 'I have quite a spirited group of drama kings, court jesters, flyboy gangsters, tricksters, and wannabe pimps all in my charge, all up in my face, to educate,' Peterson discovers. 'Corralling this motley crew of bad-news bears to do any lesson is like running boot camp for hyperactive gremlins. I have to be consistent, alert, firm, witty, fearless, and demanding, and most important, I have to have strong command of the subject I'm teaching.' Discipline is always a challenge, with the students spouting street-infused backtalk and often bouncing off the walls with pent-up testosterone. Peterson learns quickly that she must keep the upper hand-set the rules and enforce them with rigor, even when her sympathetic heart starts to waver. Despite their relentless bravura and antics-and in part because of it-Peterson becomes a fierce advocate for her students. She works to instill the young men, mostly black, with a sense of pride about their history and culture: from their African roots to Langston Hughes and Malcolm X. She encourages them to explore and express their true feelings by writing their own poems and essays. When the boys push her buttons (on an almost daily basis) she pushes back, demanding that they meet not only her expectations or the standards of the curriculum, but set expectations for themselves-something most of them have never before been asked to do. She witnesses some amazing successes as some of the boys come into their own under her tutelage. Peterson vividly captures the prison milieu and the exuberance of the kids who have been handed a raw deal by society and have become lost within the system. Her time in the classroom teaches her something, too-that these boys want to be rescued. They want normalcy and love and opportunity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Day: A Year of Love and Survival Teaching Incarcerated Kids at Rikers Island Author: Liza Jessie Peterson Narrator: Liza Jessie Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ALL DAY is a behind-the-bars, personal glimpse into the issue of mass incarceration via an unpredictable, insightful and ultimately hopeful reflection on teaching teens while they await sentencing. Told with equal parts raw honesty and unbridled compassion, ALL DAY recounts a year in Liza Jessie Peterson's classroom at Island Academy, the high school for inmates detained at New York City's Rikers Island. A poet and actress who had done occasional workshops at the correctional facility, Peterson was ill-prepared for a full-time stint teaching in the GED program for the incarcerated youths. For the first time faced with full days teaching the rambunctious, hyper, and fragile adolescent inmates, 'Ms. P' comes to understand the essence of her predominantly Black and Latino students as she attempts not only to educate them, but to instill them with a sense of self-worth long stripped from their lives. 'I have quite a spirited group of drama kings, court jesters, flyboy gangsters, tricksters, and wannabe pimps all in my charge, all up in my face, to educate,' Peterson discovers. 'Corralling this motley crew of bad-news bears to do any lesson is like running boot camp for hyperactive gremlins. I have to be consistent, alert, firm, witty, fearless, and demanding, and most important, I have to have strong command of the subject I'm teaching.' Discipline is always a challenge, with the students spouting street-infused backtalk and often bouncing off the walls with pent-up testosterone. Peterson learns quickly that she must keep the upper hand-set the rules and enforce them with rigor, even when her sympathetic heart starts to waver. Despite their relentless bravura and antics-and in part because of it-Peterson becomes a fierce advocate for her students. She works to instill the young men, mostly black, with a sense of pride about their history and culture: from their African roots to Langston Hughes and Malcolm X. She encourages them to explore and express their true feelings by writing their own poems and essays. When the boys push her buttons (on an almost daily basis) she pushes back, demanding that they meet not only her expectations or the standards of the curriculum, but set expectations for themselves-something most of them have never before been asked to do. She witnesses some amazing successes as some of the boys come into their own under her tutelage. Peterson vividly captures the prison milieu and the exuberance of the kids who have been handed a raw deal by society and have become lost within the system. Her time in the classroom teaches her something, too-that these boys want to be rescued. They want normalcy and love and opportunity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290195 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sundown Towns: A Hidden Dimension of American Racism Author: James W. Loewen Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 4, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Professor emeritus at the University of Vermont, James W. Loewen has taught race relations for over 20 years. He won the National Book Award and the Oliver Cromwell Cox Award for Distinguished Anti-Racist Scholarship for his New York Times bestseller, Lies My Teacher Told Me: Everything Your American History Textbook Got Wrong. Sundown Towns is a thought-provoking survey of American towns with histories of racial exclusion.From 1999 to 2004, Professor Loewen investigated the records of thousands of towns to identify those that were all white on purpose—some of which remain so to this day. Loewen reveals that, though normally regarded as a Southern phenomenon, these so-called sundown towns were in fact abundant in the North. In unflinching detail, Loewen traces the rise of these towns across America, chronicling their violent histories.“James Loewen’s new book will bring shock, then indignation, then wonderment as to what we can do to justify calling ourselves a decent society.”—Howard Zinn, author James W. Loewen Fri, 04 Apr 2008 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290195 thebookvoice.com 25:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sundown Towns: A Hidden Dimension of American Racism Author: James W. Loewen Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 4, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Professor emeritus at the University of Vermont, James W. Loewen has taught race relations for over 20 years. He won the National Book Award and the Oliver Cromwell Cox Award for Distinguished Anti-Racist Scholarship for his New York Times bestseller, Lies My Teacher Told Me: Everything Your American History Textbook Got Wrong. Sundown Towns is a thought-provoking survey of American towns with histories of racial exclusion.From 1999 to 2004, Professor Loewen investigated the records of thousands of towns to identify those that were all white on purpose—some of which remain so to this day. Loewen reveals that, though normally regarded as a Southern phenomenon, these so-called sundown towns were in fact abundant in the North. In unflinching detail, Loewen traces the rise of these towns across America, chronicling their violent histories.“James Loewen’s new book will bring shock, then indignation, then wonderment as to what we can do to justify calling ourselves a decent society.”—Howard Zinn, author Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sundown Towns: A Hidden Dimension of American Racism Author: James W. Loewen Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 4, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Professor emeritus at the University of Vermont, James W. Loewen has taught race relations for over 20 years. He won the National Book Award and the Oliver Cromwell Cox Award for Distinguished Anti-Racist Scholarship for his New York Times bestseller, Lies My Teacher Told Me: Everything Your American History Textbook Got Wrong. Sundown Towns is a thought-provoking survey of American towns with histories of racial exclusion.From 1999 to 2004, Professor Loewen investigated the records of thousands of towns to identify those that were all white on purpose—some of which remain so to this day. Loewen reveals that, though normally regarded as a Southern phenomenon, these so-called sundown towns were in fact abundant in the North. In unflinching detail, Loewen traces the rise of these towns across America, chronicling their violent histories.“James Loewen’s new book will bring shock, then indignation, then wonderment as to what we can do to justify calling ourselves a decent society.”—Howard Zinn, author https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290122 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A $500 House in Detroit: Rebuilding an Abandoned Home and an American City Author: Drew Philp Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A young college grad buys a house in Detroit for $500 and attempts to restore it—and his new neighborhood—to its original glory in this “deeply felt, sharply observed personal quest to create meaning and community out of the fallen…A standout” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). Drew Philp, an idealistic college student from a working-class Michigan family, decides to live where he can make a difference. He sets his sights on Detroit, the failed metropolis of abandoned buildings, widespread poverty, and rampant crime. Arriving with no job, no friends, and no money, Philp buys a ramshackle house for five hundred dollars in the east side neighborhood known as Poletown. The roomy Queen Anne he now owns is little more than a clapboard shell on a crumbling brick foundation, missing windows, heat, water, electricity, and a functional roof. A $500 House in Detroit is Philp’s raw and earnest account of rebuilding everything but the frame of his house, nail by nail and room by room. “Philp is a great storyteller…[and his] engrossing” (Booklist) tale is also of a young man finding his footing in the city, the country, and his own generation. We witness his concept of Detroit shift, expand, and evolve as his plan to save the city gives way to a life forged from political meaning, personal connection, and collective purpose. As he assimilates into the community of Detroiters around him, Philp guides readers through the city’s vibrant history and engages in urgent conversations about gentrification, racial tensions, and class warfare. Part social history, part brash generational statement, part comeback story, A $500 House in Detroit “shines [in its depiction of] the ‘radical neighborliness’ of ordinary people in desperate circumstances” (Publishers Weekly). This is an unforgettable, intimate account of the tentative revival of an American city and a glimpse at a new way forward for generations to come. Drew Philp Tue, 11 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290122 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A $500 House in Detroit: Rebuilding an Abandoned Home and an American City Author: Drew Philp Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A young college grad buys a house in Detroit for $500 and attempts to restore it—and his new neighborhood—to its original glory in this “deeply felt, sharply observed personal quest to create meaning and community out of the fallen…A standout” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). Drew Philp, an idealistic college student from a working-class Michigan family, decides to live where he can make a difference. He sets his sights on Detroit, the failed metropolis of abandoned buildings, widespread poverty, and rampant crime. Arriving with no job, no friends, and no money, Philp buys a ramshackle house for five hundred dollars in the east side neighborhood known as Poletown. The roomy Queen Anne he now owns is little more than a clapboard shell on a crumbling brick foundation, missing windows, heat, water, electricity, and a functional roof. A $500 House in Detroit is Philp’s raw and earnest account of rebuilding everything but the frame of his house, nail by nail and room by room. “Philp is a great storyteller…[and his] engrossing” (Booklist) tale is also of a young man finding his footing in the city, the country, and his own generation. We witness his concept of Detroit shift, expand, and evolve as his plan to save the city gives way to a life forged from political meaning, personal connection, and collective purpose. As he assimilates into the community of Detroiters around him, Philp guides readers through the city’s vibrant history and engages in urgent conversations about gentrification, racial tensions, and class warfare. Part social history, part brash generational statement, part comeback story, A $500 House in Detroit “shines [in its depiction of] the ‘radical neighborliness’ of ordinary people in desperate circumstances” (Publishers Weekly). This is an unforgettable, intimate account of the tentative revival of an American city and a glimpse at a new way forward for generations to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290122]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A $500 House in Detroit: Rebuilding an Abandoned Home and an American City Author: Drew Philp Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A young college grad buys a house in Detroit for $500 and attempts to restore it—and his new neighborhood—to its original glory in this “deeply felt, sharply observed personal quest to create meaning and community out of the fallen…A standout” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). Drew Philp, an idealistic college student from a working-class Michigan family, decides to live where he can make a difference. He sets his sights on Detroit, the failed metropolis of abandoned buildings, widespread poverty, and rampant crime. Arriving with no job, no friends, and no money, Philp buys a ramshackle house for five hundred dollars in the east side neighborhood known as Poletown. The roomy Queen Anne he now owns is little more than a clapboard shell on a crumbling brick foundation, missing windows, heat, water, electricity, and a functional roof. A $500 House in Detroit is Philp’s raw and earnest account of rebuilding everything but the frame of his house, nail by nail and room by room. “Philp is a great storyteller…[and his] engrossing” (Booklist) tale is also of a young man finding his footing in the city, the country, and his own generation. We witness his concept of Detroit shift, expand, and evolve as his plan to save the city gives way to a life forged from political meaning, personal connection, and collective purpose. As he assimilates into the community of Detroiters around him, Philp guides readers through the city’s vibrant history and engages in urgent conversations about gentrification, racial tensions, and class warfare. Part social history, part brash generational statement, part comeback story, A $500 House in Detroit “shines [in its depiction of] the ‘radical neighborliness’ of ordinary people in desperate circumstances” (Publishers Weekly). This is an unforgettable, intimate account of the tentative revival of an American city and a glimpse at a new way forward for generations to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290065 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Married: What I Learned from Real Women on Five Continents About Surviving My First (Really Hard) Year of Marriage Author: Jo Piazza Narrator: Jo Piazza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Everyone tells you marriage is hard, but no one tells you what to do about it. At age thirty-four, Jo Piazza got her romantic-comedy ending when she met the man of her dreams on a boat in the Galápagos Islands and was engaged three months later. But before long, Jo found herself riddled with questions. How do you make a marriage work in a world where you no longer need to be married? How does an independent, strong-willed feminist become someone’s partner—all the time? In the tradition of writers such as Nora Ephron and Elizabeth Gilbert, award-winning journalist and nationally bestselling author Jo Piazza writes a provocative memoir of a real first year of marriage that will forever change the way we look at matrimony. A travel editor constantly on the move, Jo journeys to twenty countries on five continents to figure out what modern marriage means. Throughout this stunning, funny, warm, and wise personal narrative, she gleans wisdom from matrilineal tribeswomen, French ladies who lunch, Orthodox Jewish moms, Swedish stay-at-home dads, polygamous warriors, and Dutch prostitutes. Written with refreshing candor, elegant prose, astute reporting, and hilarious insight into the human psyche, How to Be Married offers an honest portrait of an utterly charming couple. When life throws more at them than they ever expected—a terrifying health diagnosis, sick parents to care for, unemployment—they ultimately create a fresh understanding of what it means to be equal partners during the good and bad times. Through their journey, they reveal a framework that will help the rest of us keep our marriages strong, from engagement into the newlywed years and beyond. Jo Piazza Tue, 18 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290065 thebookvoice.com 9:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Married: What I Learned from Real Women on Five Continents About Surviving My First (Really Hard) Year of Marriage Author: Jo Piazza Narrator: Jo Piazza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Everyone tells you marriage is hard, but no one tells you what to do about it. At age thirty-four, Jo Piazza got her romantic-comedy ending when she met the man of her dreams on a boat in the Galápagos Islands and was engaged three months later. But before long, Jo found herself riddled with questions. How do you make a marriage work in a world where you no longer need to be married? How does an independent, strong-willed feminist become someone’s partner—all the time? In the tradition of writers such as Nora Ephron and Elizabeth Gilbert, award-winning journalist and nationally bestselling author Jo Piazza writes a provocative memoir of a real first year of marriage that will forever change the way we look at matrimony. A travel editor constantly on the move, Jo journeys to twenty countries on five continents to figure out what modern marriage means. Throughout this stunning, funny, warm, and wise personal narrative, she gleans wisdom from matrilineal tribeswomen, French ladies who lunch, Orthodox Jewish moms, Swedish stay-at-home dads, polygamous warriors, and Dutch prostitutes. Written with refreshing candor, elegant prose, astute reporting, and hilarious insight into the human psyche, How to Be Married offers an honest portrait of an utterly charming couple. When life throws more at them than they ever expected—a terrifying health diagnosis, sick parents to care for, unemployment—they ultimately create a fresh understanding of what it means to be equal partners during the good and bad times. Through their journey, they reveal a framework that will help the rest of us keep our marriages strong, from engagement into the newlywed years and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Married: What I Learned from Real Women on Five Continents About Surviving My First (Really Hard) Year of Marriage Author: Jo Piazza Narrator: Jo Piazza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Everyone tells you marriage is hard, but no one tells you what to do about it. At age thirty-four, Jo Piazza got her romantic-comedy ending when she met the man of her dreams on a boat in the Galápagos Islands and was engaged three months later. But before long, Jo found herself riddled with questions. How do you make a marriage work in a world where you no longer need to be married? How does an independent, strong-willed feminist become someone’s partner—all the time? In the tradition of writers such as Nora Ephron and Elizabeth Gilbert, award-winning journalist and nationally bestselling author Jo Piazza writes a provocative memoir of a real first year of marriage that will forever change the way we look at matrimony. A travel editor constantly on the move, Jo journeys to twenty countries on five continents to figure out what modern marriage means. Throughout this stunning, funny, warm, and wise personal narrative, she gleans wisdom from matrilineal tribeswomen, French ladies who lunch, Orthodox Jewish moms, Swedish stay-at-home dads, polygamous warriors, and Dutch prostitutes. Written with refreshing candor, elegant prose, astute reporting, and hilarious insight into the human psyche, How to Be Married offers an honest portrait of an utterly charming couple. When life throws more at them than they ever expected—a terrifying health diagnosis, sick parents to care for, unemployment—they ultimately create a fresh understanding of what it means to be equal partners during the good and bad times. Through their journey, they reveal a framework that will help the rest of us keep our marriages strong, from engagement into the newlywed years and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290048 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Up to the Women Author: Eleanor Roosevelt Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this timeless account from Eleanor Roosevelt, the former First Lady shares her advice for hardworking women as they make their mark on an ever-changing America. "Eleanor Roosevelt never wanted her husband to run for president. When he won, she . . . went on a national tour to crusade on behalf of women. She wrote a regular newspaper column. She became a champion of women's rights and of civil rights. And she decided to write a book." -- Jill Lepore, from the Introduction "Women, whether subtly or vociferously, have always been a tremendous power in the destiny of the world," Eleanor Roosevelt wrote in It's Up to the Women, her book of advice to women of all ages on every aspect of life. Written at the height of the Great Depression, she called on women particularly to do their part -- cutting costs where needed, spending reasonably, and taking personal responsibility for keeping the economy going. Whether it's the recommendation that working women take time for themselves in order to fully enjoy time spent with their families, recipes for cheap but wholesome home-cooked meals, or America's obligation to women as they take a leading role in the new social order, many of the opinions expressed here are as fresh as if they were written today. Eleanor Roosevelt Tue, 11 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290048 thebookvoice.com 5:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Up to the Women Author: Eleanor Roosevelt Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this timeless account from Eleanor Roosevelt, the former First Lady shares her advice for hardworking women as they make their mark on an ever-changing America. "Eleanor Roosevelt never wanted her husband to run for president. When he won, she . . . went on a national tour to crusade on behalf of women. She wrote a regular newspaper column. She became a champion of women's rights and of civil rights. And she decided to write a book." -- Jill Lepore, from the Introduction "Women, whether subtly or vociferously, have always been a tremendous power in the destiny of the world," Eleanor Roosevelt wrote in It's Up to the Women, her book of advice to women of all ages on every aspect of life. Written at the height of the Great Depression, she called on women particularly to do their part -- cutting costs where needed, spending reasonably, and taking personal responsibility for keeping the economy going. Whether it's the recommendation that working women take time for themselves in order to fully enjoy time spent with their families, recipes for cheap but wholesome home-cooked meals, or America's obligation to women as they take a leading role in the new social order, many of the opinions expressed here are as fresh as if they were written today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Up to the Women Author: Eleanor Roosevelt Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this timeless account from Eleanor Roosevelt, the former First Lady shares her advice for hardworking women as they make their mark on an ever-changing America. "Eleanor Roosevelt never wanted her husband to run for president. When he won, she . . . went on a national tour to crusade on behalf of women. She wrote a regular newspaper column. She became a champion of women's rights and of civil rights. And she decided to write a book." -- Jill Lepore, from the Introduction "Women, whether subtly or vociferously, have always been a tremendous power in the destiny of the world," Eleanor Roosevelt wrote in It's Up to the Women, her book of advice to women of all ages on every aspect of life. Written at the height of the Great Depression, she called on women particularly to do their part -- cutting costs where needed, spending reasonably, and taking personal responsibility for keeping the economy going. Whether it's the recommendation that working women take time for themselves in order to fully enjoy time spent with their families, recipes for cheap but wholesome home-cooked meals, or America's obligation to women as they take a leading role in the new social order, many of the opinions expressed here are as fresh as if they were written today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289947 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lessons on Manners for Home and School Use Author: Edith E. Wiggin Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It is true that good manners, like good morals, are best taught by the teacher's example. It is also true that definite lessons, in which the subject can be considered in its appropriate divisions, are of no little value if we would have our children attain to "that finest of the fine arts, a beautiful behavior." (From the author's Introduction) Edith E. Wiggin Sun, 01 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289947 thebookvoice.com 1:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lessons on Manners for Home and School Use Author: Edith E. Wiggin Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It is true that good manners, like good morals, are best taught by the teacher's example. It is also true that definite lessons, in which the subject can be considered in its appropriate divisions, are of no little value if we would have our children attain to "that finest of the fine arts, a beautiful behavior." (From the author's Introduction) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lessons on Manners for Home and School Use Author: Edith E. Wiggin Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It is true that good manners, like good morals, are best taught by the teacher's example. It is also true that definite lessons, in which the subject can be considered in its appropriate divisions, are of no little value if we would have our children attain to "that finest of the fine arts, a beautiful behavior." (From the author's Introduction) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289835 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289835]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beauty Sick: How the Cultural Obsession with Appearance Hurts Girls and Woman Author: Renee Engeln Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An award-winning Northwestern University psychology professor reveals how the cultural obsession with women's appearance is an epidemic that harms women's ability to get ahead and to live happy, meaningful lives, in this powerful, eye-opening work in the vein of Naomi Wolf, Peggy Orenstein, and Sheryl Sandberg. Today’s young women face a bewildering set of contradictions when it comes to beauty. They don’t want to be Barbie dolls but, like generations of women before them, are told they must look like them. They’re angry about the media’s treatment of women but hungrily consume the very outlets that belittle them. They mock modern culture’s absurd beauty ideal and make videos exposing Photoshopping tricks, but feel pressured to emulate the same images they criticize by posing with a ''skinny arm.'' They understand that what they see isn’t real but still download apps to airbrush their selfies. Yet these same young women are fierce fighters for the issues they care about. They are ready to fight back against their beauty-sick culture and create a different world for themselves, but they need a way forward. In Beauty Sick, Dr. Renee Engeln, whose TEDx talk on beauty sickness has received more than 250,000 views, reveals the shocking consequences of our obsession with girls’ appearance on their emotional and physical health and their wallets and ambitions, including depression, eating disorders, disruptions in cognitive processing, and lost money and time. Combining scientific studies with the voices of real women of all ages, she makes clear that to truly fulfill their potential, we must break free from cultural forces that feed destructive desires, attitudes, and words—from fat-shaming to denigrating commentary about other women. She provides inspiration and workable solutions to help girls and women overcome negative attitudes and embrace their whole selves, to transform their lives, claim the futures they deserve, and, ultimately, change their world. Renee Engeln Tue, 18 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289835 thebookvoice.com 11:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289835]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beauty Sick: How the Cultural Obsession with Appearance Hurts Girls and Woman Author: Renee Engeln Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An award-winning Northwestern University psychology professor reveals how the cultural obsession with women's appearance is an epidemic that harms women's ability to get ahead and to live happy, meaningful lives, in this powerful, eye-opening work in the vein of Naomi Wolf, Peggy Orenstein, and Sheryl Sandberg. Today’s young women face a bewildering set of contradictions when it comes to beauty. They don’t want to be Barbie dolls but, like generations of women before them, are told they must look like them. They’re angry about the media’s treatment of women but hungrily consume the very outlets that belittle them. They mock modern culture’s absurd beauty ideal and make videos exposing Photoshopping tricks, but feel pressured to emulate the same images they criticize by posing with a ''skinny arm.'' They understand that what they see isn’t real but still download apps to airbrush their selfies. Yet these same young women are fierce fighters for the issues they care about. They are ready to fight back against their beauty-sick culture and create a different world for themselves, but they need a way forward. In Beauty Sick, Dr. Renee Engeln, whose TEDx talk on beauty sickness has received more than 250,000 views, reveals the shocking consequences of our obsession with girls’ appearance on their emotional and physical health and their wallets and ambitions, including depression, eating disorders, disruptions in cognitive processing, and lost money and time. Combining scientific studies with the voices of real women of all ages, she makes clear that to truly fulfill their potential, we must break free from cultural forces that feed destructive desires, attitudes, and words—from fat-shaming to denigrating commentary about other women. She provides inspiration and workable solutions to help girls and women overcome negative attitudes and embrace their whole selves, to transform their lives, claim the futures they deserve, and, ultimately, change their world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289835]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beauty Sick: How the Cultural Obsession with Appearance Hurts Girls and Woman Author: Renee Engeln Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An award-winning Northwestern University psychology professor reveals how the cultural obsession with women's appearance is an epidemic that harms women's ability to get ahead and to live happy, meaningful lives, in this powerful, eye-opening work in the vein of Naomi Wolf, Peggy Orenstein, and Sheryl Sandberg. Today’s young women face a bewildering set of contradictions when it comes to beauty. They don’t want to be Barbie dolls but, like generations of women before them, are told they must look like them. They’re angry about the media’s treatment of women but hungrily consume the very outlets that belittle them. They mock modern culture’s absurd beauty ideal and make videos exposing Photoshopping tricks, but feel pressured to emulate the same images they criticize by posing with a ''skinny arm.'' They understand that what they see isn’t real but still download apps to airbrush their selfies. Yet these same young women are fierce fighters for the issues they care about. They are ready to fight back against their beauty-sick culture and create a different world for themselves, but they need a way forward. In Beauty Sick, Dr. Renee Engeln, whose TEDx talk on beauty sickness has received more than 250,000 views, reveals the shocking consequences of our obsession with girls’ appearance on their emotional and physical health and their wallets and ambitions, including depression, eating disorders, disruptions in cognitive processing, and lost money and time. Combining scientific studies with the voices of real women of all ages, she makes clear that to truly fulfill their potential, we must break free from cultural forces that feed destructive desires, attitudes, and words—from fat-shaming to denigrating commentary about other women. She provides inspiration and workable solutions to help girls and women overcome negative attitudes and embrace their whole selves, to transform their lives, claim the futures they deserve, and, ultimately, change their world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289801 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Over But the Shoutin' Author: Rick Bragg Narrator: Rick Bragg Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 8, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This haunting, harrowing, gloriously moving recollection of a life on the American margin is the story of Rick Bragg, who grew up dirt-poor in northeastern Alabama, seemingly destined for either the cotton mills or the penitentiary, and instead became a Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter for The New York Times. It is the story of Bragg's father, a hard-drinking man with a murderous temper and the habit of running out on the people who needed him most. But at the center of this soaring memoir is Bragg's mother, who went eighteen years without a new dress so that her sons could have school clothes and picked other people's cotton so that her children wouldn't have to live on welfare alone. Evoking these lives - and the country that shaped and nourished them - with artistry, honesty, and compassion, Rick Bragg brings hone the love and suffering that lie at the heart of every family. The result is unforgettable. Rick Bragg Tue, 08 Apr 2008 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289801 thebookvoice.com 2:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Over But the Shoutin' Author: Rick Bragg Narrator: Rick Bragg Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 8, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This haunting, harrowing, gloriously moving recollection of a life on the American margin is the story of Rick Bragg, who grew up dirt-poor in northeastern Alabama, seemingly destined for either the cotton mills or the penitentiary, and instead became a Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter for The New York Times. It is the story of Bragg's father, a hard-drinking man with a murderous temper and the habit of running out on the people who needed him most. But at the center of this soaring memoir is Bragg's mother, who went eighteen years without a new dress so that her sons could have school clothes and picked other people's cotton so that her children wouldn't have to live on welfare alone. Evoking these lives - and the country that shaped and nourished them - with artistry, honesty, and compassion, Rick Bragg brings hone the love and suffering that lie at the heart of every family. The result is unforgettable. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Over But the Shoutin' Author: Rick Bragg Narrator: Rick Bragg Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 8, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This haunting, harrowing, gloriously moving recollection of a life on the American margin is the story of Rick Bragg, who grew up dirt-poor in northeastern Alabama, seemingly destined for either the cotton mills or the penitentiary, and instead became a Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter for The New York Times. It is the story of Bragg's father, a hard-drinking man with a murderous temper and the habit of running out on the people who needed him most. But at the center of this soaring memoir is Bragg's mother, who went eighteen years without a new dress so that her sons could have school clothes and picked other people's cotton so that her children wouldn't have to live on welfare alone. Evoking these lives - and the country that shaped and nourished them - with artistry, honesty, and compassion, Rick Bragg brings hone the love and suffering that lie at the heart of every family. The result is unforgettable. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289696 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289696]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Success Author: Robert B. Reich Narrator: Robert B. Reich Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If you think it’s getting harder to both make a living and make a life, economist and former secretary of labor Robert Reich agrees with you. Americans may be earning more than ever before, but we’re paying a steep price: we’re working longer, seeing our families less, and our communities are fragmenting. With the clarity and insight that are his hallmarks, Reich delineates what success has come to mean in our time. He demonstrates that although we have more choices as consumers, and investors, the choices themselves are undermining the rest of our lives. It is getting harder for people to be confident of what they will be earning next year, or even next month. At the same time, our society is splitting into socially stratified enclaves--the wealthier walled off and gated, the poorer isolated and ignored. Although the trends he discusses are powerful, they are not irreversible, and Reich makes provocative suggestions for how we might create a more balanced society and more satisfying lives. Some of his ideas may surprise you; all should spark a healthy–and essential–national debate. Robert B. Reich Wed, 05 Jul 2000 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289696 thebookvoice.com 6:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289696]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Success Author: Robert B. Reich Narrator: Robert B. Reich Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If you think it’s getting harder to both make a living and make a life, economist and former secretary of labor Robert Reich agrees with you. Americans may be earning more than ever before, but we’re paying a steep price: we’re working longer, seeing our families less, and our communities are fragmenting. With the clarity and insight that are his hallmarks, Reich delineates what success has come to mean in our time. He demonstrates that although we have more choices as consumers, and investors, the choices themselves are undermining the rest of our lives. It is getting harder for people to be confident of what they will be earning next year, or even next month. At the same time, our society is splitting into socially stratified enclaves--the wealthier walled off and gated, the poorer isolated and ignored. Although the trends he discusses are powerful, they are not irreversible, and Reich makes provocative suggestions for how we might create a more balanced society and more satisfying lives. Some of his ideas may surprise you; all should spark a healthy–and essential–national debate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289696]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Success Author: Robert B. Reich Narrator: Robert B. Reich Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If you think it’s getting harder to both make a living and make a life, economist and former secretary of labor Robert Reich agrees with you. Americans may be earning more than ever before, but we’re paying a steep price: we’re working longer, seeing our families less, and our communities are fragmenting. With the clarity and insight that are his hallmarks, Reich delineates what success has come to mean in our time. He demonstrates that although we have more choices as consumers, and investors, the choices themselves are undermining the rest of our lives. It is getting harder for people to be confident of what they will be earning next year, or even next month. At the same time, our society is splitting into socially stratified enclaves--the wealthier walled off and gated, the poorer isolated and ignored. Although the trends he discusses are powerful, they are not irreversible, and Reich makes provocative suggestions for how we might create a more balanced society and more satisfying lives. Some of his ideas may surprise you; all should spark a healthy–and essential–national debate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289590 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frank: The Voice Author: James Kaplan Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author James Kaplan redefines Frank Sinatra in a triumphant new biography that includes many rarely seen photographs. Frank Sinatra was the best-known entertainer of the twenti­eth century—infinitely charismatic, lionized and notori­ous in equal measure. But despite his mammoth fame, Sinatra the man has remained an enigma. As Bob Spitz did with the Beatles, Tina Brown for Diana, and Peter Guralnick for Elvis, James Kaplan goes behind the legend and hype to bring alive a force that changed popular culture in fundamental ways. Sinatra endowed the songs he sang with the explosive conflict of his own personality. He also made the very act of listening to pop music a more personal experience than it had ever been. In Frank: The Voice, Kaplan reveals how he did it, bringing deeper insight than ever before to the complex psyche and tur­bulent life behind that incomparable vocal instrument. We relive the years 1915 to 1954 in glistening detail, experiencing as if for the first time Sinatra’s journey from the streets of Hoboken, his fall from the apex of celebrity, and his Oscar-winning return in From Here to Eternity. Here at last is the biographer who makes the reader feel what it was really like to be Frank Sinatra—as man, as musician, as tortured genius. James Kaplan Tue, 02 Nov 2010 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289590 thebookvoice.com 22:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frank: The Voice Author: James Kaplan Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author James Kaplan redefines Frank Sinatra in a triumphant new biography that includes many rarely seen photographs. Frank Sinatra was the best-known entertainer of the twenti­eth century—infinitely charismatic, lionized and notori­ous in equal measure. But despite his mammoth fame, Sinatra the man has remained an enigma. As Bob Spitz did with the Beatles, Tina Brown for Diana, and Peter Guralnick for Elvis, James Kaplan goes behind the legend and hype to bring alive a force that changed popular culture in fundamental ways. Sinatra endowed the songs he sang with the explosive conflict of his own personality. He also made the very act of listening to pop music a more personal experience than it had ever been. In Frank: The Voice, Kaplan reveals how he did it, bringing deeper insight than ever before to the complex psyche and tur­bulent life behind that incomparable vocal instrument. We relive the years 1915 to 1954 in glistening detail, experiencing as if for the first time Sinatra’s journey from the streets of Hoboken, his fall from the apex of celebrity, and his Oscar-winning return in From Here to Eternity. Here at last is the biographer who makes the reader feel what it was really like to be Frank Sinatra—as man, as musician, as tortured genius. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frank: The Voice Author: James Kaplan Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author James Kaplan redefines Frank Sinatra in a triumphant new biography that includes many rarely seen photographs. Frank Sinatra was the best-known entertainer of the twenti­eth century—infinitely charismatic, lionized and notori­ous in equal measure. But despite his mammoth fame, Sinatra the man has remained an enigma. As Bob Spitz did with the Beatles, Tina Brown for Diana, and Peter Guralnick for Elvis, James Kaplan goes behind the legend and hype to bring alive a force that changed popular culture in fundamental ways. Sinatra endowed the songs he sang with the explosive conflict of his own personality. He also made the very act of listening to pop music a more personal experience than it had ever been. In Frank: The Voice, Kaplan reveals how he did it, bringing deeper insight than ever before to the complex psyche and tur­bulent life behind that incomparable vocal instrument. We relive the years 1915 to 1954 in glistening detail, experiencing as if for the first time Sinatra’s journey from the streets of Hoboken, his fall from the apex of celebrity, and his Oscar-winning return in From Here to Eternity. Here at last is the biographer who makes the reader feel what it was really like to be Frank Sinatra—as man, as musician, as tortured genius. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289587 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Other Wes Moore: One Name, Two Fates Author: Wes Moore Narrator: Wes Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 27, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 91 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the governor of Maryland, the “compassionate” (People), “startling” (Baltimore Sun), “moving” (Chicago Tribune) true story of two kids with the same name: One went on to be a Rhodes Scholar, decorated combat veteran, White House Fellow, and business leader. The other is serving a life sentence in prison. The chilling truth is that his story could have been mine. The tragedy is that my story could have been his. In December 2000, the Baltimore Sun ran a small piece about Wes Moore, a local student who had just received a Rhodes Scholarship. The same paper also ran a series of articles about four young men who had allegedly killed a police officer in a spectacularly botched armed robbery. The police were still hunting for two of the suspects who had gone on the lam, a pair of brothers. One was named Wes Moore.  Wes just couldn’t shake off the unsettling coincidence, or the inkling that the two shared much more than space in the same newspaper. After following the story of the robbery, the manhunt, and the trial to its conclusion, he wrote a letter to the other Wes, now a convicted murderer serving a life sentence without the possibility of parole. His letter tentatively asked the questions that had been haunting him: Who are you? How did this happen? That letter led to a correspondence and relationship that have lasted for several years. Over dozens of letters and prison visits, Wes discovered that the other Wes had had a life not unlike his own: Both had had difficult childhoods, both were fatherless; they’d hung out on similar corners with similar crews, and both had run into trouble with the police. At each stage of their young lives they had come across similar moments of decision, yet their choices would lead them to astonishingly different destinies. Told in alternating dramatic narratives that take readers from heart-wrenching losses to moments of surprising redemption, The Other Wes Moore tells the story of a generation of boys trying to find their way in a hostile world. Wes Moore Tue, 27 Apr 2010 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289587 thebookvoice.com 6:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Other Wes Moore: One Name, Two Fates Author: Wes Moore Narrator: Wes Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 27, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 91 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the governor of Maryland, the “compassionate” (People), “startling” (Baltimore Sun), “moving” (Chicago Tribune) true story of two kids with the same name: One went on to be a Rhodes Scholar, decorated combat veteran, White House Fellow, and business leader. The other is serving a life sentence in prison. The chilling truth is that his story could have been mine. The tragedy is that my story could have been his. In December 2000, the Baltimore Sun ran a small piece about Wes Moore, a local student who had just received a Rhodes Scholarship. The same paper also ran a series of articles about four young men who had allegedly killed a police officer in a spectacularly botched armed robbery. The police were still hunting for two of the suspects who had gone on the lam, a pair of brothers. One was named Wes Moore.  Wes just couldn’t shake off the unsettling coincidence, or the inkling that the two shared much more than space in the same newspaper. After following the story of the robbery, the manhunt, and the trial to its conclusion, he wrote a letter to the other Wes, now a convicted murderer serving a life sentence without the possibility of parole. His letter tentatively asked the questions that had been haunting him: Who are you? How did this happen? That letter led to a correspondence and relationship that have lasted for several years. Over dozens of letters and prison visits, Wes discovered that the other Wes had had a life not unlike his own: Both had had difficult childhoods, both were fatherless; they’d hung out on similar corners with similar crews, and both had run into trouble with the police. At each stage of their young lives they had come across similar moments of decision, yet their choices would lead them to astonishingly different destinies. Told in alternating dramatic narratives that take readers from heart-wrenching losses to moments of surprising redemption, The Other Wes Moore tells the story of a generation of boys trying to find their way in a hostile world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Other Wes Moore: One Name, Two Fates Author: Wes Moore Narrator: Wes Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 27, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 91 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the governor of Maryland, the “compassionate” (People), “startling” (Baltimore Sun), “moving” (Chicago Tribune) true story of two kids with the same name: One went on to be a Rhodes Scholar, decorated combat veteran, White House Fellow, and business leader. The other is serving a life sentence in prison. The chilling truth is that his story could have been mine. The tragedy is that my story could have been his. In December 2000, the Baltimore Sun ran a small piece about Wes Moore, a local student who had just received a Rhodes Scholarship. The same paper also ran a series of articles about four young men who had allegedly killed a police officer in a spectacularly botched armed robbery. The police were still hunting for two of the suspects who had gone on the lam, a pair of brothers. One was named Wes Moore.  Wes just couldn’t shake off the unsettling coincidence, or the inkling that the two shared much more than space in the same newspaper. After following the story of the robbery, the manhunt, and the trial to its conclusion, he wrote a letter to the other Wes, now a convicted murderer serving a life sentence without the possibility of parole. His letter tentatively asked the questions that had been haunting him: Who are you? How did this happen? That letter led to a correspondence and relationship that have lasted for several years. Over dozens of letters and prison visits, Wes discovered that the other Wes had had a life not unlike his own: Both had had difficult childhoods, both were fatherless; they’d hung out on similar corners with similar crews, and both had run into trouble with the police. At each stage of their young lives they had come across similar moments of decision, yet their choices would lead them to astonishingly different destinies. Told in alternating dramatic narratives that take readers from heart-wrenching losses to moments of surprising redemption, The Other Wes Moore tells the story of a generation of boys trying to find their way in a hostile world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289521 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Hepburn in a Kardashian World: The Art of Living with Style, Class, and Grace Author: Jordan Christy Narrator: Caitlin Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jordan Christy shares advice on how to be the most confident version of yourself, in this fully revised and updated edition derived from How to Be a Hepburn in a Hilton World.Though fashions may change, certain things never go out of style -- like your favorite little black dress that can take you from a business meeting to a dinner party to a night on the town. But what makes it work is not the dress, it's how you present yourself while wearing it. A woman who is polite, well spoken, gracious, charming, and thoughtful is always welcome-though such women appear to be in short supply these days! Despite the headline-grabbing antics of certain flashy celebutantes, most of us would rather have respect -- for ourselves and from our family, friends, and colleagues. In this fully revised and updated edition, you will learn how to: - Appear polished without sacrificing your personal style, - Develop skills and discover interests to boost your self-confidence,- Find your true friendships and make them stronger,- Date Mr. Right instead of hooking up with Mr. Right Now,- Land the perfect internship and your first job,- Have a fun night without the risk of a social media faux pas. With this insightful guide you'll be loving life with style, class, and grace in no time! Jordan Christy Tue, 04 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289521 thebookvoice.com 6:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Hepburn in a Kardashian World: The Art of Living with Style, Class, and Grace Author: Jordan Christy Narrator: Caitlin Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jordan Christy shares advice on how to be the most confident version of yourself, in this fully revised and updated edition derived from How to Be a Hepburn in a Hilton World.Though fashions may change, certain things never go out of style -- like your favorite little black dress that can take you from a business meeting to a dinner party to a night on the town. But what makes it work is not the dress, it's how you present yourself while wearing it. A woman who is polite, well spoken, gracious, charming, and thoughtful is always welcome-though such women appear to be in short supply these days! Despite the headline-grabbing antics of certain flashy celebutantes, most of us would rather have respect -- for ourselves and from our family, friends, and colleagues. In this fully revised and updated edition, you will learn how to: - Appear polished without sacrificing your personal style, - Develop skills and discover interests to boost your self-confidence,- Find your true friendships and make them stronger,- Date Mr. Right instead of hooking up with Mr. Right Now,- Land the perfect internship and your first job,- Have a fun night without the risk of a social media faux pas. With this insightful guide you'll be loving life with style, class, and grace in no time! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Hepburn in a Kardashian World: The Art of Living with Style, Class, and Grace Author: Jordan Christy Narrator: Caitlin Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jordan Christy shares advice on how to be the most confident version of yourself, in this fully revised and updated edition derived from How to Be a Hepburn in a Hilton World.Though fashions may change, certain things never go out of style -- like your favorite little black dress that can take you from a business meeting to a dinner party to a night on the town. But what makes it work is not the dress, it's how you present yourself while wearing it. A woman who is polite, well spoken, gracious, charming, and thoughtful is always welcome-though such women appear to be in short supply these days! Despite the headline-grabbing antics of certain flashy celebutantes, most of us would rather have respect -- for ourselves and from our family, friends, and colleagues. In this fully revised and updated edition, you will learn how to: - Appear polished without sacrificing your personal style, - Develop skills and discover interests to boost your self-confidence,- Find your true friendships and make them stronger,- Date Mr. Right instead of hooking up with Mr. Right Now,- Land the perfect internship and your first job,- Have a fun night without the risk of a social media faux pas. With this insightful guide you'll be loving life with style, class, and grace in no time! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289363 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creative Spark: How Imagination Made Humans Exceptional Author: Agustín Fuentes Narrator: Agustín Fuentes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold new synthesis of paleontology, archaeology, genetics, and anthropology that overturns misconceptions about race, war and peace, and human nature itself, answering an age-old question: What made humans so exceptional among all the species on Earth?   Creativity. It is the secret of what makes humans special, hiding in plain sight. Agustín Fuentes argues that your child's finger painting comes essentially from the same place as creativity in hunting and gathering millions of years ago, and throughout history in making war and peace, in intimate relationships, in shaping the planet, in our communities, and in all of art, religion, and even science. It requires imagination and collaboration. Every poet has her muse; every engineer, an architect; every politician, a constituency. The manner of the collaborations varies widely, but successful collaboration is inseparable from imagination, and it brought us everything from knives and hot meals to iPhones and interstellar spacecraft. Weaving fascinating stories of our ancient ancestors' creativity, Fuentes finds the patterns that match modern behavior in humans and animals. This key quality has propelled the evolutionary development of our bodies, minds, and cultures, both for good and for bad. It's not the drive to reproduce; nor competition for mates, or resources, or power; nor our propensity for caring for one another that have separated us out from all other creatures. As Fuentes concludes, to make something lasting and useful today you need to understand the nature of your collaboration with others, what imagination can and can't accomplish, and, finally, just how completely our creativity is responsible for the world we live in. Agustín Fuentes's resounding multimillion-year perspective will inspire readers—and spark all kinds of creativity. Agustín Fuentes Tue, 21 Mar 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289363 thebookvoice.com 10:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creative Spark: How Imagination Made Humans Exceptional Author: Agustín Fuentes Narrator: Agustín Fuentes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold new synthesis of paleontology, archaeology, genetics, and anthropology that overturns misconceptions about race, war and peace, and human nature itself, answering an age-old question: What made humans so exceptional among all the species on Earth?   Creativity. It is the secret of what makes humans special, hiding in plain sight. Agustín Fuentes argues that your child's finger painting comes essentially from the same place as creativity in hunting and gathering millions of years ago, and throughout history in making war and peace, in intimate relationships, in shaping the planet, in our communities, and in all of art, religion, and even science. It requires imagination and collaboration. Every poet has her muse; every engineer, an architect; every politician, a constituency. The manner of the collaborations varies widely, but successful collaboration is inseparable from imagination, and it brought us everything from knives and hot meals to iPhones and interstellar spacecraft. Weaving fascinating stories of our ancient ancestors' creativity, Fuentes finds the patterns that match modern behavior in humans and animals. This key quality has propelled the evolutionary development of our bodies, minds, and cultures, both for good and for bad. It's not the drive to reproduce; nor competition for mates, or resources, or power; nor our propensity for caring for one another that have separated us out from all other creatures. As Fuentes concludes, to make something lasting and useful today you need to understand the nature of your collaboration with others, what imagination can and can't accomplish, and, finally, just how completely our creativity is responsible for the world we live in. Agustín Fuentes's resounding multimillion-year perspective will inspire readers—and spark all kinds of creativity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Creative Spark: How Imagination Made Humans Exceptional Author: Agustín Fuentes Narrator: Agustín Fuentes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold new synthesis of paleontology, archaeology, genetics, and anthropology that overturns misconceptions about race, war and peace, and human nature itself, answering an age-old question: What made humans so exceptional among all the species on Earth?   Creativity. It is the secret of what makes humans special, hiding in plain sight. Agustín Fuentes argues that your child's finger painting comes essentially from the same place as creativity in hunting and gathering millions of years ago, and throughout history in making war and peace, in intimate relationships, in shaping the planet, in our communities, and in all of art, religion, and even science. It requires imagination and collaboration. Every poet has her muse; every engineer, an architect; every politician, a constituency. The manner of the collaborations varies widely, but successful collaboration is inseparable from imagination, and it brought us everything from knives and hot meals to iPhones and interstellar spacecraft. Weaving fascinating stories of our ancient ancestors' creativity, Fuentes finds the patterns that match modern behavior in humans and animals. This key quality has propelled the evolutionary development of our bodies, minds, and cultures, both for good and for bad. It's not the drive to reproduce; nor competition for mates, or resources, or power; nor our propensity for caring for one another that have separated us out from all other creatures. As Fuentes concludes, to make something lasting and useful today you need to understand the nature of your collaboration with others, what imagination can and can't accomplish, and, finally, just how completely our creativity is responsible for the world we live in. Agustín Fuentes's resounding multimillion-year perspective will inspire readers—and spark all kinds of creativity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289357 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Post Grad: Five Women and their First Year Out of College Author: Caroline Kitchener Narrator: Amanda Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An honest and deeply reported account of five women and the opportunities and frustrations they face in the year following their graduation from an elite university. Recent Princeton graduate Caroline Kitchener weaves together her experiences from her first year after college with that of four of her peers in order to delve more deeply into what the world now offers a female college graduate, and how the world perceives them. Each of the five girls in this diverse group were expected to attend college—but most had no clear expectations for their futures post-graduation. And as Kitchener follows each member of the group, it becomes harder to reduce them to stereotypes, harder either to defend or to judge their choices. Kitchener navigates expertly between the very personal and the wider sociological perspectives as she outlines a chronological year in the lives of all five women, illuminating and clarifying each one of their choices, victories, and foibles. Both a broad and an intensely individual exploration, Post Grad is a portrait of the shifting environment of that important year after graduation, as well as an intimate look at how a select group of very different individuals handles its challenges—navigating family tensions, relationships, jobs, and that ever-elusive notion of independence. Caroline Kitchener Tue, 11 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289357 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Post Grad: Five Women and their First Year Out of College Author: Caroline Kitchener Narrator: Amanda Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An honest and deeply reported account of five women and the opportunities and frustrations they face in the year following their graduation from an elite university. Recent Princeton graduate Caroline Kitchener weaves together her experiences from her first year after college with that of four of her peers in order to delve more deeply into what the world now offers a female college graduate, and how the world perceives them. Each of the five girls in this diverse group were expected to attend college—but most had no clear expectations for their futures post-graduation. And as Kitchener follows each member of the group, it becomes harder to reduce them to stereotypes, harder either to defend or to judge their choices. Kitchener navigates expertly between the very personal and the wider sociological perspectives as she outlines a chronological year in the lives of all five women, illuminating and clarifying each one of their choices, victories, and foibles. Both a broad and an intensely individual exploration, Post Grad is a portrait of the shifting environment of that important year after graduation, as well as an intimate look at how a select group of very different individuals handles its challenges—navigating family tensions, relationships, jobs, and that ever-elusive notion of independence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Post Grad: Five Women and their First Year Out of College Author: Caroline Kitchener Narrator: Amanda Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An honest and deeply reported account of five women and the opportunities and frustrations they face in the year following their graduation from an elite university. Recent Princeton graduate Caroline Kitchener weaves together her experiences from her first year after college with that of four of her peers in order to delve more deeply into what the world now offers a female college graduate, and how the world perceives them. Each of the five girls in this diverse group were expected to attend college—but most had no clear expectations for their futures post-graduation. And as Kitchener follows each member of the group, it becomes harder to reduce them to stereotypes, harder either to defend or to judge their choices. Kitchener navigates expertly between the very personal and the wider sociological perspectives as she outlines a chronological year in the lives of all five women, illuminating and clarifying each one of their choices, victories, and foibles. Both a broad and an intensely individual exploration, Post Grad is a portrait of the shifting environment of that important year after graduation, as well as an intimate look at how a select group of very different individuals handles its challenges—navigating family tensions, relationships, jobs, and that ever-elusive notion of independence. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289350 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sunshine State: Essays Author: Sarah Gerard Narrator: Madeleine Maby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Rising literary star and Los Angeles Times First Fiction Award finalist Sarah Gerard uses her experiences growing up along Florida’s gulf coast to illuminate the struggles of modern human survival—physical, emotional, environmental—through a collection of essays exploring intimacy, addiction, obsession, religion, homelessness, and incarceration.  With the personal insight of The Empathy Exams, the societal exposal of Nickel and Dimed, and the stylistic innovation and intensity of her own break-out debut novel Binary Star, Sarah Gerard’s Sunshine State uses the intimately personal to unearth the deep reservoirs of humanity buried in the corners of our world often hardest to face.  In the collection’s title essay, Gerard volunteers at the Suncoast Seabird Sanctuary, a world renowned bird refuge. There she meets its founder, who once modeled with a pelican on his arm for a Dewar’s Scotch campaign but has since declined into a pit of fraud and madness. He becomes our embezzling protagonist whose tales about the birds he “rescues” never quite add up. Gerard’s personal stories are no less eerie or poignant: An essay that begins as a look at Gerard’s first relationship becomes a heart-wrenching exploration of acquaintance rape and consent. An account of intimate female friendship pivots midway through, morphing into a meditation on jealousy and class. Sunshine State offers a unique look at Florida, a state whose economically and environmentally imperiled culture serves as a lens through which we can examine some of the most pressing issues haunting our nation. Sarah Gerard Tue, 11 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289350 thebookvoice.com 10:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sunshine State: Essays Author: Sarah Gerard Narrator: Madeleine Maby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Rising literary star and Los Angeles Times First Fiction Award finalist Sarah Gerard uses her experiences growing up along Florida’s gulf coast to illuminate the struggles of modern human survival—physical, emotional, environmental—through a collection of essays exploring intimacy, addiction, obsession, religion, homelessness, and incarceration.  With the personal insight of The Empathy Exams, the societal exposal of Nickel and Dimed, and the stylistic innovation and intensity of her own break-out debut novel Binary Star, Sarah Gerard’s Sunshine State uses the intimately personal to unearth the deep reservoirs of humanity buried in the corners of our world often hardest to face.  In the collection’s title essay, Gerard volunteers at the Suncoast Seabird Sanctuary, a world renowned bird refuge. There she meets its founder, who once modeled with a pelican on his arm for a Dewar’s Scotch campaign but has since declined into a pit of fraud and madness. He becomes our embezzling protagonist whose tales about the birds he “rescues” never quite add up. Gerard’s personal stories are no less eerie or poignant: An essay that begins as a look at Gerard’s first relationship becomes a heart-wrenching exploration of acquaintance rape and consent. An account of intimate female friendship pivots midway through, morphing into a meditation on jealousy and class. Sunshine State offers a unique look at Florida, a state whose economically and environmentally imperiled culture serves as a lens through which we can examine some of the most pressing issues haunting our nation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sunshine State: Essays Author: Sarah Gerard Narrator: Madeleine Maby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Rising literary star and Los Angeles Times First Fiction Award finalist Sarah Gerard uses her experiences growing up along Florida’s gulf coast to illuminate the struggles of modern human survival—physical, emotional, environmental—through a collection of essays exploring intimacy, addiction, obsession, religion, homelessness, and incarceration.  With the personal insight of The Empathy Exams, the societal exposal of Nickel and Dimed, and the stylistic innovation and intensity of her own break-out debut novel Binary Star, Sarah Gerard’s Sunshine State uses the intimately personal to unearth the deep reservoirs of humanity buried in the corners of our world often hardest to face.  In the collection’s title essay, Gerard volunteers at the Suncoast Seabird Sanctuary, a world renowned bird refuge. There she meets its founder, who once modeled with a pelican on his arm for a Dewar’s Scotch campaign but has since declined into a pit of fraud and madness. He becomes our embezzling protagonist whose tales about the birds he “rescues” never quite add up. Gerard’s personal stories are no less eerie or poignant: An essay that begins as a look at Gerard’s first relationship becomes a heart-wrenching exploration of acquaintance rape and consent. An account of intimate female friendship pivots midway through, morphing into a meditation on jealousy and class. Sunshine State offers a unique look at Florida, a state whose economically and environmentally imperiled culture serves as a lens through which we can examine some of the most pressing issues haunting our nation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289285 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deadliest Enemy: Our War Against Killer Germs Author: Michael T. Osterholm, Mark Olshaker Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A leading epidemiologist shares his 'powerful and necessary' (Richard Preston, author of The Hot Zone) stories from the front lines of our war on infectious diseases and explains how to prepare for global epidemics -- featuring a new preface on COVID-19. Unlike natural disasters, whose destruction is concentrated in a limited area over a period of days, and illnesses, which have devastating effects but are limited to individuals and their families, infectious disease has the terrifying power to disrupt everyday life on a global scale, overwhelming public and private resources and bringing trade and transportation to a grinding halt. In today's world, it's easier than ever to move people, animals, and materials around the planet, but the same advances that make modern infrastructure so efficient have made epidemics and even pandemics nearly inevitable. And as outbreaks of COVID-19, Ebola, MERS, and Zika have demonstrated, we are woefully underprepared to deal with the fallout. So what can -- and must -- we do in order to protect ourselves from mankind's deadliest enemy? Drawing on the latest medical science, case studies, policy research, and hard-earned epidemiological lessons, Deadliest Enemy explores the resources and programs we need to develop if we are to keep ourselves safe from infectious disease. The authors show how we could wake up to a reality in which many antibiotics no longer cure, bioterror is a certainty, and the threat of a disastrous influenza or coronavirus pandemic looms ever larger. Only by understanding the challenges we face can we prevent the unthinkable from becoming the inevitable. Deadliest Enemy is high scientific drama, a chronicle of medical mystery and discovery, a reality check, and a practical plan of action. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Michael T. Osterholm, Mark Olshaker Tue, 14 Mar 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289285 thebookvoice.com 11:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deadliest Enemy: Our War Against Killer Germs Author: Michael T. Osterholm, Mark Olshaker Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A leading epidemiologist shares his 'powerful and necessary' (Richard Preston, author of The Hot Zone) stories from the front lines of our war on infectious diseases and explains how to prepare for global epidemics -- featuring a new preface on COVID-19. Unlike natural disasters, whose destruction is concentrated in a limited area over a period of days, and illnesses, which have devastating effects but are limited to individuals and their families, infectious disease has the terrifying power to disrupt everyday life on a global scale, overwhelming public and private resources and bringing trade and transportation to a grinding halt. In today's world, it's easier than ever to move people, animals, and materials around the planet, but the same advances that make modern infrastructure so efficient have made epidemics and even pandemics nearly inevitable. And as outbreaks of COVID-19, Ebola, MERS, and Zika have demonstrated, we are woefully underprepared to deal with the fallout. So what can -- and must -- we do in order to protect ourselves from mankind's deadliest enemy? Drawing on the latest medical science, case studies, policy research, and hard-earned epidemiological lessons, Deadliest Enemy explores the resources and programs we need to develop if we are to keep ourselves safe from infectious disease. The authors show how we could wake up to a reality in which many antibiotics no longer cure, bioterror is a certainty, and the threat of a disastrous influenza or coronavirus pandemic looms ever larger. Only by understanding the challenges we face can we prevent the unthinkable from becoming the inevitable. Deadliest Enemy is high scientific drama, a chronicle of medical mystery and discovery, a reality check, and a practical plan of action. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deadliest Enemy: Our War Against Killer Germs Author: Michael T. Osterholm, Mark Olshaker Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A leading epidemiologist shares his 'powerful and necessary' (Richard Preston, author of The Hot Zone) stories from the front lines of our war on infectious diseases and explains how to prepare for global epidemics -- featuring a new preface on COVID-19. Unlike natural disasters, whose destruction is concentrated in a limited area over a period of days, and illnesses, which have devastating effects but are limited to individuals and their families, infectious disease has the terrifying power to disrupt everyday life on a global scale, overwhelming public and private resources and bringing trade and transportation to a grinding halt. In today's world, it's easier than ever to move people, animals, and materials around the planet, but the same advances that make modern infrastructure so efficient have made epidemics and even pandemics nearly inevitable. And as outbreaks of COVID-19, Ebola, MERS, and Zika have demonstrated, we are woefully underprepared to deal with the fallout. So what can -- and must -- we do in order to protect ourselves from mankind's deadliest enemy? Drawing on the latest medical science, case studies, policy research, and hard-earned epidemiological lessons, Deadliest Enemy explores the resources and programs we need to develop if we are to keep ourselves safe from infectious disease. The authors show how we could wake up to a reality in which many antibiotics no longer cure, bioterror is a certainty, and the threat of a disastrous influenza or coronavirus pandemic looms ever larger. Only by understanding the challenges we face can we prevent the unthinkable from becoming the inevitable. Deadliest Enemy is high scientific drama, a chronicle of medical mystery and discovery, a reality check, and a practical plan of action. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289106 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cannabis Manifesto: A New Paradigm for Wellness Author: Steve DeAngelo Narrator: Richard Banks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An authoritative, persuasive, and riveting call for the legalization and responsible use of medical marijuana, The Cannabis Manifesto is a book whose time has come The Cannabis Manifesto is both a call to action and a radical vision of humans' relationship with this healing but controversial plant. Steve DeAngelo, the founder of Harborside Health Center, the world's largest medical-cannabis dispensary, presents a compelling case for cannabis as a wellness catalyst that must be legalized. His view that there is no such thing as recreational cannabis use challenges readers to rethink everything they thought they knew about marijuana.   The Cannabis Manifesto answers essential questions about the plant, using extensive research to fuel a thoughtful discussion about cannabis science and law, as well as its biological, mental, and spiritual effects on human beings. With a cultural critic's eye peering through the lens of social justice, DeAngelo explains how cannabis prohibition has warped our most precious institutions—from the family, to the workplace, to the doctor’s office and the courtroom. In calling for a realistic national policy on a substance that has been used by half of all Americans, this essential primer will forever change the way the world thinks about cannabis, its benefits, and the laws governing its use. Steve DeAngelo Tue, 28 Feb 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289106 thebookvoice.com 6:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cannabis Manifesto: A New Paradigm for Wellness Author: Steve DeAngelo Narrator: Richard Banks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An authoritative, persuasive, and riveting call for the legalization and responsible use of medical marijuana, The Cannabis Manifesto is a book whose time has come The Cannabis Manifesto is both a call to action and a radical vision of humans' relationship with this healing but controversial plant. Steve DeAngelo, the founder of Harborside Health Center, the world's largest medical-cannabis dispensary, presents a compelling case for cannabis as a wellness catalyst that must be legalized. His view that there is no such thing as recreational cannabis use challenges readers to rethink everything they thought they knew about marijuana.   The Cannabis Manifesto answers essential questions about the plant, using extensive research to fuel a thoughtful discussion about cannabis science and law, as well as its biological, mental, and spiritual effects on human beings. With a cultural critic's eye peering through the lens of social justice, DeAngelo explains how cannabis prohibition has warped our most precious institutions—from the family, to the workplace, to the doctor’s office and the courtroom. In calling for a realistic national policy on a substance that has been used by half of all Americans, this essential primer will forever change the way the world thinks about cannabis, its benefits, and the laws governing its use. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cannabis Manifesto: A New Paradigm for Wellness Author: Steve DeAngelo Narrator: Richard Banks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An authoritative, persuasive, and riveting call for the legalization and responsible use of medical marijuana, The Cannabis Manifesto is a book whose time has come The Cannabis Manifesto is both a call to action and a radical vision of humans' relationship with this healing but controversial plant. Steve DeAngelo, the founder of Harborside Health Center, the world's largest medical-cannabis dispensary, presents a compelling case for cannabis as a wellness catalyst that must be legalized. His view that there is no such thing as recreational cannabis use challenges readers to rethink everything they thought they knew about marijuana.   The Cannabis Manifesto answers essential questions about the plant, using extensive research to fuel a thoughtful discussion about cannabis science and law, as well as its biological, mental, and spiritual effects on human beings. With a cultural critic's eye peering through the lens of social justice, DeAngelo explains how cannabis prohibition has warped our most precious institutions—from the family, to the workplace, to the doctor’s office and the courtroom. In calling for a realistic national policy on a substance that has been used by half of all Americans, this essential primer will forever change the way the world thinks about cannabis, its benefits, and the laws governing its use. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289077 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289077]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unwanted Advances: Sexual Paranoia Comes to Campus Author: Laura Kipnis Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a highly regarded feminist cultural critic and professor comes a polemic arguing that the stifling sense of sexual danger sweeping American campuses doesn’t empower women, it impedes the fight for gender equality. Feminism is broken, argues Laura Kipnis, if anyone thinks the sexual hysteria overtaking American campuses is a sign of gender progress. A committed feminist, Kipnis was surprised to find herself the object of a protest march by student activists at her university for writing an essay about sexual paranoia on campus. Next she was brought up on Title IX complaints for creating a ''hostile environment.'' Defying confidentiality strictures, she wrote a whistleblowing essay about the ensuing seventy-two-day investigation, which propelled her to the center of national debates over free speech, ''safe spaces,'' and the vast federal overreach of Title IX. In the process she uncovered an astonishing netherworld of accused professors and students, campus witch hunts, rigged investigations, and Title IX officers run amuck. Drawing on interviews and internal documents, Unwanted Advances demonstrates the chilling effect of this new sexual McCarthyism on intellectual freedom. Without minimizing the seriousness of campus assault, Kipnis argues for more honesty about the sexual realities and ambivalences hidden behind the notion of ''rape culture.'' Instead, regulation is replacing education, and women’s hard-won right to be treated as consenting adults is being repealed by well-meaning bureaucrats. Unwanted Advances is a risk-taking, often darkly funny interrogation of feminist paternalism, the covert sexual conservatism of hook-up culture, and the institutionalized backlash of holding men alone responsible for mutually drunken sex. It’s not just compulsively readable, it will change the national conversation. Laura Kipnis Tue, 04 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289077 thebookvoice.com 6:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289077]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unwanted Advances: Sexual Paranoia Comes to Campus Author: Laura Kipnis Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a highly regarded feminist cultural critic and professor comes a polemic arguing that the stifling sense of sexual danger sweeping American campuses doesn’t empower women, it impedes the fight for gender equality. Feminism is broken, argues Laura Kipnis, if anyone thinks the sexual hysteria overtaking American campuses is a sign of gender progress. A committed feminist, Kipnis was surprised to find herself the object of a protest march by student activists at her university for writing an essay about sexual paranoia on campus. Next she was brought up on Title IX complaints for creating a ''hostile environment.'' Defying confidentiality strictures, she wrote a whistleblowing essay about the ensuing seventy-two-day investigation, which propelled her to the center of national debates over free speech, ''safe spaces,'' and the vast federal overreach of Title IX. In the process she uncovered an astonishing netherworld of accused professors and students, campus witch hunts, rigged investigations, and Title IX officers run amuck. Drawing on interviews and internal documents, Unwanted Advances demonstrates the chilling effect of this new sexual McCarthyism on intellectual freedom. Without minimizing the seriousness of campus assault, Kipnis argues for more honesty about the sexual realities and ambivalences hidden behind the notion of ''rape culture.'' Instead, regulation is replacing education, and women’s hard-won right to be treated as consenting adults is being repealed by well-meaning bureaucrats. Unwanted Advances is a risk-taking, often darkly funny interrogation of feminist paternalism, the covert sexual conservatism of hook-up culture, and the institutionalized backlash of holding men alone responsible for mutually drunken sex. It’s not just compulsively readable, it will change the national conversation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289077]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unwanted Advances: Sexual Paranoia Comes to Campus Author: Laura Kipnis Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a highly regarded feminist cultural critic and professor comes a polemic arguing that the stifling sense of sexual danger sweeping American campuses doesn’t empower women, it impedes the fight for gender equality. Feminism is broken, argues Laura Kipnis, if anyone thinks the sexual hysteria overtaking American campuses is a sign of gender progress. A committed feminist, Kipnis was surprised to find herself the object of a protest march by student activists at her university for writing an essay about sexual paranoia on campus. Next she was brought up on Title IX complaints for creating a ''hostile environment.'' Defying confidentiality strictures, she wrote a whistleblowing essay about the ensuing seventy-two-day investigation, which propelled her to the center of national debates over free speech, ''safe spaces,'' and the vast federal overreach of Title IX. In the process she uncovered an astonishing netherworld of accused professors and students, campus witch hunts, rigged investigations, and Title IX officers run amuck. Drawing on interviews and internal documents, Unwanted Advances demonstrates the chilling effect of this new sexual McCarthyism on intellectual freedom. Without minimizing the seriousness of campus assault, Kipnis argues for more honesty about the sexual realities and ambivalences hidden behind the notion of ''rape culture.'' Instead, regulation is replacing education, and women’s hard-won right to be treated as consenting adults is being repealed by well-meaning bureaucrats. Unwanted Advances is a risk-taking, often darkly funny interrogation of feminist paternalism, the covert sexual conservatism of hook-up culture, and the institutionalized backlash of holding men alone responsible for mutually drunken sex. It’s not just compulsively readable, it will change the national conversation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289037 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mediterranean Love Plan: 7 Secrets to Lifelong Passion in Marriage Author: Stephen Arterburn, Misty Arterburn Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Mediterranean Love Plan unveils the “7 Secrets of Passion” from some of the most romantic countries in the world:  Italy, France, Spain, Greece and Israel.   Most couples marry in a flurry of passion, but soon find themselves wondering “How do we keep love interesting, fun and romantic?  How do we keep the spark growing for decades?” Steve and Misty Arterburn offer unique, ground-breaking answers to these age-old questions. Romance is much more than a date night out or a week away.  A passionate, long-lasting love requires two people who are sensually in love with life and each other. In this fascinating book, the authors explore research on seven activities that prompt passion, then describe how Mediterranean cultures practice these secrets in everyday life. Steve and Misty also share how these fun-to-apply secrets have taken their own marriage from confused to confident, from discouraged to delighted– and how you can do it too.   The Mediterranean Love Plan will help couples become more playful, creative, connected and romantic -- burning with passion that stands the test of time. Stephen Arterburn, Misty Arterburn Tue, 04 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289037 thebookvoice.com 6:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mediterranean Love Plan: 7 Secrets to Lifelong Passion in Marriage Author: Stephen Arterburn, Misty Arterburn Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Mediterranean Love Plan unveils the “7 Secrets of Passion” from some of the most romantic countries in the world:  Italy, France, Spain, Greece and Israel.   Most couples marry in a flurry of passion, but soon find themselves wondering “How do we keep love interesting, fun and romantic?  How do we keep the spark growing for decades?” Steve and Misty Arterburn offer unique, ground-breaking answers to these age-old questions. Romance is much more than a date night out or a week away.  A passionate, long-lasting love requires two people who are sensually in love with life and each other. In this fascinating book, the authors explore research on seven activities that prompt passion, then describe how Mediterranean cultures practice these secrets in everyday life. Steve and Misty also share how these fun-to-apply secrets have taken their own marriage from confused to confident, from discouraged to delighted– and how you can do it too.   The Mediterranean Love Plan will help couples become more playful, creative, connected and romantic -- burning with passion that stands the test of time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mediterranean Love Plan: 7 Secrets to Lifelong Passion in Marriage Author: Stephen Arterburn, Misty Arterburn Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Mediterranean Love Plan unveils the “7 Secrets of Passion” from some of the most romantic countries in the world:  Italy, France, Spain, Greece and Israel.   Most couples marry in a flurry of passion, but soon find themselves wondering “How do we keep love interesting, fun and romantic?  How do we keep the spark growing for decades?” Steve and Misty Arterburn offer unique, ground-breaking answers to these age-old questions. Romance is much more than a date night out or a week away.  A passionate, long-lasting love requires two people who are sensually in love with life and each other. In this fascinating book, the authors explore research on seven activities that prompt passion, then describe how Mediterranean cultures practice these secrets in everyday life. Steve and Misty also share how these fun-to-apply secrets have taken their own marriage from confused to confident, from discouraged to delighted– and how you can do it too.   The Mediterranean Love Plan will help couples become more playful, creative, connected and romantic -- burning with passion that stands the test of time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286367 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game of Shadows: Barry Bonds, BALCO, and the Steroids Scandal that Rocked Professional Sports Author: Lance Williams, Mark Fainaru-Wada Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 4, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The complete inside story of the shocking steroids scandal that turned the sports world upside down For years, in the shadowy reaches of the world of sports, there were rumors that some of our nation’s greatest athletes were using steroids, human growth hormone, and other drugs to run faster, jump higher, and hit harder. But as track stars blazed their way to Olympic medals and sluggers brought fans back to baseball, sports officials, the media, and fans looked past the rumors and cheered on the athletes to ever-higher levels of performance. Then, in December 2004, San Francisco Chronicle reporters Mark Fainaru-Wada and Lance Williams broke the story of the Bay Area Laboratory Co-Operative, a tiny nutritional supplement company that, according to sworn testimony, was supplying elite athletes with banned drugs. The stories shocked the nation and the exposés led to congressional hearings on baseball's drug problems and a revived effort to purge the U.S. Olympic movement of drug cheats. Now, in GAME OF SHADOWS, Fainaru-Wada and Williams tell the complete story of BALCO and the investigation that has shaken the foundations of the sporting world. And at the center of the story is the biggest star of them all, Barry Bonds, the muscle-bound MVP outfielder for the San Francisco Giants whose suspicious late-career renaissance has him threatening Hank Aaron’s all-time home run record. Shocking, revelatory, and riveting, GAME OF SHADOWS casts light into the shadows of American sports to reveal the dark truths at the heart of the game today. Lance Williams, Mark Fainaru-Wada Tue, 04 Apr 2006 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286367 thebookvoice.com 10:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game of Shadows: Barry Bonds, BALCO, and the Steroids Scandal that Rocked Professional Sports Author: Lance Williams, Mark Fainaru-Wada Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 4, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The complete inside story of the shocking steroids scandal that turned the sports world upside down For years, in the shadowy reaches of the world of sports, there were rumors that some of our nation’s greatest athletes were using steroids, human growth hormone, and other drugs to run faster, jump higher, and hit harder. But as track stars blazed their way to Olympic medals and sluggers brought fans back to baseball, sports officials, the media, and fans looked past the rumors and cheered on the athletes to ever-higher levels of performance. Then, in December 2004, San Francisco Chronicle reporters Mark Fainaru-Wada and Lance Williams broke the story of the Bay Area Laboratory Co-Operative, a tiny nutritional supplement company that, according to sworn testimony, was supplying elite athletes with banned drugs. The stories shocked the nation and the exposés led to congressional hearings on baseball's drug problems and a revived effort to purge the U.S. Olympic movement of drug cheats. Now, in GAME OF SHADOWS, Fainaru-Wada and Williams tell the complete story of BALCO and the investigation that has shaken the foundations of the sporting world. And at the center of the story is the biggest star of them all, Barry Bonds, the muscle-bound MVP outfielder for the San Francisco Giants whose suspicious late-career renaissance has him threatening Hank Aaron’s all-time home run record. Shocking, revelatory, and riveting, GAME OF SHADOWS casts light into the shadows of American sports to reveal the dark truths at the heart of the game today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game of Shadows: Barry Bonds, BALCO, and the Steroids Scandal that Rocked Professional Sports Author: Lance Williams, Mark Fainaru-Wada Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 4, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The complete inside story of the shocking steroids scandal that turned the sports world upside down For years, in the shadowy reaches of the world of sports, there were rumors that some of our nation’s greatest athletes were using steroids, human growth hormone, and other drugs to run faster, jump higher, and hit harder. But as track stars blazed their way to Olympic medals and sluggers brought fans back to baseball, sports officials, the media, and fans looked past the rumors and cheered on the athletes to ever-higher levels of performance. Then, in December 2004, San Francisco Chronicle reporters Mark Fainaru-Wada and Lance Williams broke the story of the Bay Area Laboratory Co-Operative, a tiny nutritional supplement company that, according to sworn testimony, was supplying elite athletes with banned drugs. The stories shocked the nation and the exposés led to congressional hearings on baseball's drug problems and a revived effort to purge the U.S. Olympic movement of drug cheats. Now, in GAME OF SHADOWS, Fainaru-Wada and Williams tell the complete story of BALCO and the investigation that has shaken the foundations of the sporting world. And at the center of the story is the biggest star of them all, Barry Bonds, the muscle-bound MVP outfielder for the San Francisco Giants whose suspicious late-career renaissance has him threatening Hank Aaron’s all-time home run record. Shocking, revelatory, and riveting, GAME OF SHADOWS casts light into the shadows of American sports to reveal the dark truths at the heart of the game today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285557 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behaving Badly: The New Morality in Politics, Sex, and Business Author: Eden Collinsworth Narrator: Joy Nash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What is the relevance of morality today? Eden Collinsworth enlists the famous, the infamous, and the heretofore unheard-of to unravel how we make moral choices in an increasingly complex—and ethically flexible—age. To call these unsettling times is an understatement: our political leaders are less and less respectable; in the realm of business, cheating, lying, and stealing are hazily defined; and in daily life, rapidly changing technology offers permission to act in ways inconceivable without it. Yet somehow, this hasn’t quite led to a complete free-for-all—people still draw lines around what is acceptable and what is not. Collinsworth sets out to understand how and why. In her intrepid quest, she squares off  with a prime minister, the editor of London’s Financial Times, a holocaust survivor, a pop star, and a former commander of the U.S. Air Force to grapple with the impracticality of applying morals to foreign policy; precisely when morality gets lost in the making of money; what happens to morality without free will; whether “immoral” women are just those having a better time; why celebrities have become the new moral standard-bearers; and if testosterone is morality’s enemy or its hero. Eden Collinsworth Tue, 04 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285557 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behaving Badly: The New Morality in Politics, Sex, and Business Author: Eden Collinsworth Narrator: Joy Nash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What is the relevance of morality today? Eden Collinsworth enlists the famous, the infamous, and the heretofore unheard-of to unravel how we make moral choices in an increasingly complex—and ethically flexible—age. To call these unsettling times is an understatement: our political leaders are less and less respectable; in the realm of business, cheating, lying, and stealing are hazily defined; and in daily life, rapidly changing technology offers permission to act in ways inconceivable without it. Yet somehow, this hasn’t quite led to a complete free-for-all—people still draw lines around what is acceptable and what is not. Collinsworth sets out to understand how and why. In her intrepid quest, she squares off  with a prime minister, the editor of London’s Financial Times, a holocaust survivor, a pop star, and a former commander of the U.S. Air Force to grapple with the impracticality of applying morals to foreign policy; precisely when morality gets lost in the making of money; what happens to morality without free will; whether “immoral” women are just those having a better time; why celebrities have become the new moral standard-bearers; and if testosterone is morality’s enemy or its hero. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behaving Badly: The New Morality in Politics, Sex, and Business Author: Eden Collinsworth Narrator: Joy Nash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What is the relevance of morality today? Eden Collinsworth enlists the famous, the infamous, and the heretofore unheard-of to unravel how we make moral choices in an increasingly complex—and ethically flexible—age. To call these unsettling times is an understatement: our political leaders are less and less respectable; in the realm of business, cheating, lying, and stealing are hazily defined; and in daily life, rapidly changing technology offers permission to act in ways inconceivable without it. Yet somehow, this hasn’t quite led to a complete free-for-all—people still draw lines around what is acceptable and what is not. Collinsworth sets out to understand how and why. In her intrepid quest, she squares off  with a prime minister, the editor of London’s Financial Times, a holocaust survivor, a pop star, and a former commander of the U.S. Air Force to grapple with the impracticality of applying morals to foreign policy; precisely when morality gets lost in the making of money; what happens to morality without free will; whether “immoral” women are just those having a better time; why celebrities have become the new moral standard-bearers; and if testosterone is morality’s enemy or its hero. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285382 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Itch Author: Benilde Little Narrator: Caroline Clay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 29, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Abra Dixon is well educated, fashionable, and married to the perfect man. She also runs a film production company with her childhood friend, Natasha. Abra's perfect life is suddenly thrown off course when her husband leaves her for a sexy young model. As Abra and Natasha try to find a backer for their latest film, they must navigate the opulent world of directors and investors. But now Abra must learn to be single and strong again. In a world where everyone seems so confident, Abra will need to develop her own definition of success. Benilde Little Fri, 29 Apr 2011 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285382 thebookvoice.com 7:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Itch Author: Benilde Little Narrator: Caroline Clay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 29, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Abra Dixon is well educated, fashionable, and married to the perfect man. She also runs a film production company with her childhood friend, Natasha. Abra's perfect life is suddenly thrown off course when her husband leaves her for a sexy young model. As Abra and Natasha try to find a backer for their latest film, they must navigate the opulent world of directors and investors. But now Abra must learn to be single and strong again. In a world where everyone seems so confident, Abra will need to develop her own definition of success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Itch Author: Benilde Little Narrator: Caroline Clay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 29, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Abra Dixon is well educated, fashionable, and married to the perfect man. She also runs a film production company with her childhood friend, Natasha. Abra's perfect life is suddenly thrown off course when her husband leaves her for a sexy young model. As Abra and Natasha try to find a backer for their latest film, they must navigate the opulent world of directors and investors. But now Abra must learn to be single and strong again. In a world where everyone seems so confident, Abra will need to develop her own definition of success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285134 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weaponized Lies: How to Think Critically in the Post-Truth Era Author: Daniel J. Levitin Narrator: Dan Piraro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Previously Published as A Field Guide to Lies We’re surrounded by fringe theories, fake news, and pseudo-facts. These lies are getting repeated. New York Times bestselling author Daniel Levitin shows how to disarm these socially devastating inventions and get the American mind back on track. Here are the fundamental lessons in critical thinking that we need to know and share now. Investigating numerical misinformation, Daniel Levitin shows how mishandled statistics and graphs can give a grossly distorted perspective and lead us to terrible decisions. Wordy arguments on the other hand can easily be persuasive as they drift away from the facts in an appealing yet misguided way. The steps we can take to better evaluate news, advertisements, and reports are clearly detailed. Ultimately, Levitin turns to what underlies our ability to determine if something is true or false: the scientific method. He grapples with the limits of what we can and cannot know. Case studies are offered to demonstrate the applications of logical thinking to quite varied settings, spanning courtroom testimony, medical decision making, magic, modern physics, and conspiracy theories. This urgently needed book enables us to avoid the extremes of passive gullibility and cynical rejection. As Levitin attests: Truth matters. A post-truth era is an era of willful irrationality, reversing all the great advances humankind has made. Euphemisms like “fringe theories,” “extreme views,” “alt truth,” and even “fake news” can literally be dangerous. Let's call lies what they are and catch those making them in the act. *Includes a PDF of supplemental graphics on visualizing conditional probabilities Daniel J. Levitin Tue, 07 Mar 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285134 thebookvoice.com 7:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weaponized Lies: How to Think Critically in the Post-Truth Era Author: Daniel J. Levitin Narrator: Dan Piraro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Previously Published as A Field Guide to Lies We’re surrounded by fringe theories, fake news, and pseudo-facts. These lies are getting repeated. New York Times bestselling author Daniel Levitin shows how to disarm these socially devastating inventions and get the American mind back on track. Here are the fundamental lessons in critical thinking that we need to know and share now. Investigating numerical misinformation, Daniel Levitin shows how mishandled statistics and graphs can give a grossly distorted perspective and lead us to terrible decisions. Wordy arguments on the other hand can easily be persuasive as they drift away from the facts in an appealing yet misguided way. The steps we can take to better evaluate news, advertisements, and reports are clearly detailed. Ultimately, Levitin turns to what underlies our ability to determine if something is true or false: the scientific method. He grapples with the limits of what we can and cannot know. Case studies are offered to demonstrate the applications of logical thinking to quite varied settings, spanning courtroom testimony, medical decision making, magic, modern physics, and conspiracy theories. This urgently needed book enables us to avoid the extremes of passive gullibility and cynical rejection. As Levitin attests: Truth matters. A post-truth era is an era of willful irrationality, reversing all the great advances humankind has made. Euphemisms like “fringe theories,” “extreme views,” “alt truth,” and even “fake news” can literally be dangerous. Let's call lies what they are and catch those making them in the act. *Includes a PDF of supplemental graphics on visualizing conditional probabilities Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weaponized Lies: How to Think Critically in the Post-Truth Era Author: Daniel J. Levitin Narrator: Dan Piraro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Previously Published as A Field Guide to Lies We’re surrounded by fringe theories, fake news, and pseudo-facts. These lies are getting repeated. New York Times bestselling author Daniel Levitin shows how to disarm these socially devastating inventions and get the American mind back on track. Here are the fundamental lessons in critical thinking that we need to know and share now. Investigating numerical misinformation, Daniel Levitin shows how mishandled statistics and graphs can give a grossly distorted perspective and lead us to terrible decisions. Wordy arguments on the other hand can easily be persuasive as they drift away from the facts in an appealing yet misguided way. The steps we can take to better evaluate news, advertisements, and reports are clearly detailed. Ultimately, Levitin turns to what underlies our ability to determine if something is true or false: the scientific method. He grapples with the limits of what we can and cannot know. Case studies are offered to demonstrate the applications of logical thinking to quite varied settings, spanning courtroom testimony, medical decision making, magic, modern physics, and conspiracy theories. This urgently needed book enables us to avoid the extremes of passive gullibility and cynical rejection. As Levitin attests: Truth matters. A post-truth era is an era of willful irrationality, reversing all the great advances humankind has made. Euphemisms like “fringe theories,” “extreme views,” “alt truth,” and even “fake news” can literally be dangerous. Let's call lies what they are and catch those making them in the act. *Includes a PDF of supplemental graphics on visualizing conditional probabilities https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285120 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcome Homeless: One Man's Journey of Discovering the Meaning of Home Author: Alan Graham Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Homeless. No other word better describes our modern-day suffering. It reveals one of our deepest and most painful conditions—not having a sense of belonging. However, Alan Graham, founder of Mobile Loaves & Fishes and Community First! Village, is improving the quality of life for a large quantity of people through sharing his personal story of becoming more human through humanizing others. Graham believes the more we can give people dignity, the power of choice, and genuine community, the better we’ll be able to offer solutions that will have impact on the world at large. And while his missionary work is focused on giving a home to the physically homeless, he also wants to transform the lives of every living person by shifting the paradigm in understanding what it means to be “home.” In Welcome Homeless, Graham delves deep into what it means to be connected to God, the earth, and each other. In doing so, he shows us the home we’ve all longed for but never had. Welcome Homeless is about becoming fully human by being fully present. It is about finally connecting with the disconnected and finding our identity through knowing the true identity of others. Graham wants to engrain the human story in you so deeply that you start being who you were made to be—that you start finally being like the image from which you were made and start empathizing instead of sympathizing with the people around you. Similar to how we can become 100 percent fully human by mimicking the ultimate image, we can shape a better world by mimicking the picture of the new heaven and the new earth—a picture that has reality at the heart of it but is beyond our imagination. Alan Graham also shares his personal story, the stories of the homeless, and the stories of those whose worldviews have been shifted by the homeless. Because of his raw, humorous, and honest voice, he achieves a rare and profound universality. Houses become homes once they embody the stories of the people who have made these spaces into places of significance, meaning, and memory. Home is fundamentally a place of connection and of relationships that are life-giving and foundational. Graham invites you to make everyone feel truly at home by finally inviting those living on the fringes of society into your heart. This is why Welcome Homeless is about doing, not saying. It is about taking the ultimate and forward-thinking vision of a new heaven and new earth and literally breaking the soil so that new earth can exist here today. It is about realizing that homelessness is not fundamentally a consequence of moral and spiritual inadequacies; but rather it is often the logical and economical outcome for a large part of our population. So, what does your vision of humanity and love look like? Whatever the vision, it should look like community. People should feel more alive after they meet you. When your consciousness changes from one of self-absorption to a consciousness aware of its human desire for connection, compassion, kindness, and beauty, you will start seeing things differently—and others will start seeing you made anew as well because the absolute greatest self-help occurs when you help others Alan Graham Tue, 07 Mar 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285120 thebookvoice.com 5:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcome Homeless: One Man's Journey of Discovering the Meaning of Home Author: Alan Graham Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Homeless. No other word better describes our modern-day suffering. It reveals one of our deepest and most painful conditions—not having a sense of belonging. However, Alan Graham, founder of Mobile Loaves & Fishes and Community First! Village, is improving the quality of life for a large quantity of people through sharing his personal story of becoming more human through humanizing others. Graham believes the more we can give people dignity, the power of choice, and genuine community, the better we’ll be able to offer solutions that will have impact on the world at large. And while his missionary work is focused on giving a home to the physically homeless, he also wants to transform the lives of every living person by shifting the paradigm in understanding what it means to be “home.” In Welcome Homeless, Graham delves deep into what it means to be connected to God, the earth, and each other. In doing so, he shows us the home we’ve all longed for but never had. Welcome Homeless is about becoming fully human by being fully present. It is about finally connecting with the disconnected and finding our identity through knowing the true identity of others. Graham wants to engrain the human story in you so deeply that you start being who you were made to be—that you start finally being like the image from which you were made and start empathizing instead of sympathizing with the people around you. Similar to how we can become 100 percent fully human by mimicking the ultimate image, we can shape a better world by mimicking the picture of the new heaven and the new earth—a picture that has reality at the heart of it but is beyond our imagination. Alan Graham also shares his personal story, the stories of the homeless, and the stories of those whose worldviews have been shifted by the homeless. Because of his raw, humorous, and honest voice, he achieves a rare and profound universality. Houses become homes once they embody the stories of the people who have made these spaces into places of significance, meaning, and memory. Home is fundamentally a place of connection and of relationships that are life-giving and foundational. Graham invites you to make everyone feel truly at home by finally inviting those living on the fringes of society into your heart. This is why Welcome Homeless is about doing, not saying. It is about taking the ultimate and forward-thinking vision of a new heaven and new earth and literally breaking the soil so that new earth can exist here today. It is about realizing that homelessness is not fundamentally a consequence of moral and spiritual inadequacies; but rather it is often the logical and economical outcome for a large part of our population. So, what does your vision of humanity and love look like? Whatever the vision, it should look like community. People should feel more alive after they meet you. When your consciousness changes from one of self-absorption to a consciousness aware of its human desire for connection, compassion, kindness, and beauty, you will start seeing things differently—and others will start seeing you made anew as well because the absolute greatest self-help occurs when you help others Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcome Homeless: One Man's Journey of Discovering the Meaning of Home Author: Alan Graham Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Homeless. No other word better describes our modern-day suffering. It reveals one of our deepest and most painful conditions—not having a sense of belonging. However, Alan Graham, founder of Mobile Loaves & Fishes and Community First! Village, is improving the quality of life for a large quantity of people through sharing his personal story of becoming more human through humanizing others. Graham believes the more we can give people dignity, the power of choice, and genuine community, the better we’ll be able to offer solutions that will have impact on the world at large. And while his missionary work is focused on giving a home to the physically homeless, he also wants to transform the lives of every living person by shifting the paradigm in understanding what it means to be “home.” In Welcome Homeless, Graham delves deep into what it means to be connected to God, the earth, and each other. In doing so, he shows us the home we’ve all longed for but never had. Welcome Homeless is about becoming fully human by being fully present. It is about finally connecting with the disconnected and finding our identity through knowing the true identity of others. Graham wants to engrain the human story in you so deeply that you start being who you were made to be—that you start finally being like the image from which you were made and start empathizing instead of sympathizing with the people around you. Similar to how we can become 100 percent fully human by mimicking the ultimate image, we can shape a better world by mimicking the picture of the new heaven and the new earth—a picture that has reality at the heart of it but is beyond our imagination. Alan Graham also shares his personal story, the stories of the homeless, and the stories of those whose worldviews have been shifted by the homeless. Because of his raw, humorous, and honest voice, he achieves a rare and profound universality. Houses become homes once they embody the stories of the people who have made these spaces into places of significance, meaning, and memory. Home is fundamentally a place of connection and of relationships that are life-giving and foundational. Graham invites you to make everyone feel truly at home by finally inviting those living on the fringes of society into your heart. This is why Welcome Homeless is about doing, not saying. It is about taking the ultimate and forward-thinking vision of a new heaven and new earth and literally breaking the soil so that new earth can exist here today. It is about realizing that homelessness is not fundamentally a consequence of moral and spiritual inadequacies; but rather it is often the logical and economical outcome for a large part of our population. So, what does your vision of humanity and love look like? Whatever the vision, it should look like community. People should feel more alive after they meet you. When your consciousness changes from one of self-absorption to a consciousness aware of its human desire for connection, compassion, kindness, and beauty, you will start seeing things differently—and others will start seeing you made anew as well because the absolute greatest self-help occurs when you help others https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285038 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285038]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Women, Free Men: Sex, Gender, Feminism Author: Camille Paglia Narrator: Camille Paglia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the fiery intellectual provocateur— and one of our most fearless advocates of gender equality—a brilliant, urgent essay collection that both celebrates modern feminism and challenges us to build an alliance of strong women and strong men.  Ever since the release of her seminal first book, Sexual Personae, Camille Paglia has remained one of feminism’s most outspoken, independent, and searingly intelligent voices. Now, for the first time, her best essays on the subject are gathered together in one concise volume. Whether she’s calling for equal opportunity for American women (years before the founding of the National Organization for Women), championing a more discerning standard of beauty that goes beyond plastic surgery’s quest for eternal youth, lauding the liberating force of rock and roll, or demanding free and unfettered speech on university campuses and beyond, Paglia can always be counted on to get to the heart of matters large and small. At once illuminating, witty, and inspiring, these essays are essential reading that affirm the power of men and women and what we can accomplish together. Camille Paglia Tue, 14 Mar 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285038 thebookvoice.com 11:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285038]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Women, Free Men: Sex, Gender, Feminism Author: Camille Paglia Narrator: Camille Paglia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the fiery intellectual provocateur— and one of our most fearless advocates of gender equality—a brilliant, urgent essay collection that both celebrates modern feminism and challenges us to build an alliance of strong women and strong men.  Ever since the release of her seminal first book, Sexual Personae, Camille Paglia has remained one of feminism’s most outspoken, independent, and searingly intelligent voices. Now, for the first time, her best essays on the subject are gathered together in one concise volume. Whether she’s calling for equal opportunity for American women (years before the founding of the National Organization for Women), championing a more discerning standard of beauty that goes beyond plastic surgery’s quest for eternal youth, lauding the liberating force of rock and roll, or demanding free and unfettered speech on university campuses and beyond, Paglia can always be counted on to get to the heart of matters large and small. At once illuminating, witty, and inspiring, these essays are essential reading that affirm the power of men and women and what we can accomplish together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285038]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Women, Free Men: Sex, Gender, Feminism Author: Camille Paglia Narrator: Camille Paglia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the fiery intellectual provocateur— and one of our most fearless advocates of gender equality—a brilliant, urgent essay collection that both celebrates modern feminism and challenges us to build an alliance of strong women and strong men.  Ever since the release of her seminal first book, Sexual Personae, Camille Paglia has remained one of feminism’s most outspoken, independent, and searingly intelligent voices. Now, for the first time, her best essays on the subject are gathered together in one concise volume. Whether she’s calling for equal opportunity for American women (years before the founding of the National Organization for Women), championing a more discerning standard of beauty that goes beyond plastic surgery’s quest for eternal youth, lauding the liberating force of rock and roll, or demanding free and unfettered speech on university campuses and beyond, Paglia can always be counted on to get to the heart of matters large and small. At once illuminating, witty, and inspiring, these essays are essential reading that affirm the power of men and women and what we can accomplish together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285003 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We: A Manifesto for Women Everywhere: 9 Principles to Live By Author: Jennifer Nadel, Gillian Anderson Narrator: Jennifer Nadel, Gillian Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Urgent and provocative, We: A Manifesto for Women Everwhere is “part self-help, part social theory, centered in the idea that instead of having it ‘all,’ women can live happier, better lives by becoming more free” (Glamour), from longtime friends Gillian Anderson and Jennifer Nadel. We: A Manifesto for Women Everywhere is an uplifting, timely, and practical manual for creating change in women’s lives, with nine universal principles that help you confront life’s inevitable emotional and spiritual challenges. It’s about transitioning from a me-first culture and imagining what a we-based world might look like. In We, Anderson and Nadel ask why so many women are locked in cycles of depression, addiction, self-criticism, and even self-harm. How much more effective and powerful would we all be if we replaced our current patterns of competition, criticism, and comparison with collaboration, cooperation, and compassion? Putting these values at the center of our lives allows each of us to be happier and more empowered, and to replace harmful habits with a more positive, peaceful, and rewarding way of being. We is a rallying cry for “every woman, everywhere on the planet. Open to any page. And there you will find a truth that can set you free” (Christiane Northrup, MD, author of Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom). Jennifer Nadel, Gillian Anderson Tue, 07 Mar 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285003 thebookvoice.com 9:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We: A Manifesto for Women Everywhere: 9 Principles to Live By Author: Jennifer Nadel, Gillian Anderson Narrator: Jennifer Nadel, Gillian Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Urgent and provocative, We: A Manifesto for Women Everwhere is “part self-help, part social theory, centered in the idea that instead of having it ‘all,’ women can live happier, better lives by becoming more free” (Glamour), from longtime friends Gillian Anderson and Jennifer Nadel. We: A Manifesto for Women Everywhere is an uplifting, timely, and practical manual for creating change in women’s lives, with nine universal principles that help you confront life’s inevitable emotional and spiritual challenges. It’s about transitioning from a me-first culture and imagining what a we-based world might look like. In We, Anderson and Nadel ask why so many women are locked in cycles of depression, addiction, self-criticism, and even self-harm. How much more effective and powerful would we all be if we replaced our current patterns of competition, criticism, and comparison with collaboration, cooperation, and compassion? Putting these values at the center of our lives allows each of us to be happier and more empowered, and to replace harmful habits with a more positive, peaceful, and rewarding way of being. We is a rallying cry for “every woman, everywhere on the planet. Open to any page. And there you will find a truth that can set you free” (Christiane Northrup, MD, author of Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We: A Manifesto for Women Everywhere: 9 Principles to Live By Author: Jennifer Nadel, Gillian Anderson Narrator: Jennifer Nadel, Gillian Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Urgent and provocative, We: A Manifesto for Women Everwhere is “part self-help, part social theory, centered in the idea that instead of having it ‘all,’ women can live happier, better lives by becoming more free” (Glamour), from longtime friends Gillian Anderson and Jennifer Nadel. We: A Manifesto for Women Everywhere is an uplifting, timely, and practical manual for creating change in women’s lives, with nine universal principles that help you confront life’s inevitable emotional and spiritual challenges. It’s about transitioning from a me-first culture and imagining what a we-based world might look like. In We, Anderson and Nadel ask why so many women are locked in cycles of depression, addiction, self-criticism, and even self-harm. How much more effective and powerful would we all be if we replaced our current patterns of competition, criticism, and comparison with collaboration, cooperation, and compassion? Putting these values at the center of our lives allows each of us to be happier and more empowered, and to replace harmful habits with a more positive, peaceful, and rewarding way of being. We is a rallying cry for “every woman, everywhere on the planet. Open to any page. And there you will find a truth that can set you free” (Christiane Northrup, MD, author of Women’s Bodies, Women’s Wisdom). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284965 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born Both: An Intersex Life Author: Hida Viloria Narrator: Hida Viloria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of the world's foremost intersex activists, a candid, provocative, and eye-opening memoir of gender identity, self-acceptance, and love. My name is Hida Viloria. I was raised as a girl but discovered at a young age that my body looked different. Having endured an often turbulent home life as a kid, there were many times when I felt scared and alone, especially given my attraction to girls. But unlike most people in the first world who are born intersex--meaning they have genitals, reproductive organs, hormones, and/or chromosomal patterns that do not fit standard definitions of male or female--I grew up in the body I was born with because my parents did not have my sex characteristics surgically altered at birth. It wasn't until I was twenty-six and encountered the term intersex in a San Francisco newspaper that I finally had a name for my difference. That's when I began to explore what it means to live in the space between genders--to be both and neither. I tried living as a feminine woman, an androgynous person, and even for a brief period of time as a man. Good friends would not recognize me, and gay men would hit on me. My gender fluidity was exciting, and in many ways freeing--but it could also be isolating. I had to know if there were other intersex people like me, but when I finally found an intersex community to connect with I was shocked, and then deeply upset, to learn that most of the people I met had been scarred, both physically and psychologically, by infant surgeries and hormone treatments meant to 'correct' their bodies. Realizing that the invisibility of intersex people in society facilitated these practices, I made it my mission to bring an end to it--and became one of the first people to voluntarily come out as intersex at a national and then international level. Born Both is the story of my lifelong journey toward finding love and embracing my authentic identity in a world that insists on categorizing people into either/or, and of my decades-long fight for human rights and equality for intersex people everywhere. Hida Viloria Tue, 14 Mar 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284965 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born Both: An Intersex Life Author: Hida Viloria Narrator: Hida Viloria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of the world's foremost intersex activists, a candid, provocative, and eye-opening memoir of gender identity, self-acceptance, and love. My name is Hida Viloria. I was raised as a girl but discovered at a young age that my body looked different. Having endured an often turbulent home life as a kid, there were many times when I felt scared and alone, especially given my attraction to girls. But unlike most people in the first world who are born intersex--meaning they have genitals, reproductive organs, hormones, and/or chromosomal patterns that do not fit standard definitions of male or female--I grew up in the body I was born with because my parents did not have my sex characteristics surgically altered at birth. It wasn't until I was twenty-six and encountered the term intersex in a San Francisco newspaper that I finally had a name for my difference. That's when I began to explore what it means to live in the space between genders--to be both and neither. I tried living as a feminine woman, an androgynous person, and even for a brief period of time as a man. Good friends would not recognize me, and gay men would hit on me. My gender fluidity was exciting, and in many ways freeing--but it could also be isolating. I had to know if there were other intersex people like me, but when I finally found an intersex community to connect with I was shocked, and then deeply upset, to learn that most of the people I met had been scarred, both physically and psychologically, by infant surgeries and hormone treatments meant to 'correct' their bodies. Realizing that the invisibility of intersex people in society facilitated these practices, I made it my mission to bring an end to it--and became one of the first people to voluntarily come out as intersex at a national and then international level. Born Both is the story of my lifelong journey toward finding love and embracing my authentic identity in a world that insists on categorizing people into either/or, and of my decades-long fight for human rights and equality for intersex people everywhere. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born Both: An Intersex Life Author: Hida Viloria Narrator: Hida Viloria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of the world's foremost intersex activists, a candid, provocative, and eye-opening memoir of gender identity, self-acceptance, and love. My name is Hida Viloria. I was raised as a girl but discovered at a young age that my body looked different. Having endured an often turbulent home life as a kid, there were many times when I felt scared and alone, especially given my attraction to girls. But unlike most people in the first world who are born intersex--meaning they have genitals, reproductive organs, hormones, and/or chromosomal patterns that do not fit standard definitions of male or female--I grew up in the body I was born with because my parents did not have my sex characteristics surgically altered at birth. It wasn't until I was twenty-six and encountered the term intersex in a San Francisco newspaper that I finally had a name for my difference. That's when I began to explore what it means to live in the space between genders--to be both and neither. I tried living as a feminine woman, an androgynous person, and even for a brief period of time as a man. Good friends would not recognize me, and gay men would hit on me. My gender fluidity was exciting, and in many ways freeing--but it could also be isolating. I had to know if there were other intersex people like me, but when I finally found an intersex community to connect with I was shocked, and then deeply upset, to learn that most of the people I met had been scarred, both physically and psychologically, by infant surgeries and hormone treatments meant to 'correct' their bodies. Realizing that the invisibility of intersex people in society facilitated these practices, I made it my mission to bring an end to it--and became one of the first people to voluntarily come out as intersex at a national and then international level. Born Both is the story of my lifelong journey toward finding love and embracing my authentic identity in a world that insists on categorizing people into either/or, and of my decades-long fight for human rights and equality for intersex people everywhere. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284909 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say The Wrong Thing Author: Dr. Amanda Kemp Narrator: Dr. Amanda Kemp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 26 minutes Release date: February 5, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Stories and Strategies for Racial Justice and Authentic Community Dr. Amanda Kemp Sun, 05 Feb 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284909 thebookvoice.com 1:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say The Wrong Thing Author: Dr. Amanda Kemp Narrator: Dr. Amanda Kemp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 26 minutes Release date: February 5, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Stories and Strategies for Racial Justice and Authentic Community Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say The Wrong Thing Author: Dr. Amanda Kemp Narrator: Dr. Amanda Kemp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 26 minutes Release date: February 5, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Stories and Strategies for Racial Justice and Authentic Community https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284775 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Tyranny: Twenty Lessons from the Twentieth Century Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 79 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A “bracing” (Vox) guide for surviving and resisting America’s turn towards authoritarianism, from “a rising public intellectual unafraid to make bold connections between past and present” (The New York Times) “Timothy Snyder reasons with unparalleled clarity, throwing the past and future into sharp relief. He has written the rare kind of book that can be read in one sitting but will keep you coming back to help regain your bearings.”—Masha Gessen The Founding Fathers tried to protect us from the threat they knew, the tyranny that overcame ancient democracy. Today, our political order faces new threats, not unlike the totalitarianism of the twentieth century. We are no wiser than the Europeans who saw democracy yield to fascism, Nazism, or communism. Our one advantage is that we might learn from their experience. On Tyranny is a call to arms and a guide to resistance, with invaluable ideas for how we can preserve our freedoms in the uncertain years to come. Timothy Snyder Tue, 28 Feb 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284775 thebookvoice.com 1:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Tyranny: Twenty Lessons from the Twentieth Century Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 79 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A “bracing” (Vox) guide for surviving and resisting America’s turn towards authoritarianism, from “a rising public intellectual unafraid to make bold connections between past and present” (The New York Times) “Timothy Snyder reasons with unparalleled clarity, throwing the past and future into sharp relief. He has written the rare kind of book that can be read in one sitting but will keep you coming back to help regain your bearings.”—Masha Gessen The Founding Fathers tried to protect us from the threat they knew, the tyranny that overcame ancient democracy. Today, our political order faces new threats, not unlike the totalitarianism of the twentieth century. We are no wiser than the Europeans who saw democracy yield to fascism, Nazism, or communism. Our one advantage is that we might learn from their experience. On Tyranny is a call to arms and a guide to resistance, with invaluable ideas for how we can preserve our freedoms in the uncertain years to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Tyranny: Twenty Lessons from the Twentieth Century Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 79 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A “bracing” (Vox) guide for surviving and resisting America’s turn towards authoritarianism, from “a rising public intellectual unafraid to make bold connections between past and present” (The New York Times) “Timothy Snyder reasons with unparalleled clarity, throwing the past and future into sharp relief. He has written the rare kind of book that can be read in one sitting but will keep you coming back to help regain your bearings.”—Masha Gessen The Founding Fathers tried to protect us from the threat they knew, the tyranny that overcame ancient democracy. Today, our political order faces new threats, not unlike the totalitarianism of the twentieth century. We are no wiser than the Europeans who saw democracy yield to fascism, Nazism, or communism. Our one advantage is that we might learn from their experience. On Tyranny is a call to arms and a guide to resistance, with invaluable ideas for how we can preserve our freedoms in the uncertain years to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284774 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Talentos ocultos: La genialidad no tiene color. La fuerza no tiene genero. El valor no tiene límite. Author: Margot Lee Shetterly Narrator: Hayley Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La fenomenal historia de mujeres matemáticas afroamericanas de la NASA en la vanguardia del movimiento feminista y de derechos civiles, cuyos cálculos impulsaron uno de los mayores logros espaciales de Estados Unidos. Pronto será una gran película protagonizada por Taraji P. Henson, Octavia Spencer, Janelle Monae, Kirsten Dunst, y Kevin Costner. Antes de que John Glenn girara en órbita alrededor de la Tierra, o Neil Armstrong caminara en la luna, un grupo de mujeres profesionales en el área de las matemáticas conocidas como «computadoras humanas» usaron lápices, reglas de cálculo, máquinas de sumar para escribir las ecuaciones base para el lanzamiento de cohetes y astronautas al espacio. Entre ellas se encuentran un grupo de mujeres afroamericanas excepcionalmente talentosas, algunas de las mentes más brillantes de su generación. Originalmente relegadas a enseñar matemáticas en escuelas públicas segregadas del sur, fueron llamadas a servir durante la escasez laboral de la Segunda Guerra Mundial, cuando la industria aeronáutica de Estados Unidos se encontraba en extrema necesidad de alguien con conocimientos. Repentinamente, estas profesionales tenían acceso a un empleo digno de sus habilidades y respondieron al llamado del Tío Sam, se mudaron a Hampton, Virginia, y al fascinante mundo del Laboratorio Aeronáutico Langley Memorial. A pesar de que las leyes Jim Crow de Virginia les obligaba a estar separadas de sus homólogos blancos, el grupo de mujeres afroamericanas «Computadoras del oeste» ayudó a Estados Unidos a alcanzar una de las metas más deseadas: una victoria decisiva sobre la Unión Soviética durante la Guerra Fría, y el dominio completo de los cielos. Iniciando en la Segunda Guerra Mundial y hasta la Guerra Fría, el Movimiento de los derechos civiles y la carrera espacial, Figuras ocultas entrelaza las historias de Dorothy Vaughan, Mary Jackson, Katherine Johnson y Christine Darden, cuatro mujeres afroamericanas que participaron en algunos de los mayores éxitos de la NASA. Es la crónica de sus carreras a lo largo de casi tres décadas en las que enfrentaron desafíos, alianzas y utilizaron su intelecto para cambiar sus vidas y el futuro de su país. Margot Lee Shetterly Tue, 28 Feb 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284774 thebookvoice.com 12:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Talentos ocultos: La genialidad no tiene color. La fuerza no tiene genero. El valor no tiene límite. Author: Margot Lee Shetterly Narrator: Hayley Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La fenomenal historia de mujeres matemáticas afroamericanas de la NASA en la vanguardia del movimiento feminista y de derechos civiles, cuyos cálculos impulsaron uno de los mayores logros espaciales de Estados Unidos. Pronto será una gran película protagonizada por Taraji P. Henson, Octavia Spencer, Janelle Monae, Kirsten Dunst, y Kevin Costner. Antes de que John Glenn girara en órbita alrededor de la Tierra, o Neil Armstrong caminara en la luna, un grupo de mujeres profesionales en el área de las matemáticas conocidas como «computadoras humanas» usaron lápices, reglas de cálculo, máquinas de sumar para escribir las ecuaciones base para el lanzamiento de cohetes y astronautas al espacio. Entre ellas se encuentran un grupo de mujeres afroamericanas excepcionalmente talentosas, algunas de las mentes más brillantes de su generación. Originalmente relegadas a enseñar matemáticas en escuelas públicas segregadas del sur, fueron llamadas a servir durante la escasez laboral de la Segunda Guerra Mundial, cuando la industria aeronáutica de Estados Unidos se encontraba en extrema necesidad de alguien con conocimientos. Repentinamente, estas profesionales tenían acceso a un empleo digno de sus habilidades y respondieron al llamado del Tío Sam, se mudaron a Hampton, Virginia, y al fascinante mundo del Laboratorio Aeronáutico Langley Memorial. A pesar de que las leyes Jim Crow de Virginia les obligaba a estar separadas de sus homólogos blancos, el grupo de mujeres afroamericanas «Computadoras del oeste» ayudó a Estados Unidos a alcanzar una de las metas más deseadas: una victoria decisiva sobre la Unión Soviética durante la Guerra Fría, y el dominio completo de los cielos. Iniciando en la Segunda Guerra Mundial y hasta la Guerra Fría, el Movimiento de los derechos civiles y la carrera espacial, Figuras ocultas entrelaza las historias de Dorothy Vaughan, Mary Jackson, Katherine Johnson y Christine Darden, cuatro mujeres afroamericanas que participaron en algunos de los mayores éxitos de la NASA. Es la crónica de sus carreras a lo largo de casi tres décadas en las que enfrentaron desafíos, alianzas y utilizaron su intelecto para cambiar sus vidas y el futuro de su país. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Talentos ocultos: La genialidad no tiene color. La fuerza no tiene genero. El valor no tiene límite. Author: Margot Lee Shetterly Narrator: Hayley Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La fenomenal historia de mujeres matemáticas afroamericanas de la NASA en la vanguardia del movimiento feminista y de derechos civiles, cuyos cálculos impulsaron uno de los mayores logros espaciales de Estados Unidos. Pronto será una gran película protagonizada por Taraji P. Henson, Octavia Spencer, Janelle Monae, Kirsten Dunst, y Kevin Costner. Antes de que John Glenn girara en órbita alrededor de la Tierra, o Neil Armstrong caminara en la luna, un grupo de mujeres profesionales en el área de las matemáticas conocidas como «computadoras humanas» usaron lápices, reglas de cálculo, máquinas de sumar para escribir las ecuaciones base para el lanzamiento de cohetes y astronautas al espacio. Entre ellas se encuentran un grupo de mujeres afroamericanas excepcionalmente talentosas, algunas de las mentes más brillantes de su generación. Originalmente relegadas a enseñar matemáticas en escuelas públicas segregadas del sur, fueron llamadas a servir durante la escasez laboral de la Segunda Guerra Mundial, cuando la industria aeronáutica de Estados Unidos se encontraba en extrema necesidad de alguien con conocimientos. Repentinamente, estas profesionales tenían acceso a un empleo digno de sus habilidades y respondieron al llamado del Tío Sam, se mudaron a Hampton, Virginia, y al fascinante mundo del Laboratorio Aeronáutico Langley Memorial. A pesar de que las leyes Jim Crow de Virginia les obligaba a estar separadas de sus homólogos blancos, el grupo de mujeres afroamericanas «Computadoras del oeste» ayudó a Estados Unidos a alcanzar una de las metas más deseadas: una victoria decisiva sobre la Unión Soviética durante la Guerra Fría, y el dominio completo de los cielos. Iniciando en la Segunda Guerra Mundial y hasta la Guerra Fría, el Movimiento de los derechos civiles y la carrera espacial, Figuras ocultas entrelaza las historias de Dorothy Vaughan, Mary Jackson, Katherine Johnson y Christine Darden, cuatro mujeres afroamericanas que participaron en algunos de los mayores éxitos de la NASA. Es la crónica de sus carreras a lo largo de casi tres décadas en las que enfrentaron desafíos, alianzas y utilizaron su intelecto para cambiar sus vidas y el futuro de su país. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284751 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irresistible: Why We Can’t Stop Checking, Scrolling, Clicking and Watching Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Adam Alter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Irresistible, written and read by Adam Alter. 'Truly addictive' Malcolm Gladwell * 'Brilliant' Susan Cain * 'Essential' Charles Duhigg How many times have you checked your phone today? Why are messaging apps, email and social media so hard to resist? How come we always end up watching another episode? In recent years, media and technology have perfected the lucrative art of gaining and holding our attention. This extraordinary feat has changed the behaviour of billions of people, and especially the young: by current medical standards, we are experiencing an unprecedented, global pandemic of addiction. But what exactly is an addiction? And what, if anything, might we do about it? From cliff-hangers to earworms, from religion to pornography, and from the awesome allure of the 'Kim Kardashian: Hollywood' app to the unexpected benefits of the 'butt-brush effect', Irresistible blends fascinating stories with ingenious science to explain how and why we all got hooked. Revealing the surprising causes and sometimes bizarre nature of addiction, this book will equip you with the tools and understanding you need to navigate our irresistible new world. Adam Alter Thu, 02 Mar 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284751 thebookvoice.com 8:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irresistible: Why We Can’t Stop Checking, Scrolling, Clicking and Watching Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Adam Alter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Irresistible, written and read by Adam Alter. 'Truly addictive' Malcolm Gladwell * 'Brilliant' Susan Cain * 'Essential' Charles Duhigg How many times have you checked your phone today? Why are messaging apps, email and social media so hard to resist? How come we always end up watching another episode? In recent years, media and technology have perfected the lucrative art of gaining and holding our attention. This extraordinary feat has changed the behaviour of billions of people, and especially the young: by current medical standards, we are experiencing an unprecedented, global pandemic of addiction. But what exactly is an addiction? And what, if anything, might we do about it? From cliff-hangers to earworms, from religion to pornography, and from the awesome allure of the 'Kim Kardashian: Hollywood' app to the unexpected benefits of the 'butt-brush effect', Irresistible blends fascinating stories with ingenious science to explain how and why we all got hooked. Revealing the surprising causes and sometimes bizarre nature of addiction, this book will equip you with the tools and understanding you need to navigate our irresistible new world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irresistible: Why We Can’t Stop Checking, Scrolling, Clicking and Watching Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Adam Alter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Irresistible, written and read by Adam Alter. 'Truly addictive' Malcolm Gladwell * 'Brilliant' Susan Cain * 'Essential' Charles Duhigg How many times have you checked your phone today? Why are messaging apps, email and social media so hard to resist? How come we always end up watching another episode? In recent years, media and technology have perfected the lucrative art of gaining and holding our attention. This extraordinary feat has changed the behaviour of billions of people, and especially the young: by current medical standards, we are experiencing an unprecedented, global pandemic of addiction. But what exactly is an addiction? And what, if anything, might we do about it? From cliff-hangers to earworms, from religion to pornography, and from the awesome allure of the 'Kim Kardashian: Hollywood' app to the unexpected benefits of the 'butt-brush effect', Irresistible blends fascinating stories with ingenious science to explain how and why we all got hooked. Revealing the surprising causes and sometimes bizarre nature of addiction, this book will equip you with the tools and understanding you need to navigate our irresistible new world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284744 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slavery’s Capitalism: A New History of American Economic Development Series: Part of The Early American Studies Series Author: Sven Beckert, Seth Rockman Narrator: Ron Butler, Kevin Kenerly, William Hughes, Bahni Turpin, Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: During the nineteenth century, the United States entered the ranks of the world’s most advanced and dynamic economies. At the same time, the nation sustained an expansive and brutal system of human bondage. This was no mere coincidence. Slavery’s Capitalism argues for slavery’s centrality to the emergence of American capitalism in the decades between the Revolution and the Civil War. According to editors Sven Beckert and Seth Rockman, the issue is not whether slavery itself was or was not capitalist but, rather, the impossibility of understanding the nation’s spectacular pattern of economic development without situating slavery front and center. American capitalism—renowned for its celebration of market competition, private property, and the self-made man—has its origins in an American slavery predicated on the abhorrent notion that human beings could be legally owned and compelled to work under force of violence. Drawing on the expertise of sixteen scholars who are at the forefront of rewriting the history of American economic development, Slavery’s Capitalism identifies slavery as the primary force driving key innovations in entrepreneurship, finance, accounting, management, and political economy that are too often attributed to the so-called free market. Approaching the study of slavery as the originating catalyst for the Industrial Revolution and modern capitalism casts new light on American credit markets, practices of offshore investment, and understandings of human capital. Rather than seeing slavery as outside the institutional structures of capitalism, the essayists recover slavery’s importance to the American economic past and prompt enduring questions about the relationship of market freedom to human freedom. Contributors: Edward E. Baptist, Sven Beckert, Daina Ramey Berry, Kathryn Boodry, Alfred L. Brophy, Stephen Chambers, Eric Kimball, John Majewski, Bonnie Martin, Seth Rockman, Daniel B. Rood, Caitlin Rosenthal, Joshua D. Rothman, Calvin Schermerhorn, Andrew Shankman, Craig Steven Wilder. Sven Beckert, Seth Rockman Tue, 07 Mar 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284744 thebookvoice.com 13:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slavery’s Capitalism: A New History of American Economic Development Series: Part of The Early American Studies Series Author: Sven Beckert, Seth Rockman Narrator: Ron Butler, Kevin Kenerly, William Hughes, Bahni Turpin, Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: During the nineteenth century, the United States entered the ranks of the world’s most advanced and dynamic economies. At the same time, the nation sustained an expansive and brutal system of human bondage. This was no mere coincidence. Slavery’s Capitalism argues for slavery’s centrality to the emergence of American capitalism in the decades between the Revolution and the Civil War. According to editors Sven Beckert and Seth Rockman, the issue is not whether slavery itself was or was not capitalist but, rather, the impossibility of understanding the nation’s spectacular pattern of economic development without situating slavery front and center. American capitalism—renowned for its celebration of market competition, private property, and the self-made man—has its origins in an American slavery predicated on the abhorrent notion that human beings could be legally owned and compelled to work under force of violence. Drawing on the expertise of sixteen scholars who are at the forefront of rewriting the history of American economic development, Slavery’s Capitalism identifies slavery as the primary force driving key innovations in entrepreneurship, finance, accounting, management, and political economy that are too often attributed to the so-called free market. Approaching the study of slavery as the originating catalyst for the Industrial Revolution and modern capitalism casts new light on American credit markets, practices of offshore investment, and understandings of human capital. Rather than seeing slavery as outside the institutional structures of capitalism, the essayists recover slavery’s importance to the American economic past and prompt enduring questions about the relationship of market freedom to human freedom. Contributors: Edward E. Baptist, Sven Beckert, Daina Ramey Berry, Kathryn Boodry, Alfred L. Brophy, Stephen Chambers, Eric Kimball, John Majewski, Bonnie Martin, Seth Rockman, Daniel B. Rood, Caitlin Rosenthal, Joshua D. Rothman, Calvin Schermerhorn, Andrew Shankman, Craig Steven Wilder. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slavery’s Capitalism: A New History of American Economic Development Series: Part of The Early American Studies Series Author: Sven Beckert, Seth Rockman Narrator: Ron Butler, Kevin Kenerly, William Hughes, Bahni Turpin, Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: During the nineteenth century, the United States entered the ranks of the world’s most advanced and dynamic economies. At the same time, the nation sustained an expansive and brutal system of human bondage. This was no mere coincidence. Slavery’s Capitalism argues for slavery’s centrality to the emergence of American capitalism in the decades between the Revolution and the Civil War. According to editors Sven Beckert and Seth Rockman, the issue is not whether slavery itself was or was not capitalist but, rather, the impossibility of understanding the nation’s spectacular pattern of economic development without situating slavery front and center. American capitalism—renowned for its celebration of market competition, private property, and the self-made man—has its origins in an American slavery predicated on the abhorrent notion that human beings could be legally owned and compelled to work under force of violence. Drawing on the expertise of sixteen scholars who are at the forefront of rewriting the history of American economic development, Slavery’s Capitalism identifies slavery as the primary force driving key innovations in entrepreneurship, finance, accounting, management, and political economy that are too often attributed to the so-called free market. Approaching the study of slavery as the originating catalyst for the Industrial Revolution and modern capitalism casts new light on American credit markets, practices of offshore investment, and understandings of human capital. Rather than seeing slavery as outside the institutional structures of capitalism, the essayists recover slavery’s importance to the American economic past and prompt enduring questions about the relationship of market freedom to human freedom. Contributors: Edward E. Baptist, Sven Beckert, Daina Ramey Berry, Kathryn Boodry, Alfred L. Brophy, Stephen Chambers, Eric Kimball, John Majewski, Bonnie Martin, Seth Rockman, Daniel B. Rood, Caitlin Rosenthal, Joshua D. Rothman, Calvin Schermerhorn, Andrew Shankman, Craig Steven Wilder. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284719 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innocent Man: Murder and Injustice in a Small Town Author: John Grisham Narrator: Craig Wasson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 10, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 220 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 14 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • John Grisham’s first work of nonfiction: a true crime story that will terrify anyone who believes in the presumption of innocence.   NOW A NETFLIX ORIGINAL DOCUMENTARY SERIES   “Both an American tragedy and [Grisham’s] strongest legal thriller yet, all the more gripping because it happens to be true.”—Entertainment Weekly   In the town of Ada, Oklahoma, Ron Williamson was going to be the next Mickey Mantle. But on his way to the Big Leagues, Ron stumbled, his dreams broken by drinking, drugs, and women. Then, on a winter night in 1982, not far from Ron’s home, a young cocktail waitress named Debra Sue Carter was savagely murdered. The investigation led nowhere. Until, on the flimsiest evidence, it led to Ron Williamson. The washed-up small-town hero was charged, tried, and sentenced to death—in a trial littered with lying witnesses and tainted evidence that would shatter a man’s already broken life, and let a true killer go free.   Impeccably researched, grippingly told, filled with eleventh-hour drama, this audio edition of The Innocent Man reads like an edge-of-your-seat legal thriller. It is a book no American can afford to miss.   Praise for The Innocent Man   “Grisham has crafted a legal thriller every bit as suspenseful and fast-paced as his bestselling fiction.”—The Boston Globe   “A gritty, harrowing true-crime story.”—Time   “A triumph.”—The Seattle Times John Grisham Tue, 10 Oct 2006 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284719 thebookvoice.com 12:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innocent Man: Murder and Injustice in a Small Town Author: John Grisham Narrator: Craig Wasson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 10, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 220 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 14 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • John Grisham’s first work of nonfiction: a true crime story that will terrify anyone who believes in the presumption of innocence.   NOW A NETFLIX ORIGINAL DOCUMENTARY SERIES   “Both an American tragedy and [Grisham’s] strongest legal thriller yet, all the more gripping because it happens to be true.”—Entertainment Weekly   In the town of Ada, Oklahoma, Ron Williamson was going to be the next Mickey Mantle. But on his way to the Big Leagues, Ron stumbled, his dreams broken by drinking, drugs, and women. Then, on a winter night in 1982, not far from Ron’s home, a young cocktail waitress named Debra Sue Carter was savagely murdered. The investigation led nowhere. Until, on the flimsiest evidence, it led to Ron Williamson. The washed-up small-town hero was charged, tried, and sentenced to death—in a trial littered with lying witnesses and tainted evidence that would shatter a man’s already broken life, and let a true killer go free.   Impeccably researched, grippingly told, filled with eleventh-hour drama, this audio edition of The Innocent Man reads like an edge-of-your-seat legal thriller. It is a book no American can afford to miss.   Praise for The Innocent Man   “Grisham has crafted a legal thriller every bit as suspenseful and fast-paced as his bestselling fiction.”—The Boston Globe   “A gritty, harrowing true-crime story.”—Time   “A triumph.”—The Seattle Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innocent Man: Murder and Injustice in a Small Town Author: John Grisham Narrator: Craig Wasson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 10, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 220 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 14 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • John Grisham’s first work of nonfiction: a true crime story that will terrify anyone who believes in the presumption of innocence.   NOW A NETFLIX ORIGINAL DOCUMENTARY SERIES   “Both an American tragedy and [Grisham’s] strongest legal thriller yet, all the more gripping because it happens to be true.”—Entertainment Weekly   In the town of Ada, Oklahoma, Ron Williamson was going to be the next Mickey Mantle. But on his way to the Big Leagues, Ron stumbled, his dreams broken by drinking, drugs, and women. Then, on a winter night in 1982, not far from Ron’s home, a young cocktail waitress named Debra Sue Carter was savagely murdered. The investigation led nowhere. Until, on the flimsiest evidence, it led to Ron Williamson. The washed-up small-town hero was charged, tried, and sentenced to death—in a trial littered with lying witnesses and tainted evidence that would shatter a man’s already broken life, and let a true killer go free.   Impeccably researched, grippingly told, filled with eleventh-hour drama, this audio edition of The Innocent Man reads like an edge-of-your-seat legal thriller. It is a book no American can afford to miss.   Praise for The Innocent Man   “Grisham has crafted a legal thriller every bit as suspenseful and fast-paced as his bestselling fiction.”—The Boston Globe   “A gritty, harrowing true-crime story.”—Time   “A triumph.”—The Seattle Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289025 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Immortal Game: A History of Chess Author: David Shenk Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 5, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A surprising, charming, and ever-fascinating history of the seemingly simple game that has had a profound effect on societies the world over. Why has one game, alone among the thousands of games invented and played throughout human history, not only survived but thrived within every culture it has touched? What is it about its thirty-two figurative pieces, moving about its sixty-four black and white squares according to very simple rules, that has captivated people for nearly 1,500 years? Why has it driven some of its greatest players into paranoia and madness, and yet is hailed as a remarkably powerful educational tool? Nearly everyone has played chess at some point in their lives. Its rules and pieces have served as a metaphor for society including military strategy, mathematics, artificial intelligence, literature, and the arts. It has been condemned as the devil’s game by popes, rabbis, and imams, and lauded as a guide to proper living by different popes, rabbis, and imams. In his wide-ranging and ever fascinating examination of chess, David Shenk gleefully unearths the hidden history of a game that seems so simple yet contains infinity. From its invention somewhere in India around 500 A.D., to its enthusiastic adoption by the Persians and its spread by Islamic warriors, to its remarkable use as a moral guide in the Middle Ages and its political utility in the Enlightenment, to its crucial importance in the birth of cognitive science and its key role in the new aesthetic of modernism in 20th century art, to its 21st century importance to the development of artificial intelligence and use as a teaching tool in inner-city America, chess has been a remarkably omnipresent factor in the development of civilization. Indeed as Shenk shows, some neuroscientists believe that playing chess may actually alter the structure of the brain, that it may for individuals be what it has been for civilization: a virus that makes us smarter. David Shenk Tue, 05 Sep 2006 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289025 thebookvoice.com 8:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Immortal Game: A History of Chess Author: David Shenk Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 5, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A surprising, charming, and ever-fascinating history of the seemingly simple game that has had a profound effect on societies the world over. Why has one game, alone among the thousands of games invented and played throughout human history, not only survived but thrived within every culture it has touched? What is it about its thirty-two figurative pieces, moving about its sixty-four black and white squares according to very simple rules, that has captivated people for nearly 1,500 years? Why has it driven some of its greatest players into paranoia and madness, and yet is hailed as a remarkably powerful educational tool? Nearly everyone has played chess at some point in their lives. Its rules and pieces have served as a metaphor for society including military strategy, mathematics, artificial intelligence, literature, and the arts. It has been condemned as the devil’s game by popes, rabbis, and imams, and lauded as a guide to proper living by different popes, rabbis, and imams. In his wide-ranging and ever fascinating examination of chess, David Shenk gleefully unearths the hidden history of a game that seems so simple yet contains infinity. From its invention somewhere in India around 500 A.D., to its enthusiastic adoption by the Persians and its spread by Islamic warriors, to its remarkable use as a moral guide in the Middle Ages and its political utility in the Enlightenment, to its crucial importance in the birth of cognitive science and its key role in the new aesthetic of modernism in 20th century art, to its 21st century importance to the development of artificial intelligence and use as a teaching tool in inner-city America, chess has been a remarkably omnipresent factor in the development of civilization. Indeed as Shenk shows, some neuroscientists believe that playing chess may actually alter the structure of the brain, that it may for individuals be what it has been for civilization: a virus that makes us smarter. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Immortal Game: A History of Chess Author: David Shenk Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 5, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A surprising, charming, and ever-fascinating history of the seemingly simple game that has had a profound effect on societies the world over. Why has one game, alone among the thousands of games invented and played throughout human history, not only survived but thrived within every culture it has touched? What is it about its thirty-two figurative pieces, moving about its sixty-four black and white squares according to very simple rules, that has captivated people for nearly 1,500 years? Why has it driven some of its greatest players into paranoia and madness, and yet is hailed as a remarkably powerful educational tool? Nearly everyone has played chess at some point in their lives. Its rules and pieces have served as a metaphor for society including military strategy, mathematics, artificial intelligence, literature, and the arts. It has been condemned as the devil’s game by popes, rabbis, and imams, and lauded as a guide to proper living by different popes, rabbis, and imams. In his wide-ranging and ever fascinating examination of chess, David Shenk gleefully unearths the hidden history of a game that seems so simple yet contains infinity. From its invention somewhere in India around 500 A.D., to its enthusiastic adoption by the Persians and its spread by Islamic warriors, to its remarkable use as a moral guide in the Middle Ages and its political utility in the Enlightenment, to its crucial importance in the birth of cognitive science and its key role in the new aesthetic of modernism in 20th century art, to its 21st century importance to the development of artificial intelligence and use as a teaching tool in inner-city America, chess has been a remarkably omnipresent factor in the development of civilization. Indeed as Shenk shows, some neuroscientists believe that playing chess may actually alter the structure of the brain, that it may for individuals be what it has been for civilization: a virus that makes us smarter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284618 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upside: Profiting from the Profound Demographic Shifts Ahead Author: Kenneth W. Gronbach Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Demographics not only define who we are, where we live, and how our numbers change. For those who can read beyond the raw figures, they open up hidden business opportunities that lie ahead.What will happen when retiring Boomers free up jobs? How will Generation Y alter supermarkets? Which states will have the most dynamic workforces? Will American manufacturing rebound as Asia’s population declines?Upside puts this powerful yet little-understood science to work finding answers. Demographer Kenneth Gronbach synthesizes reams of data to show how generations impact markets and economies, and how to target promising trends. Lively and full of surprises, the book explains: What each age group is likely to buy now and in coming decades • How profits dovetail with consumer numbers • What sectors are likely to grow or lag • How to make sense of the numbers to chart your own path • And more.As waves of people are born and age, fortunes and futures are determined. Whether you’re an investor, marketer, executive, or entrepreneur, Upside helps you spot the potential for profits in ever-shifting demographics. Kenneth W. Gronbach Tue, 18 Apr 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284618 thebookvoice.com 7:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upside: Profiting from the Profound Demographic Shifts Ahead Author: Kenneth W. Gronbach Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Demographics not only define who we are, where we live, and how our numbers change. For those who can read beyond the raw figures, they open up hidden business opportunities that lie ahead.What will happen when retiring Boomers free up jobs? How will Generation Y alter supermarkets? Which states will have the most dynamic workforces? Will American manufacturing rebound as Asia’s population declines?Upside puts this powerful yet little-understood science to work finding answers. Demographer Kenneth Gronbach synthesizes reams of data to show how generations impact markets and economies, and how to target promising trends. Lively and full of surprises, the book explains: What each age group is likely to buy now and in coming decades • How profits dovetail with consumer numbers • What sectors are likely to grow or lag • How to make sense of the numbers to chart your own path • And more.As waves of people are born and age, fortunes and futures are determined. Whether you’re an investor, marketer, executive, or entrepreneur, Upside helps you spot the potential for profits in ever-shifting demographics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upside: Profiting from the Profound Demographic Shifts Ahead Author: Kenneth W. Gronbach Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Demographics not only define who we are, where we live, and how our numbers change. For those who can read beyond the raw figures, they open up hidden business opportunities that lie ahead.What will happen when retiring Boomers free up jobs? How will Generation Y alter supermarkets? Which states will have the most dynamic workforces? Will American manufacturing rebound as Asia’s population declines?Upside puts this powerful yet little-understood science to work finding answers. Demographer Kenneth Gronbach synthesizes reams of data to show how generations impact markets and economies, and how to target promising trends. Lively and full of surprises, the book explains: What each age group is likely to buy now and in coming decades • How profits dovetail with consumer numbers • What sectors are likely to grow or lag • How to make sense of the numbers to chart your own path • And more.As waves of people are born and age, fortunes and futures are determined. Whether you’re an investor, marketer, executive, or entrepreneur, Upside helps you spot the potential for profits in ever-shifting demographics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284314 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feet on the Street:: Rambles Around New Orleans Author: Roy Blount Narrator: Roy Blount Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Betcha I can tell ya / Where ya / Got them shoooes. / Betchadollar, / Betchadollar, / Where ya / Got them shoooes. / Got your shoes on your feet, / Got your feet on the street, / And the street’s in Noo / Awlins, Loo- / Eez-ee-anna. Where I, for my part, first ate a live oyster and first saw a naked woman with the lights on. . . . Every time I go to New Orleans I am startled by something.” So writes Roy Blount Jr. in this exuberant, character-filled saunter through a place he has loved almost his entire life—a city “like no other place in America, and yet (or therefore) the cradle of American culture.” Here we experience it all through his eyes, ears, and taste buds: the architecture, music, romance (yes, sex too), historical characters, and all that glorious food. The book is divided into eight Rambles through different parts of the city. Each closes with lagniappe—a little bit extra, a special treat for the reader: here a brief riff on Gennifer Flowers, there a meditation on naked dancing. Roy Blount knows New Orleans like the inside of an oyster shell and is only too glad to take us to both the famous and the infamous sights. He captures all the wonderful and rich history—culinary, literary, and political—of a city that figured prominently in the lives of Jefferson Davis (who died there), Truman Capote (who was conceived there), Zora Neale Hurston (who studied voodoo there), and countless others, including Andrew Jackson, Lee Harvey Oswald, William Faulkner, Tennessee Williams, Jelly Roll Morton, Napoléon, Walt Whitman, O. Henry, Thomas Wolfe, Earl Long, Randy Newman, Edgar Degas, Lillian Hellman, the Boswell Sisters, and the Dixie Cups. Above all, though, Feet on the Street is a celebration of friendship and joie de vivre in one of America’s greatest and most colorful cities, written by one of America’s most beloved humorists. Roy Blount Tue, 01 Feb 2005 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284314 thebookvoice.com 2:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feet on the Street:: Rambles Around New Orleans Author: Roy Blount Narrator: Roy Blount Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Betcha I can tell ya / Where ya / Got them shoooes. / Betchadollar, / Betchadollar, / Where ya / Got them shoooes. / Got your shoes on your feet, / Got your feet on the street, / And the street’s in Noo / Awlins, Loo- / Eez-ee-anna. Where I, for my part, first ate a live oyster and first saw a naked woman with the lights on. . . . Every time I go to New Orleans I am startled by something.” So writes Roy Blount Jr. in this exuberant, character-filled saunter through a place he has loved almost his entire life—a city “like no other place in America, and yet (or therefore) the cradle of American culture.” Here we experience it all through his eyes, ears, and taste buds: the architecture, music, romance (yes, sex too), historical characters, and all that glorious food. The book is divided into eight Rambles through different parts of the city. Each closes with lagniappe—a little bit extra, a special treat for the reader: here a brief riff on Gennifer Flowers, there a meditation on naked dancing. Roy Blount knows New Orleans like the inside of an oyster shell and is only too glad to take us to both the famous and the infamous sights. He captures all the wonderful and rich history—culinary, literary, and political—of a city that figured prominently in the lives of Jefferson Davis (who died there), Truman Capote (who was conceived there), Zora Neale Hurston (who studied voodoo there), and countless others, including Andrew Jackson, Lee Harvey Oswald, William Faulkner, Tennessee Williams, Jelly Roll Morton, Napoléon, Walt Whitman, O. Henry, Thomas Wolfe, Earl Long, Randy Newman, Edgar Degas, Lillian Hellman, the Boswell Sisters, and the Dixie Cups. Above all, though, Feet on the Street is a celebration of friendship and joie de vivre in one of America’s greatest and most colorful cities, written by one of America’s most beloved humorists. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feet on the Street:: Rambles Around New Orleans Author: Roy Blount Narrator: Roy Blount Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Betcha I can tell ya / Where ya / Got them shoooes. / Betchadollar, / Betchadollar, / Where ya / Got them shoooes. / Got your shoes on your feet, / Got your feet on the street, / And the street’s in Noo / Awlins, Loo- / Eez-ee-anna. Where I, for my part, first ate a live oyster and first saw a naked woman with the lights on. . . . Every time I go to New Orleans I am startled by something.” So writes Roy Blount Jr. in this exuberant, character-filled saunter through a place he has loved almost his entire life—a city “like no other place in America, and yet (or therefore) the cradle of American culture.” Here we experience it all through his eyes, ears, and taste buds: the architecture, music, romance (yes, sex too), historical characters, and all that glorious food. The book is divided into eight Rambles through different parts of the city. Each closes with lagniappe—a little bit extra, a special treat for the reader: here a brief riff on Gennifer Flowers, there a meditation on naked dancing. Roy Blount knows New Orleans like the inside of an oyster shell and is only too glad to take us to both the famous and the infamous sights. He captures all the wonderful and rich history—culinary, literary, and political—of a city that figured prominently in the lives of Jefferson Davis (who died there), Truman Capote (who was conceived there), Zora Neale Hurston (who studied voodoo there), and countless others, including Andrew Jackson, Lee Harvey Oswald, William Faulkner, Tennessee Williams, Jelly Roll Morton, Napoléon, Walt Whitman, O. Henry, Thomas Wolfe, Earl Long, Randy Newman, Edgar Degas, Lillian Hellman, the Boswell Sisters, and the Dixie Cups. Above all, though, Feet on the Street is a celebration of friendship and joie de vivre in one of America’s greatest and most colorful cities, written by one of America’s most beloved humorists. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346786 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rammer Jammer Yellow Hammer: A Journey Into the Heart of Fan Mania Author: Warren St. John Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 29, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "Fresh and funny… St. John has crafter a winner.” —Tony Horwitz, author of Confederates in the Attic In the life of every sports fan, there comes a moment of reckoning. It may happen when your team wins on a last-second field goal and you suddenly find yourself clenched in a loving embrace with a large hairy man you’ve never met. . . . Or in the long, hormonally depleted days after a loss, when you’re felled by a sensation similar to the one you first experienced following the death of a pet. At such moments the fan is forced to confront the question others—spouses, friends, children, and colleagues—have asked for years: Why do I care? What is it about sports that turns otherwise sane, rational people into raving lunatics? Why does winning compel people to tear down goalposts, and losing, to drown themselves in bad keg beer? In short, why do fans care? In search of the answers to these questions, Warren St. John seeks out the roving community of RVers who follow the Alabama Crimson Tide from game to game across the South. A movable feast of Weber grills, Igloo coolers, and die-hard superstition, these are characters who arrive on Wednesday for Saturday’s game: Freeman and Betty Reese, who skipped their own daughter’s wedding because it coincided with a Bama game; Ray Pradat, the Episcopalian minister who watches the games on a television set beside his altar while performing weddings; John Ed (pronounced as three syllables, John Ay-ud), the wheeling and dealing ticket scalper whose access to good seats gives him power on par with the governor; and Paul Finebaum, the Anti-Fan, a wisecracking sports columnist and talk-radio host who makes his living mocking Alabama fans—and who has to live in a gated community for all the threats he receives in response. In no time at all, St. John himself is drawn into the world of full-immersion fandom: he buys an RV (a $5,500 beater called The Hawg) and joins the caravan for a football season, chronicling the world of the extreme fan and learning that in the shadow of the stadium, it can all begin to seem strangely normal. Along the way, St. John takes readers on illuminating forays into the deep roots of humanity’s sports mania (did you know that tailgaters could be found in eighth-century Greece?), the psychology of crowds, and the surprising neuroscience behind the thrill of victory. Reminiscent of Confederates in the Attic and the works of Bill Bryson, Rammer Jammer Yellow Hammer is not only a travel story, but a cultural anthropology of fans that goes a long way toward demystifying the universal urge to take sides and to win. Warren St. John Thu, 29 Apr 2004 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346786 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rammer Jammer Yellow Hammer: A Journey Into the Heart of Fan Mania Author: Warren St. John Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 29, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "Fresh and funny… St. John has crafter a winner.” —Tony Horwitz, author of Confederates in the Attic In the life of every sports fan, there comes a moment of reckoning. It may happen when your team wins on a last-second field goal and you suddenly find yourself clenched in a loving embrace with a large hairy man you’ve never met. . . . Or in the long, hormonally depleted days after a loss, when you’re felled by a sensation similar to the one you first experienced following the death of a pet. At such moments the fan is forced to confront the question others—spouses, friends, children, and colleagues—have asked for years: Why do I care? What is it about sports that turns otherwise sane, rational people into raving lunatics? Why does winning compel people to tear down goalposts, and losing, to drown themselves in bad keg beer? In short, why do fans care? In search of the answers to these questions, Warren St. John seeks out the roving community of RVers who follow the Alabama Crimson Tide from game to game across the South. A movable feast of Weber grills, Igloo coolers, and die-hard superstition, these are characters who arrive on Wednesday for Saturday’s game: Freeman and Betty Reese, who skipped their own daughter’s wedding because it coincided with a Bama game; Ray Pradat, the Episcopalian minister who watches the games on a television set beside his altar while performing weddings; John Ed (pronounced as three syllables, John Ay-ud), the wheeling and dealing ticket scalper whose access to good seats gives him power on par with the governor; and Paul Finebaum, the Anti-Fan, a wisecracking sports columnist and talk-radio host who makes his living mocking Alabama fans—and who has to live in a gated community for all the threats he receives in response. In no time at all, St. John himself is drawn into the world of full-immersion fandom: he buys an RV (a $5,500 beater called The Hawg) and joins the caravan for a football season, chronicling the world of the extreme fan and learning that in the shadow of the stadium, it can all begin to seem strangely normal. Along the way, St. John takes readers on illuminating forays into the deep roots of humanity’s sports mania (did you know that tailgaters could be found in eighth-century Greece?), the psychology of crowds, and the surprising neuroscience behind the thrill of victory. Reminiscent of Confederates in the Attic and the works of Bill Bryson, Rammer Jammer Yellow Hammer is not only a travel story, but a cultural anthropology of fans that goes a long way toward demystifying the universal urge to take sides and to win. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rammer Jammer Yellow Hammer: A Journey Into the Heart of Fan Mania Author: Warren St. John Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 29, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "Fresh and funny… St. John has crafter a winner.” —Tony Horwitz, author of Confederates in the Attic In the life of every sports fan, there comes a moment of reckoning. It may happen when your team wins on a last-second field goal and you suddenly find yourself clenched in a loving embrace with a large hairy man you’ve never met. . . . Or in the long, hormonally depleted days after a loss, when you’re felled by a sensation similar to the one you first experienced following the death of a pet. At such moments the fan is forced to confront the question others—spouses, friends, children, and colleagues—have asked for years: Why do I care? What is it about sports that turns otherwise sane, rational people into raving lunatics? Why does winning compel people to tear down goalposts, and losing, to drown themselves in bad keg beer? In short, why do fans care? In search of the answers to these questions, Warren St. John seeks out the roving community of RVers who follow the Alabama Crimson Tide from game to game across the South. A movable feast of Weber grills, Igloo coolers, and die-hard superstition, these are characters who arrive on Wednesday for Saturday’s game: Freeman and Betty Reese, who skipped their own daughter’s wedding because it coincided with a Bama game; Ray Pradat, the Episcopalian minister who watches the games on a television set beside his altar while performing weddings; John Ed (pronounced as three syllables, John Ay-ud), the wheeling and dealing ticket scalper whose access to good seats gives him power on par with the governor; and Paul Finebaum, the Anti-Fan, a wisecracking sports columnist and talk-radio host who makes his living mocking Alabama fans—and who has to live in a gated community for all the threats he receives in response. In no time at all, St. John himself is drawn into the world of full-immersion fandom: he buys an RV (a $5,500 beater called The Hawg) and joins the caravan for a football season, chronicling the world of the extreme fan and learning that in the shadow of the stadium, it can all begin to seem strangely normal. Along the way, St. John takes readers on illuminating forays into the deep roots of humanity’s sports mania (did you know that tailgaters could be found in eighth-century Greece?), the psychology of crowds, and the surprising neuroscience behind the thrill of victory. Reminiscent of Confederates in the Attic and the works of Bill Bryson, Rammer Jammer Yellow Hammer is not only a travel story, but a cultural anthropology of fans that goes a long way toward demystifying the universal urge to take sides and to win. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284287 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irresistible: The Rise of Addictive Technology and the Business of Keeping Us Hooked Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Adam Alter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Irresistible is a fascinating and much needed exploration of one of the most troubling phenomena of modern times.” —Malcolm Gladwell, author of New York Times bestsellers David and Goliath and Outliers “One of the most mesmerizing and important books I’ve read in quite some time. Alter brilliantly illuminates the new obsessions that are controlling our lives and offers the tools we need to rescue our businesses, our families, and our sanity.” —Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take Welcome to the age of behavioral addiction—an age in which half of the American population is addicted to at least one behavior. We obsess over our emails, Instagram likes, and Facebook feeds; we binge on TV episodes and YouTube videos; we work longer hours each year; and we spend an average of three hours each day using our smartphones. Half of us would rather suffer a broken bone than a broken phone, and Millennial kids spend so much time in front of screens that they struggle to interact with real, live humans.   In this revolutionary book, Adam Alter, a professor of psychology and marketing at NYU, tracks the rise of behavioral addiction, and explains why so many of today's products are irresistible. Though these miraculous products melt the miles that separate people across the globe, their extraordinary and sometimes damaging magnetism is no accident. The companies that design these products tweak them over time until they become almost impossible to resist.   By reverse engineering behavioral addiction, Alter explains how we can harness addictive products for the good—to improve how we communicate with each other, spend and save our money, and set boundaries between work and play—and how we can mitigate their most damaging effects on our well-being, and the health and happiness of our children. Adam Alter's previous book, Drunk Tank Pink: And Other Unexpected Forces that Shape How We Think, Feel, and Behave is available in paperback from Penguin. Adam Alter Tue, 07 Mar 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284287 thebookvoice.com 8:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irresistible: The Rise of Addictive Technology and the Business of Keeping Us Hooked Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Adam Alter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Irresistible is a fascinating and much needed exploration of one of the most troubling phenomena of modern times.” —Malcolm Gladwell, author of New York Times bestsellers David and Goliath and Outliers “One of the most mesmerizing and important books I’ve read in quite some time. Alter brilliantly illuminates the new obsessions that are controlling our lives and offers the tools we need to rescue our businesses, our families, and our sanity.” —Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take Welcome to the age of behavioral addiction—an age in which half of the American population is addicted to at least one behavior. We obsess over our emails, Instagram likes, and Facebook feeds; we binge on TV episodes and YouTube videos; we work longer hours each year; and we spend an average of three hours each day using our smartphones. Half of us would rather suffer a broken bone than a broken phone, and Millennial kids spend so much time in front of screens that they struggle to interact with real, live humans.   In this revolutionary book, Adam Alter, a professor of psychology and marketing at NYU, tracks the rise of behavioral addiction, and explains why so many of today's products are irresistible. Though these miraculous products melt the miles that separate people across the globe, their extraordinary and sometimes damaging magnetism is no accident. The companies that design these products tweak them over time until they become almost impossible to resist.   By reverse engineering behavioral addiction, Alter explains how we can harness addictive products for the good—to improve how we communicate with each other, spend and save our money, and set boundaries between work and play—and how we can mitigate their most damaging effects on our well-being, and the health and happiness of our children. Adam Alter's previous book, Drunk Tank Pink: And Other Unexpected Forces that Shape How We Think, Feel, and Behave is available in paperback from Penguin. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Irresistible: The Rise of Addictive Technology and the Business of Keeping Us Hooked Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Adam Alter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Irresistible is a fascinating and much needed exploration of one of the most troubling phenomena of modern times.” —Malcolm Gladwell, author of New York Times bestsellers David and Goliath and Outliers “One of the most mesmerizing and important books I’ve read in quite some time. Alter brilliantly illuminates the new obsessions that are controlling our lives and offers the tools we need to rescue our businesses, our families, and our sanity.” —Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take Welcome to the age of behavioral addiction—an age in which half of the American population is addicted to at least one behavior. We obsess over our emails, Instagram likes, and Facebook feeds; we binge on TV episodes and YouTube videos; we work longer hours each year; and we spend an average of three hours each day using our smartphones. Half of us would rather suffer a broken bone than a broken phone, and Millennial kids spend so much time in front of screens that they struggle to interact with real, live humans.   In this revolutionary book, Adam Alter, a professor of psychology and marketing at NYU, tracks the rise of behavioral addiction, and explains why so many of today's products are irresistible. Though these miraculous products melt the miles that separate people across the globe, their extraordinary and sometimes damaging magnetism is no accident. The companies that design these products tweak them over time until they become almost impossible to resist.   By reverse engineering behavioral addiction, Alter explains how we can harness addictive products for the good—to improve how we communicate with each other, spend and save our money, and set boundaries between work and play—and how we can mitigate their most damaging effects on our well-being, and the health and happiness of our children. Adam Alter's previous book, Drunk Tank Pink: And Other Unexpected Forces that Shape How We Think, Feel, and Behave is available in paperback from Penguin. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284269 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminism and The Future of Women Author: Estelle Freedman Narrator: Richard M. Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 3, 2008 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Since the time of the abolitionists, no movement has so politicized social life in the United States as feminism. Responsible for wide-ranging legislation, such as women's right to vote and the right to an abortion, feminists have fought their way to the center of the country's political dialogue and made themselves a major presence there. But the road to such influence has not been easy. From the battle over the Equal Rights Amendment to the continuing debates about abortion, feminists have often found themselves in the middle of the country's most hotly contested disputes. They have won many allies, but also many enemies. Yet even under the most intense political pressure, feminism has continued to grow. It has evolved from a women's movement concerned with the rights of mostly white, middle- and upper-class women to an ideology that embraces women from communities of color to, most recently, a movement of international solidarity that pleads the cause of oppressed women around the world, from those brutalized by the Taliban in Afghanistan to teenagers sold into slavery in the East Asian sex trade. Feminists have long called attention to historical injustice and unfair labor practices. Now feminism has reached a position where it must decide not only how to redress the discriminations of the past but how best to shape the future of women. Estelle Freedman Fri, 03 Oct 2008 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284269 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminism and The Future of Women Author: Estelle Freedman Narrator: Richard M. Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 3, 2008 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Since the time of the abolitionists, no movement has so politicized social life in the United States as feminism. Responsible for wide-ranging legislation, such as women's right to vote and the right to an abortion, feminists have fought their way to the center of the country's political dialogue and made themselves a major presence there. But the road to such influence has not been easy. From the battle over the Equal Rights Amendment to the continuing debates about abortion, feminists have often found themselves in the middle of the country's most hotly contested disputes. They have won many allies, but also many enemies. Yet even under the most intense political pressure, feminism has continued to grow. It has evolved from a women's movement concerned with the rights of mostly white, middle- and upper-class women to an ideology that embraces women from communities of color to, most recently, a movement of international solidarity that pleads the cause of oppressed women around the world, from those brutalized by the Taliban in Afghanistan to teenagers sold into slavery in the East Asian sex trade. Feminists have long called attention to historical injustice and unfair labor practices. Now feminism has reached a position where it must decide not only how to redress the discriminations of the past but how best to shape the future of women. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminism and The Future of Women Author: Estelle Freedman Narrator: Richard M. Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 3, 2008 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Since the time of the abolitionists, no movement has so politicized social life in the United States as feminism. Responsible for wide-ranging legislation, such as women's right to vote and the right to an abortion, feminists have fought their way to the center of the country's political dialogue and made themselves a major presence there. But the road to such influence has not been easy. From the battle over the Equal Rights Amendment to the continuing debates about abortion, feminists have often found themselves in the middle of the country's most hotly contested disputes. They have won many allies, but also many enemies. Yet even under the most intense political pressure, feminism has continued to grow. It has evolved from a women's movement concerned with the rights of mostly white, middle- and upper-class women to an ideology that embraces women from communities of color to, most recently, a movement of international solidarity that pleads the cause of oppressed women around the world, from those brutalized by the Taliban in Afghanistan to teenagers sold into slavery in the East Asian sex trade. Feminists have long called attention to historical injustice and unfair labor practices. Now feminism has reached a position where it must decide not only how to redress the discriminations of the past but how best to shape the future of women. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284212 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Body Author: Eve Ensler Narrator: Eve Ensler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: November 9, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Botox, bulimia, breast implants: Eve Ensler, author of the international sensation The Vagina Monologues, is back, this time to rock our view of what it means to have a “good body.” “In the 1950s,” Eve writes, girls were “pretty, perky. They had a blond Clairol wave in their hair. They wore girdles and waist-pinchers. . . . In recent years good girls join the army. They climb the corporate ladder. They go to the gym. . . . They wear painful pointy shoes. They don’t eat too much. They . . . don’t eat at all. They stay perfect. They stay thin. I could never be good.” The Good Body starts with Eve’s tortured relationship with her own “post-forties” stomach and her skirmishes with everything from Ab Rollers to fad diets and fascistic trainers in an attempt get the “flabby badness” out. As Eve hungrily seeks self-acceptance, she is joined by the voices of women from L.A. to Kabul, whose obsessions are also laid bare: A young Latina candidly critiques her humiliating “spread,” a stubborn layer of fat that she calls “a second pair of thighs.” The wife of a plastic surgeon recounts being systematically reconstructed–inch by inch–by her “perfectionist” husband. An aging magazine executive, still haunted by her mother’s long-ago criticism, describes her desperate pursuit of youth as she relentlessly does sit-ups. Along the way, Eve also introduces us to women who have found a hard-won peace with their bodies: an African mother who celebrates each individual body as signs of nature’s diversity; an Indian woman who transcends “treadmill mania” and delights in her plump cheeks and curves; and a veiled Afghani woman who is willing to risk imprisonment for a taste of ice cream. These are just a few of the inspiring stories woven through Eve’s global journey from obsession to enlightenment. Ultimately, these monologues become a personal wake-up call from Eve to love the “good bodies” we inhabit. Eve Ensler Tue, 09 Nov 2004 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284212 thebookvoice.com 1:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Body Author: Eve Ensler Narrator: Eve Ensler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: November 9, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Botox, bulimia, breast implants: Eve Ensler, author of the international sensation The Vagina Monologues, is back, this time to rock our view of what it means to have a “good body.” “In the 1950s,” Eve writes, girls were “pretty, perky. They had a blond Clairol wave in their hair. They wore girdles and waist-pinchers. . . . In recent years good girls join the army. They climb the corporate ladder. They go to the gym. . . . They wear painful pointy shoes. They don’t eat too much. They . . . don’t eat at all. They stay perfect. They stay thin. I could never be good.” The Good Body starts with Eve’s tortured relationship with her own “post-forties” stomach and her skirmishes with everything from Ab Rollers to fad diets and fascistic trainers in an attempt get the “flabby badness” out. As Eve hungrily seeks self-acceptance, she is joined by the voices of women from L.A. to Kabul, whose obsessions are also laid bare: A young Latina candidly critiques her humiliating “spread,” a stubborn layer of fat that she calls “a second pair of thighs.” The wife of a plastic surgeon recounts being systematically reconstructed–inch by inch–by her “perfectionist” husband. An aging magazine executive, still haunted by her mother’s long-ago criticism, describes her desperate pursuit of youth as she relentlessly does sit-ups. Along the way, Eve also introduces us to women who have found a hard-won peace with their bodies: an African mother who celebrates each individual body as signs of nature’s diversity; an Indian woman who transcends “treadmill mania” and delights in her plump cheeks and curves; and a veiled Afghani woman who is willing to risk imprisonment for a taste of ice cream. These are just a few of the inspiring stories woven through Eve’s global journey from obsession to enlightenment. Ultimately, these monologues become a personal wake-up call from Eve to love the “good bodies” we inhabit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Body Author: Eve Ensler Narrator: Eve Ensler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: November 9, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Botox, bulimia, breast implants: Eve Ensler, author of the international sensation The Vagina Monologues, is back, this time to rock our view of what it means to have a “good body.” “In the 1950s,” Eve writes, girls were “pretty, perky. They had a blond Clairol wave in their hair. They wore girdles and waist-pinchers. . . . In recent years good girls join the army. They climb the corporate ladder. They go to the gym. . . . They wear painful pointy shoes. They don’t eat too much. They . . . don’t eat at all. They stay perfect. They stay thin. I could never be good.” The Good Body starts with Eve’s tortured relationship with her own “post-forties” stomach and her skirmishes with everything from Ab Rollers to fad diets and fascistic trainers in an attempt get the “flabby badness” out. As Eve hungrily seeks self-acceptance, she is joined by the voices of women from L.A. to Kabul, whose obsessions are also laid bare: A young Latina candidly critiques her humiliating “spread,” a stubborn layer of fat that she calls “a second pair of thighs.” The wife of a plastic surgeon recounts being systematically reconstructed–inch by inch–by her “perfectionist” husband. An aging magazine executive, still haunted by her mother’s long-ago criticism, describes her desperate pursuit of youth as she relentlessly does sit-ups. Along the way, Eve also introduces us to women who have found a hard-won peace with their bodies: an African mother who celebrates each individual body as signs of nature’s diversity; an Indian woman who transcends “treadmill mania” and delights in her plump cheeks and curves; and a veiled Afghani woman who is willing to risk imprisonment for a taste of ice cream. These are just a few of the inspiring stories woven through Eve’s global journey from obsession to enlightenment. Ultimately, these monologues become a personal wake-up call from Eve to love the “good bodies” we inhabit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284179 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear Ijeawele, or A Feminist Manifesto in Fifteen Suggestions Author: Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie Narrator: January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Best Seller A Skimm Reads Pick An NPR Best Book of 2017 From the best-selling author of Americanah and We Should All Be Feminists comes a powerful new statement about feminism today--written as a letter to a friend. A few years ago, Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie received a letter from a dear friend from childhood, asking her how to raise her baby girl as a feminist. Dear Ijeawele is Adichie's letter of response.      Here are fifteen invaluable suggestions--compelling, direct, wryly funny, and perceptive--for how to empower a daughter to become a strong, independent woman. From encouraging her to choose a helicopter, and not only a doll, as a toy if she so desires; having open conversations with her about clothes, makeup, and sexuality; debunking the myth that women are somehow biologically arranged to be in the kitchen making dinner, and that men can 'allow' women to have full careers, Dear Ijeawele goes right to the heart of sexual politics in the twenty-first century. It will start a new and urgently needed conversation about what it really means to be a woman today. Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie Tue, 07 Mar 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284179 thebookvoice.com 1:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear Ijeawele, or A Feminist Manifesto in Fifteen Suggestions Author: Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie Narrator: January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Best Seller A Skimm Reads Pick An NPR Best Book of 2017 From the best-selling author of Americanah and We Should All Be Feminists comes a powerful new statement about feminism today--written as a letter to a friend. A few years ago, Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie received a letter from a dear friend from childhood, asking her how to raise her baby girl as a feminist. Dear Ijeawele is Adichie's letter of response.      Here are fifteen invaluable suggestions--compelling, direct, wryly funny, and perceptive--for how to empower a daughter to become a strong, independent woman. From encouraging her to choose a helicopter, and not only a doll, as a toy if she so desires; having open conversations with her about clothes, makeup, and sexuality; debunking the myth that women are somehow biologically arranged to be in the kitchen making dinner, and that men can 'allow' women to have full careers, Dear Ijeawele goes right to the heart of sexual politics in the twenty-first century. It will start a new and urgently needed conversation about what it really means to be a woman today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear Ijeawele, or A Feminist Manifesto in Fifteen Suggestions Author: Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie Narrator: January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Best Seller A Skimm Reads Pick An NPR Best Book of 2017 From the best-selling author of Americanah and We Should All Be Feminists comes a powerful new statement about feminism today--written as a letter to a friend. A few years ago, Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie received a letter from a dear friend from childhood, asking her how to raise her baby girl as a feminist. Dear Ijeawele is Adichie's letter of response.      Here are fifteen invaluable suggestions--compelling, direct, wryly funny, and perceptive--for how to empower a daughter to become a strong, independent woman. From encouraging her to choose a helicopter, and not only a doll, as a toy if she so desires; having open conversations with her about clothes, makeup, and sexuality; debunking the myth that women are somehow biologically arranged to be in the kitchen making dinner, and that men can 'allow' women to have full careers, Dear Ijeawele goes right to the heart of sexual politics in the twenty-first century. It will start a new and urgently needed conversation about what it really means to be a woman today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284088 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 506 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 60 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Yuval Noah Harari, author of the critically-acclaimed New York Times bestseller and international phenomenon Sapiens, returns with an equally original, compelling, and provocative book, turning his focus toward humanity’s future, and our quest to upgrade humans into gods. Over the past century humankind has managed to do the impossible and rein in famine, plague, and war. This may seem hard to accept, but, as Harari explains in his trademark style—thorough, yet riveting—famine, plague and war have been transformed from incomprehensible and uncontrollable forces of nature into manageable challenges. For the first time ever, more people die from eating too much than from eating too little; more people die from old age than from infectious diseases; and more people commit suicide than are killed by soldiers, terrorists and criminals put together. The average American is a thousand times more likely to die from binging at McDonalds than from being blown up by Al Qaeda. What then will replace famine, plague, and war at the top of the human agenda? As the self-made gods of planet earth, what destinies will we set ourselves, and which quests will we undertake? Homo Deus explores the projects, dreams and nightmares that will shape the twenty-first century—from overcoming death to creating artificial life. It asks the fundamental questions: Where do we go from here? And how will we protect this fragile world from our own destructive powers? This is the next stage of evolution. This is Homo Deus. With the same insight and clarity that made Sapiens an international hit and a New York Times bestseller, Harari maps out our future. Yuval Noah Harari Tue, 21 Feb 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284088 thebookvoice.com 14:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 506 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 60 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Yuval Noah Harari, author of the critically-acclaimed New York Times bestseller and international phenomenon Sapiens, returns with an equally original, compelling, and provocative book, turning his focus toward humanity’s future, and our quest to upgrade humans into gods. Over the past century humankind has managed to do the impossible and rein in famine, plague, and war. This may seem hard to accept, but, as Harari explains in his trademark style—thorough, yet riveting—famine, plague and war have been transformed from incomprehensible and uncontrollable forces of nature into manageable challenges. For the first time ever, more people die from eating too much than from eating too little; more people die from old age than from infectious diseases; and more people commit suicide than are killed by soldiers, terrorists and criminals put together. The average American is a thousand times more likely to die from binging at McDonalds than from being blown up by Al Qaeda. What then will replace famine, plague, and war at the top of the human agenda? As the self-made gods of planet earth, what destinies will we set ourselves, and which quests will we undertake? Homo Deus explores the projects, dreams and nightmares that will shape the twenty-first century—from overcoming death to creating artificial life. It asks the fundamental questions: Where do we go from here? And how will we protect this fragile world from our own destructive powers? This is the next stage of evolution. This is Homo Deus. With the same insight and clarity that made Sapiens an international hit and a New York Times bestseller, Harari maps out our future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 506 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 60 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Yuval Noah Harari, author of the critically-acclaimed New York Times bestseller and international phenomenon Sapiens, returns with an equally original, compelling, and provocative book, turning his focus toward humanity’s future, and our quest to upgrade humans into gods. Over the past century humankind has managed to do the impossible and rein in famine, plague, and war. This may seem hard to accept, but, as Harari explains in his trademark style—thorough, yet riveting—famine, plague and war have been transformed from incomprehensible and uncontrollable forces of nature into manageable challenges. For the first time ever, more people die from eating too much than from eating too little; more people die from old age than from infectious diseases; and more people commit suicide than are killed by soldiers, terrorists and criminals put together. The average American is a thousand times more likely to die from binging at McDonalds than from being blown up by Al Qaeda. What then will replace famine, plague, and war at the top of the human agenda? As the self-made gods of planet earth, what destinies will we set ourselves, and which quests will we undertake? Homo Deus explores the projects, dreams and nightmares that will shape the twenty-first century—from overcoming death to creating artificial life. It asks the fundamental questions: Where do we go from here? And how will we protect this fragile world from our own destructive powers? This is the next stage of evolution. This is Homo Deus. With the same insight and clarity that made Sapiens an international hit and a New York Times bestseller, Harari maps out our future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283946 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for God Author: Karen Armstrong Narrator: Karen Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Moving from the Paleolithic age to the present, Karen Armstrong details the great lengths to which humankind has gone in order to experience a sacred reality that it called by many names, such as God, Brahman, Nirvana, Allah, or Dao. Focusing especially on Christianity but including Judaism, Islam, Buddhism, Hinduism, and Chinese spiritualities, Armstrong examines the diminished impulse toward religion in our own time, when a significant number of people either want nothing to do with God or question the efficacy of faith. Why has God become unbelievable? Why is it that atheists and theists alike now think and speak about God in a way that veers so profoundly from the thinking of our ancestors? Answering these questions with the same depth of knowledge and profound insight that have marked all her acclaimed books, Armstrong makes clear how the changing face of the world has necessarily changed the importance of religion at both the societal and the individual level. And she makes a powerful, convincing argument for drawing on the insights of the past in order to build a faith that speaks to the needs of our dangerously polarized age. Yet she cautions us that religion was never supposed to provide answers that lie within the competence of human reason; that, she says, is the role of logos. The task of religion is “to help us live creatively, peacefully, and even joyously with realities for which there are no easy explanations.” She emphasizes, too, that religion will not work automatically. It is, she says, a practical discipline: its insights are derived not from abstract speculation but from “dedicated intellectual endeavor” and a “compassionate lifestyle that enables us to break out of the prism of selfhood.” Karen Armstrong Tue, 22 Sep 2009 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283946 thebookvoice.com 16:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for God Author: Karen Armstrong Narrator: Karen Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Moving from the Paleolithic age to the present, Karen Armstrong details the great lengths to which humankind has gone in order to experience a sacred reality that it called by many names, such as God, Brahman, Nirvana, Allah, or Dao. Focusing especially on Christianity but including Judaism, Islam, Buddhism, Hinduism, and Chinese spiritualities, Armstrong examines the diminished impulse toward religion in our own time, when a significant number of people either want nothing to do with God or question the efficacy of faith. Why has God become unbelievable? Why is it that atheists and theists alike now think and speak about God in a way that veers so profoundly from the thinking of our ancestors? Answering these questions with the same depth of knowledge and profound insight that have marked all her acclaimed books, Armstrong makes clear how the changing face of the world has necessarily changed the importance of religion at both the societal and the individual level. And she makes a powerful, convincing argument for drawing on the insights of the past in order to build a faith that speaks to the needs of our dangerously polarized age. Yet she cautions us that religion was never supposed to provide answers that lie within the competence of human reason; that, she says, is the role of logos. The task of religion is “to help us live creatively, peacefully, and even joyously with realities for which there are no easy explanations.” She emphasizes, too, that religion will not work automatically. It is, she says, a practical discipline: its insights are derived not from abstract speculation but from “dedicated intellectual endeavor” and a “compassionate lifestyle that enables us to break out of the prism of selfhood.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for God Author: Karen Armstrong Narrator: Karen Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Moving from the Paleolithic age to the present, Karen Armstrong details the great lengths to which humankind has gone in order to experience a sacred reality that it called by many names, such as God, Brahman, Nirvana, Allah, or Dao. Focusing especially on Christianity but including Judaism, Islam, Buddhism, Hinduism, and Chinese spiritualities, Armstrong examines the diminished impulse toward religion in our own time, when a significant number of people either want nothing to do with God or question the efficacy of faith. Why has God become unbelievable? Why is it that atheists and theists alike now think and speak about God in a way that veers so profoundly from the thinking of our ancestors? Answering these questions with the same depth of knowledge and profound insight that have marked all her acclaimed books, Armstrong makes clear how the changing face of the world has necessarily changed the importance of religion at both the societal and the individual level. And she makes a powerful, convincing argument for drawing on the insights of the past in order to build a faith that speaks to the needs of our dangerously polarized age. Yet she cautions us that religion was never supposed to provide answers that lie within the competence of human reason; that, she says, is the role of logos. The task of religion is “to help us live creatively, peacefully, and even joyously with realities for which there are no easy explanations.” She emphasizes, too, that religion will not work automatically. It is, she says, a practical discipline: its insights are derived not from abstract speculation but from “dedicated intellectual endeavor” and a “compassionate lifestyle that enables us to break out of the prism of selfhood.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283867 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tides: The Science and Spirit of the Ocean Author: Jonathan White Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Tides: The Science and Spirit of the Ocean, writer, sailor, and surfer Jonathan White takes listeners across the globe to discover the science and spirit of ocean tides. In the Arctic, White shimmies under the ice with an Inuit elder to hunt for mussels in the dark cavities left behind at low tide; in China, he races the Silver Dragon, a twenty-five-foot tidal bore that crashes eighty miles up the Qiantang River; in France, he interviews the monks that live in the tide-wrapped monastery of Mont Saint-Michel; in Chile and Scotland, he investigates the growth of tidal power generation; and in Panama and Venice, he delves into how the threat of sea level rise is changing human culture—the very old and very new. Tides combines lyrical prose, colorful adventure travel, and provocative scientific inquiry into the elemental, mysterious paradox that keeps our planet’s waters in constant motion. Jonathan White Tue, 14 Feb 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283867 thebookvoice.com 11:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tides: The Science and Spirit of the Ocean Author: Jonathan White Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Tides: The Science and Spirit of the Ocean, writer, sailor, and surfer Jonathan White takes listeners across the globe to discover the science and spirit of ocean tides. In the Arctic, White shimmies under the ice with an Inuit elder to hunt for mussels in the dark cavities left behind at low tide; in China, he races the Silver Dragon, a twenty-five-foot tidal bore that crashes eighty miles up the Qiantang River; in France, he interviews the monks that live in the tide-wrapped monastery of Mont Saint-Michel; in Chile and Scotland, he investigates the growth of tidal power generation; and in Panama and Venice, he delves into how the threat of sea level rise is changing human culture—the very old and very new. Tides combines lyrical prose, colorful adventure travel, and provocative scientific inquiry into the elemental, mysterious paradox that keeps our planet’s waters in constant motion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tides: The Science and Spirit of the Ocean Author: Jonathan White Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Tides: The Science and Spirit of the Ocean, writer, sailor, and surfer Jonathan White takes listeners across the globe to discover the science and spirit of ocean tides. In the Arctic, White shimmies under the ice with an Inuit elder to hunt for mussels in the dark cavities left behind at low tide; in China, he races the Silver Dragon, a twenty-five-foot tidal bore that crashes eighty miles up the Qiantang River; in France, he interviews the monks that live in the tide-wrapped monastery of Mont Saint-Michel; in Chile and Scotland, he investigates the growth of tidal power generation; and in Panama and Venice, he delves into how the threat of sea level rise is changing human culture—the very old and very new. Tides combines lyrical prose, colorful adventure travel, and provocative scientific inquiry into the elemental, mysterious paradox that keeps our planet’s waters in constant motion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283747 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rules Do Not Apply: A Memoir Author: Ariel Levy Narrator: Ariel Levy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER •  “This Year’s Must-Read Memoir” (W magazine) about the choices a young woman makes in her search for adventure, meaning, and love NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Vogue • Time • Esquire • Entertainment Weekly • The Guardian • Harper’s Bazaar • Library Journal • NPR  All her life, Ariel Levy was told that she was too fervent, too forceful, too much. As a young woman, she decided that becoming a writer would perfectly channel her strength and desire. She would be a professional explorer—“the kind of woman who is free to do whatever she chooses.” Levy moved to Manhattan to pursue her dream, and spent years of adventure, traveling all over the world writing stories about unconventional heroines, following their fearless examples in her own life. But when she experiences unthinkable heartbreak, Levy is forced to surrender her illusion of control. In telling her story, Levy has captured a portrait of our time, of the shifting forces in American culture, of what has changed and what has remained. And of how to begin again. Praise for The Rules Do Not Apply “Unflinching and intimate, wrenching and revelatory, Ariel Levy’s powerful memoir about love, loss, and finding one’s way shimmers with truth and heart on every page.”—Cheryl Strayed “Every deep feeling a human is capable of will be shaken loose by this profound book. Ariel Levy has taken grief and made art out of it.”—David Sedaris “Beautifully crafted . . . This book is haunting; it is smart and engaging. It was so engrossing that I read it in a day.”—The New York Times Book Review “Levy’s wise and poignant memoir is the voice of a new generation of women, full of grit, pathos, truth, and inspiration. Being in her presence is energizing and ennobling. Reading her deep little book is inspiring.”—San Francisco Book Review “Levy has the rare gift of seeing herself with fierce, unforgiving clarity. And she deploys prose to match, raw and agile. She plumbs the commotion deep within and takes the measure of her have-it-all generation.”—The Atlantic “Cheryl Strayed meets a Nora Ephron movie. You’ll laugh, ugly cry, and finish it before the weekend’s over.”—theSkimm Ariel Levy Tue, 14 Mar 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283747 thebookvoice.com 4:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rules Do Not Apply: A Memoir Author: Ariel Levy Narrator: Ariel Levy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER •  “This Year’s Must-Read Memoir” (W magazine) about the choices a young woman makes in her search for adventure, meaning, and love NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Vogue • Time • Esquire • Entertainment Weekly • The Guardian • Harper’s Bazaar • Library Journal • NPR  All her life, Ariel Levy was told that she was too fervent, too forceful, too much. As a young woman, she decided that becoming a writer would perfectly channel her strength and desire. She would be a professional explorer—“the kind of woman who is free to do whatever she chooses.” Levy moved to Manhattan to pursue her dream, and spent years of adventure, traveling all over the world writing stories about unconventional heroines, following their fearless examples in her own life. But when she experiences unthinkable heartbreak, Levy is forced to surrender her illusion of control. In telling her story, Levy has captured a portrait of our time, of the shifting forces in American culture, of what has changed and what has remained. And of how to begin again. Praise for The Rules Do Not Apply “Unflinching and intimate, wrenching and revelatory, Ariel Levy’s powerful memoir about love, loss, and finding one’s way shimmers with truth and heart on every page.”—Cheryl Strayed “Every deep feeling a human is capable of will be shaken loose by this profound book. Ariel Levy has taken grief and made art out of it.”—David Sedaris “Beautifully crafted . . . This book is haunting; it is smart and engaging. It was so engrossing that I read it in a day.”—The New York Times Book Review “Levy’s wise and poignant memoir is the voice of a new generation of women, full of grit, pathos, truth, and inspiration. Being in her presence is energizing and ennobling. Reading her deep little book is inspiring.”—San Francisco Book Review “Levy has the rare gift of seeing herself with fierce, unforgiving clarity. And she deploys prose to match, raw and agile. She plumbs the commotion deep within and takes the measure of her have-it-all generation.”—The Atlantic “Cheryl Strayed meets a Nora Ephron movie. You’ll laugh, ugly cry, and finish it before the weekend’s over.”—theSkimm Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rules Do Not Apply: A Memoir Author: Ariel Levy Narrator: Ariel Levy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER •  “This Year’s Must-Read Memoir” (W magazine) about the choices a young woman makes in her search for adventure, meaning, and love NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Vogue • Time • Esquire • Entertainment Weekly • The Guardian • Harper’s Bazaar • Library Journal • NPR  All her life, Ariel Levy was told that she was too fervent, too forceful, too much. As a young woman, she decided that becoming a writer would perfectly channel her strength and desire. She would be a professional explorer—“the kind of woman who is free to do whatever she chooses.” Levy moved to Manhattan to pursue her dream, and spent years of adventure, traveling all over the world writing stories about unconventional heroines, following their fearless examples in her own life. But when she experiences unthinkable heartbreak, Levy is forced to surrender her illusion of control. In telling her story, Levy has captured a portrait of our time, of the shifting forces in American culture, of what has changed and what has remained. And of how to begin again. Praise for The Rules Do Not Apply “Unflinching and intimate, wrenching and revelatory, Ariel Levy’s powerful memoir about love, loss, and finding one’s way shimmers with truth and heart on every page.”—Cheryl Strayed “Every deep feeling a human is capable of will be shaken loose by this profound book. Ariel Levy has taken grief and made art out of it.”—David Sedaris “Beautifully crafted . . . This book is haunting; it is smart and engaging. It was so engrossing that I read it in a day.”—The New York Times Book Review “Levy’s wise and poignant memoir is the voice of a new generation of women, full of grit, pathos, truth, and inspiration. Being in her presence is energizing and ennobling. Reading her deep little book is inspiring.”—San Francisco Book Review “Levy has the rare gift of seeing herself with fierce, unforgiving clarity. And she deploys prose to match, raw and agile. She plumbs the commotion deep within and takes the measure of her have-it-all generation.”—The Atlantic “Cheryl Strayed meets a Nora Ephron movie. You’ll laugh, ugly cry, and finish it before the weekend’s over.”—theSkimm https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283559 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Scandal: The Drive to Abolish Male and Female Author: Ashley McGuire Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 13, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Welcome to the troubling age of sex-denialism—the age of gender-neutral labels, rigidly enforced equality, unisex spaces, and the systematic eradication of sexual difference. In her debut book, Sex Scandal, journalist Ashley McGuire investigates the alarming nationwide push to ignore the natural, biological distinctions between men and women that have been at the core of functioning human society since the dawn of time. McGuire reports shocking examples of progressive sex-denialism—from American schools, offices, bathrooms, and bedrooms—and reveals the most startling and alarming trend of all: that the frontline victims of our new “gender-neutral” world are young women and girls, the very people progressive activists claim to be championing. Ashley McGuire Mon, 13 Feb 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283559 thebookvoice.com 7:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Scandal: The Drive to Abolish Male and Female Author: Ashley McGuire Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 13, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Welcome to the troubling age of sex-denialism—the age of gender-neutral labels, rigidly enforced equality, unisex spaces, and the systematic eradication of sexual difference. In her debut book, Sex Scandal, journalist Ashley McGuire investigates the alarming nationwide push to ignore the natural, biological distinctions between men and women that have been at the core of functioning human society since the dawn of time. McGuire reports shocking examples of progressive sex-denialism—from American schools, offices, bathrooms, and bedrooms—and reveals the most startling and alarming trend of all: that the frontline victims of our new “gender-neutral” world are young women and girls, the very people progressive activists claim to be championing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Scandal: The Drive to Abolish Male and Female Author: Ashley McGuire Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 13, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Welcome to the troubling age of sex-denialism—the age of gender-neutral labels, rigidly enforced equality, unisex spaces, and the systematic eradication of sexual difference. In her debut book, Sex Scandal, journalist Ashley McGuire investigates the alarming nationwide push to ignore the natural, biological distinctions between men and women that have been at the core of functioning human society since the dawn of time. McGuire reports shocking examples of progressive sex-denialism—from American schools, offices, bathrooms, and bedrooms—and reveals the most startling and alarming trend of all: that the frontline victims of our new “gender-neutral” world are young women and girls, the very people progressive activists claim to be championing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283469 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kindred Author: Octavia E. Butler Narrator: Kim Staunton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 2, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 397 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 126 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first science fiction written by a Black woman, Kindred has become a cornerstone of Black American literature. This combination of slave memoir, fantasy, and historical fiction is a novel of rich literary complexity. Having just celebrated her 26th birthday in 1976 California, Dana, an African-American woman, is suddenly and inexplicably wrenched through time into antebellum Maryland. After saving a drowning white boy there, she finds herself staring into the barrel of a shotgun and is transported back to the present just in time to save her life. During numerous such time-defying episodes with the same young man, she realizes the challenge she's been given: to protect this young slaveholder until he can father her own great-grandmother. Author Octavia E. Butler skillfully juxtaposes the serious issues of slavery, human rights, and racial prejudice with an exciting science fiction, romance, and historical adventure. Kim Staunton's narrative talent magically transforms the listener's earphones into an audio time machine. Octavia E. Butler Fri, 02 May 2008 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283469 thebookvoice.com 10:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kindred Author: Octavia E. Butler Narrator: Kim Staunton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 2, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 397 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 126 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first science fiction written by a Black woman, Kindred has become a cornerstone of Black American literature. This combination of slave memoir, fantasy, and historical fiction is a novel of rich literary complexity. Having just celebrated her 26th birthday in 1976 California, Dana, an African-American woman, is suddenly and inexplicably wrenched through time into antebellum Maryland. After saving a drowning white boy there, she finds herself staring into the barrel of a shotgun and is transported back to the present just in time to save her life. During numerous such time-defying episodes with the same young man, she realizes the challenge she's been given: to protect this young slaveholder until he can father her own great-grandmother. Author Octavia E. Butler skillfully juxtaposes the serious issues of slavery, human rights, and racial prejudice with an exciting science fiction, romance, and historical adventure. Kim Staunton's narrative talent magically transforms the listener's earphones into an audio time machine. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kindred Author: Octavia E. Butler Narrator: Kim Staunton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 2, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 397 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 126 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first science fiction written by a Black woman, Kindred has become a cornerstone of Black American literature. This combination of slave memoir, fantasy, and historical fiction is a novel of rich literary complexity. Having just celebrated her 26th birthday in 1976 California, Dana, an African-American woman, is suddenly and inexplicably wrenched through time into antebellum Maryland. After saving a drowning white boy there, she finds herself staring into the barrel of a shotgun and is transported back to the present just in time to save her life. During numerous such time-defying episodes with the same young man, she realizes the challenge she's been given: to protect this young slaveholder until he can father her own great-grandmother. Author Octavia E. Butler skillfully juxtaposes the serious issues of slavery, human rights, and racial prejudice with an exciting science fiction, romance, and historical adventure. Kim Staunton's narrative talent magically transforms the listener's earphones into an audio time machine. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283222 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collateral Damage: Guiding and Protecting Your Child Through the Minefield of Divorce Author: John Chirban Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Based on research from more than 10,000 surveys from children and parents of divorce, Collateral Damage presents parents with an overview of the negative impact that divorce has on their children and offers ways to better serve their needs at this critical time. Approximately fifty percent of marriages in the United State fail. Add to that the increasing number of couples who never marry, have children together, and later go their separate ways. In all of these scenarios, children suffer greatly—often in silence, as parents do not know how to effectively guide their kids. When the sorrow and emotional issues of children are not addressed, the cycle of divorce is likely to continue for them and in generations that follow. In addition, while children may appear to be resilient and adjusting, without proper support children of divorce are more prone to drug and alcohol abuse, criminal behavior, mental and physical illness, and suicide. How can parents manage their own hurt, shock, anger, and despair so that they can provide their children with what they need? While Collateral Damage does not advocate divorce, it does sound a wakeup call for parents. It identifies the landmines inherent in the dangerous terrain of divorce and equips them to help their children not to feel abandoned or unheard. Topics covered include: - Building the family—not losing it - Tuning into your kids - Stabilizing childhood - Maintaining parent/child roles - Avoiding the parenting handoff - Keeping kids out of the war zone - Instilling trust - Keeping open lines of communication - Attuning to guiding, spiritual resources  The unfortunate failure of a marriage does not mean the end of the family. Providing a stable, supportive, healthy relationship with your child demonstrates what a loving relationship looks like, better preparing them for intimate relationships and marriage as an adult. John Chirban Tue, 17 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283222 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collateral Damage: Guiding and Protecting Your Child Through the Minefield of Divorce Author: John Chirban Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Based on research from more than 10,000 surveys from children and parents of divorce, Collateral Damage presents parents with an overview of the negative impact that divorce has on their children and offers ways to better serve their needs at this critical time. Approximately fifty percent of marriages in the United State fail. Add to that the increasing number of couples who never marry, have children together, and later go their separate ways. In all of these scenarios, children suffer greatly—often in silence, as parents do not know how to effectively guide their kids. When the sorrow and emotional issues of children are not addressed, the cycle of divorce is likely to continue for them and in generations that follow. In addition, while children may appear to be resilient and adjusting, without proper support children of divorce are more prone to drug and alcohol abuse, criminal behavior, mental and physical illness, and suicide. How can parents manage their own hurt, shock, anger, and despair so that they can provide their children with what they need? While Collateral Damage does not advocate divorce, it does sound a wakeup call for parents. It identifies the landmines inherent in the dangerous terrain of divorce and equips them to help their children not to feel abandoned or unheard. Topics covered include: - Building the family—not losing it - Tuning into your kids - Stabilizing childhood - Maintaining parent/child roles - Avoiding the parenting handoff - Keeping kids out of the war zone - Instilling trust - Keeping open lines of communication - Attuning to guiding, spiritual resources  The unfortunate failure of a marriage does not mean the end of the family. Providing a stable, supportive, healthy relationship with your child demonstrates what a loving relationship looks like, better preparing them for intimate relationships and marriage as an adult. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collateral Damage: Guiding and Protecting Your Child Through the Minefield of Divorce Author: John Chirban Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Based on research from more than 10,000 surveys from children and parents of divorce, Collateral Damage presents parents with an overview of the negative impact that divorce has on their children and offers ways to better serve their needs at this critical time. Approximately fifty percent of marriages in the United State fail. Add to that the increasing number of couples who never marry, have children together, and later go their separate ways. In all of these scenarios, children suffer greatly—often in silence, as parents do not know how to effectively guide their kids. When the sorrow and emotional issues of children are not addressed, the cycle of divorce is likely to continue for them and in generations that follow. In addition, while children may appear to be resilient and adjusting, without proper support children of divorce are more prone to drug and alcohol abuse, criminal behavior, mental and physical illness, and suicide. How can parents manage their own hurt, shock, anger, and despair so that they can provide their children with what they need? While Collateral Damage does not advocate divorce, it does sound a wakeup call for parents. It identifies the landmines inherent in the dangerous terrain of divorce and equips them to help their children not to feel abandoned or unheard. Topics covered include: - Building the family—not losing it - Tuning into your kids - Stabilizing childhood - Maintaining parent/child roles - Avoiding the parenting handoff - Keeping kids out of the war zone - Instilling trust - Keeping open lines of communication - Attuning to guiding, spiritual resources  The unfortunate failure of a marriage does not mean the end of the family. Providing a stable, supportive, healthy relationship with your child demonstrates what a loving relationship looks like, better preparing them for intimate relationships and marriage as an adult. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283073 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rest in Power: The Enduring Life of Trayvon Martin Author: Sybrina Fulton, Tracy Martin Narrator: Jd Jackson, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Trayvon Martin’s parents take readers beyond the news cycle with an account only they could give: the intimate story of a tragically foreshortened life and the rise of a movement.   “A reminder—not only of Trayvon’s life and death but of the vulnerability of black lives in a country that still needs to be reminded they matter.”—USA Today   Now a docuseries on the Paramount Network produced by Shawn Carter   Years after his tragic death, Trayvon Martin’s name is still evoked every day. He has become a symbol of social justice activism, as has his hauntingly familiar image: the photo of a child still in the process of becoming a young man, wearing a hoodie and gazing silently at the camera. But who was Trayvon Martin, before he became, in death, an icon? And how did one black child’s death on a dark, rainy street in a small Florida town become the match that lit a civil rights crusade?   Rest in Power, told through the compelling alternating narratives of his parents, Sybrina Fulton and Tracy Martin, answers those questions from the most intimate of sources. The book takes us beyond the news cycle and familiar images to give the account that only his parents can offer: the story of the beautiful and complex child they lost, the cruel unresponsiveness of the police and the hostility of the legal system, and an inspiring journey from grief and pain to power, and from tragedy and senselessness to purpose. Sybrina Fulton, Tracy Martin Tue, 31 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283073 thebookvoice.com 13:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rest in Power: The Enduring Life of Trayvon Martin Author: Sybrina Fulton, Tracy Martin Narrator: Jd Jackson, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Trayvon Martin’s parents take readers beyond the news cycle with an account only they could give: the intimate story of a tragically foreshortened life and the rise of a movement.   “A reminder—not only of Trayvon’s life and death but of the vulnerability of black lives in a country that still needs to be reminded they matter.”—USA Today   Now a docuseries on the Paramount Network produced by Shawn Carter   Years after his tragic death, Trayvon Martin’s name is still evoked every day. He has become a symbol of social justice activism, as has his hauntingly familiar image: the photo of a child still in the process of becoming a young man, wearing a hoodie and gazing silently at the camera. But who was Trayvon Martin, before he became, in death, an icon? And how did one black child’s death on a dark, rainy street in a small Florida town become the match that lit a civil rights crusade?   Rest in Power, told through the compelling alternating narratives of his parents, Sybrina Fulton and Tracy Martin, answers those questions from the most intimate of sources. The book takes us beyond the news cycle and familiar images to give the account that only his parents can offer: the story of the beautiful and complex child they lost, the cruel unresponsiveness of the police and the hostility of the legal system, and an inspiring journey from grief and pain to power, and from tragedy and senselessness to purpose. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rest in Power: The Enduring Life of Trayvon Martin Author: Sybrina Fulton, Tracy Martin Narrator: Jd Jackson, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Trayvon Martin’s parents take readers beyond the news cycle with an account only they could give: the intimate story of a tragically foreshortened life and the rise of a movement.   “A reminder—not only of Trayvon’s life and death but of the vulnerability of black lives in a country that still needs to be reminded they matter.”—USA Today   Now a docuseries on the Paramount Network produced by Shawn Carter   Years after his tragic death, Trayvon Martin’s name is still evoked every day. He has become a symbol of social justice activism, as has his hauntingly familiar image: the photo of a child still in the process of becoming a young man, wearing a hoodie and gazing silently at the camera. But who was Trayvon Martin, before he became, in death, an icon? And how did one black child’s death on a dark, rainy street in a small Florida town become the match that lit a civil rights crusade?   Rest in Power, told through the compelling alternating narratives of his parents, Sybrina Fulton and Tracy Martin, answers those questions from the most intimate of sources. The book takes us beyond the news cycle and familiar images to give the account that only his parents can offer: the story of the beautiful and complex child they lost, the cruel unresponsiveness of the police and the hostility of the legal system, and an inspiring journey from grief and pain to power, and from tragedy and senselessness to purpose. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283018 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Woman's Work Author: Harriet Harman Narrator: Harriet Harman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 2, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of A Woman's Work, written and read by Harriet Harman. The first time the story of women's progressive politics over the past thirty years has been told - by someone at the forefront of the movement Why does the political representation of women matter? And which hurdles - personal, political and societal - have been faced, fought and sometimes overcome in the past thirty years? From campaigning with small children to increasing the number of women in Parliament, bringing women's issues to the heart of the Labour Party and tackling a parliamentary culture with no consideration for family life, this frank, inspiring and politically charged book is a crucial account of the progress (and occasional setbacks) made in fighting to change the Labour Party, UK politics and the way the country has been governed since the 1970s. Harriet Harman Thu, 02 Feb 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283018 thebookvoice.com 15:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Woman's Work Author: Harriet Harman Narrator: Harriet Harman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 2, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of A Woman's Work, written and read by Harriet Harman. The first time the story of women's progressive politics over the past thirty years has been told - by someone at the forefront of the movement Why does the political representation of women matter? And which hurdles - personal, political and societal - have been faced, fought and sometimes overcome in the past thirty years? From campaigning with small children to increasing the number of women in Parliament, bringing women's issues to the heart of the Labour Party and tackling a parliamentary culture with no consideration for family life, this frank, inspiring and politically charged book is a crucial account of the progress (and occasional setbacks) made in fighting to change the Labour Party, UK politics and the way the country has been governed since the 1970s. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Woman's Work Author: Harriet Harman Narrator: Harriet Harman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 2, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of A Woman's Work, written and read by Harriet Harman. The first time the story of women's progressive politics over the past thirty years has been told - by someone at the forefront of the movement Why does the political representation of women matter? And which hurdles - personal, political and societal - have been faced, fought and sometimes overcome in the past thirty years? From campaigning with small children to increasing the number of women in Parliament, bringing women's issues to the heart of the Labour Party and tackling a parliamentary culture with no consideration for family life, this frank, inspiring and politically charged book is a crucial account of the progress (and occasional setbacks) made in fighting to change the Labour Party, UK politics and the way the country has been governed since the 1970s. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/282872 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/282872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why I Am Not A Feminist: A Feminist Manifesto Author: Jessa Crispin Narrator: Jessa Crispin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Outspoken critic Jessa Crispin delivers a searing rejection of contemporary feminism… and a bracing manifesto for revolution. Are you a feminist? Do you believe women are human beings and that they deserve to be treated as such? That women deserve all the same rights and liberties bestowed upon men? If so, then you are a feminist . . . or so the feminists keep insisting. But somewhere along the way, the movement for female liberation sacrificed meaning for acceptance, and left us with a banal, polite, ineffectual pose that barely challenges the status quo. In this bracing, fiercely intelligent manifesto, Jessa Crispin demands more. Why I Am Not A Feminist is a radical, fearless call for revolution. It accuses the feminist movement of obliviousness, irrelevance, and cowardice—and demands nothing less than the total dismantling of a system of oppression. Jessa Crispin Tue, 21 Feb 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/282872 thebookvoice.com 3:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/282872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why I Am Not A Feminist: A Feminist Manifesto Author: Jessa Crispin Narrator: Jessa Crispin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Outspoken critic Jessa Crispin delivers a searing rejection of contemporary feminism… and a bracing manifesto for revolution. Are you a feminist? Do you believe women are human beings and that they deserve to be treated as such? That women deserve all the same rights and liberties bestowed upon men? If so, then you are a feminist . . . or so the feminists keep insisting. But somewhere along the way, the movement for female liberation sacrificed meaning for acceptance, and left us with a banal, polite, ineffectual pose that barely challenges the status quo. In this bracing, fiercely intelligent manifesto, Jessa Crispin demands more. Why I Am Not A Feminist is a radical, fearless call for revolution. It accuses the feminist movement of obliviousness, irrelevance, and cowardice—and demands nothing less than the total dismantling of a system of oppression. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/282872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why I Am Not A Feminist: A Feminist Manifesto Author: Jessa Crispin Narrator: Jessa Crispin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Outspoken critic Jessa Crispin delivers a searing rejection of contemporary feminism… and a bracing manifesto for revolution. Are you a feminist? Do you believe women are human beings and that they deserve to be treated as such? That women deserve all the same rights and liberties bestowed upon men? If so, then you are a feminist . . . or so the feminists keep insisting. But somewhere along the way, the movement for female liberation sacrificed meaning for acceptance, and left us with a banal, polite, ineffectual pose that barely challenges the status quo. In this bracing, fiercely intelligent manifesto, Jessa Crispin demands more. Why I Am Not A Feminist is a radical, fearless call for revolution. It accuses the feminist movement of obliviousness, irrelevance, and cowardice—and demands nothing less than the total dismantling of a system of oppression. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281935 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281935]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Don't Belong to You: Quiet the Noise and Find Your Voice Author: Keke Palmer Narrator: Keke Palmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sometimes serious, often hilarious, and always inspiring guide that encourages young women to live a life full of ownership, confidence, and freedom from singer and popular Scream Queens and Grease Live! actress Keke Palmer, delightfully illustrated in four color with Keke’s favorite inspirational quotes, journal entries, and memes. As a successful singer, actress, and talk show host, Keke has always used her huge social media following as a platform for real talk about the issues that matter to her generation, and now she is speaking out candidly and for the first time about the secrets, struggles, and practices that have guided her to succeed. On the surface, it may appear that Keke has it made, but under the success, she has grappled with the same issues all young women wrestle with—identity, pressure, self-worth, love, sexuality, heartbreak, and family. With this in mind, she created I Don’t Belong To You—an inspirational guide that encourages young women to change their mindset and live with more freedom, confidence, and love as they navigate the rough terrain of the twenty-first century. Full of revealing stories from Keke’s personal and professional life, this book tackles twelve topics—sexuality, race, anxiety, success, bullying, and body image to name a few—with refreshing honesty. Within each chapter is a personal interview with one of the many people that have inspired and motivated her, including Serena Williams, Drake, Nicki Minaj, and Lee Daniels; quotes, texts, song lyrics, and funny memes that have inspired her; and practices that can help you stay on a path of always growing, moving forward. With a voice of empathy, tough love, and determination, Keke speaks about the challenges and triumphs she has experienced on her journey to finding her own voice and creating a beautiful life. I Don’t Belong To You is the motivation you need to move past pain and fear to lead a life full of creativity, spirituality, passion, and unlimited success. Keke Palmer Tue, 31 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281935 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281935]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Don't Belong to You: Quiet the Noise and Find Your Voice Author: Keke Palmer Narrator: Keke Palmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sometimes serious, often hilarious, and always inspiring guide that encourages young women to live a life full of ownership, confidence, and freedom from singer and popular Scream Queens and Grease Live! actress Keke Palmer, delightfully illustrated in four color with Keke’s favorite inspirational quotes, journal entries, and memes. As a successful singer, actress, and talk show host, Keke has always used her huge social media following as a platform for real talk about the issues that matter to her generation, and now she is speaking out candidly and for the first time about the secrets, struggles, and practices that have guided her to succeed. On the surface, it may appear that Keke has it made, but under the success, she has grappled with the same issues all young women wrestle with—identity, pressure, self-worth, love, sexuality, heartbreak, and family. With this in mind, she created I Don’t Belong To You—an inspirational guide that encourages young women to change their mindset and live with more freedom, confidence, and love as they navigate the rough terrain of the twenty-first century. Full of revealing stories from Keke’s personal and professional life, this book tackles twelve topics—sexuality, race, anxiety, success, bullying, and body image to name a few—with refreshing honesty. Within each chapter is a personal interview with one of the many people that have inspired and motivated her, including Serena Williams, Drake, Nicki Minaj, and Lee Daniels; quotes, texts, song lyrics, and funny memes that have inspired her; and practices that can help you stay on a path of always growing, moving forward. With a voice of empathy, tough love, and determination, Keke speaks about the challenges and triumphs she has experienced on her journey to finding her own voice and creating a beautiful life. I Don’t Belong To You is the motivation you need to move past pain and fear to lead a life full of creativity, spirituality, passion, and unlimited success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281935]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Don't Belong to You: Quiet the Noise and Find Your Voice Author: Keke Palmer Narrator: Keke Palmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sometimes serious, often hilarious, and always inspiring guide that encourages young women to live a life full of ownership, confidence, and freedom from singer and popular Scream Queens and Grease Live! actress Keke Palmer, delightfully illustrated in four color with Keke’s favorite inspirational quotes, journal entries, and memes. As a successful singer, actress, and talk show host, Keke has always used her huge social media following as a platform for real talk about the issues that matter to her generation, and now she is speaking out candidly and for the first time about the secrets, struggles, and practices that have guided her to succeed. On the surface, it may appear that Keke has it made, but under the success, she has grappled with the same issues all young women wrestle with—identity, pressure, self-worth, love, sexuality, heartbreak, and family. With this in mind, she created I Don’t Belong To You—an inspirational guide that encourages young women to change their mindset and live with more freedom, confidence, and love as they navigate the rough terrain of the twenty-first century. Full of revealing stories from Keke’s personal and professional life, this book tackles twelve topics—sexuality, race, anxiety, success, bullying, and body image to name a few—with refreshing honesty. Within each chapter is a personal interview with one of the many people that have inspired and motivated her, including Serena Williams, Drake, Nicki Minaj, and Lee Daniels; quotes, texts, song lyrics, and funny memes that have inspired her; and practices that can help you stay on a path of always growing, moving forward. With a voice of empathy, tough love, and determination, Keke speaks about the challenges and triumphs she has experienced on her journey to finding her own voice and creating a beautiful life. I Don’t Belong To You is the motivation you need to move past pain and fear to lead a life full of creativity, spirituality, passion, and unlimited success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281812 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unsolved Riddle of Social Justice Author: Susan Glaspell, Stephen Leacock Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers, Sean Michael Hogan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This lengthy political essay by noted Canadian humourist Stephen Leacock was written while he was professor of political economy at McGill University. He argues for a middle ground between capitalism and pure socialism. Listeners in the early 21st century may find this 90-year old essay oddly topical. (Summary by Sean Michael Hogan) Susan Glaspell, Stephen Leacock Wed, 04 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281812 thebookvoice.com 2:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unsolved Riddle of Social Justice Author: Susan Glaspell, Stephen Leacock Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers, Sean Michael Hogan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This lengthy political essay by noted Canadian humourist Stephen Leacock was written while he was professor of political economy at McGill University. He argues for a middle ground between capitalism and pure socialism. Listeners in the early 21st century may find this 90-year old essay oddly topical. (Summary by Sean Michael Hogan) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unsolved Riddle of Social Justice Author: Susan Glaspell, Stephen Leacock Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers, Sean Michael Hogan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This lengthy political essay by noted Canadian humourist Stephen Leacock was written while he was professor of political economy at McGill University. He argues for a middle ground between capitalism and pure socialism. Listeners in the early 21st century may find this 90-year old essay oddly topical. (Summary by Sean Michael Hogan) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281809 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Who Knock at Our Gates Author: Mary Antin Narrator: Maria Kasper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1914, over one million immigrants arrived in the United States, following in the footsteps of approximately ten million others who had arrived in the preceding decade. Faced with so many newcomers, many of them from backgrounds new to the American mix, voices in government and in the press had begun arguing in favor of more severely restrictionist immigration policies. In They Who Knock at Our Gates, Mary Antin broke down the discussion into three basic questions. First, the ethical question -- Where do we discover a right to restrict new arrivals, in light of all men's equal natural rights as declared by our founding documents? Second, the factual questions -- Who are these new immigrants, what sorts of gifts and qualities do they possess, what are their strengths and weaknesses, and what biases do we bring to our assessment of them? And third, the slippery question of individual interpretation -- How shall we decide without prejudice whether immigration is good for us, as a nation and as individual citizens? Written a century ago, Mary Antin's analysis of the "immigration question" still speaks to current readers. (Summary by Maria Kasper) Mary Antin Wed, 04 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281809 thebookvoice.com 2:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Who Knock at Our Gates Author: Mary Antin Narrator: Maria Kasper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1914, over one million immigrants arrived in the United States, following in the footsteps of approximately ten million others who had arrived in the preceding decade. Faced with so many newcomers, many of them from backgrounds new to the American mix, voices in government and in the press had begun arguing in favor of more severely restrictionist immigration policies. In They Who Knock at Our Gates, Mary Antin broke down the discussion into three basic questions. First, the ethical question -- Where do we discover a right to restrict new arrivals, in light of all men's equal natural rights as declared by our founding documents? Second, the factual questions -- Who are these new immigrants, what sorts of gifts and qualities do they possess, what are their strengths and weaknesses, and what biases do we bring to our assessment of them? And third, the slippery question of individual interpretation -- How shall we decide without prejudice whether immigration is good for us, as a nation and as individual citizens? Written a century ago, Mary Antin's analysis of the "immigration question" still speaks to current readers. (Summary by Maria Kasper) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Who Knock at Our Gates Author: Mary Antin Narrator: Maria Kasper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 4, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1914, over one million immigrants arrived in the United States, following in the footsteps of approximately ten million others who had arrived in the preceding decade. Faced with so many newcomers, many of them from backgrounds new to the American mix, voices in government and in the press had begun arguing in favor of more severely restrictionist immigration policies. In They Who Knock at Our Gates, Mary Antin broke down the discussion into three basic questions. First, the ethical question -- Where do we discover a right to restrict new arrivals, in light of all men's equal natural rights as declared by our founding documents? Second, the factual questions -- Who are these new immigrants, what sorts of gifts and qualities do they possess, what are their strengths and weaknesses, and what biases do we bring to our assessment of them? And third, the slippery question of individual interpretation -- How shall we decide without prejudice whether immigration is good for us, as a nation and as individual citizens? Written a century ago, Mary Antin's analysis of the "immigration question" still speaks to current readers. (Summary by Maria Kasper) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hit Makers: The Science of Popularity in an Age of Distraction Author: Derek Thompson Narrator: Derek Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Enthralling - full of 'aha' moments about why some ideas soar and others never get off the ground. This book picks up where The Tipping Point left off.' —Adam Grant Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has 'good taste,' and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular.   In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: * What Taylor Swift, the printing press, and the laugh track have in common * The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses * How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump * The 5th grader who accidentally launched 'Rock Around the Clock,' the biggest hit in rock and roll history * How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters * How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals * The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon * Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best * Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations * Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today * Why another year --1932--created the business model of film * How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth * How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere Derek Thompson Tue, 07 Feb 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281642 thebookvoice.com 11:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hit Makers: The Science of Popularity in an Age of Distraction Author: Derek Thompson Narrator: Derek Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Enthralling - full of 'aha' moments about why some ideas soar and others never get off the ground. This book picks up where The Tipping Point left off.' —Adam Grant Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has 'good taste,' and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular.   In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: * What Taylor Swift, the printing press, and the laugh track have in common * The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses * How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump * The 5th grader who accidentally launched 'Rock Around the Clock,' the biggest hit in rock and roll history * How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters * How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals * The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon * Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best * Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations * Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today * Why another year --1932--created the business model of film * How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth * How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hit Makers: The Science of Popularity in an Age of Distraction Author: Derek Thompson Narrator: Derek Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Enthralling - full of 'aha' moments about why some ideas soar and others never get off the ground. This book picks up where The Tipping Point left off.' —Adam Grant Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has 'good taste,' and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular.   In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: * What Taylor Swift, the printing press, and the laugh track have in common * The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses * How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump * The 5th grader who accidentally launched 'Rock Around the Clock,' the biggest hit in rock and roll history * How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters * How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals * The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon * Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best * Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations * Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today * Why another year --1932--created the business model of film * How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth * How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281480 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Fight: GMOs and the Future of the American Diet Author: McKay Jenkins Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are GMOs really that bad?  A prominent environmental journalist takes a fresh look at what they actually mean for our food system and for us. In the past two decades, GMOs have come to dominate the American diet. Advocates hail them as the future of food, an enhanced method of crop breeding that can help feed an ever-increasing global population and adapt to a rapidly changing environment. Critics, meanwhile, call for their banishment, insisting GMOs were designed by overeager scientists and greedy corporations to bolster an industrial food system that forces us to rely on cheap, unhealthy, processed food so they can turn an easy profit. In response, health-conscious brands such as Trader Joe’s and Whole Foods have started boasting that they are “GMO-free,” and companies like Monsanto have become villains in the eyes of average consumers. Where can we turn for the truth? Are GMOs an astounding scientific breakthrough destined to end world hunger? Or are they simply a way for giant companies to control a problematic food system? Environmental writer McKay Jenkins traveled across the country to answer these questions and discovered that the GMO controversy is more complicated than meets the eye. He interviewed dozens of people on all sides of the debate—scientists hoping to engineer new crops that could provide nutrients to people in the developing world, Hawaiian papaya farmers who credit GMOs with saving their livelihoods, and local farmers in Maryland who are redefining what it means to be “sustainable.” The result is a comprehensive, nuanced examination of the state of our food system and a much-needed guide for consumers to help them make more informed choices about what to eat for their next meal. McKay Jenkins Tue, 24 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281480 thebookvoice.com 9:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Fight: GMOs and the Future of the American Diet Author: McKay Jenkins Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are GMOs really that bad?  A prominent environmental journalist takes a fresh look at what they actually mean for our food system and for us. In the past two decades, GMOs have come to dominate the American diet. Advocates hail them as the future of food, an enhanced method of crop breeding that can help feed an ever-increasing global population and adapt to a rapidly changing environment. Critics, meanwhile, call for their banishment, insisting GMOs were designed by overeager scientists and greedy corporations to bolster an industrial food system that forces us to rely on cheap, unhealthy, processed food so they can turn an easy profit. In response, health-conscious brands such as Trader Joe’s and Whole Foods have started boasting that they are “GMO-free,” and companies like Monsanto have become villains in the eyes of average consumers. Where can we turn for the truth? Are GMOs an astounding scientific breakthrough destined to end world hunger? Or are they simply a way for giant companies to control a problematic food system? Environmental writer McKay Jenkins traveled across the country to answer these questions and discovered that the GMO controversy is more complicated than meets the eye. He interviewed dozens of people on all sides of the debate—scientists hoping to engineer new crops that could provide nutrients to people in the developing world, Hawaiian papaya farmers who credit GMOs with saving their livelihoods, and local farmers in Maryland who are redefining what it means to be “sustainable.” The result is a comprehensive, nuanced examination of the state of our food system and a much-needed guide for consumers to help them make more informed choices about what to eat for their next meal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Fight: GMOs and the Future of the American Diet Author: McKay Jenkins Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are GMOs really that bad?  A prominent environmental journalist takes a fresh look at what they actually mean for our food system and for us. In the past two decades, GMOs have come to dominate the American diet. Advocates hail them as the future of food, an enhanced method of crop breeding that can help feed an ever-increasing global population and adapt to a rapidly changing environment. Critics, meanwhile, call for their banishment, insisting GMOs were designed by overeager scientists and greedy corporations to bolster an industrial food system that forces us to rely on cheap, unhealthy, processed food so they can turn an easy profit. In response, health-conscious brands such as Trader Joe’s and Whole Foods have started boasting that they are “GMO-free,” and companies like Monsanto have become villains in the eyes of average consumers. Where can we turn for the truth? Are GMOs an astounding scientific breakthrough destined to end world hunger? Or are they simply a way for giant companies to control a problematic food system? Environmental writer McKay Jenkins traveled across the country to answer these questions and discovered that the GMO controversy is more complicated than meets the eye. He interviewed dozens of people on all sides of the debate—scientists hoping to engineer new crops that could provide nutrients to people in the developing world, Hawaiian papaya farmers who credit GMOs with saving their livelihoods, and local farmers in Maryland who are redefining what it means to be “sustainable.” The result is a comprehensive, nuanced examination of the state of our food system and a much-needed guide for consumers to help them make more informed choices about what to eat for their next meal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281474 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fourth Industrial Revolution Author: Klaus Schwab Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Fourth Industrial Revolution by Klaus Schwab, read by Nicholas Guy Smith. The founder and executive chairman of the World Economic Forum on how the impending technological revolution will change our lives We are on the brink of the Fourth Industrial Revolution. And this one will be unlike any other in human history. Characterized by new technologies fusing the physical, digital and biological worlds, the Fourth Industrial Revolution will impact all disciplines, economies and industries - and it will do so at an unprecedented rate. World Economic Forum data predicts that by 2025 we will see: commercial use of nanomaterials 200 times stronger than steel and a million times thinner than human hair; the first transplant of a 3D-printed liver; 10% of all cars on US roads being driverless; and much more besides. In The Fourth Industrial Revolution, Schwab outlines the key technologies driving this revolution, discusses the major impacts on governments, businesses, civil society and individuals, and offers bold ideas for what can be done to shape a better future for all. Klaus Schwab Thu, 05 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281474 thebookvoice.com 5:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fourth Industrial Revolution Author: Klaus Schwab Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Fourth Industrial Revolution by Klaus Schwab, read by Nicholas Guy Smith. The founder and executive chairman of the World Economic Forum on how the impending technological revolution will change our lives We are on the brink of the Fourth Industrial Revolution. And this one will be unlike any other in human history. Characterized by new technologies fusing the physical, digital and biological worlds, the Fourth Industrial Revolution will impact all disciplines, economies and industries - and it will do so at an unprecedented rate. World Economic Forum data predicts that by 2025 we will see: commercial use of nanomaterials 200 times stronger than steel and a million times thinner than human hair; the first transplant of a 3D-printed liver; 10% of all cars on US roads being driverless; and much more besides. In The Fourth Industrial Revolution, Schwab outlines the key technologies driving this revolution, discusses the major impacts on governments, businesses, civil society and individuals, and offers bold ideas for what can be done to shape a better future for all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fourth Industrial Revolution Author: Klaus Schwab Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Fourth Industrial Revolution by Klaus Schwab, read by Nicholas Guy Smith. The founder and executive chairman of the World Economic Forum on how the impending technological revolution will change our lives We are on the brink of the Fourth Industrial Revolution. And this one will be unlike any other in human history. Characterized by new technologies fusing the physical, digital and biological worlds, the Fourth Industrial Revolution will impact all disciplines, economies and industries - and it will do so at an unprecedented rate. World Economic Forum data predicts that by 2025 we will see: commercial use of nanomaterials 200 times stronger than steel and a million times thinner than human hair; the first transplant of a 3D-printed liver; 10% of all cars on US roads being driverless; and much more besides. In The Fourth Industrial Revolution, Schwab outlines the key technologies driving this revolution, discusses the major impacts on governments, businesses, civil society and individuals, and offers bold ideas for what can be done to shape a better future for all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281357 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tears We Cannot Stop: A Sermon to White America Author: Michael Eric Dyson Narrator: Michael Eric Dyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author 'Elegantly written, Tears We Cannot Stop is powerful in several areas: moving personal recollections; profound cultural analysis; and guidance for moral redemption. A work to relish.' —Toni Morrison 'Here’s a sermon that’s as fierce as it is lucid. It shook me up, but in a good way. This is how it works if you’re black in America, this is what happens, and this is how it feels. If you’re black, you’ll feel a spark of recognition in every paragraph. If you’re white, Dyson tells you what you need to know—what this white man needed to know, at least. This is a major achievement. I read it and said amen.' —Stephen King As the country grapples with racist division at a level not seen since the 1960s, one man's voice is heard above the rest. In his New York Times op-ed piece 'Death in Black and White,' Michael Eric Dyson moved a nation. Isabel Wilkerson called it 'an unfiltered Marlboro of black pain' and 'crushingly powerful,' and Beyonce tweeted about it. Now he continues to speak out in Tears We Cannot Stop—a provocative and deeply personal call for change. Dyson argues that if we are to make real racial progress we must face difficult truths, including being honest about how black grievance has been ignored, dismissed, or discounted. Short, emotional, literary, powerful—this is the book that all Americans who care about the current and long-burning crisis in race relations will want to read. Michael Eric Dyson Tue, 17 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281357 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tears We Cannot Stop: A Sermon to White America Author: Michael Eric Dyson Narrator: Michael Eric Dyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author 'Elegantly written, Tears We Cannot Stop is powerful in several areas: moving personal recollections; profound cultural analysis; and guidance for moral redemption. A work to relish.' —Toni Morrison 'Here’s a sermon that’s as fierce as it is lucid. It shook me up, but in a good way. This is how it works if you’re black in America, this is what happens, and this is how it feels. If you’re black, you’ll feel a spark of recognition in every paragraph. If you’re white, Dyson tells you what you need to know—what this white man needed to know, at least. This is a major achievement. I read it and said amen.' —Stephen King As the country grapples with racist division at a level not seen since the 1960s, one man's voice is heard above the rest. In his New York Times op-ed piece 'Death in Black and White,' Michael Eric Dyson moved a nation. Isabel Wilkerson called it 'an unfiltered Marlboro of black pain' and 'crushingly powerful,' and Beyonce tweeted about it. Now he continues to speak out in Tears We Cannot Stop—a provocative and deeply personal call for change. Dyson argues that if we are to make real racial progress we must face difficult truths, including being honest about how black grievance has been ignored, dismissed, or discounted. Short, emotional, literary, powerful—this is the book that all Americans who care about the current and long-burning crisis in race relations will want to read. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tears We Cannot Stop: A Sermon to White America Author: Michael Eric Dyson Narrator: Michael Eric Dyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author 'Elegantly written, Tears We Cannot Stop is powerful in several areas: moving personal recollections; profound cultural analysis; and guidance for moral redemption. A work to relish.' —Toni Morrison 'Here’s a sermon that’s as fierce as it is lucid. It shook me up, but in a good way. This is how it works if you’re black in America, this is what happens, and this is how it feels. If you’re black, you’ll feel a spark of recognition in every paragraph. If you’re white, Dyson tells you what you need to know—what this white man needed to know, at least. This is a major achievement. I read it and said amen.' —Stephen King As the country grapples with racist division at a level not seen since the 1960s, one man's voice is heard above the rest. In his New York Times op-ed piece 'Death in Black and White,' Michael Eric Dyson moved a nation. Isabel Wilkerson called it 'an unfiltered Marlboro of black pain' and 'crushingly powerful,' and Beyonce tweeted about it. Now he continues to speak out in Tears We Cannot Stop—a provocative and deeply personal call for change. Dyson argues that if we are to make real racial progress we must face difficult truths, including being honest about how black grievance has been ignored, dismissed, or discounted. Short, emotional, literary, powerful—this is the book that all Americans who care about the current and long-burning crisis in race relations will want to read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281339 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trump Survival Guide: Everything You Need to Know About Living Through What You Hoped Would Never Happen Author: Gene Stone Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: National Bestseller Don’t despair. Don’t retreat. Fight back. A call-to-action for Democrats, moderate Republicans, and other anti-Trump dissenters, detailing the history of social and political policies, how Obama treated them, how Trump has the power to undermine them, and what people can do to fight back. The stunning election of Donald J. Trump rocked an already divided America and left scores of citizens, including the nearly sixty-five million voters who supported Hillary Clinton, feeling bereft and powerless. Now, Gene Stone, author of The Bush Survival Bible, offers invaluable guidance and concrete solutions the resistance can use to make a difference in this serious call-to-arms—showing them how to move from anger and despair to activism against the Trump presidency and its potentially lasting effects on our democracy.   Before we can successfully engage, we need to be clear about the battles we face. Stone outlines political and social concepts—including such issues as Civil Rights, Women’s Rights, the Environment, Obamacare, International relations, and LGBTQ Rights—providing a brief history of each, a refresher on Obama's policies over his eight years in office, and an analysis of how Trump’s administration is threatening them. But lest we feel overwhelmed by the scale of the threat and settle for aimless outrage, Stone then provides an invaluable guide for fighting back—referring to organizations, people, sites, and countless other resources that are working tirelessly to restore the power of the people, safeguard our democracy, and ensure that none of us are left behind in our quest for relentless and equitable progress. While marches and social media are important forms of protest, concrete actions that achieve real and measurable change are a vital part of the fight. Positive and reinforcing, The Trump Survival Guide presents the essential information we need to effectively make our voices heard and our power felt, during the Trump presidency and beyond. Gene Stone Tue, 10 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281339 thebookvoice.com 4:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trump Survival Guide: Everything You Need to Know About Living Through What You Hoped Would Never Happen Author: Gene Stone Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: National Bestseller Don’t despair. Don’t retreat. Fight back. A call-to-action for Democrats, moderate Republicans, and other anti-Trump dissenters, detailing the history of social and political policies, how Obama treated them, how Trump has the power to undermine them, and what people can do to fight back. The stunning election of Donald J. Trump rocked an already divided America and left scores of citizens, including the nearly sixty-five million voters who supported Hillary Clinton, feeling bereft and powerless. Now, Gene Stone, author of The Bush Survival Bible, offers invaluable guidance and concrete solutions the resistance can use to make a difference in this serious call-to-arms—showing them how to move from anger and despair to activism against the Trump presidency and its potentially lasting effects on our democracy.   Before we can successfully engage, we need to be clear about the battles we face. Stone outlines political and social concepts—including such issues as Civil Rights, Women’s Rights, the Environment, Obamacare, International relations, and LGBTQ Rights—providing a brief history of each, a refresher on Obama's policies over his eight years in office, and an analysis of how Trump’s administration is threatening them. But lest we feel overwhelmed by the scale of the threat and settle for aimless outrage, Stone then provides an invaluable guide for fighting back—referring to organizations, people, sites, and countless other resources that are working tirelessly to restore the power of the people, safeguard our democracy, and ensure that none of us are left behind in our quest for relentless and equitable progress. While marches and social media are important forms of protest, concrete actions that achieve real and measurable change are a vital part of the fight. Positive and reinforcing, The Trump Survival Guide presents the essential information we need to effectively make our voices heard and our power felt, during the Trump presidency and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trump Survival Guide: Everything You Need to Know About Living Through What You Hoped Would Never Happen Author: Gene Stone Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: National Bestseller Don’t despair. Don’t retreat. Fight back. A call-to-action for Democrats, moderate Republicans, and other anti-Trump dissenters, detailing the history of social and political policies, how Obama treated them, how Trump has the power to undermine them, and what people can do to fight back. The stunning election of Donald J. Trump rocked an already divided America and left scores of citizens, including the nearly sixty-five million voters who supported Hillary Clinton, feeling bereft and powerless. Now, Gene Stone, author of The Bush Survival Bible, offers invaluable guidance and concrete solutions the resistance can use to make a difference in this serious call-to-arms—showing them how to move from anger and despair to activism against the Trump presidency and its potentially lasting effects on our democracy.   Before we can successfully engage, we need to be clear about the battles we face. Stone outlines political and social concepts—including such issues as Civil Rights, Women’s Rights, the Environment, Obamacare, International relations, and LGBTQ Rights—providing a brief history of each, a refresher on Obama's policies over his eight years in office, and an analysis of how Trump’s administration is threatening them. But lest we feel overwhelmed by the scale of the threat and settle for aimless outrage, Stone then provides an invaluable guide for fighting back—referring to organizations, people, sites, and countless other resources that are working tirelessly to restore the power of the people, safeguard our democracy, and ensure that none of us are left behind in our quest for relentless and equitable progress. While marches and social media are important forms of protest, concrete actions that achieve real and measurable change are a vital part of the fight. Positive and reinforcing, The Trump Survival Guide presents the essential information we need to effectively make our voices heard and our power felt, during the Trump presidency and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281266 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radicalized: New Jihadists and the Threat to the West Author: Peter R. Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 30, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The 2015 Paris and San Bernardino terrorist attacks heralded the beginning of a new wave of terrorism―one rooted in the ongoing conflict in Syria and Iraq that shows the possibility of foreign attackers working with citizens of the country. As ISIS seeks to expand its reach in the Middle East, its territory serves as a training and operations base for a new generation of jihadis. Young people from the West, primarily from Europe, have traveled to join the terror organization, reemerging as hardened fighters with military training and a network of international contacts. Many have returned to their homelands, where it is feared they are planning a new series of brutal attacks. When the War on Terror began, Western political leaders assured their citizens that they would be engaging terrorists “over there” in Iraq and Afghanistan and not at home. In this guide to the latest development in the War on Terror based on extensive interviews and previously unseen material, Peter R. Neumann explains the phenomenon of the “new jihadis” and why the threat of terrorism and ISIS in the West is greater than ever before. Peter R. Fri, 30 Dec 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281266 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radicalized: New Jihadists and the Threat to the West Author: Peter R. Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 30, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The 2015 Paris and San Bernardino terrorist attacks heralded the beginning of a new wave of terrorism―one rooted in the ongoing conflict in Syria and Iraq that shows the possibility of foreign attackers working with citizens of the country. As ISIS seeks to expand its reach in the Middle East, its territory serves as a training and operations base for a new generation of jihadis. Young people from the West, primarily from Europe, have traveled to join the terror organization, reemerging as hardened fighters with military training and a network of international contacts. Many have returned to their homelands, where it is feared they are planning a new series of brutal attacks. When the War on Terror began, Western political leaders assured their citizens that they would be engaging terrorists “over there” in Iraq and Afghanistan and not at home. In this guide to the latest development in the War on Terror based on extensive interviews and previously unseen material, Peter R. Neumann explains the phenomenon of the “new jihadis” and why the threat of terrorism and ISIS in the West is greater than ever before. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radicalized: New Jihadists and the Threat to the West Author: Peter R. Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 30, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The 2015 Paris and San Bernardino terrorist attacks heralded the beginning of a new wave of terrorism―one rooted in the ongoing conflict in Syria and Iraq that shows the possibility of foreign attackers working with citizens of the country. As ISIS seeks to expand its reach in the Middle East, its territory serves as a training and operations base for a new generation of jihadis. Young people from the West, primarily from Europe, have traveled to join the terror organization, reemerging as hardened fighters with military training and a network of international contacts. Many have returned to their homelands, where it is feared they are planning a new series of brutal attacks. When the War on Terror began, Western political leaders assured their citizens that they would be engaging terrorists “over there” in Iraq and Afghanistan and not at home. In this guide to the latest development in the War on Terror based on extensive interviews and previously unseen material, Peter R. Neumann explains the phenomenon of the “new jihadis” and why the threat of terrorism and ISIS in the West is greater than ever before. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281244 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next Pandemic: On the Front Lines Against Humankind's Gravest Dangers Author: Ali S Khan, William Patrick Narrator: Ben Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An inside account of the fight to contain the world's deadliest diseases -- and the panic and corruption that make them worse. Throughout history, humankind's biggest killers have been infectious diseases: the Black Death, the Spanish Flu, and AIDS alone account for over one hundred million deaths. We ignore this reality most of the time, but when a new threat -- Ebola, SARS, Zika, coronavirus -- seems imminent, we send our best and bravest doctors to contain it. People like Dr. Ali S. Khan. In his long career as a public health first responder -- protected by a thin mask from infected patients, napping under nets to keep out scorpions, making life-and-death decisions on limited, suspect information -- Khan has found that rogue microbes will always be a problem, but outbreaks are often caused by people. We make mistakes, politicize emergencies, and, too often, fail to imagine the consequences of our actions. The Next Pandemic is a firsthand account of disasters like anthrax, bird flu, and others -- and how we could do more to prevent their return. It is both a gripping story of our brushes with fate and an urgent lesson on how we can keep ourselves safe from the inevitable next pandemic. Ali S Khan, William Patrick Tue, 17 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281244 thebookvoice.com 8:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next Pandemic: On the Front Lines Against Humankind's Gravest Dangers Author: Ali S Khan, William Patrick Narrator: Ben Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An inside account of the fight to contain the world's deadliest diseases -- and the panic and corruption that make them worse. Throughout history, humankind's biggest killers have been infectious diseases: the Black Death, the Spanish Flu, and AIDS alone account for over one hundred million deaths. We ignore this reality most of the time, but when a new threat -- Ebola, SARS, Zika, coronavirus -- seems imminent, we send our best and bravest doctors to contain it. People like Dr. Ali S. Khan. In his long career as a public health first responder -- protected by a thin mask from infected patients, napping under nets to keep out scorpions, making life-and-death decisions on limited, suspect information -- Khan has found that rogue microbes will always be a problem, but outbreaks are often caused by people. We make mistakes, politicize emergencies, and, too often, fail to imagine the consequences of our actions. The Next Pandemic is a firsthand account of disasters like anthrax, bird flu, and others -- and how we could do more to prevent their return. It is both a gripping story of our brushes with fate and an urgent lesson on how we can keep ourselves safe from the inevitable next pandemic. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next Pandemic: On the Front Lines Against Humankind's Gravest Dangers Author: Ali S Khan, William Patrick Narrator: Ben Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An inside account of the fight to contain the world's deadliest diseases -- and the panic and corruption that make them worse. Throughout history, humankind's biggest killers have been infectious diseases: the Black Death, the Spanish Flu, and AIDS alone account for over one hundred million deaths. We ignore this reality most of the time, but when a new threat -- Ebola, SARS, Zika, coronavirus -- seems imminent, we send our best and bravest doctors to contain it. People like Dr. Ali S. Khan. In his long career as a public health first responder -- protected by a thin mask from infected patients, napping under nets to keep out scorpions, making life-and-death decisions on limited, suspect information -- Khan has found that rogue microbes will always be a problem, but outbreaks are often caused by people. We make mistakes, politicize emergencies, and, too often, fail to imagine the consequences of our actions. The Next Pandemic is a firsthand account of disasters like anthrax, bird flu, and others -- and how we could do more to prevent their return. It is both a gripping story of our brushes with fate and an urgent lesson on how we can keep ourselves safe from the inevitable next pandemic. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281123 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Indian Child Life Author: Charles Alexander Eastman Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author was raised as an American Indian and describes what it was like to be an Indian boy (the first 7 chapters) and an Indian Girl (the last 7 chapters). This is very different from the slanted way the white man tried to picture them as 'savages' and 'brutes.'Quote: Dear Children:—You will like to know that the man who wrote these true stories is himself one of the people he describes so pleasantly and so lovingly for you. He hopes that when you have finished this book, the Indians will seem to you very real and very friendly. He is not willing that all your knowledge of the race that formerly possessed this continent should come from the lips of strangers and enemies, or that you should think of them as blood-thirsty and treacherous, as savage and unclean. (Summary by author's preface) Charles Alexander Eastman Thu, 01 Dec 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281123 thebookvoice.com 2:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Indian Child Life Author: Charles Alexander Eastman Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author was raised as an American Indian and describes what it was like to be an Indian boy (the first 7 chapters) and an Indian Girl (the last 7 chapters). This is very different from the slanted way the white man tried to picture them as 'savages' and 'brutes.'Quote: Dear Children:—You will like to know that the man who wrote these true stories is himself one of the people he describes so pleasantly and so lovingly for you. He hopes that when you have finished this book, the Indians will seem to you very real and very friendly. He is not willing that all your knowledge of the race that formerly possessed this continent should come from the lips of strangers and enemies, or that you should think of them as blood-thirsty and treacherous, as savage and unclean. (Summary by author's preface) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Indian Child Life Author: Charles Alexander Eastman Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author was raised as an American Indian and describes what it was like to be an Indian boy (the first 7 chapters) and an Indian Girl (the last 7 chapters). This is very different from the slanted way the white man tried to picture them as 'savages' and 'brutes.'Quote: Dear Children:—You will like to know that the man who wrote these true stories is himself one of the people he describes so pleasantly and so lovingly for you. He hopes that when you have finished this book, the Indians will seem to you very real and very friendly. He is not willing that all your knowledge of the race that formerly possessed this continent should come from the lips of strangers and enemies, or that you should think of them as blood-thirsty and treacherous, as savage and unclean. (Summary by author's preface) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281086 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spirit of Youth and the City Streets Author: Jane Addams Narrator: Mary Schneider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Much of the material in the following pages has appeared in current publications. It is here presented in book form in the hope that it may prove of value to those groups of people who in many cities are making a gallant effort to minimize the dangers which surround young people and to provide them with opportunities for recreation. (Introduction by Jane Addams) Jane Addams (1860 – 1935) was the first American woman to be awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. In a long, complex career, she was a pioneer settlement worker and founder of Hull House in Chicago, a public philosopher, a sociologist, an author and a spokesperson for women's suffrage and world peace. (from Wikipedia) Jane Addams Thu, 01 Dec 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281086 thebookvoice.com 2:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spirit of Youth and the City Streets Author: Jane Addams Narrator: Mary Schneider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Much of the material in the following pages has appeared in current publications. It is here presented in book form in the hope that it may prove of value to those groups of people who in many cities are making a gallant effort to minimize the dangers which surround young people and to provide them with opportunities for recreation. (Introduction by Jane Addams) Jane Addams (1860 – 1935) was the first American woman to be awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. In a long, complex career, she was a pioneer settlement worker and founder of Hull House in Chicago, a public philosopher, a sociologist, an author and a spokesperson for women's suffrage and world peace. (from Wikipedia) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spirit of Youth and the City Streets Author: Jane Addams Narrator: Mary Schneider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Much of the material in the following pages has appeared in current publications. It is here presented in book form in the hope that it may prove of value to those groups of people who in many cities are making a gallant effort to minimize the dangers which surround young people and to provide them with opportunities for recreation. (Introduction by Jane Addams) Jane Addams (1860 – 1935) was the first American woman to be awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. In a long, complex career, she was a pioneer settlement worker and founder of Hull House in Chicago, a public philosopher, a sociologist, an author and a spokesperson for women's suffrage and world peace. (from Wikipedia) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281072 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wasted: Inside the Robert Chambers-Jennifer Levin Murder Author: Linda Wolfe Narrator: Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On an August night in 1986, Jennifer Levin left a Manhattan bar with Robert Chambers. The next morning, her strangled, battered body was found in Central Park. Linda Wolfe goes beyond the headlines and media hype to re-create a story of a teenager whose immigrant mother was determined to make a better life for her son, a petty thief and drug user who'd been expelled from the best schools. It's all here, from the initial police investigation, during which Chambers claimed Levin died accidentally during rough sex, to the media frenzy of the courtroom, where Chambers took an eleventh-hour plea. Wasted powerfully depicts the freewheeling 1980's society that spawned a generation steeped in violence and the fatal impulses that drove Robert Chambers to kill. Linda Wolfe Tue, 24 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281072 thebookvoice.com 12:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wasted: Inside the Robert Chambers-Jennifer Levin Murder Author: Linda Wolfe Narrator: Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On an August night in 1986, Jennifer Levin left a Manhattan bar with Robert Chambers. The next morning, her strangled, battered body was found in Central Park. Linda Wolfe goes beyond the headlines and media hype to re-create a story of a teenager whose immigrant mother was determined to make a better life for her son, a petty thief and drug user who'd been expelled from the best schools. It's all here, from the initial police investigation, during which Chambers claimed Levin died accidentally during rough sex, to the media frenzy of the courtroom, where Chambers took an eleventh-hour plea. Wasted powerfully depicts the freewheeling 1980's society that spawned a generation steeped in violence and the fatal impulses that drove Robert Chambers to kill. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wasted: Inside the Robert Chambers-Jennifer Levin Murder Author: Linda Wolfe Narrator: Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On an August night in 1986, Jennifer Levin left a Manhattan bar with Robert Chambers. The next morning, her strangled, battered body was found in Central Park. Linda Wolfe goes beyond the headlines and media hype to re-create a story of a teenager whose immigrant mother was determined to make a better life for her son, a petty thief and drug user who'd been expelled from the best schools. It's all here, from the initial police investigation, during which Chambers claimed Levin died accidentally during rough sex, to the media frenzy of the courtroom, where Chambers took an eleventh-hour plea. Wasted powerfully depicts the freewheeling 1980's society that spawned a generation steeped in violence and the fatal impulses that drove Robert Chambers to kill. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281035 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cancer Whisperer: Finding Courage, Direction, and The Unlikely Gifts of Cancer Author: Sophie Sabbage Narrator: Sophie Sabbage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The self-published sensation and UK bestseller that has helped thousands touched by cancer. “I have cancer. Cancer does not have me.” Sophie Sabbage was forty-eight years old, happily married, and mother to a four-year-old daughter when she was diagnosed with late-stage lung cancer. Since that shocking diagnosis, she has been on a remarkable journey of healing and renewal that has reshaped her life—for the better. The Cancer Whisperer chronicles Sophie’s extraordinary relationship with cancer and the very effective methods she has used for dealing with her fear, anger, denial, and grief. The Brené Brown of cancer, Sophie empowers readers to reject the traditional adversarial relationship with cancer by teaching us how to listen to it; how to be healed by it as well as how to seek to cure it; and how to be emotionally free even when we are physically curtailed.   Beautifully and poignantly written, The Cancer Whisperer encourages cancer patients to:   • Direct their own treatment while preserving their personhood in a system that tends to see them as patients more than people. • Engage with fear, anger, and grief in healthy and healing ways instead of toughing it out, trying to be falsely positive, or collapsing into despair. • Radically shift from being a cancer victim to a cancer listener—fostering an understanding of cancer as a symptom of other underlying causes and engaging with whatever changes it calls on them to make.   As authentic as it is revolutionary, The Cancer Whisperer calls for an end to “the war on cancer” and the start of a more transformative dialogue with the disease. Sophie Sabbage Tue, 24 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281035 thebookvoice.com 6:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cancer Whisperer: Finding Courage, Direction, and The Unlikely Gifts of Cancer Author: Sophie Sabbage Narrator: Sophie Sabbage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The self-published sensation and UK bestseller that has helped thousands touched by cancer. “I have cancer. Cancer does not have me.” Sophie Sabbage was forty-eight years old, happily married, and mother to a four-year-old daughter when she was diagnosed with late-stage lung cancer. Since that shocking diagnosis, she has been on a remarkable journey of healing and renewal that has reshaped her life—for the better. The Cancer Whisperer chronicles Sophie’s extraordinary relationship with cancer and the very effective methods she has used for dealing with her fear, anger, denial, and grief. The Brené Brown of cancer, Sophie empowers readers to reject the traditional adversarial relationship with cancer by teaching us how to listen to it; how to be healed by it as well as how to seek to cure it; and how to be emotionally free even when we are physically curtailed.   Beautifully and poignantly written, The Cancer Whisperer encourages cancer patients to:   • Direct their own treatment while preserving their personhood in a system that tends to see them as patients more than people. • Engage with fear, anger, and grief in healthy and healing ways instead of toughing it out, trying to be falsely positive, or collapsing into despair. • Radically shift from being a cancer victim to a cancer listener—fostering an understanding of cancer as a symptom of other underlying causes and engaging with whatever changes it calls on them to make.   As authentic as it is revolutionary, The Cancer Whisperer calls for an end to “the war on cancer” and the start of a more transformative dialogue with the disease. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cancer Whisperer: Finding Courage, Direction, and The Unlikely Gifts of Cancer Author: Sophie Sabbage Narrator: Sophie Sabbage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The self-published sensation and UK bestseller that has helped thousands touched by cancer. “I have cancer. Cancer does not have me.” Sophie Sabbage was forty-eight years old, happily married, and mother to a four-year-old daughter when she was diagnosed with late-stage lung cancer. Since that shocking diagnosis, she has been on a remarkable journey of healing and renewal that has reshaped her life—for the better. The Cancer Whisperer chronicles Sophie’s extraordinary relationship with cancer and the very effective methods she has used for dealing with her fear, anger, denial, and grief. The Brené Brown of cancer, Sophie empowers readers to reject the traditional adversarial relationship with cancer by teaching us how to listen to it; how to be healed by it as well as how to seek to cure it; and how to be emotionally free even when we are physically curtailed.   Beautifully and poignantly written, The Cancer Whisperer encourages cancer patients to:   • Direct their own treatment while preserving their personhood in a system that tends to see them as patients more than people. • Engage with fear, anger, and grief in healthy and healing ways instead of toughing it out, trying to be falsely positive, or collapsing into despair. • Radically shift from being a cancer victim to a cancer listener—fostering an understanding of cancer as a symptom of other underlying causes and engaging with whatever changes it calls on them to make.   As authentic as it is revolutionary, The Cancer Whisperer calls for an end to “the war on cancer” and the start of a more transformative dialogue with the disease. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280845 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The House of the Dead: Siberian Exile Under the Tsars Author: Daniel Beer Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Cundill History Prize  A visceral, hundred-year history of the vast Russian penal colony. It was known as 'the vast prison without a roof.' From the beginning of the nineteenth century until the Russian Revolution, the tsars exiled more than one million prisoners and their families beyond the Ural Mountains to Siberia.  Daniel Beer illuminates both the brutal realities of this inhuman system and the tragic and inspiring fates of those who endured it. Here are the vividly told stories of petty criminals and mass murderers, bookish radicals and violent terrorists, fugitives and bounty hunters, and the innocent women and children who followed their husbands and fathers into exile. Siberia was intended to serve not only as a dumping ground for criminals but also as a colony. Just as exile would purge Russia of its villains so too would it purge villains of their vices. In theory, Russia’s most unruly criminals would be transformed into hardy frontiersmen and settlers. But in reality, the system peopled Siberia with an army of destitute and desperate vagabonds who visited a plague of crime on the indigenous population.  Even the aim of securing law and order in the rest of the Empire met with disaster: Expecting Siberia also to provide the ultimate quarantine against rebellion, the tsars condemned generations of republicans, nationalists and socialists to oblivion thousands of kilometers from Moscow. Over the nineteenth century, however, these political exiles transformed Siberia's mines, settlements and penal forts into a virtual laboratory of revolution. Exile became the defining experience for the men and women who would one day rule the Soviet Union. Unearthing a treasure trove of new archival evidence, this masterly and original work tells the epic story of Russia's struggle to govern its prison continent and Siberia's own decisive influence on the political forces of the modern world. In The House of the Dead, Daniel Beer brings to light a dark and gripping reality of mythic proportions. Daniel Beer Tue, 03 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280845 thebookvoice.com 17:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The House of the Dead: Siberian Exile Under the Tsars Author: Daniel Beer Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Cundill History Prize  A visceral, hundred-year history of the vast Russian penal colony. It was known as 'the vast prison without a roof.' From the beginning of the nineteenth century until the Russian Revolution, the tsars exiled more than one million prisoners and their families beyond the Ural Mountains to Siberia.  Daniel Beer illuminates both the brutal realities of this inhuman system and the tragic and inspiring fates of those who endured it. Here are the vividly told stories of petty criminals and mass murderers, bookish radicals and violent terrorists, fugitives and bounty hunters, and the innocent women and children who followed their husbands and fathers into exile. Siberia was intended to serve not only as a dumping ground for criminals but also as a colony. Just as exile would purge Russia of its villains so too would it purge villains of their vices. In theory, Russia’s most unruly criminals would be transformed into hardy frontiersmen and settlers. But in reality, the system peopled Siberia with an army of destitute and desperate vagabonds who visited a plague of crime on the indigenous population.  Even the aim of securing law and order in the rest of the Empire met with disaster: Expecting Siberia also to provide the ultimate quarantine against rebellion, the tsars condemned generations of republicans, nationalists and socialists to oblivion thousands of kilometers from Moscow. Over the nineteenth century, however, these political exiles transformed Siberia's mines, settlements and penal forts into a virtual laboratory of revolution. Exile became the defining experience for the men and women who would one day rule the Soviet Union. Unearthing a treasure trove of new archival evidence, this masterly and original work tells the epic story of Russia's struggle to govern its prison continent and Siberia's own decisive influence on the political forces of the modern world. In The House of the Dead, Daniel Beer brings to light a dark and gripping reality of mythic proportions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The House of the Dead: Siberian Exile Under the Tsars Author: Daniel Beer Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Cundill History Prize  A visceral, hundred-year history of the vast Russian penal colony. It was known as 'the vast prison without a roof.' From the beginning of the nineteenth century until the Russian Revolution, the tsars exiled more than one million prisoners and their families beyond the Ural Mountains to Siberia.  Daniel Beer illuminates both the brutal realities of this inhuman system and the tragic and inspiring fates of those who endured it. Here are the vividly told stories of petty criminals and mass murderers, bookish radicals and violent terrorists, fugitives and bounty hunters, and the innocent women and children who followed their husbands and fathers into exile. Siberia was intended to serve not only as a dumping ground for criminals but also as a colony. Just as exile would purge Russia of its villains so too would it purge villains of their vices. In theory, Russia’s most unruly criminals would be transformed into hardy frontiersmen and settlers. But in reality, the system peopled Siberia with an army of destitute and desperate vagabonds who visited a plague of crime on the indigenous population.  Even the aim of securing law and order in the rest of the Empire met with disaster: Expecting Siberia also to provide the ultimate quarantine against rebellion, the tsars condemned generations of republicans, nationalists and socialists to oblivion thousands of kilometers from Moscow. Over the nineteenth century, however, these political exiles transformed Siberia's mines, settlements and penal forts into a virtual laboratory of revolution. Exile became the defining experience for the men and women who would one day rule the Soviet Union. Unearthing a treasure trove of new archival evidence, this masterly and original work tells the epic story of Russia's struggle to govern its prison continent and Siberia's own decisive influence on the political forces of the modern world. In The House of the Dead, Daniel Beer brings to light a dark and gripping reality of mythic proportions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280278 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unsettlers: In Search of the Good Life in Today's America Author: Mark Sundeen Narrator: Mark Sundeen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “An in-depth and compelling account of diverse Americans living off the grid.” —Los Angeles Times The radical search for the simple life in today’s America. On a frigid April night, a classically trained opera singer, five months pregnant, and her husband, a former marine biologist, disembark an Amtrak train in La Plata, Missouri, assemble two bikes, and pedal off into the night, bound for a homestead they've purchased, sight unseen. Meanwhile, a horticulturist, heir to the Great Migration that brought masses of African Americans to Detroit, and her husband, a product of the white flight from it, have turned to urban farming to revitalize the blighted city they both love. And near Missoula, Montana, a couple who have been at the forefront of organic farming for decades navigate what it means to live and raise a family ethically.    A work of immersive journalism steeped in a distinctively American social history and sparked by a personal quest, The Unsettlers traces the search for the simple life through the stories of these new pioneers and what inspired each of them to look for -- or create -- a better existence. Captivating and clear-eyed, it dares us to imagine what a sustainable, ethical, authentic future might actually look like. Mark Sundeen Tue, 10 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280278 thebookvoice.com 10:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unsettlers: In Search of the Good Life in Today's America Author: Mark Sundeen Narrator: Mark Sundeen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “An in-depth and compelling account of diverse Americans living off the grid.” —Los Angeles Times The radical search for the simple life in today’s America. On a frigid April night, a classically trained opera singer, five months pregnant, and her husband, a former marine biologist, disembark an Amtrak train in La Plata, Missouri, assemble two bikes, and pedal off into the night, bound for a homestead they've purchased, sight unseen. Meanwhile, a horticulturist, heir to the Great Migration that brought masses of African Americans to Detroit, and her husband, a product of the white flight from it, have turned to urban farming to revitalize the blighted city they both love. And near Missoula, Montana, a couple who have been at the forefront of organic farming for decades navigate what it means to live and raise a family ethically.    A work of immersive journalism steeped in a distinctively American social history and sparked by a personal quest, The Unsettlers traces the search for the simple life through the stories of these new pioneers and what inspired each of them to look for -- or create -- a better existence. Captivating and clear-eyed, it dares us to imagine what a sustainable, ethical, authentic future might actually look like. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unsettlers: In Search of the Good Life in Today's America Author: Mark Sundeen Narrator: Mark Sundeen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “An in-depth and compelling account of diverse Americans living off the grid.” —Los Angeles Times The radical search for the simple life in today’s America. On a frigid April night, a classically trained opera singer, five months pregnant, and her husband, a former marine biologist, disembark an Amtrak train in La Plata, Missouri, assemble two bikes, and pedal off into the night, bound for a homestead they've purchased, sight unseen. Meanwhile, a horticulturist, heir to the Great Migration that brought masses of African Americans to Detroit, and her husband, a product of the white flight from it, have turned to urban farming to revitalize the blighted city they both love. And near Missoula, Montana, a couple who have been at the forefront of organic farming for decades navigate what it means to live and raise a family ethically.    A work of immersive journalism steeped in a distinctively American social history and sparked by a personal quest, The Unsettlers traces the search for the simple life through the stories of these new pioneers and what inspired each of them to look for -- or create -- a better existence. Captivating and clear-eyed, it dares us to imagine what a sustainable, ethical, authentic future might actually look like. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279618 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyday Bias: Identifying and Navigating Unconsious Judgements in Our Daily Lives Author: Howard J. Ross Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are you biased? May as well ask, "are you human"? Because if you are human, you are biased. Howard Ross, diversity expert, explores this fundamental truth and the biases we each hold. Most of us do not see ourselves as biased towards people of different races, genders, or religious/cultural backgrounds, and yet, disparities remain in virtually every area of modern life. Even in corporate America, which has seemed to embrace the idea of diversity, patterns of disparity remain rampant. Why? Recent breakthroughs in the cognitive and neurosciences provide insight into why our results are inconsistent with our intentions. Bias is a survival mechanism that is fundamental to our identity, it is natural to the human mind. It is overwhelmingly unconscious. Ross helps readers understand how and why unconscious bias impacts our daily lives, particularly our daily work lives, incorporating anecdotes from today's headlines as well as case studies from over 30 years of research. And, most importantly, he answers the question: "Is there anything we can do about it?", offering ways we can become less unconsciously biased towards people who are different from us. This audio edition includes the added appendix with lessons for handling conflict and bias in the workplace. An invaluable resource for everyone, from those seeking to understand and confront their own biases to business leaders and human resource professionals striving to create bias-free organizations. If we understand the powerful nature of the biases we all have, we can create personal and business environments that are more productive, fairer, and offer greater personal happiness. Howard J. Ross Sun, 01 May 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279618 thebookvoice.com 8:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyday Bias: Identifying and Navigating Unconsious Judgements in Our Daily Lives Author: Howard J. Ross Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are you biased? May as well ask, "are you human"? Because if you are human, you are biased. Howard Ross, diversity expert, explores this fundamental truth and the biases we each hold. Most of us do not see ourselves as biased towards people of different races, genders, or religious/cultural backgrounds, and yet, disparities remain in virtually every area of modern life. Even in corporate America, which has seemed to embrace the idea of diversity, patterns of disparity remain rampant. Why? Recent breakthroughs in the cognitive and neurosciences provide insight into why our results are inconsistent with our intentions. Bias is a survival mechanism that is fundamental to our identity, it is natural to the human mind. It is overwhelmingly unconscious. Ross helps readers understand how and why unconscious bias impacts our daily lives, particularly our daily work lives, incorporating anecdotes from today's headlines as well as case studies from over 30 years of research. And, most importantly, he answers the question: "Is there anything we can do about it?", offering ways we can become less unconsciously biased towards people who are different from us. This audio edition includes the added appendix with lessons for handling conflict and bias in the workplace. An invaluable resource for everyone, from those seeking to understand and confront their own biases to business leaders and human resource professionals striving to create bias-free organizations. If we understand the powerful nature of the biases we all have, we can create personal and business environments that are more productive, fairer, and offer greater personal happiness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyday Bias: Identifying and Navigating Unconsious Judgements in Our Daily Lives Author: Howard J. Ross Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are you biased? May as well ask, "are you human"? Because if you are human, you are biased. Howard Ross, diversity expert, explores this fundamental truth and the biases we each hold. Most of us do not see ourselves as biased towards people of different races, genders, or religious/cultural backgrounds, and yet, disparities remain in virtually every area of modern life. Even in corporate America, which has seemed to embrace the idea of diversity, patterns of disparity remain rampant. Why? Recent breakthroughs in the cognitive and neurosciences provide insight into why our results are inconsistent with our intentions. Bias is a survival mechanism that is fundamental to our identity, it is natural to the human mind. It is overwhelmingly unconscious. Ross helps readers understand how and why unconscious bias impacts our daily lives, particularly our daily work lives, incorporating anecdotes from today's headlines as well as case studies from over 30 years of research. And, most importantly, he answers the question: "Is there anything we can do about it?", offering ways we can become less unconsciously biased towards people who are different from us. This audio edition includes the added appendix with lessons for handling conflict and bias in the workplace. An invaluable resource for everyone, from those seeking to understand and confront their own biases to business leaders and human resource professionals striving to create bias-free organizations. If we understand the powerful nature of the biases we all have, we can create personal and business environments that are more productive, fairer, and offer greater personal happiness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279615 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279615]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prison Book Club Author: Ann Walmsley Narrator: Eileen Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: While living in London, Ann Walmsley was brutally mugged just outside her own home. The attack shook her belief in the fundamental goodness of people and left her so shaken she was unable to walk down the street alone for some time. A few years later, now returned to Canada, her friend Carol Finlay asked her to participate in a book club in a men's medium security prison. Ann's curiosity and desire to be of service eventually overcame her anxiety and fear and she signed on. For eighteen months, Ann accompanied Carol to a remote building at Collins Bay, meeting with heavily tattooed book club members WITHOUT the presence of guards or security cameras. Unlike the book clubs she participated in outside of prison, there were no wine and cheese, no nice furnishings, nor superficial chat about jobs or recent vacations. And yet, the prison book club proved to be a place to share ideas, learn about each other, and regain humanity. For the inmates, the books were rare prized possessions and the meetings an oasis of safety and a respite from isolation in an otherwise hostile environment. And their responses to the books were sincere and multifacited. Discussions about the obstacles the characters faced revealed glimpses of their own struggles, sometimes devastating and sometimes comic. Reading a wide variety of books - The Grapes of Wrath, The Cellist of Sarajevo, Outliers to Infidel, etc, - the discussions became a launching point for revealing conversations about loss, anger, redemption, heroism and loneliness. In The Prison Book Club, Walmsley follows six particularly involved book club members, asking them to keep journals and participated in candid one-on-one conversations. Ann portrays these inmates - Graham the biker, Frank the gunman, Ben and Dread the Jamaicans, and the robber duo Gaston and Peter - with sensitivity and understanding and follows their lives as they leave prison. And Ann herself grows, overcoming her fear and reconciling her knowledge of their crimes with the individuals themselves. Woven throughout is the compassionate determination of Carol Finlay, as she works tirelessly to expand her program across Canada and into the United States. Anyone who loves books knows that books can change one's life, and this is true for the inmates, too. The men are changed by the books and in turn, the men change Ann. This experience allowed her to move beyond her position as a victim. Indeed, the experience was so moving that she came to realize given the choice, she'd forsake the company of her privileged friends and their comfortable book club, and make the two hour drive to Collins Bay. Ann Walmsley Fri, 01 Jan 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279615 thebookvoice.com 8:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279615]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prison Book Club Author: Ann Walmsley Narrator: Eileen Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: While living in London, Ann Walmsley was brutally mugged just outside her own home. The attack shook her belief in the fundamental goodness of people and left her so shaken she was unable to walk down the street alone for some time. A few years later, now returned to Canada, her friend Carol Finlay asked her to participate in a book club in a men's medium security prison. Ann's curiosity and desire to be of service eventually overcame her anxiety and fear and she signed on. For eighteen months, Ann accompanied Carol to a remote building at Collins Bay, meeting with heavily tattooed book club members WITHOUT the presence of guards or security cameras. Unlike the book clubs she participated in outside of prison, there were no wine and cheese, no nice furnishings, nor superficial chat about jobs or recent vacations. And yet, the prison book club proved to be a place to share ideas, learn about each other, and regain humanity. For the inmates, the books were rare prized possessions and the meetings an oasis of safety and a respite from isolation in an otherwise hostile environment. And their responses to the books were sincere and multifacited. Discussions about the obstacles the characters faced revealed glimpses of their own struggles, sometimes devastating and sometimes comic. Reading a wide variety of books - The Grapes of Wrath, The Cellist of Sarajevo, Outliers to Infidel, etc, - the discussions became a launching point for revealing conversations about loss, anger, redemption, heroism and loneliness. In The Prison Book Club, Walmsley follows six particularly involved book club members, asking them to keep journals and participated in candid one-on-one conversations. Ann portrays these inmates - Graham the biker, Frank the gunman, Ben and Dread the Jamaicans, and the robber duo Gaston and Peter - with sensitivity and understanding and follows their lives as they leave prison. And Ann herself grows, overcoming her fear and reconciling her knowledge of their crimes with the individuals themselves. Woven throughout is the compassionate determination of Carol Finlay, as she works tirelessly to expand her program across Canada and into the United States. Anyone who loves books knows that books can change one's life, and this is true for the inmates, too. The men are changed by the books and in turn, the men change Ann. This experience allowed her to move beyond her position as a victim. Indeed, the experience was so moving that she came to realize given the choice, she'd forsake the company of her privileged friends and their comfortable book club, and make the two hour drive to Collins Bay. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279615]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prison Book Club Author: Ann Walmsley Narrator: Eileen Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: While living in London, Ann Walmsley was brutally mugged just outside her own home. The attack shook her belief in the fundamental goodness of people and left her so shaken she was unable to walk down the street alone for some time. A few years later, now returned to Canada, her friend Carol Finlay asked her to participate in a book club in a men's medium security prison. Ann's curiosity and desire to be of service eventually overcame her anxiety and fear and she signed on. For eighteen months, Ann accompanied Carol to a remote building at Collins Bay, meeting with heavily tattooed book club members WITHOUT the presence of guards or security cameras. Unlike the book clubs she participated in outside of prison, there were no wine and cheese, no nice furnishings, nor superficial chat about jobs or recent vacations. And yet, the prison book club proved to be a place to share ideas, learn about each other, and regain humanity. For the inmates, the books were rare prized possessions and the meetings an oasis of safety and a respite from isolation in an otherwise hostile environment. And their responses to the books were sincere and multifacited. Discussions about the obstacles the characters faced revealed glimpses of their own struggles, sometimes devastating and sometimes comic. Reading a wide variety of books - The Grapes of Wrath, The Cellist of Sarajevo, Outliers to Infidel, etc, - the discussions became a launching point for revealing conversations about loss, anger, redemption, heroism and loneliness. In The Prison Book Club, Walmsley follows six particularly involved book club members, asking them to keep journals and participated in candid one-on-one conversations. Ann portrays these inmates - Graham the biker, Frank the gunman, Ben and Dread the Jamaicans, and the robber duo Gaston and Peter - with sensitivity and understanding and follows their lives as they leave prison. And Ann herself grows, overcoming her fear and reconciling her knowledge of their crimes with the individuals themselves. Woven throughout is the compassionate determination of Carol Finlay, as she works tirelessly to expand her program across Canada and into the United States. Anyone who loves books knows that books can change one's life, and this is true for the inmates, too. The men are changed by the books and in turn, the men change Ann. This experience allowed her to move beyond her position as a victim. Indeed, the experience was so moving that she came to realize given the choice, she'd forsake the company of her privileged friends and their comfortable book club, and make the two hour drive to Collins Bay. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279594 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghetto: The Invention of a Place, the History of an Idea Author: Mitchell Duneier Narrator: Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On March 29, 1516, the city council of Venice issued a decree forcing Jews to live in il geto―a closed quarter named for the copper foundry that once occupied the area. The term stuck. In this sweeping and original interpretation, Mitchell Duneier traces the idea of the ghetto from its beginnings in the sixteenth century and its revival by the Nazis to the present. As Duneier shows, we cannot understand the entanglements of race, poverty, and place in America today without recalling the history of the ghetto in Europe, as well as later efforts to understand the problems of the American city. This is the story of the scholars and activists who tried to achieve that understanding. Their efforts to wrestle with race and poverty in their times cannot be divorced from their individual biographies, which often included direct encounters with prejudice and discrimination in the academy and elsewhere. Using new and forgotten sources, Duneier introduces us to Horace Cayton and St. Clair Drake, graduate students whose conception of the South Side of Chicago established a new paradigm for thinking about Northern racism and poverty in the 1940s. We learn how the psychologist Kenneth Clark subsequently linked Harlem’s slum conditions with the persistence of black powerlessness in the civil-rights era, and we follow the controversy over Daniel Patrick Moynihan’s report on the black family. We see how the sociologist William Julius Wilson redefined the debate about urban America as middle-class African Americans increasingly escaped the ghetto and the country retreated from racially specific remedies. And we trace the education reformer Geoffrey Canada’s efforts to transform the lives of inner-city children with ambitious interventions, even as other reformers sought to help families escape their neighborhoods altogether. Ghetto offers a clear-eyed assessment of the thinkers and doers who have shaped American ideas about urban poverty and the ghetto. The result is a valuable new understanding of an age-old concept. Mitchell Duneier Wed, 30 Nov 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279594 thebookvoice.com 10:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghetto: The Invention of a Place, the History of an Idea Author: Mitchell Duneier Narrator: Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On March 29, 1516, the city council of Venice issued a decree forcing Jews to live in il geto―a closed quarter named for the copper foundry that once occupied the area. The term stuck. In this sweeping and original interpretation, Mitchell Duneier traces the idea of the ghetto from its beginnings in the sixteenth century and its revival by the Nazis to the present. As Duneier shows, we cannot understand the entanglements of race, poverty, and place in America today without recalling the history of the ghetto in Europe, as well as later efforts to understand the problems of the American city. This is the story of the scholars and activists who tried to achieve that understanding. Their efforts to wrestle with race and poverty in their times cannot be divorced from their individual biographies, which often included direct encounters with prejudice and discrimination in the academy and elsewhere. Using new and forgotten sources, Duneier introduces us to Horace Cayton and St. Clair Drake, graduate students whose conception of the South Side of Chicago established a new paradigm for thinking about Northern racism and poverty in the 1940s. We learn how the psychologist Kenneth Clark subsequently linked Harlem’s slum conditions with the persistence of black powerlessness in the civil-rights era, and we follow the controversy over Daniel Patrick Moynihan’s report on the black family. We see how the sociologist William Julius Wilson redefined the debate about urban America as middle-class African Americans increasingly escaped the ghetto and the country retreated from racially specific remedies. And we trace the education reformer Geoffrey Canada’s efforts to transform the lives of inner-city children with ambitious interventions, even as other reformers sought to help families escape their neighborhoods altogether. Ghetto offers a clear-eyed assessment of the thinkers and doers who have shaped American ideas about urban poverty and the ghetto. The result is a valuable new understanding of an age-old concept. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghetto: The Invention of a Place, the History of an Idea Author: Mitchell Duneier Narrator: Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On March 29, 1516, the city council of Venice issued a decree forcing Jews to live in il geto―a closed quarter named for the copper foundry that once occupied the area. The term stuck. In this sweeping and original interpretation, Mitchell Duneier traces the idea of the ghetto from its beginnings in the sixteenth century and its revival by the Nazis to the present. As Duneier shows, we cannot understand the entanglements of race, poverty, and place in America today without recalling the history of the ghetto in Europe, as well as later efforts to understand the problems of the American city. This is the story of the scholars and activists who tried to achieve that understanding. Their efforts to wrestle with race and poverty in their times cannot be divorced from their individual biographies, which often included direct encounters with prejudice and discrimination in the academy and elsewhere. Using new and forgotten sources, Duneier introduces us to Horace Cayton and St. Clair Drake, graduate students whose conception of the South Side of Chicago established a new paradigm for thinking about Northern racism and poverty in the 1940s. We learn how the psychologist Kenneth Clark subsequently linked Harlem’s slum conditions with the persistence of black powerlessness in the civil-rights era, and we follow the controversy over Daniel Patrick Moynihan’s report on the black family. We see how the sociologist William Julius Wilson redefined the debate about urban America as middle-class African Americans increasingly escaped the ghetto and the country retreated from racially specific remedies. And we trace the education reformer Geoffrey Canada’s efforts to transform the lives of inner-city children with ambitious interventions, even as other reformers sought to help families escape their neighborhoods altogether. Ghetto offers a clear-eyed assessment of the thinkers and doers who have shaped American ideas about urban poverty and the ghetto. The result is a valuable new understanding of an age-old concept. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279583 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279583]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Ok Not to Share: and Other Renegade Rules for Raising Competent and Compassionate Kids Author: Heather Shumaker Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Parenting can be such an overwhelming job that it's easy to lose track of where you stand on some of the more controversial subjects at the playground (What if my kid likes to rough house-isn't this ok as long as no one gets hurt? And what if my kid just doesn't feel like sharing?). In this inspiring and enlightening book, Heather Shumaker describes her quest to nail down the rules to raising smart, sensitive, and self-sufficient kids. Drawing on her own experiences as the mother of two small children, as well as on the work of child psychologists, pediatricians, educators and so on, in this book Shumaker gets to the heart of the matter on a host of important questions. Heather Shumaker Tue, 29 Nov 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279583 thebookvoice.com 10:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279583]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Ok Not to Share: and Other Renegade Rules for Raising Competent and Compassionate Kids Author: Heather Shumaker Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Parenting can be such an overwhelming job that it's easy to lose track of where you stand on some of the more controversial subjects at the playground (What if my kid likes to rough house-isn't this ok as long as no one gets hurt? And what if my kid just doesn't feel like sharing?). In this inspiring and enlightening book, Heather Shumaker describes her quest to nail down the rules to raising smart, sensitive, and self-sufficient kids. Drawing on her own experiences as the mother of two small children, as well as on the work of child psychologists, pediatricians, educators and so on, in this book Shumaker gets to the heart of the matter on a host of important questions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279583]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Ok Not to Share: and Other Renegade Rules for Raising Competent and Compassionate Kids Author: Heather Shumaker Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Parenting can be such an overwhelming job that it's easy to lose track of where you stand on some of the more controversial subjects at the playground (What if my kid likes to rough house-isn't this ok as long as no one gets hurt? And what if my kid just doesn't feel like sharing?). In this inspiring and enlightening book, Heather Shumaker describes her quest to nail down the rules to raising smart, sensitive, and self-sufficient kids. Drawing on her own experiences as the mother of two small children, as well as on the work of child psychologists, pediatricians, educators and so on, in this book Shumaker gets to the heart of the matter on a host of important questions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279329 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kenya - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: Jane Barsby Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Culture Smart! Kenya provides essential information, ensuring that you arrive at your destination aware of basic manners, common courtesies, and sensitive issues. These concise guides tell you what to expect, how to behave, and how to establish a rapport with your hosts. This inside knowledge will enable you to steer clear of embarrassing gaffes and mistakes, feel confident in unfamiliar situations, and develop trust, friendships, and successful business relationships. Culture Smart! Kenya offers illuminating insights into the culture and society of a particular country. It will help you to turn your visit-whether on business or for pleasure-into a memorable and enriching experience. Jane Barsby Tue, 15 Nov 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279329 thebookvoice.com 3:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kenya - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: Jane Barsby Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Culture Smart! Kenya provides essential information, ensuring that you arrive at your destination aware of basic manners, common courtesies, and sensitive issues. These concise guides tell you what to expect, how to behave, and how to establish a rapport with your hosts. This inside knowledge will enable you to steer clear of embarrassing gaffes and mistakes, feel confident in unfamiliar situations, and develop trust, friendships, and successful business relationships. Culture Smart! Kenya offers illuminating insights into the culture and society of a particular country. It will help you to turn your visit-whether on business or for pleasure-into a memorable and enriching experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279329]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kenya - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: Jane Barsby Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Culture Smart! Kenya provides essential information, ensuring that you arrive at your destination aware of basic manners, common courtesies, and sensitive issues. These concise guides tell you what to expect, how to behave, and how to establish a rapport with your hosts. This inside knowledge will enable you to steer clear of embarrassing gaffes and mistakes, feel confident in unfamiliar situations, and develop trust, friendships, and successful business relationships. Culture Smart! Kenya offers illuminating insights into the culture and society of a particular country. It will help you to turn your visit-whether on business or for pleasure-into a memorable and enriching experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279203 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Organism: A Radical Understanding of Social Media to Transform Your Business and Life Author: Oliver Luckett Narrator: Oliver Luckett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A must-read for business leaders and anyone who wants to understand all the implications of a social world.' -- Bob Iger, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Walt Disney Company From tech visionaries Oliver Luckett and Michael J. Casey, a groundbreaking, must-read theory of social media -- how it works, how it's changing human life, and how we can master it for good and for profit. In barely a decade, social media has positioned itself at the center of twenty-first century life. The combined power of platforms like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Snapchat, and Vine have helped topple dictators and turned anonymous teenagers into celebrities overnight. In the social media age, ideas spread and morph through shared hashtags, photos, and videos, and the most compelling and emotive ones can transform public opinion in mere days and weeks, even attitudes and priorities that had persisted for decades. How did this happen? The scope and pace of these changes have left traditional businesses -- and their old-guard marketing gatekeepers -- bewildered. We simply do not comprehend social media's form, function, and possibilities. It's time we did. In The Social Organism, Luckett and Casey offer a revolutionary theory: social networks -- to an astonishing degree--mimic the rules and functions of biological life. In sharing and replicating packets of information known as memes, the world's social media users are facilitating an evolutionary process just like the transfer of genetic information in living things. Memes are the basic building blocks of our culture, our social DNA. To master social media -- and to make online content that impacts the world -- you must start with the Social Organism. With the scope and ambition of The Second Machine Age and James Gleick's The Information, The Social Organism is an indispensable guide for business leaders, marketing professionals, and anyone serious about understanding our digital world -- a guide not just to social media, but to human life today and where it is headed next. Oliver Luckett Tue, 15 Nov 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279203 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Organism: A Radical Understanding of Social Media to Transform Your Business and Life Author: Oliver Luckett Narrator: Oliver Luckett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A must-read for business leaders and anyone who wants to understand all the implications of a social world.' -- Bob Iger, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Walt Disney Company From tech visionaries Oliver Luckett and Michael J. Casey, a groundbreaking, must-read theory of social media -- how it works, how it's changing human life, and how we can master it for good and for profit. In barely a decade, social media has positioned itself at the center of twenty-first century life. The combined power of platforms like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Snapchat, and Vine have helped topple dictators and turned anonymous teenagers into celebrities overnight. In the social media age, ideas spread and morph through shared hashtags, photos, and videos, and the most compelling and emotive ones can transform public opinion in mere days and weeks, even attitudes and priorities that had persisted for decades. How did this happen? The scope and pace of these changes have left traditional businesses -- and their old-guard marketing gatekeepers -- bewildered. We simply do not comprehend social media's form, function, and possibilities. It's time we did. In The Social Organism, Luckett and Casey offer a revolutionary theory: social networks -- to an astonishing degree--mimic the rules and functions of biological life. In sharing and replicating packets of information known as memes, the world's social media users are facilitating an evolutionary process just like the transfer of genetic information in living things. Memes are the basic building blocks of our culture, our social DNA. To master social media -- and to make online content that impacts the world -- you must start with the Social Organism. With the scope and ambition of The Second Machine Age and James Gleick's The Information, The Social Organism is an indispensable guide for business leaders, marketing professionals, and anyone serious about understanding our digital world -- a guide not just to social media, but to human life today and where it is headed next. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Organism: A Radical Understanding of Social Media to Transform Your Business and Life Author: Oliver Luckett Narrator: Oliver Luckett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A must-read for business leaders and anyone who wants to understand all the implications of a social world.' -- Bob Iger, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Walt Disney Company From tech visionaries Oliver Luckett and Michael J. Casey, a groundbreaking, must-read theory of social media -- how it works, how it's changing human life, and how we can master it for good and for profit. In barely a decade, social media has positioned itself at the center of twenty-first century life. The combined power of platforms like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Snapchat, and Vine have helped topple dictators and turned anonymous teenagers into celebrities overnight. In the social media age, ideas spread and morph through shared hashtags, photos, and videos, and the most compelling and emotive ones can transform public opinion in mere days and weeks, even attitudes and priorities that had persisted for decades. How did this happen? The scope and pace of these changes have left traditional businesses -- and their old-guard marketing gatekeepers -- bewildered. We simply do not comprehend social media's form, function, and possibilities. It's time we did. In The Social Organism, Luckett and Casey offer a revolutionary theory: social networks -- to an astonishing degree--mimic the rules and functions of biological life. In sharing and replicating packets of information known as memes, the world's social media users are facilitating an evolutionary process just like the transfer of genetic information in living things. Memes are the basic building blocks of our culture, our social DNA. To master social media -- and to make online content that impacts the world -- you must start with the Social Organism. With the scope and ambition of The Second Machine Age and James Gleick's The Information, The Social Organism is an indispensable guide for business leaders, marketing professionals, and anyone serious about understanding our digital world -- a guide not just to social media, but to human life today and where it is headed next. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279146 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Can't Kill Us All: Ferguson, Baltimore, and a New Era in America's Racial Justice Movement Author: Wesley Lowery Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A deeply reported book that brings alive the quest for justice in the deaths of Michael Brown, Tamir Rice, and Freddie Gray, offering both unparalleled insight into the reality of police violence in America and an intimate, moving portrait of those working to end it. Conducting hundreds of interviews during the course of over one year reporting on the ground, Washington Post writer Wesley Lowery traveled from Ferguson, Missouri, to Cleveland, Ohio; Charleston, South Carolina; and Baltimore, Maryland; and then back to Ferguson to uncover life inside the most heavily policed, if otherwise neglected, corners of America today. In an effort to grasp the magnitude of the repose to Michael Brown's death and understand the scale of the problem police violence represents, Lowery speaks to Brown's family and the families of other victims other victims' families as well as local activists. By posing the question, 'What does the loss of any one life mean to the rest of the nation?' Lowery examines the cumulative effect of decades of racially biased policing in segregated neighborhoods with failing schools, crumbling infrastructure and too few jobs. Studded with moments of joy, and tragedy, They Can't Kill Us All offers a historically informed look at the standoff between the police and those they are sworn to protect, showing that civil unrest is just one tool of resistance in the broader struggle for justice. As Lowery brings vividly to life, the protests against police killings are also about the black community's long history on the receiving end of perceived and actual acts of injustice and discrimination. They Can't Kill Us All grapples with a persistent if also largely unexamined aspect of the otherwise transformative presidency of Barack Obama: the failure to deliver tangible security and opportunity to those Americans most in need of both. Wesley Lowery Tue, 15 Nov 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279146 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Can't Kill Us All: Ferguson, Baltimore, and a New Era in America's Racial Justice Movement Author: Wesley Lowery Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A deeply reported book that brings alive the quest for justice in the deaths of Michael Brown, Tamir Rice, and Freddie Gray, offering both unparalleled insight into the reality of police violence in America and an intimate, moving portrait of those working to end it. Conducting hundreds of interviews during the course of over one year reporting on the ground, Washington Post writer Wesley Lowery traveled from Ferguson, Missouri, to Cleveland, Ohio; Charleston, South Carolina; and Baltimore, Maryland; and then back to Ferguson to uncover life inside the most heavily policed, if otherwise neglected, corners of America today. In an effort to grasp the magnitude of the repose to Michael Brown's death and understand the scale of the problem police violence represents, Lowery speaks to Brown's family and the families of other victims other victims' families as well as local activists. By posing the question, 'What does the loss of any one life mean to the rest of the nation?' Lowery examines the cumulative effect of decades of racially biased policing in segregated neighborhoods with failing schools, crumbling infrastructure and too few jobs. Studded with moments of joy, and tragedy, They Can't Kill Us All offers a historically informed look at the standoff between the police and those they are sworn to protect, showing that civil unrest is just one tool of resistance in the broader struggle for justice. As Lowery brings vividly to life, the protests against police killings are also about the black community's long history on the receiving end of perceived and actual acts of injustice and discrimination. They Can't Kill Us All grapples with a persistent if also largely unexamined aspect of the otherwise transformative presidency of Barack Obama: the failure to deliver tangible security and opportunity to those Americans most in need of both. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Can't Kill Us All: Ferguson, Baltimore, and a New Era in America's Racial Justice Movement Author: Wesley Lowery Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A deeply reported book that brings alive the quest for justice in the deaths of Michael Brown, Tamir Rice, and Freddie Gray, offering both unparalleled insight into the reality of police violence in America and an intimate, moving portrait of those working to end it. Conducting hundreds of interviews during the course of over one year reporting on the ground, Washington Post writer Wesley Lowery traveled from Ferguson, Missouri, to Cleveland, Ohio; Charleston, South Carolina; and Baltimore, Maryland; and then back to Ferguson to uncover life inside the most heavily policed, if otherwise neglected, corners of America today. In an effort to grasp the magnitude of the repose to Michael Brown's death and understand the scale of the problem police violence represents, Lowery speaks to Brown's family and the families of other victims other victims' families as well as local activists. By posing the question, 'What does the loss of any one life mean to the rest of the nation?' Lowery examines the cumulative effect of decades of racially biased policing in segregated neighborhoods with failing schools, crumbling infrastructure and too few jobs. Studded with moments of joy, and tragedy, They Can't Kill Us All offers a historically informed look at the standoff between the police and those they are sworn to protect, showing that civil unrest is just one tool of resistance in the broader struggle for justice. As Lowery brings vividly to life, the protests against police killings are also about the black community's long history on the receiving end of perceived and actual acts of injustice and discrimination. They Can't Kill Us All grapples with a persistent if also largely unexamined aspect of the otherwise transformative presidency of Barack Obama: the failure to deliver tangible security and opportunity to those Americans most in need of both. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279112 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Speaks for Islam?: What a Billion Muslims Really Think Author: Dalia Mogahed, John L. Esposito Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 3, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are we on the verge of an all-out war between the West and 1.3 billion Muslims? When the media searches for an answer to that question, they usually overlook the actual views of the world’s Muslims.Who Speaks for Islam? is about this silenced majority. This book is the product of the Gallup World Poll’s massive multiyear research study. As part of this groundbreaking project, Gallup conducted tens of thousands of interviews with residents of more than 35 nations that are predominantly Muslim or have significant Muslim populations.Gallup posed questions that are on the minds of millions: Is Islam to blame for terrorism? Why is there so much anti-Americanism in the Muslim world? Who are the extremists? Where are the moderates? What do Muslim women really want?Grounded in Gallup World Poll data, not in contentious rhetoric, Who Speaks for Islam? brings data-driven evidence — the voices of a billion Muslims, not those of individual “experts” or “extremists” — to one of the most heated and consequential debates of our time. Dalia Mogahed, John L. Esposito Tue, 03 Jan 2017 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279112 thebookvoice.com 5:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Speaks for Islam?: What a Billion Muslims Really Think Author: Dalia Mogahed, John L. Esposito Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 3, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are we on the verge of an all-out war between the West and 1.3 billion Muslims? When the media searches for an answer to that question, they usually overlook the actual views of the world’s Muslims.Who Speaks for Islam? is about this silenced majority. This book is the product of the Gallup World Poll’s massive multiyear research study. As part of this groundbreaking project, Gallup conducted tens of thousands of interviews with residents of more than 35 nations that are predominantly Muslim or have significant Muslim populations.Gallup posed questions that are on the minds of millions: Is Islam to blame for terrorism? Why is there so much anti-Americanism in the Muslim world? Who are the extremists? Where are the moderates? What do Muslim women really want?Grounded in Gallup World Poll data, not in contentious rhetoric, Who Speaks for Islam? brings data-driven evidence — the voices of a billion Muslims, not those of individual “experts” or “extremists” — to one of the most heated and consequential debates of our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279112]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Speaks for Islam?: What a Billion Muslims Really Think Author: Dalia Mogahed, John L. Esposito Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 3, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are we on the verge of an all-out war between the West and 1.3 billion Muslims? When the media searches for an answer to that question, they usually overlook the actual views of the world’s Muslims.Who Speaks for Islam? is about this silenced majority. This book is the product of the Gallup World Poll’s massive multiyear research study. As part of this groundbreaking project, Gallup conducted tens of thousands of interviews with residents of more than 35 nations that are predominantly Muslim or have significant Muslim populations.Gallup posed questions that are on the minds of millions: Is Islam to blame for terrorism? Why is there so much anti-Americanism in the Muslim world? Who are the extremists? Where are the moderates? What do Muslim women really want?Grounded in Gallup World Poll data, not in contentious rhetoric, Who Speaks for Islam? brings data-driven evidence — the voices of a billion Muslims, not those of individual “experts” or “extremists” — to one of the most heated and consequential debates of our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278953 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Platinum Age of Television: From I Love Lucy to The Walking Dead, How TV Became Terrific Author: David Bianculli Narrator: David Bianculli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Television shows have now eclipsed films as the premier form of visual narrative art of our time. This new book by one of our finest critics explains—historically, in depth, and with interviews with the celebrated creators themselves—how the art of must-see/binge-watch television evolved. Darwin had his theory of evolution, and David Bianculli has his. Bianculli's theory has to do with the concept of quality television: what it is and, crucially, how it got that way. In tracing the evolutionary history of our progress toward a Platinum Age of Television—our age, the era of The Sopranos and Breaking Bad and Mad Men and The Wire and Homeland and Girls—he focuses on the development of the classic TV genres, among them the sitcom, the crime show, the miniseries, the soap opera, the western, the animated series and the late night talk show. In each genre, he selects five key examples of the form, tracing its continuities and its dramatic departures and drawing on exclusive and in-depth interviews with many of the most famed auteurs in television history. Television has triumphantly come of age artistically; David Bianculli's book is the first to date to examine, in depth and in detail and with a keen critical and historical sense, how this inspiring development came about. David Bianculli Tue, 15 Nov 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278953 thebookvoice.com 23:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Platinum Age of Television: From I Love Lucy to The Walking Dead, How TV Became Terrific Author: David Bianculli Narrator: David Bianculli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Television shows have now eclipsed films as the premier form of visual narrative art of our time. This new book by one of our finest critics explains—historically, in depth, and with interviews with the celebrated creators themselves—how the art of must-see/binge-watch television evolved. Darwin had his theory of evolution, and David Bianculli has his. Bianculli's theory has to do with the concept of quality television: what it is and, crucially, how it got that way. In tracing the evolutionary history of our progress toward a Platinum Age of Television—our age, the era of The Sopranos and Breaking Bad and Mad Men and The Wire and Homeland and Girls—he focuses on the development of the classic TV genres, among them the sitcom, the crime show, the miniseries, the soap opera, the western, the animated series and the late night talk show. In each genre, he selects five key examples of the form, tracing its continuities and its dramatic departures and drawing on exclusive and in-depth interviews with many of the most famed auteurs in television history. Television has triumphantly come of age artistically; David Bianculli's book is the first to date to examine, in depth and in detail and with a keen critical and historical sense, how this inspiring development came about. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Platinum Age of Television: From I Love Lucy to The Walking Dead, How TV Became Terrific Author: David Bianculli Narrator: David Bianculli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Television shows have now eclipsed films as the premier form of visual narrative art of our time. This new book by one of our finest critics explains—historically, in depth, and with interviews with the celebrated creators themselves—how the art of must-see/binge-watch television evolved. Darwin had his theory of evolution, and David Bianculli has his. Bianculli's theory has to do with the concept of quality television: what it is and, crucially, how it got that way. In tracing the evolutionary history of our progress toward a Platinum Age of Television—our age, the era of The Sopranos and Breaking Bad and Mad Men and The Wire and Homeland and Girls—he focuses on the development of the classic TV genres, among them the sitcom, the crime show, the miniseries, the soap opera, the western, the animated series and the late night talk show. In each genre, he selects five key examples of the form, tracing its continuities and its dramatic departures and drawing on exclusive and in-depth interviews with many of the most famed auteurs in television history. Television has triumphantly come of age artistically; David Bianculli's book is the first to date to examine, in depth and in detail and with a keen critical and historical sense, how this inspiring development came about. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278946 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Untold Story of the Talking Book Author: Matthew Rubery Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 14, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Histories of the book often move straight from the codex to the digital screen. Left out of that familiar account is nearly 150 years of audio recordings. Recounting the fascinating history of audio-recorded literature, Matthew Rubery traces the path of innovation from Edison’s recitation of “Mary Had a Little Lamb” for his tinfoil phonograph in 1877, to the first novel-length talking books made for blinded World War I veterans, to today’s billion-dollar audiobook industry. The Untold Story of the Talking Book focuses on the social impact of audiobooks, not just the technological history, in telling a story of surprising and impassioned conflicts: from controversies over which books the Library of Congress selected to become talking books―yes to Kipling, no to Flaubert―to debates about what defines a reader. Delving into the vexed relationship between spoken and printed texts, Rubery argues that storytelling can be just as engaging with the ears as with the eyes, and that audiobooks deserve to be taken seriously. They are not mere derivatives of printed books but their own form of entertainment. We have come a long way from the era of sound recorded on wax cylinders, when people imagined one day hearing entire novels on mini-phonographs tucked inside their hats. Rubery tells the untold story of this incredible evolution and, in doing so, breaks from convention by treating audiobooks as a distinctively modern art form that has profoundly influenced the way we read. Matthew Rubery Mon, 14 Nov 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278946 thebookvoice.com 11:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Untold Story of the Talking Book Author: Matthew Rubery Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 14, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Histories of the book often move straight from the codex to the digital screen. Left out of that familiar account is nearly 150 years of audio recordings. Recounting the fascinating history of audio-recorded literature, Matthew Rubery traces the path of innovation from Edison’s recitation of “Mary Had a Little Lamb” for his tinfoil phonograph in 1877, to the first novel-length talking books made for blinded World War I veterans, to today’s billion-dollar audiobook industry. The Untold Story of the Talking Book focuses on the social impact of audiobooks, not just the technological history, in telling a story of surprising and impassioned conflicts: from controversies over which books the Library of Congress selected to become talking books―yes to Kipling, no to Flaubert―to debates about what defines a reader. Delving into the vexed relationship between spoken and printed texts, Rubery argues that storytelling can be just as engaging with the ears as with the eyes, and that audiobooks deserve to be taken seriously. They are not mere derivatives of printed books but their own form of entertainment. We have come a long way from the era of sound recorded on wax cylinders, when people imagined one day hearing entire novels on mini-phonographs tucked inside their hats. Rubery tells the untold story of this incredible evolution and, in doing so, breaks from convention by treating audiobooks as a distinctively modern art form that has profoundly influenced the way we read. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Untold Story of the Talking Book Author: Matthew Rubery Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 14, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Histories of the book often move straight from the codex to the digital screen. Left out of that familiar account is nearly 150 years of audio recordings. Recounting the fascinating history of audio-recorded literature, Matthew Rubery traces the path of innovation from Edison’s recitation of “Mary Had a Little Lamb” for his tinfoil phonograph in 1877, to the first novel-length talking books made for blinded World War I veterans, to today’s billion-dollar audiobook industry. The Untold Story of the Talking Book focuses on the social impact of audiobooks, not just the technological history, in telling a story of surprising and impassioned conflicts: from controversies over which books the Library of Congress selected to become talking books―yes to Kipling, no to Flaubert―to debates about what defines a reader. Delving into the vexed relationship between spoken and printed texts, Rubery argues that storytelling can be just as engaging with the ears as with the eyes, and that audiobooks deserve to be taken seriously. They are not mere derivatives of printed books but their own form of entertainment. We have come a long way from the era of sound recorded on wax cylinders, when people imagined one day hearing entire novels on mini-phonographs tucked inside their hats. Rubery tells the untold story of this incredible evolution and, in doing so, breaks from convention by treating audiobooks as a distinctively modern art form that has profoundly influenced the way we read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278899 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: O Wow: Discovering Your Ultimate Orgasm Author: Jenny Block Narrator: Shana Savage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: December 20, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An ultimate orgasm is your personal best orgasm. It doesn't leave anything at the table. It doesn't want anything more. It lasts as long as it lasts. It takes as long as it takes. It's as messy and loud or quiet and tidy as you like. It has no room for shame or apology. An ultimate orgasm comes from questioning, exploring, experimenting, with no concern for how society or religion or anything else defines sex or female orgasm. The ultimate orgasm belongs to you and only you and it is your responsibility to find it, to have it, and to keep it for as long as you want to live a fully sexually satisfying life. Jenny Block Tue, 20 Dec 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278899 thebookvoice.com 7:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: O Wow: Discovering Your Ultimate Orgasm Author: Jenny Block Narrator: Shana Savage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: December 20, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An ultimate orgasm is your personal best orgasm. It doesn't leave anything at the table. It doesn't want anything more. It lasts as long as it lasts. It takes as long as it takes. It's as messy and loud or quiet and tidy as you like. It has no room for shame or apology. An ultimate orgasm comes from questioning, exploring, experimenting, with no concern for how society or religion or anything else defines sex or female orgasm. The ultimate orgasm belongs to you and only you and it is your responsibility to find it, to have it, and to keep it for as long as you want to live a fully sexually satisfying life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: O Wow: Discovering Your Ultimate Orgasm Author: Jenny Block Narrator: Shana Savage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: December 20, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An ultimate orgasm is your personal best orgasm. It doesn't leave anything at the table. It doesn't want anything more. It lasts as long as it lasts. It takes as long as it takes. It's as messy and loud or quiet and tidy as you like. It has no room for shame or apology. An ultimate orgasm comes from questioning, exploring, experimenting, with no concern for how society or religion or anything else defines sex or female orgasm. The ultimate orgasm belongs to you and only you and it is your responsibility to find it, to have it, and to keep it for as long as you want to live a fully sexually satisfying life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278762 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Water Tossing Boulders: How a Family of Chinese Immigrants Led the First Fight to Desegregate Schools in the Jim Crow South Author: Adrienne Berard Narrator: Moe Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A generation before Brown v. Board of Education struck down America’s “separate but equal” doctrine, one Chinese family and an eccentric Mississippi lawyer fought for desegregation in one of the greatest legal battles never told On September 15, 1924, Martha Lum and her older sister Berda were barred from attending middle school in Rosedale, Mississippi. The girls were Chinese American and considered by the school to be “colored”; the school was for whites. This event would lead to the first US Supreme Court case to challenge the constitutionality of racial segregation in Southern public schools, an astonishing thirty years before the landmark Brown v. Board of Education decision. Unearthing one of the greatest stories never told, journalist Adrienne Berard recounts how three unlikely heroes sought to shape a new South. A poor immigrant from southern China, Jeu Gong Lum came to America with the hope of a better future for his family. Unassuming yet boldly determined, his daughter Martha would inhabit that future and become the face of the fight to integrate schools. Earl Brewer, their lawyer and staunch ally, was once a millionaire and governor of Mississippi. When he took the family’s case, Brewer was both bankrupt and a political pariah—a man with nothing left to lose. By confronting the “separate but equal” doctrine, the Lum family fought for the right to educate Chinese Americans in the white schools of the Jim Crow South. Using their groundbreaking lawsuit as a compass, Berard depicts the complicated condition of racial otherness in rural Southern society. In a sweeping narrative that is both epic and intimate, Water Tossing Boulders evokes a time and place previously defined by black and white, a time and place that, until now, has never been viewed through the eyes of a forgotten third race. In vivid prose, the Mississippi Delta, an empire of cotton and a bastion of slavery, is reimagined to reveal the experiences of a lost immigrant community. Through extensive research in historical documents and family correspondence, Berard illuminates a vital, forgotten chapter of America’s past and uncovers the powerful journey of an oppressed people in their struggle for equality. Adrienne Berard Tue, 15 Nov 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278762 thebookvoice.com 6:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Water Tossing Boulders: How a Family of Chinese Immigrants Led the First Fight to Desegregate Schools in the Jim Crow South Author: Adrienne Berard Narrator: Moe Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A generation before Brown v. Board of Education struck down America’s “separate but equal” doctrine, one Chinese family and an eccentric Mississippi lawyer fought for desegregation in one of the greatest legal battles never told On September 15, 1924, Martha Lum and her older sister Berda were barred from attending middle school in Rosedale, Mississippi. The girls were Chinese American and considered by the school to be “colored”; the school was for whites. This event would lead to the first US Supreme Court case to challenge the constitutionality of racial segregation in Southern public schools, an astonishing thirty years before the landmark Brown v. Board of Education decision. Unearthing one of the greatest stories never told, journalist Adrienne Berard recounts how three unlikely heroes sought to shape a new South. A poor immigrant from southern China, Jeu Gong Lum came to America with the hope of a better future for his family. Unassuming yet boldly determined, his daughter Martha would inhabit that future and become the face of the fight to integrate schools. Earl Brewer, their lawyer and staunch ally, was once a millionaire and governor of Mississippi. When he took the family’s case, Brewer was both bankrupt and a political pariah—a man with nothing left to lose. By confronting the “separate but equal” doctrine, the Lum family fought for the right to educate Chinese Americans in the white schools of the Jim Crow South. Using their groundbreaking lawsuit as a compass, Berard depicts the complicated condition of racial otherness in rural Southern society. In a sweeping narrative that is both epic and intimate, Water Tossing Boulders evokes a time and place previously defined by black and white, a time and place that, until now, has never been viewed through the eyes of a forgotten third race. In vivid prose, the Mississippi Delta, an empire of cotton and a bastion of slavery, is reimagined to reveal the experiences of a lost immigrant community. Through extensive research in historical documents and family correspondence, Berard illuminates a vital, forgotten chapter of America’s past and uncovers the powerful journey of an oppressed people in their struggle for equality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Water Tossing Boulders: How a Family of Chinese Immigrants Led the First Fight to Desegregate Schools in the Jim Crow South Author: Adrienne Berard Narrator: Moe Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A generation before Brown v. Board of Education struck down America’s “separate but equal” doctrine, one Chinese family and an eccentric Mississippi lawyer fought for desegregation in one of the greatest legal battles never told On September 15, 1924, Martha Lum and her older sister Berda were barred from attending middle school in Rosedale, Mississippi. The girls were Chinese American and considered by the school to be “colored”; the school was for whites. This event would lead to the first US Supreme Court case to challenge the constitutionality of racial segregation in Southern public schools, an astonishing thirty years before the landmark Brown v. Board of Education decision. Unearthing one of the greatest stories never told, journalist Adrienne Berard recounts how three unlikely heroes sought to shape a new South. A poor immigrant from southern China, Jeu Gong Lum came to America with the hope of a better future for his family. Unassuming yet boldly determined, his daughter Martha would inhabit that future and become the face of the fight to integrate schools. Earl Brewer, their lawyer and staunch ally, was once a millionaire and governor of Mississippi. When he took the family’s case, Brewer was both bankrupt and a political pariah—a man with nothing left to lose. By confronting the “separate but equal” doctrine, the Lum family fought for the right to educate Chinese Americans in the white schools of the Jim Crow South. Using their groundbreaking lawsuit as a compass, Berard depicts the complicated condition of racial otherness in rural Southern society. In a sweeping narrative that is both epic and intimate, Water Tossing Boulders evokes a time and place previously defined by black and white, a time and place that, until now, has never been viewed through the eyes of a forgotten third race. In vivid prose, the Mississippi Delta, an empire of cotton and a bastion of slavery, is reimagined to reveal the experiences of a lost immigrant community. Through extensive research in historical documents and family correspondence, Berard illuminates a vital, forgotten chapter of America’s past and uncovers the powerful journey of an oppressed people in their struggle for equality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278649 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unmentionable: The Victorian Lady's Guide to Sex, Marriage, and Manners Author: Therese Oneill Narrator: Betsy Foldes Meiman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wished you could live in an earlier, more romantic era? Ladies, welcome to the 19th century, where there's arsenic in your face cream, a pot of cold pee sits under your bed, and all of your underwear is crotchless. (Why? Shush, dear. A lady doesn't question.) Unmentionable is your hilarious, illustrated, scandalously honest (yet never crass) guide to the secrets of Victorian womanhood, giving you detailed advice on: What to wear Where to relieve yourself How to conceal your loathsome addiction to menstruating What to expect on your wedding night How to be the perfect Victorian wife Why masturbating will kill you And more! Irresistibly charming, laugh-out-loud funny, and featuring nearly 200 images from Victorian publications, Unmentionable will inspire a whole new level of respect for Elizabeth Bennett, Scarlet O'Hara, Jane Eyre, and all of our great, great grandmothers. (And it just might leave you feeling ecstatically grateful to live in an age of pants, super absorbency tampons, epidurals, anti-depressants, and not dying of the syphilis your husband brought home.) Therese Oneill Tue, 25 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278649 thebookvoice.com 7:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unmentionable: The Victorian Lady's Guide to Sex, Marriage, and Manners Author: Therese Oneill Narrator: Betsy Foldes Meiman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wished you could live in an earlier, more romantic era? Ladies, welcome to the 19th century, where there's arsenic in your face cream, a pot of cold pee sits under your bed, and all of your underwear is crotchless. (Why? Shush, dear. A lady doesn't question.) Unmentionable is your hilarious, illustrated, scandalously honest (yet never crass) guide to the secrets of Victorian womanhood, giving you detailed advice on: What to wear Where to relieve yourself How to conceal your loathsome addiction to menstruating What to expect on your wedding night How to be the perfect Victorian wife Why masturbating will kill you And more! Irresistibly charming, laugh-out-loud funny, and featuring nearly 200 images from Victorian publications, Unmentionable will inspire a whole new level of respect for Elizabeth Bennett, Scarlet O'Hara, Jane Eyre, and all of our great, great grandmothers. (And it just might leave you feeling ecstatically grateful to live in an age of pants, super absorbency tampons, epidurals, anti-depressants, and not dying of the syphilis your husband brought home.) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unmentionable: The Victorian Lady's Guide to Sex, Marriage, and Manners Author: Therese Oneill Narrator: Betsy Foldes Meiman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wished you could live in an earlier, more romantic era? Ladies, welcome to the 19th century, where there's arsenic in your face cream, a pot of cold pee sits under your bed, and all of your underwear is crotchless. (Why? Shush, dear. A lady doesn't question.) Unmentionable is your hilarious, illustrated, scandalously honest (yet never crass) guide to the secrets of Victorian womanhood, giving you detailed advice on: What to wear Where to relieve yourself How to conceal your loathsome addiction to menstruating What to expect on your wedding night How to be the perfect Victorian wife Why masturbating will kill you And more! Irresistibly charming, laugh-out-loud funny, and featuring nearly 200 images from Victorian publications, Unmentionable will inspire a whole new level of respect for Elizabeth Bennett, Scarlet O'Hara, Jane Eyre, and all of our great, great grandmothers. (And it just might leave you feeling ecstatically grateful to live in an age of pants, super absorbency tampons, epidurals, anti-depressants, and not dying of the syphilis your husband brought home.) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278640 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tranny: Confessions of Punk Rock's Most Infamous Anarchist Sellout Author: Laura Jane Grace Narrator: Laura Jane Grace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ONE OF BILLBOARD'S '100 GREATEST MUSIC BOOKS OF ALL TIME': The provocative transgender advocate and lead singer of the punk rock band Against Me! provides a searing account of her search for identity and her true self. It began in a bedroom in Naples, Florida, when a misbehaving punk teenager named Tom Gabel, armed with nothing but an acoustic guitar and a headful of anarchist politics, landed on a riff. Gabel formed Against Me! and rocketed the band from its scrappy beginnings-banging on a drum kit made of pickle buckets-to a major-label powerhouse that critics have called this generation's The Clash. Since its inception in 1997, Against Me! has been one of punk's most influential modern bands, but also one of its most divisive. With every notch the four-piece climbed in their career, they gained new fans while infuriating their old ones. They suffered legal woes, a revolving door of drummers, and a horde of angry, militant punks who called them 'sellouts' and tried to sabotage their shows at every turn. But underneath the public turmoil, something much greater occupied Gabel-a secret kept for 30 years, only acknowledged in the scrawled-out pages of personal journals and hidden in lyrics. Through a troubled childhood, delinquency, and struggles with drugs, Gabel was on a punishing search for identity. Not until May of 2012 did a Rolling Stone profile finally reveal it: Gabel is a transsexual, and would from then on be living as a woman under the name Laura Jane Grace. Tranny is the intimate story of Against Me!'s enigmatic founder, weaving the narrative of the band's history, as well as Grace's, with dozens of never-before-seen entries from the piles of journals Grace kept. More than a typical music memoir about sex, drugs, and rock 'n' roll-although it certainly has plenty of that-Tranny is an inside look at one of the most remarkable stories in the history of rock. Laura Jane Grace Tue, 15 Nov 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278640 thebookvoice.com 6:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tranny: Confessions of Punk Rock's Most Infamous Anarchist Sellout Author: Laura Jane Grace Narrator: Laura Jane Grace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ONE OF BILLBOARD'S '100 GREATEST MUSIC BOOKS OF ALL TIME': The provocative transgender advocate and lead singer of the punk rock band Against Me! provides a searing account of her search for identity and her true self. It began in a bedroom in Naples, Florida, when a misbehaving punk teenager named Tom Gabel, armed with nothing but an acoustic guitar and a headful of anarchist politics, landed on a riff. Gabel formed Against Me! and rocketed the band from its scrappy beginnings-banging on a drum kit made of pickle buckets-to a major-label powerhouse that critics have called this generation's The Clash. Since its inception in 1997, Against Me! has been one of punk's most influential modern bands, but also one of its most divisive. With every notch the four-piece climbed in their career, they gained new fans while infuriating their old ones. They suffered legal woes, a revolving door of drummers, and a horde of angry, militant punks who called them 'sellouts' and tried to sabotage their shows at every turn. But underneath the public turmoil, something much greater occupied Gabel-a secret kept for 30 years, only acknowledged in the scrawled-out pages of personal journals and hidden in lyrics. Through a troubled childhood, delinquency, and struggles with drugs, Gabel was on a punishing search for identity. Not until May of 2012 did a Rolling Stone profile finally reveal it: Gabel is a transsexual, and would from then on be living as a woman under the name Laura Jane Grace. Tranny is the intimate story of Against Me!'s enigmatic founder, weaving the narrative of the band's history, as well as Grace's, with dozens of never-before-seen entries from the piles of journals Grace kept. More than a typical music memoir about sex, drugs, and rock 'n' roll-although it certainly has plenty of that-Tranny is an inside look at one of the most remarkable stories in the history of rock. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tranny: Confessions of Punk Rock's Most Infamous Anarchist Sellout Author: Laura Jane Grace Narrator: Laura Jane Grace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ONE OF BILLBOARD'S '100 GREATEST MUSIC BOOKS OF ALL TIME': The provocative transgender advocate and lead singer of the punk rock band Against Me! provides a searing account of her search for identity and her true self. It began in a bedroom in Naples, Florida, when a misbehaving punk teenager named Tom Gabel, armed with nothing but an acoustic guitar and a headful of anarchist politics, landed on a riff. Gabel formed Against Me! and rocketed the band from its scrappy beginnings-banging on a drum kit made of pickle buckets-to a major-label powerhouse that critics have called this generation's The Clash. Since its inception in 1997, Against Me! has been one of punk's most influential modern bands, but also one of its most divisive. With every notch the four-piece climbed in their career, they gained new fans while infuriating their old ones. They suffered legal woes, a revolving door of drummers, and a horde of angry, militant punks who called them 'sellouts' and tried to sabotage their shows at every turn. But underneath the public turmoil, something much greater occupied Gabel-a secret kept for 30 years, only acknowledged in the scrawled-out pages of personal journals and hidden in lyrics. Through a troubled childhood, delinquency, and struggles with drugs, Gabel was on a punishing search for identity. Not until May of 2012 did a Rolling Stone profile finally reveal it: Gabel is a transsexual, and would from then on be living as a woman under the name Laura Jane Grace. Tranny is the intimate story of Against Me!'s enigmatic founder, weaving the narrative of the band's history, as well as Grace's, with dozens of never-before-seen entries from the piles of journals Grace kept. More than a typical music memoir about sex, drugs, and rock 'n' roll-although it certainly has plenty of that-Tranny is an inside look at one of the most remarkable stories in the history of rock. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278277 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hi, Anxiety: Life With a Bad Case of Nerves Author: Kat Kinsman Narrator: Kat Kinsman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joining the ranks of such acclaimed accounts as Manic, Brain on Fire, and Monkey Mind, a deeply personal, funny, and sometimes painful look at anxiety and its impact from writer and commentator Kat Kinsman. Feeling anxious? Can’t sleep because your brain won’t stop recycling thoughts? Unable to make a decision because you're too afraid you’ll make the wrong one? You’re not alone. In Hi, Anxiety, beloved food writer, editor, and commentator Kat Kinsman expands on the high profile pieces she wrote for CNN.com about depression, and its wicked cousin, anxiety. Taking us back to her adolescence, when she was diagnosed with depression at fourteen, Kat speaks eloquently with pathos and humor about her skin picking, hand flapping, “nervousness” that made her the recipient of many a harsh taunt. With her mother also gripped by depression and health issues throughout her life, Kat came to live in a constant state of unease—that she would fail, that she would never find love . . . that she would end up just like her mother. Now, as a successful media personality, Kat still battles anxiety every day. That anxiety manifests in strange, and deeply personal ways. But as she found when she started to write about her struggles, Kat is not alone in feeling like the simple act of leaving the house, or getting a haircut can be crippling. And though periodic medication, counseling, a successful career and a happy marriage have brought her relief, the illness, because that is what anxiety is, remains. Exploring how millions are affected anxiety, Hi, Anxiety is a clarion call for everyone—but especially women—struggling with this condition. Though she is a strong advocate for seeking medical intervention, Kinsman implores those suffering to come out of the shadows—to talk about their battle openly and honestly. With humor, bravery, and writing that brings bestsellers like Laurie Notaro and Jenny Lawson to mind, Hi, Anxiety tackles a difficult subject with amazing grace. Kat Kinsman Tue, 15 Nov 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278277 thebookvoice.com 6:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hi, Anxiety: Life With a Bad Case of Nerves Author: Kat Kinsman Narrator: Kat Kinsman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joining the ranks of such acclaimed accounts as Manic, Brain on Fire, and Monkey Mind, a deeply personal, funny, and sometimes painful look at anxiety and its impact from writer and commentator Kat Kinsman. Feeling anxious? Can’t sleep because your brain won’t stop recycling thoughts? Unable to make a decision because you're too afraid you’ll make the wrong one? You’re not alone. In Hi, Anxiety, beloved food writer, editor, and commentator Kat Kinsman expands on the high profile pieces she wrote for CNN.com about depression, and its wicked cousin, anxiety. Taking us back to her adolescence, when she was diagnosed with depression at fourteen, Kat speaks eloquently with pathos and humor about her skin picking, hand flapping, “nervousness” that made her the recipient of many a harsh taunt. With her mother also gripped by depression and health issues throughout her life, Kat came to live in a constant state of unease—that she would fail, that she would never find love . . . that she would end up just like her mother. Now, as a successful media personality, Kat still battles anxiety every day. That anxiety manifests in strange, and deeply personal ways. But as she found when she started to write about her struggles, Kat is not alone in feeling like the simple act of leaving the house, or getting a haircut can be crippling. And though periodic medication, counseling, a successful career and a happy marriage have brought her relief, the illness, because that is what anxiety is, remains. Exploring how millions are affected anxiety, Hi, Anxiety is a clarion call for everyone—but especially women—struggling with this condition. Though she is a strong advocate for seeking medical intervention, Kinsman implores those suffering to come out of the shadows—to talk about their battle openly and honestly. With humor, bravery, and writing that brings bestsellers like Laurie Notaro and Jenny Lawson to mind, Hi, Anxiety tackles a difficult subject with amazing grace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hi, Anxiety: Life With a Bad Case of Nerves Author: Kat Kinsman Narrator: Kat Kinsman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joining the ranks of such acclaimed accounts as Manic, Brain on Fire, and Monkey Mind, a deeply personal, funny, and sometimes painful look at anxiety and its impact from writer and commentator Kat Kinsman. Feeling anxious? Can’t sleep because your brain won’t stop recycling thoughts? Unable to make a decision because you're too afraid you’ll make the wrong one? You’re not alone. In Hi, Anxiety, beloved food writer, editor, and commentator Kat Kinsman expands on the high profile pieces she wrote for CNN.com about depression, and its wicked cousin, anxiety. Taking us back to her adolescence, when she was diagnosed with depression at fourteen, Kat speaks eloquently with pathos and humor about her skin picking, hand flapping, “nervousness” that made her the recipient of many a harsh taunt. With her mother also gripped by depression and health issues throughout her life, Kat came to live in a constant state of unease—that she would fail, that she would never find love . . . that she would end up just like her mother. Now, as a successful media personality, Kat still battles anxiety every day. That anxiety manifests in strange, and deeply personal ways. But as she found when she started to write about her struggles, Kat is not alone in feeling like the simple act of leaving the house, or getting a haircut can be crippling. And though periodic medication, counseling, a successful career and a happy marriage have brought her relief, the illness, because that is what anxiety is, remains. Exploring how millions are affected anxiety, Hi, Anxiety is a clarion call for everyone—but especially women—struggling with this condition. Though she is a strong advocate for seeking medical intervention, Kinsman implores those suffering to come out of the shadows—to talk about their battle openly and honestly. With humor, bravery, and writing that brings bestsellers like Laurie Notaro and Jenny Lawson to mind, Hi, Anxiety tackles a difficult subject with amazing grace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/276002 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/276002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revenge of Analog: Real Things and Why They Matter Author: David Sax Narrator: David Sax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of Michiko Kakutani's (New York Times) top ten books of 2016 A funny thing happened on the way to the digital utopia. We've begun to fall back in love with the very analog goods and ideas the tech gurus insisted that we no longer needed. Businesses that once looked outdated, from film photography to brick-and-mortar retail, are now springing with new life. Notebooks, records, and stationery have become cool again. Behold the Revenge of Analog. David Sax has uncovered story after story of entrepreneurs, small business owners, and even big corporations who've found a market selling not apps or virtual solutions but real, tangible things. As e-books are supposedly remaking reading, independent bookstores have sprouted up across the country. As music allegedly migrates to the cloud, vinyl record sales have grown more than ten times over the past decade. Even the offices of tech giants like Google and Facebook increasingly rely on pen and paper to drive their brightest ideas. Sax's work reveals a deep truth about how humans shop, interact, and even think. Blending psychology and observant wit with first-rate reportage, Sax shows the limited appeal of the purely digital life-and the robust future of the real world outside it. David Sax Tue, 08 Nov 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/276002 thebookvoice.com 9:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/276002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revenge of Analog: Real Things and Why They Matter Author: David Sax Narrator: David Sax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of Michiko Kakutani's (New York Times) top ten books of 2016 A funny thing happened on the way to the digital utopia. We've begun to fall back in love with the very analog goods and ideas the tech gurus insisted that we no longer needed. Businesses that once looked outdated, from film photography to brick-and-mortar retail, are now springing with new life. Notebooks, records, and stationery have become cool again. Behold the Revenge of Analog. David Sax has uncovered story after story of entrepreneurs, small business owners, and even big corporations who've found a market selling not apps or virtual solutions but real, tangible things. As e-books are supposedly remaking reading, independent bookstores have sprouted up across the country. As music allegedly migrates to the cloud, vinyl record sales have grown more than ten times over the past decade. Even the offices of tech giants like Google and Facebook increasingly rely on pen and paper to drive their brightest ideas. Sax's work reveals a deep truth about how humans shop, interact, and even think. Blending psychology and observant wit with first-rate reportage, Sax shows the limited appeal of the purely digital life-and the robust future of the real world outside it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/276002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revenge of Analog: Real Things and Why They Matter Author: David Sax Narrator: David Sax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of Michiko Kakutani's (New York Times) top ten books of 2016 A funny thing happened on the way to the digital utopia. We've begun to fall back in love with the very analog goods and ideas the tech gurus insisted that we no longer needed. Businesses that once looked outdated, from film photography to brick-and-mortar retail, are now springing with new life. Notebooks, records, and stationery have become cool again. Behold the Revenge of Analog. David Sax has uncovered story after story of entrepreneurs, small business owners, and even big corporations who've found a market selling not apps or virtual solutions but real, tangible things. As e-books are supposedly remaking reading, independent bookstores have sprouted up across the country. As music allegedly migrates to the cloud, vinyl record sales have grown more than ten times over the past decade. Even the offices of tech giants like Google and Facebook increasingly rely on pen and paper to drive their brightest ideas. Sax's work reveals a deep truth about how humans shop, interact, and even think. Blending psychology and observant wit with first-rate reportage, Sax shows the limited appeal of the purely digital life-and the robust future of the real world outside it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275913 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Muslim Girl: A Coming of Age Author: Amani Al-Khatahtbeh Narrator: Amani Al-Khatahtbeh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times Editors’ Choice, the brilliant founder of MuslimGirl.com shares her harrowing and candid account of what it’s like to be a young Muslim woman in the wake of 9/11, during the never-ending war on terror, and through the Trump era of casual racism. At nine years old, Amani Al-Khatahtbeh watched from her home in New Jersey as two planes crashed into the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001. That same year, she heard her first racial slur. At thirteen, her family took a trip to her father’s native homeland of Jordan, and Amani experienced firsthand a culture built on the true peaceful nature of Islam in its purest form, not the Islamic stereotypes she heard on the news. Inspired by her trip and after years of feeling like her voice as a Muslim woman was marginalized during a time when it seemed all Western media could talk about was, ironically, Muslim women, Amani created a website called Muslim Girl. As the editor-in-chief, she put together a team of Muslim women and started a life dedicated to activism. Muslim Girl: A Coming of Age is the extraordinary account of Amani’s journey through adolescence as a Muslim girl, from the Islamophobia she’s faced on a daily basis, to the website she launched that became a cultural phenomenon, to the nation’s political climate in 2016 as Donald Trump wins the presidency. While dispelling the myth that a headscarf signifies neither radicalism nor oppression, she shares both her own personal accounts and anecdotes from the “sisterhood” of writers that serve as her editorial team at Muslim Girl. Amani’s “blunt…potent message…is a skillful unraveling of the myth of the submissive Muslim woman” (The New York Times Book Review) and a deeply necessary counterpoint to the current rhetoric about the Middle East. Amani Al-Khatahtbeh Tue, 18 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275913 thebookvoice.com 3:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Muslim Girl: A Coming of Age Author: Amani Al-Khatahtbeh Narrator: Amani Al-Khatahtbeh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times Editors’ Choice, the brilliant founder of MuslimGirl.com shares her harrowing and candid account of what it’s like to be a young Muslim woman in the wake of 9/11, during the never-ending war on terror, and through the Trump era of casual racism. At nine years old, Amani Al-Khatahtbeh watched from her home in New Jersey as two planes crashed into the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001. That same year, she heard her first racial slur. At thirteen, her family took a trip to her father’s native homeland of Jordan, and Amani experienced firsthand a culture built on the true peaceful nature of Islam in its purest form, not the Islamic stereotypes she heard on the news. Inspired by her trip and after years of feeling like her voice as a Muslim woman was marginalized during a time when it seemed all Western media could talk about was, ironically, Muslim women, Amani created a website called Muslim Girl. As the editor-in-chief, she put together a team of Muslim women and started a life dedicated to activism. Muslim Girl: A Coming of Age is the extraordinary account of Amani’s journey through adolescence as a Muslim girl, from the Islamophobia she’s faced on a daily basis, to the website she launched that became a cultural phenomenon, to the nation’s political climate in 2016 as Donald Trump wins the presidency. While dispelling the myth that a headscarf signifies neither radicalism nor oppression, she shares both her own personal accounts and anecdotes from the “sisterhood” of writers that serve as her editorial team at Muslim Girl. Amani’s “blunt…potent message…is a skillful unraveling of the myth of the submissive Muslim woman” (The New York Times Book Review) and a deeply necessary counterpoint to the current rhetoric about the Middle East. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Muslim Girl: A Coming of Age Author: Amani Al-Khatahtbeh Narrator: Amani Al-Khatahtbeh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times Editors’ Choice, the brilliant founder of MuslimGirl.com shares her harrowing and candid account of what it’s like to be a young Muslim woman in the wake of 9/11, during the never-ending war on terror, and through the Trump era of casual racism. At nine years old, Amani Al-Khatahtbeh watched from her home in New Jersey as two planes crashed into the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001. That same year, she heard her first racial slur. At thirteen, her family took a trip to her father’s native homeland of Jordan, and Amani experienced firsthand a culture built on the true peaceful nature of Islam in its purest form, not the Islamic stereotypes she heard on the news. Inspired by her trip and after years of feeling like her voice as a Muslim woman was marginalized during a time when it seemed all Western media could talk about was, ironically, Muslim women, Amani created a website called Muslim Girl. As the editor-in-chief, she put together a team of Muslim women and started a life dedicated to activism. Muslim Girl: A Coming of Age is the extraordinary account of Amani’s journey through adolescence as a Muslim girl, from the Islamophobia she’s faced on a daily basis, to the website she launched that became a cultural phenomenon, to the nation’s political climate in 2016 as Donald Trump wins the presidency. While dispelling the myth that a headscarf signifies neither radicalism nor oppression, she shares both her own personal accounts and anecdotes from the “sisterhood” of writers that serve as her editorial team at Muslim Girl. Amani’s “blunt…potent message…is a skillful unraveling of the myth of the submissive Muslim woman” (The New York Times Book Review) and a deeply necessary counterpoint to the current rhetoric about the Middle East. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275904 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People of the World: Cultures and Traditions, Ancestry and Identity Author: K. David Harrison, Catherine Herbert Howell Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the heart of National Geographic comes this expansive guide to the clans, tribes, ethnicities, and peoples of the world. Organized in keeping with our knowledge of the migration of human groups through history, with statistics and a cultural portrait of each ethnic group, People of the World becomes a fascinating round-the-world tour of customs and traditions as well as a go-to source for background information to round out one’s own family history. From the Tuvans of Siberia to the Samoans and Tahitians of Polynesia, from the Mapuche of Chile to the Sami of Scandinavia, 222 of the world’s 10,000-plus ethnic groups are featured. Some were chosen because of their commonality as ancestors to many; others were chosen because their numbers are dwindling, and soon their cultures may become extinct. Maps, photographs, and traditional sayings enhance the accounts of many of the most important and interesting cultures in the world today. K. David Harrison, Catherine Herbert Howell Tue, 25 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275904 thebookvoice.com 18:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People of the World: Cultures and Traditions, Ancestry and Identity Author: K. David Harrison, Catherine Herbert Howell Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the heart of National Geographic comes this expansive guide to the clans, tribes, ethnicities, and peoples of the world. Organized in keeping with our knowledge of the migration of human groups through history, with statistics and a cultural portrait of each ethnic group, People of the World becomes a fascinating round-the-world tour of customs and traditions as well as a go-to source for background information to round out one’s own family history. From the Tuvans of Siberia to the Samoans and Tahitians of Polynesia, from the Mapuche of Chile to the Sami of Scandinavia, 222 of the world’s 10,000-plus ethnic groups are featured. Some were chosen because of their commonality as ancestors to many; others were chosen because their numbers are dwindling, and soon their cultures may become extinct. Maps, photographs, and traditional sayings enhance the accounts of many of the most important and interesting cultures in the world today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People of the World: Cultures and Traditions, Ancestry and Identity Author: K. David Harrison, Catherine Herbert Howell Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the heart of National Geographic comes this expansive guide to the clans, tribes, ethnicities, and peoples of the world. Organized in keeping with our knowledge of the migration of human groups through history, with statistics and a cultural portrait of each ethnic group, People of the World becomes a fascinating round-the-world tour of customs and traditions as well as a go-to source for background information to round out one’s own family history. From the Tuvans of Siberia to the Samoans and Tahitians of Polynesia, from the Mapuche of Chile to the Sami of Scandinavia, 222 of the world’s 10,000-plus ethnic groups are featured. Some were chosen because of their commonality as ancestors to many; others were chosen because their numbers are dwindling, and soon their cultures may become extinct. Maps, photographs, and traditional sayings enhance the accounts of many of the most important and interesting cultures in the world today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275803 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Content Trap: A Strategist's Guide to Digital Change Author: Bharat Anand Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “My favorite book of the year.”—Doug McMillon, CEO, Wal-Mart Stores Harvard Business School Professor of Strategy Bharat Anand presents an incisive new approach to digital transformation that favors fostering connectivity over focusing exclusively on content. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY BLOOMBERG Companies everywhere face two major challenges today: getting noticed and getting paid. To confront these obstacles, Bharat Anand examines a range of businesses around the world, from The New York Times to The Economist, from Chinese Internet giant Tencent to Scandinavian digital trailblazer Schibsted, and from talent management to the future of education. Drawing on these stories and on the latest research in economics, strategy, and marketing, this refreshingly engaging book reveals important lessons, smashes celebrated myths, and reorients strategy. Success for flourishing companies comes not from making the best content but from recognizing how content enables customers’ connectivity; it comes not from protecting the value of content at all costs but from unearthing related opportunities close by; and it comes not from mimicking competitors’ best practices but from seeing choices as part of a connected whole. Digital change means that everyone today can reach and interact with others directly: We are all in the content business. But that comes with risks that Bharat Anand teaches us how to recognize and navigate. Filled with conversations with key players and in-depth dispatches from the front lines of digital change, The Content Trap is an essential new playbook for navigating the turbulent waters in which we find ourselves. Includes a PDF of Images, Charts, and Graphs Praise for The Content Trap “A masterful and thought-provoking book that has reshaped my understanding of content in the digital landscape.”—Ariel Emanuel, co-CEO, WME | IMG “The Content Trap is a book filled with stories of businesses, from music companies to magazine publishers, that missed connections and could never escape the narrow views that had brought them past success. But it is also filled with stories of those who made strategic choices to strengthen the links between content and returns in their new master plans. . . . The book is a call to clear thinking and reassessing why things are the way they are.”—The Wall Street Journal Bharat Anand Tue, 18 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275803 thebookvoice.com 16:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Content Trap: A Strategist's Guide to Digital Change Author: Bharat Anand Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “My favorite book of the year.”—Doug McMillon, CEO, Wal-Mart Stores Harvard Business School Professor of Strategy Bharat Anand presents an incisive new approach to digital transformation that favors fostering connectivity over focusing exclusively on content. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY BLOOMBERG Companies everywhere face two major challenges today: getting noticed and getting paid. To confront these obstacles, Bharat Anand examines a range of businesses around the world, from The New York Times to The Economist, from Chinese Internet giant Tencent to Scandinavian digital trailblazer Schibsted, and from talent management to the future of education. Drawing on these stories and on the latest research in economics, strategy, and marketing, this refreshingly engaging book reveals important lessons, smashes celebrated myths, and reorients strategy. Success for flourishing companies comes not from making the best content but from recognizing how content enables customers’ connectivity; it comes not from protecting the value of content at all costs but from unearthing related opportunities close by; and it comes not from mimicking competitors’ best practices but from seeing choices as part of a connected whole. Digital change means that everyone today can reach and interact with others directly: We are all in the content business. But that comes with risks that Bharat Anand teaches us how to recognize and navigate. Filled with conversations with key players and in-depth dispatches from the front lines of digital change, The Content Trap is an essential new playbook for navigating the turbulent waters in which we find ourselves. Includes a PDF of Images, Charts, and Graphs Praise for The Content Trap “A masterful and thought-provoking book that has reshaped my understanding of content in the digital landscape.”—Ariel Emanuel, co-CEO, WME | IMG “The Content Trap is a book filled with stories of businesses, from music companies to magazine publishers, that missed connections and could never escape the narrow views that had brought them past success. But it is also filled with stories of those who made strategic choices to strengthen the links between content and returns in their new master plans. . . . The book is a call to clear thinking and reassessing why things are the way they are.”—The Wall Street Journal Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Content Trap: A Strategist's Guide to Digital Change Author: Bharat Anand Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “My favorite book of the year.”—Doug McMillon, CEO, Wal-Mart Stores Harvard Business School Professor of Strategy Bharat Anand presents an incisive new approach to digital transformation that favors fostering connectivity over focusing exclusively on content. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY BLOOMBERG Companies everywhere face two major challenges today: getting noticed and getting paid. To confront these obstacles, Bharat Anand examines a range of businesses around the world, from The New York Times to The Economist, from Chinese Internet giant Tencent to Scandinavian digital trailblazer Schibsted, and from talent management to the future of education. Drawing on these stories and on the latest research in economics, strategy, and marketing, this refreshingly engaging book reveals important lessons, smashes celebrated myths, and reorients strategy. Success for flourishing companies comes not from making the best content but from recognizing how content enables customers’ connectivity; it comes not from protecting the value of content at all costs but from unearthing related opportunities close by; and it comes not from mimicking competitors’ best practices but from seeing choices as part of a connected whole. Digital change means that everyone today can reach and interact with others directly: We are all in the content business. But that comes with risks that Bharat Anand teaches us how to recognize and navigate. Filled with conversations with key players and in-depth dispatches from the front lines of digital change, The Content Trap is an essential new playbook for navigating the turbulent waters in which we find ourselves. Includes a PDF of Images, Charts, and Graphs Praise for The Content Trap “A masterful and thought-provoking book that has reshaped my understanding of content in the digital landscape.”—Ariel Emanuel, co-CEO, WME | IMG “The Content Trap is a book filled with stories of businesses, from music companies to magazine publishers, that missed connections and could never escape the narrow views that had brought them past success. But it is also filled with stories of those who made strategic choices to strengthen the links between content and returns in their new master plans. . . . The book is a call to clear thinking and reassessing why things are the way they are.”—The Wall Street Journal https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275792 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Descent of Man Author: Grayson Perry Narrator: Jonny Phillips Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of The Descent of Man by Grayson Perry, read by Jonny Phillips. 'GRAYSON PERRY FOR KING AND QUEEN OF ENGLAND. Imagine how BRILLIANT our country would look if he was.' Caitlin Moran Grayson Perry has been thinking about masculinity - what it is, how it operates, why little boys are thought to be made of slugs and snails - since he was a boy. Now, in this funny and necessary book, he turns round to look at men with a clear eye and ask, what sort of men would make the world a better place, for everyone? What would happen if we rethought the old, macho, outdated version of manhood, and embraced a different idea of what makes a man? Apart from giving up the coronary-inducing stress of always being 'right' and the vast new wardrobe options, the real benefit might be that a newly fitted masculinity will allow men to have better relationships - and that's happiness, right? Grayson Perry admits he's not immune from the stereotypes himself - as the psychoanalysts say, 'if you spot it, you've got it' - and his thoughts on everything from power to physical appearance, from emotions to a brand new Manifesto for Men, are shot through with honesty, tenderness and the belief that, for everyone to benefit, upgrading masculinity has to be something men decide to do themselves. They have nothing to lose but their hang-ups. Grayson Perry Thu, 20 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275792 thebookvoice.com 3:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Descent of Man Author: Grayson Perry Narrator: Jonny Phillips Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of The Descent of Man by Grayson Perry, read by Jonny Phillips. 'GRAYSON PERRY FOR KING AND QUEEN OF ENGLAND. Imagine how BRILLIANT our country would look if he was.' Caitlin Moran Grayson Perry has been thinking about masculinity - what it is, how it operates, why little boys are thought to be made of slugs and snails - since he was a boy. Now, in this funny and necessary book, he turns round to look at men with a clear eye and ask, what sort of men would make the world a better place, for everyone? What would happen if we rethought the old, macho, outdated version of manhood, and embraced a different idea of what makes a man? Apart from giving up the coronary-inducing stress of always being 'right' and the vast new wardrobe options, the real benefit might be that a newly fitted masculinity will allow men to have better relationships - and that's happiness, right? Grayson Perry admits he's not immune from the stereotypes himself - as the psychoanalysts say, 'if you spot it, you've got it' - and his thoughts on everything from power to physical appearance, from emotions to a brand new Manifesto for Men, are shot through with honesty, tenderness and the belief that, for everyone to benefit, upgrading masculinity has to be something men decide to do themselves. They have nothing to lose but their hang-ups. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Descent of Man Author: Grayson Perry Narrator: Jonny Phillips Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of The Descent of Man by Grayson Perry, read by Jonny Phillips. 'GRAYSON PERRY FOR KING AND QUEEN OF ENGLAND. Imagine how BRILLIANT our country would look if he was.' Caitlin Moran Grayson Perry has been thinking about masculinity - what it is, how it operates, why little boys are thought to be made of slugs and snails - since he was a boy. Now, in this funny and necessary book, he turns round to look at men with a clear eye and ask, what sort of men would make the world a better place, for everyone? What would happen if we rethought the old, macho, outdated version of manhood, and embraced a different idea of what makes a man? Apart from giving up the coronary-inducing stress of always being 'right' and the vast new wardrobe options, the real benefit might be that a newly fitted masculinity will allow men to have better relationships - and that's happiness, right? Grayson Perry admits he's not immune from the stereotypes himself - as the psychoanalysts say, 'if you spot it, you've got it' - and his thoughts on everything from power to physical appearance, from emotions to a brand new Manifesto for Men, are shot through with honesty, tenderness and the belief that, for everyone to benefit, upgrading masculinity has to be something men decide to do themselves. They have nothing to lose but their hang-ups. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275715 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whipping Girl: A Transsexual Woman on Sexism and the Scapegoating of Femininity Author: Julia Serano Narrator: Julia Serano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A foundational text for anyone hoping to understand transgender politics and culture in the U.S. today.” —NPR Named as one of 100 Best Non-Fiction Books of All Time by Ms. Magazine Julia Serano shares her experiences and insights—both pre- and post-transition—to reveal the ways in which fear, suspicion, and dismissiveness toward femininity shape our societal attitudes toward trans women, as well as gender and sexuality as a whole. Serano's well-honed arguments and pioneering advocacy stem from her ability to bridge the gap between the often-disparate biological and social perspectives on gender. In this provocative manifesto, she exposes how deep-rooted the cultural belief is that femininity is frivolous, weak, and passive. In addition to debunking popular misconceptions about being transgender, Serano makes the case that today's feminists and transgender activists must work to embrace and empower femininity—in all of its wondrous forms. Julia Serano Tue, 25 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275715 thebookvoice.com 11:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whipping Girl: A Transsexual Woman on Sexism and the Scapegoating of Femininity Author: Julia Serano Narrator: Julia Serano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A foundational text for anyone hoping to understand transgender politics and culture in the U.S. today.” —NPR Named as one of 100 Best Non-Fiction Books of All Time by Ms. Magazine Julia Serano shares her experiences and insights—both pre- and post-transition—to reveal the ways in which fear, suspicion, and dismissiveness toward femininity shape our societal attitudes toward trans women, as well as gender and sexuality as a whole. Serano's well-honed arguments and pioneering advocacy stem from her ability to bridge the gap between the often-disparate biological and social perspectives on gender. In this provocative manifesto, she exposes how deep-rooted the cultural belief is that femininity is frivolous, weak, and passive. In addition to debunking popular misconceptions about being transgender, Serano makes the case that today's feminists and transgender activists must work to embrace and empower femininity—in all of its wondrous forms. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whipping Girl: A Transsexual Woman on Sexism and the Scapegoating of Femininity Author: Julia Serano Narrator: Julia Serano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A foundational text for anyone hoping to understand transgender politics and culture in the U.S. today.” —NPR Named as one of 100 Best Non-Fiction Books of All Time by Ms. Magazine Julia Serano shares her experiences and insights—both pre- and post-transition—to reveal the ways in which fear, suspicion, and dismissiveness toward femininity shape our societal attitudes toward trans women, as well as gender and sexuality as a whole. Serano's well-honed arguments and pioneering advocacy stem from her ability to bridge the gap between the often-disparate biological and social perspectives on gender. In this provocative manifesto, she exposes how deep-rooted the cultural belief is that femininity is frivolous, weak, and passive. In addition to debunking popular misconceptions about being transgender, Serano makes the case that today's feminists and transgender activists must work to embrace and empower femininity—in all of its wondrous forms. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275704 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275704]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lion in the Living Room: How House Cats Tamed Us and Took Over the World Author: Abigail Tucker Narrator: Arden Hammersmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller about how cats conquered the world and our hearts in this “deep and illuminating perspective on our favorite household companion” (Huffington Post). House cats rule bedrooms and back alleys, deserted Antarctic islands, even cyberspace. And unlike dogs, cats offer humans no practical benefit. The truth is they are sadly incompetent mouse-catchers and now pose a threat to many ecosystems. Yet, we love them still. In the “eminently readable and gently funny” (Library Journal, starred review) The Lion in the Living Room, Abigail Tucker travels through world history, natural science, and pop culture to meet breeders, activists, and scientists who’ve dedicated their lives to cats. She visits the labs where people sort through feline bones unearthed from the first human settlements, treks through the Floridian wilderness in search of house cats-turned-hunters on the loose, and hangs out with Lil Bub, one of the world’s biggest celebrities—who just happens to be a cat. “Fascinating” (Richmond Times-Dispatch) and “lighthearted” (The Seattle Times), Tucker shows how these tiny felines have used their relationship with humans to become one of the most powerful animals on the planet. A “lively read that pounces back and forth between evolutionary science and popular culture” (The Baltimore Sun), The Lion in the Living Room suggests that we learn that the appropriate reaction to a house cat, it seems, might not be aww but awe. Abigail Tucker Tue, 18 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275704 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275704]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lion in the Living Room: How House Cats Tamed Us and Took Over the World Author: Abigail Tucker Narrator: Arden Hammersmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller about how cats conquered the world and our hearts in this “deep and illuminating perspective on our favorite household companion” (Huffington Post). House cats rule bedrooms and back alleys, deserted Antarctic islands, even cyberspace. And unlike dogs, cats offer humans no practical benefit. The truth is they are sadly incompetent mouse-catchers and now pose a threat to many ecosystems. Yet, we love them still. In the “eminently readable and gently funny” (Library Journal, starred review) The Lion in the Living Room, Abigail Tucker travels through world history, natural science, and pop culture to meet breeders, activists, and scientists who’ve dedicated their lives to cats. She visits the labs where people sort through feline bones unearthed from the first human settlements, treks through the Floridian wilderness in search of house cats-turned-hunters on the loose, and hangs out with Lil Bub, one of the world’s biggest celebrities—who just happens to be a cat. “Fascinating” (Richmond Times-Dispatch) and “lighthearted” (The Seattle Times), Tucker shows how these tiny felines have used their relationship with humans to become one of the most powerful animals on the planet. A “lively read that pounces back and forth between evolutionary science and popular culture” (The Baltimore Sun), The Lion in the Living Room suggests that we learn that the appropriate reaction to a house cat, it seems, might not be aww but awe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275704]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lion in the Living Room: How House Cats Tamed Us and Took Over the World Author: Abigail Tucker Narrator: Arden Hammersmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller about how cats conquered the world and our hearts in this “deep and illuminating perspective on our favorite household companion” (Huffington Post). House cats rule bedrooms and back alleys, deserted Antarctic islands, even cyberspace. And unlike dogs, cats offer humans no practical benefit. The truth is they are sadly incompetent mouse-catchers and now pose a threat to many ecosystems. Yet, we love them still. In the “eminently readable and gently funny” (Library Journal, starred review) The Lion in the Living Room, Abigail Tucker travels through world history, natural science, and pop culture to meet breeders, activists, and scientists who’ve dedicated their lives to cats. She visits the labs where people sort through feline bones unearthed from the first human settlements, treks through the Floridian wilderness in search of house cats-turned-hunters on the loose, and hangs out with Lil Bub, one of the world’s biggest celebrities—who just happens to be a cat. “Fascinating” (Richmond Times-Dispatch) and “lighthearted” (The Seattle Times), Tucker shows how these tiny felines have used their relationship with humans to become one of the most powerful animals on the planet. A “lively read that pounces back and forth between evolutionary science and popular culture” (The Baltimore Sun), The Lion in the Living Room suggests that we learn that the appropriate reaction to a house cat, it seems, might not be aww but awe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275547 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assassination Generation: Video Games, Aggression, and the Psychology of Killing Author: Dave Grossman, Kristine Paulsen Narrator: Dave Grossman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author of the 400,000-copy bestseller On Killing reveals how violent video games have ushered in a new era of mass homicide -- and what we must do about it. Paducah, Kentucky, 1997: a 14-year-old boy shoots eight students in a prayer circle at his school. Littleton, Colorado, 1999: two high school seniors kill a teacher, twelve other students, and then themselves. Utoya, Norway, 2011: a political extremist shoots and kills sixty-nine participants in a youth summer camp. Newtown, Connecticut, 2012: a troubled 20-year-old man kills 20 children and six adults at the elementary school he once attended. What links these and other horrific acts of mass murder? A young person's obsession with video games that teach to kill. Lt. Col. Dave Grossman, who in his perennial bestseller On Killing revealed that most of us are not 'natural born killers' - and who has spent decades training soldiers, police, and others who keep us secure to overcome the intrinsic human resistance to harming others and to use firearms responsibly when necessary - turns a laser focus on the threat posed to our society by violent video games. Drawing on crime statistics, cutting-edge social research, and scientific studies of the teenage brain, Col. Grossman shows how video games that depict antisocial, misanthropic, casually savage behavior can warp the mind - with potentially deadly results. His book will become the focus of a new national conversation about video games and the epidemic of mass murders that they have unleashed. Dave Grossman, Kristine Paulsen Tue, 15 Nov 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275547 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assassination Generation: Video Games, Aggression, and the Psychology of Killing Author: Dave Grossman, Kristine Paulsen Narrator: Dave Grossman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author of the 400,000-copy bestseller On Killing reveals how violent video games have ushered in a new era of mass homicide -- and what we must do about it. Paducah, Kentucky, 1997: a 14-year-old boy shoots eight students in a prayer circle at his school. Littleton, Colorado, 1999: two high school seniors kill a teacher, twelve other students, and then themselves. Utoya, Norway, 2011: a political extremist shoots and kills sixty-nine participants in a youth summer camp. Newtown, Connecticut, 2012: a troubled 20-year-old man kills 20 children and six adults at the elementary school he once attended. What links these and other horrific acts of mass murder? A young person's obsession with video games that teach to kill. Lt. Col. Dave Grossman, who in his perennial bestseller On Killing revealed that most of us are not 'natural born killers' - and who has spent decades training soldiers, police, and others who keep us secure to overcome the intrinsic human resistance to harming others and to use firearms responsibly when necessary - turns a laser focus on the threat posed to our society by violent video games. Drawing on crime statistics, cutting-edge social research, and scientific studies of the teenage brain, Col. Grossman shows how video games that depict antisocial, misanthropic, casually savage behavior can warp the mind - with potentially deadly results. His book will become the focus of a new national conversation about video games and the epidemic of mass murders that they have unleashed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assassination Generation: Video Games, Aggression, and the Psychology of Killing Author: Dave Grossman, Kristine Paulsen Narrator: Dave Grossman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author of the 400,000-copy bestseller On Killing reveals how violent video games have ushered in a new era of mass homicide -- and what we must do about it. Paducah, Kentucky, 1997: a 14-year-old boy shoots eight students in a prayer circle at his school. Littleton, Colorado, 1999: two high school seniors kill a teacher, twelve other students, and then themselves. Utoya, Norway, 2011: a political extremist shoots and kills sixty-nine participants in a youth summer camp. Newtown, Connecticut, 2012: a troubled 20-year-old man kills 20 children and six adults at the elementary school he once attended. What links these and other horrific acts of mass murder? A young person's obsession with video games that teach to kill. Lt. Col. Dave Grossman, who in his perennial bestseller On Killing revealed that most of us are not 'natural born killers' - and who has spent decades training soldiers, police, and others who keep us secure to overcome the intrinsic human resistance to harming others and to use firearms responsibly when necessary - turns a laser focus on the threat posed to our society by violent video games. Drawing on crime statistics, cutting-edge social research, and scientific studies of the teenage brain, Col. Grossman shows how video games that depict antisocial, misanthropic, casually savage behavior can warp the mind - with potentially deadly results. His book will become the focus of a new national conversation about video games and the epidemic of mass murders that they have unleashed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275472 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275472]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Reconstruction: How a Moral Movement Is Overcoming the Politics of Division and Fear Author: Jonathan Wilson-Hartgrove, William J. Barber Narrator: Chase Bradley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A modern-day civil rights champion tells the stirring story of how he helped start a movement to bridge America’s racial divide. Over the summer of 2013, the Reverend Dr. William J. Barber II led more than a hundred thousand people at rallies across North Carolina to protest restrictions to voting access and an extreme makeover of state government. These protests—the largest state government–focused civil disobedience campaign in American history—came to be known as Moral Mondays and have since blossomed in states as diverse as Florida, Tennessee, Wisconsin, Ohio, and New York. At a time when divide-and-conquer politics are exacerbating racial strife and economic inequality, Rev. Barber offers an impassioned, historically grounded argument that Moral Mondays are hard evidence of an embryonic Third Reconstruction in America. The first Reconstruction briefly flourished after Emancipation, and the second Reconstruction ushered in meaningful progress in the civil rights era. But both were met by ferocious reactionary measures that severely curtailed, and in many cases rolled back, racial and economic progress. This Third Reconstruction is a profoundly moral awakening of justice-loving people united in a fusion coalition powerful enough to reclaim the possibility of democracy—even in the face of corporate-financed extremism. In this memoir of how Rev. Barber and allies as diverse as progressive Christians, union members, and immigration-rights activists came together to build a coalition, he offers a trenchant analysis of race-based inequality and a hopeful message for a nation grappling with persistent racial and economic injustice. Rev. Barber writes movingly—and pragmatically—about how he laid the groundwork for a state-by-state movement that unites black, white, and brown, rich and poor, employed and unemployed, gay and straight, documented and undocumented, religious and secular. Only such a diverse fusion movement, Rev. Barber argues, can heal our nation’s wounds and produce public policy that is morally defensible, constitutionally consistent, and economically sane. The Third Reconstruction is both a blueprint for movement building and an inspiring call to action from the twenty-first century’s most effective grassroots organizer. Jonathan Wilson-Hartgrove, William J. Barber Tue, 25 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275472 thebookvoice.com 5:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275472]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Reconstruction: How a Moral Movement Is Overcoming the Politics of Division and Fear Author: Jonathan Wilson-Hartgrove, William J. Barber Narrator: Chase Bradley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A modern-day civil rights champion tells the stirring story of how he helped start a movement to bridge America’s racial divide. Over the summer of 2013, the Reverend Dr. William J. Barber II led more than a hundred thousand people at rallies across North Carolina to protest restrictions to voting access and an extreme makeover of state government. These protests—the largest state government–focused civil disobedience campaign in American history—came to be known as Moral Mondays and have since blossomed in states as diverse as Florida, Tennessee, Wisconsin, Ohio, and New York. At a time when divide-and-conquer politics are exacerbating racial strife and economic inequality, Rev. Barber offers an impassioned, historically grounded argument that Moral Mondays are hard evidence of an embryonic Third Reconstruction in America. The first Reconstruction briefly flourished after Emancipation, and the second Reconstruction ushered in meaningful progress in the civil rights era. But both were met by ferocious reactionary measures that severely curtailed, and in many cases rolled back, racial and economic progress. This Third Reconstruction is a profoundly moral awakening of justice-loving people united in a fusion coalition powerful enough to reclaim the possibility of democracy—even in the face of corporate-financed extremism. In this memoir of how Rev. Barber and allies as diverse as progressive Christians, union members, and immigration-rights activists came together to build a coalition, he offers a trenchant analysis of race-based inequality and a hopeful message for a nation grappling with persistent racial and economic injustice. Rev. Barber writes movingly—and pragmatically—about how he laid the groundwork for a state-by-state movement that unites black, white, and brown, rich and poor, employed and unemployed, gay and straight, documented and undocumented, religious and secular. Only such a diverse fusion movement, Rev. Barber argues, can heal our nation’s wounds and produce public policy that is morally defensible, constitutionally consistent, and economically sane. The Third Reconstruction is both a blueprint for movement building and an inspiring call to action from the twenty-first century’s most effective grassroots organizer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275472]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Reconstruction: How a Moral Movement Is Overcoming the Politics of Division and Fear Author: Jonathan Wilson-Hartgrove, William J. Barber Narrator: Chase Bradley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A modern-day civil rights champion tells the stirring story of how he helped start a movement to bridge America’s racial divide. Over the summer of 2013, the Reverend Dr. William J. Barber II led more than a hundred thousand people at rallies across North Carolina to protest restrictions to voting access and an extreme makeover of state government. These protests—the largest state government–focused civil disobedience campaign in American history—came to be known as Moral Mondays and have since blossomed in states as diverse as Florida, Tennessee, Wisconsin, Ohio, and New York. At a time when divide-and-conquer politics are exacerbating racial strife and economic inequality, Rev. Barber offers an impassioned, historically grounded argument that Moral Mondays are hard evidence of an embryonic Third Reconstruction in America. The first Reconstruction briefly flourished after Emancipation, and the second Reconstruction ushered in meaningful progress in the civil rights era. But both were met by ferocious reactionary measures that severely curtailed, and in many cases rolled back, racial and economic progress. This Third Reconstruction is a profoundly moral awakening of justice-loving people united in a fusion coalition powerful enough to reclaim the possibility of democracy—even in the face of corporate-financed extremism. In this memoir of how Rev. Barber and allies as diverse as progressive Christians, union members, and immigration-rights activists came together to build a coalition, he offers a trenchant analysis of race-based inequality and a hopeful message for a nation grappling with persistent racial and economic injustice. Rev. Barber writes movingly—and pragmatically—about how he laid the groundwork for a state-by-state movement that unites black, white, and brown, rich and poor, employed and unemployed, gay and straight, documented and undocumented, religious and secular. Only such a diverse fusion movement, Rev. Barber argues, can heal our nation’s wounds and produce public policy that is morally defensible, constitutionally consistent, and economically sane. The Third Reconstruction is both a blueprint for movement building and an inspiring call to action from the twenty-first century’s most effective grassroots organizer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275375 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Random Family: Love, Drugs, Trouble, and Coming of Age in the Bronx Author: Adrian Nicole LeBlanc Narrator: Roxana Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This New York Times bestseller intimately depicts urban life in a gripping book that slips behind cold statistics and sensationalism to reveal the true sagas lurking behind the headlines of gangsta glamour. One of The New York Times’s 100 Best Books of the 21st Century In her extraordinary bestseller, Adrian Nicole LeBlanc immerses readers in the intricacies of the ghetto, revealing the true sagas lurking behind the headlines of gangsta glamour, gold-drenched drug dealers, and street-corner society. Focusing on two romances—Jessica’s dizzying infatuation with a hugely successful young heroin dealer, Boy George, and Coco’s first love with Jessica's little brother, Cesar—Random Family is the story of young people trying to outrun their destinies. Jessica and Boy George ride the wild adventure between riches and ruin, while Coco and Cesar stick closer to the street, all four caught in a precarious dance between survival and death. Friends get murdered; the DEA and FBI investigate Boy George; Cesar becomes a fugitive; Jessica and Coco endure homelessness, betrayal, the heartbreaking separation of prison, and, throughout it all, the insidious damage of poverty. Charting the tumultuous cycle of the generations—as girls become mothers, boys become criminals, and hope struggles against deprivation—LeBlanc slips behind the cold statistics and sensationalism and comes back with a riveting, haunting, and true story. Adrian Nicole LeBlanc Tue, 18 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275375 thebookvoice.com 20:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Random Family: Love, Drugs, Trouble, and Coming of Age in the Bronx Author: Adrian Nicole LeBlanc Narrator: Roxana Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This New York Times bestseller intimately depicts urban life in a gripping book that slips behind cold statistics and sensationalism to reveal the true sagas lurking behind the headlines of gangsta glamour. One of The New York Times’s 100 Best Books of the 21st Century In her extraordinary bestseller, Adrian Nicole LeBlanc immerses readers in the intricacies of the ghetto, revealing the true sagas lurking behind the headlines of gangsta glamour, gold-drenched drug dealers, and street-corner society. Focusing on two romances—Jessica’s dizzying infatuation with a hugely successful young heroin dealer, Boy George, and Coco’s first love with Jessica's little brother, Cesar—Random Family is the story of young people trying to outrun their destinies. Jessica and Boy George ride the wild adventure between riches and ruin, while Coco and Cesar stick closer to the street, all four caught in a precarious dance between survival and death. Friends get murdered; the DEA and FBI investigate Boy George; Cesar becomes a fugitive; Jessica and Coco endure homelessness, betrayal, the heartbreaking separation of prison, and, throughout it all, the insidious damage of poverty. Charting the tumultuous cycle of the generations—as girls become mothers, boys become criminals, and hope struggles against deprivation—LeBlanc slips behind the cold statistics and sensationalism and comes back with a riveting, haunting, and true story. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Random Family: Love, Drugs, Trouble, and Coming of Age in the Bronx Author: Adrian Nicole LeBlanc Narrator: Roxana Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This New York Times bestseller intimately depicts urban life in a gripping book that slips behind cold statistics and sensationalism to reveal the true sagas lurking behind the headlines of gangsta glamour. One of The New York Times’s 100 Best Books of the 21st Century In her extraordinary bestseller, Adrian Nicole LeBlanc immerses readers in the intricacies of the ghetto, revealing the true sagas lurking behind the headlines of gangsta glamour, gold-drenched drug dealers, and street-corner society. Focusing on two romances—Jessica’s dizzying infatuation with a hugely successful young heroin dealer, Boy George, and Coco’s first love with Jessica's little brother, Cesar—Random Family is the story of young people trying to outrun their destinies. Jessica and Boy George ride the wild adventure between riches and ruin, while Coco and Cesar stick closer to the street, all four caught in a precarious dance between survival and death. Friends get murdered; the DEA and FBI investigate Boy George; Cesar becomes a fugitive; Jessica and Coco endure homelessness, betrayal, the heartbreaking separation of prison, and, throughout it all, the insidious damage of poverty. Charting the tumultuous cycle of the generations—as girls become mothers, boys become criminals, and hope struggles against deprivation—LeBlanc slips behind the cold statistics and sensationalism and comes back with a riveting, haunting, and true story. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275294 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Empty: Dialogues on Politics, Sex, God, Boxing, Morality, Myth, Poker and Bad Conscience in America Author: Norman Mailer, John Buffalo Mailer Narrator: Stephen Mailer, John Buffalo Mailer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Questions are posed,” writes Norman Mailer, “in the hope they will open into richer insights, which in turn will bring forth sharper questions.” In this series of conversations, John Buffalo Mailer, 27, poses a series of questions to his father, challenging the reflections and insights of the man who has dominated and defined much of American letters for the past sixty years.Their wide-ranging discussions take place over the course of a year, beginning in July 2004. Set against the backdrop of George W. Bush’s re-election campaign and the war in Iraq, each considers what it means to live in America today. John asks his father to look back to World War II, and explore the parallels that can—and cannot—be drawn between that time and our current post-9/11 consciousness.As their conversations develop, the topics shift from the political to the personal to the political again, as they duck and weave around one another. They explore their shared admiration of boxing and poker, the nature of marriage and love, television, movies, writing, and what it means to be a part of this extraordinary family. Norman Mailer, John Buffalo Mailer Tue, 06 Dec 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275294 thebookvoice.com 3:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Empty: Dialogues on Politics, Sex, God, Boxing, Morality, Myth, Poker and Bad Conscience in America Author: Norman Mailer, John Buffalo Mailer Narrator: Stephen Mailer, John Buffalo Mailer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Questions are posed,” writes Norman Mailer, “in the hope they will open into richer insights, which in turn will bring forth sharper questions.” In this series of conversations, John Buffalo Mailer, 27, poses a series of questions to his father, challenging the reflections and insights of the man who has dominated and defined much of American letters for the past sixty years.Their wide-ranging discussions take place over the course of a year, beginning in July 2004. Set against the backdrop of George W. Bush’s re-election campaign and the war in Iraq, each considers what it means to live in America today. John asks his father to look back to World War II, and explore the parallels that can—and cannot—be drawn between that time and our current post-9/11 consciousness.As their conversations develop, the topics shift from the political to the personal to the political again, as they duck and weave around one another. They explore their shared admiration of boxing and poker, the nature of marriage and love, television, movies, writing, and what it means to be a part of this extraordinary family. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Empty: Dialogues on Politics, Sex, God, Boxing, Morality, Myth, Poker and Bad Conscience in America Author: Norman Mailer, John Buffalo Mailer Narrator: Stephen Mailer, John Buffalo Mailer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Questions are posed,” writes Norman Mailer, “in the hope they will open into richer insights, which in turn will bring forth sharper questions.” In this series of conversations, John Buffalo Mailer, 27, poses a series of questions to his father, challenging the reflections and insights of the man who has dominated and defined much of American letters for the past sixty years.Their wide-ranging discussions take place over the course of a year, beginning in July 2004. Set against the backdrop of George W. Bush’s re-election campaign and the war in Iraq, each considers what it means to live in America today. John asks his father to look back to World War II, and explore the parallels that can—and cannot—be drawn between that time and our current post-9/11 consciousness.As their conversations develop, the topics shift from the political to the personal to the political again, as they duck and weave around one another. They explore their shared admiration of boxing and poker, the nature of marriage and love, television, movies, writing, and what it means to be a part of this extraordinary family. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275103 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win at Feminism: The Definitive Guide to Having It All--And Then Some! Author: Sarah Pappalardo, Beth Newell, Reductress, Anna Drezen Narrator: Nicole Silverberg, Anna Drezen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Feminism is all about demanding equality and learning to love yourself. But not too much — men hate that! From the writers of Reductress, the subversive, satirical women’s magazine read by over 2.5 million visitors a month, comes HOW TO WIN AT FEMINISM: The Definitive Guide to Having It All—And Then Some! This ultimate guide to winning feminism—filled with four-color illustrations, bold graphics, and hilarious photos—teaches readers how to battle the patriarchy better than everybody else. From the herstory of feminism to how to apologize for having it all, readers will learn how to be a feminist at work and at home with tips that include: - How to Do More with 33 Cents Less - How to Be Sex-Positive Even When You’re Bloated - How to Love Your Body Even Though Hers Is Better - The 9 Circles of Hell for Women Who Don’t Help Other Women - Designer Handbags to Hold All Your Feminism - How to Get Catcalled For Your Personality HOW TO WIN AT FEMINISM is a fresh take on women's rights through the lens of the funniest women in comedy today. With this book as your wo-manual, you’ll shatter that glass ceiling once and for all (but you’ll still need to clean up the mess). BONUS CONTENT- Join Mouth Time podcast hosts Quenn and Div after the audiobook for a short sesh about books and writing. Sarah Pappalardo, Beth Newell, Reductress, Anna Drezen Tue, 25 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275103 thebookvoice.com 6:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win at Feminism: The Definitive Guide to Having It All--And Then Some! Author: Sarah Pappalardo, Beth Newell, Reductress, Anna Drezen Narrator: Nicole Silverberg, Anna Drezen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Feminism is all about demanding equality and learning to love yourself. But not too much — men hate that! From the writers of Reductress, the subversive, satirical women’s magazine read by over 2.5 million visitors a month, comes HOW TO WIN AT FEMINISM: The Definitive Guide to Having It All—And Then Some! This ultimate guide to winning feminism—filled with four-color illustrations, bold graphics, and hilarious photos—teaches readers how to battle the patriarchy better than everybody else. From the herstory of feminism to how to apologize for having it all, readers will learn how to be a feminist at work and at home with tips that include: - How to Do More with 33 Cents Less - How to Be Sex-Positive Even When You’re Bloated - How to Love Your Body Even Though Hers Is Better - The 9 Circles of Hell for Women Who Don’t Help Other Women - Designer Handbags to Hold All Your Feminism - How to Get Catcalled For Your Personality HOW TO WIN AT FEMINISM is a fresh take on women's rights through the lens of the funniest women in comedy today. With this book as your wo-manual, you’ll shatter that glass ceiling once and for all (but you’ll still need to clean up the mess). BONUS CONTENT- Join Mouth Time podcast hosts Quenn and Div after the audiobook for a short sesh about books and writing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win at Feminism: The Definitive Guide to Having It All--And Then Some! Author: Sarah Pappalardo, Beth Newell, Reductress, Anna Drezen Narrator: Nicole Silverberg, Anna Drezen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 25, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Feminism is all about demanding equality and learning to love yourself. But not too much — men hate that! From the writers of Reductress, the subversive, satirical women’s magazine read by over 2.5 million visitors a month, comes HOW TO WIN AT FEMINISM: The Definitive Guide to Having It All—And Then Some! This ultimate guide to winning feminism—filled with four-color illustrations, bold graphics, and hilarious photos—teaches readers how to battle the patriarchy better than everybody else. From the herstory of feminism to how to apologize for having it all, readers will learn how to be a feminist at work and at home with tips that include: - How to Do More with 33 Cents Less - How to Be Sex-Positive Even When You’re Bloated - How to Love Your Body Even Though Hers Is Better - The 9 Circles of Hell for Women Who Don’t Help Other Women - Designer Handbags to Hold All Your Feminism - How to Get Catcalled For Your Personality HOW TO WIN AT FEMINISM is a fresh take on women's rights through the lens of the funniest women in comedy today. With this book as your wo-manual, you’ll shatter that glass ceiling once and for all (but you’ll still need to clean up the mess). BONUS CONTENT- Join Mouth Time podcast hosts Quenn and Div after the audiobook for a short sesh about books and writing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274957 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zero Zero Zero Author: Roberto Saviano Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Zero Zero Zero by Roberto Saviano, read by Paul Michael. From the international bestselling author of Gomorrah, this searing exposé of dirty money and the drug trade reveals how they are at the heart of our lives, our economy, and our world. 'The most important book of the year ... Here it is, laid bare: cartel as corporation, corporation as cartel; cocaine as pure capitalism ... Saviano realises the brutal truth: that to understand narco-traffic is to understand the modern world ... it is revolutionary' Ed Vulliamy, Observer 'A dense, dazzling, dizzying narrative about the terrifying violence of the cocaine trade, but also the vast, unassailable reach of it' Rose George, Independent 'A tremendously gripping work of reportage' Ian Thomson, Evening Standard 'Italy's bravest investigative writer ... must-read nonfiction' GQ 'Impassioned, remarkable' Misha Glenny, Financial Times 'After reading Saviano, it becomes impossible to see Italy, and the global market, in the same way again' The New York Times Roberto Saviano Thu, 20 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274957 thebookvoice.com 16:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zero Zero Zero Author: Roberto Saviano Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Zero Zero Zero by Roberto Saviano, read by Paul Michael. From the international bestselling author of Gomorrah, this searing exposé of dirty money and the drug trade reveals how they are at the heart of our lives, our economy, and our world. 'The most important book of the year ... Here it is, laid bare: cartel as corporation, corporation as cartel; cocaine as pure capitalism ... Saviano realises the brutal truth: that to understand narco-traffic is to understand the modern world ... it is revolutionary' Ed Vulliamy, Observer 'A dense, dazzling, dizzying narrative about the terrifying violence of the cocaine trade, but also the vast, unassailable reach of it' Rose George, Independent 'A tremendously gripping work of reportage' Ian Thomson, Evening Standard 'Italy's bravest investigative writer ... must-read nonfiction' GQ 'Impassioned, remarkable' Misha Glenny, Financial Times 'After reading Saviano, it becomes impossible to see Italy, and the global market, in the same way again' The New York Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zero Zero Zero Author: Roberto Saviano Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Zero Zero Zero by Roberto Saviano, read by Paul Michael. From the international bestselling author of Gomorrah, this searing exposé of dirty money and the drug trade reveals how they are at the heart of our lives, our economy, and our world. 'The most important book of the year ... Here it is, laid bare: cartel as corporation, corporation as cartel; cocaine as pure capitalism ... Saviano realises the brutal truth: that to understand narco-traffic is to understand the modern world ... it is revolutionary' Ed Vulliamy, Observer 'A dense, dazzling, dizzying narrative about the terrifying violence of the cocaine trade, but also the vast, unassailable reach of it' Rose George, Independent 'A tremendously gripping work of reportage' Ian Thomson, Evening Standard 'Italy's bravest investigative writer ... must-read nonfiction' GQ 'Impassioned, remarkable' Misha Glenny, Financial Times 'After reading Saviano, it becomes impossible to see Italy, and the global market, in the same way again' The New York Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274920 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Killed These Girls?: Cold Case: The Yogurt Shop Murders Author: Beverly Lowry Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the author of Crossed Over, another masterful account of a horrible crime: the murder of four girls, countless other ruined lives, and the evolving complications of the justice system that frustrated the massive attempts--for twenty-five years now--to find and punish those who committed it. The facts are brutally straightforward. On December 6, 1991, the naked, bound-and-gagged bodies of the four girls--each one shot in the head--were found in an I Can't Believe It's Yogurt! shop in Austin, Texas. Grief, shock, and horror spread out from their families and friends to overtake the city itself. Though all branches of law enforcement were brought to bear, the investigation was often misdirected and after eight years only two men (then teenagers) were tried; moreover, their subsequent convictions were eventually overturned, and Austin PD detectives are still working on what is now a very cold case. Over the decades, the story has grown to include DNA technology, false confessions, and other developments facing crime and punishment in contemporary life. But this story belongs to the scores of people involved, and from them Lowry has fashioned a riveting saga that reads like a Russian novel, comprehensive and thoroughly engrossing. Beverly Lowry Tue, 11 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274920 thebookvoice.com 15:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Killed These Girls?: Cold Case: The Yogurt Shop Murders Author: Beverly Lowry Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the author of Crossed Over, another masterful account of a horrible crime: the murder of four girls, countless other ruined lives, and the evolving complications of the justice system that frustrated the massive attempts--for twenty-five years now--to find and punish those who committed it. The facts are brutally straightforward. On December 6, 1991, the naked, bound-and-gagged bodies of the four girls--each one shot in the head--were found in an I Can't Believe It's Yogurt! shop in Austin, Texas. Grief, shock, and horror spread out from their families and friends to overtake the city itself. Though all branches of law enforcement were brought to bear, the investigation was often misdirected and after eight years only two men (then teenagers) were tried; moreover, their subsequent convictions were eventually overturned, and Austin PD detectives are still working on what is now a very cold case. Over the decades, the story has grown to include DNA technology, false confessions, and other developments facing crime and punishment in contemporary life. But this story belongs to the scores of people involved, and from them Lowry has fashioned a riveting saga that reads like a Russian novel, comprehensive and thoroughly engrossing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Killed These Girls?: Cold Case: The Yogurt Shop Murders Author: Beverly Lowry Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 11, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the author of Crossed Over, another masterful account of a horrible crime: the murder of four girls, countless other ruined lives, and the evolving complications of the justice system that frustrated the massive attempts--for twenty-five years now--to find and punish those who committed it. The facts are brutally straightforward. On December 6, 1991, the naked, bound-and-gagged bodies of the four girls--each one shot in the head--were found in an I Can't Believe It's Yogurt! shop in Austin, Texas. Grief, shock, and horror spread out from their families and friends to overtake the city itself. Though all branches of law enforcement were brought to bear, the investigation was often misdirected and after eight years only two men (then teenagers) were tried; moreover, their subsequent convictions were eventually overturned, and Austin PD detectives are still working on what is now a very cold case. Over the decades, the story has grown to include DNA technology, false confessions, and other developments facing crime and punishment in contemporary life. But this story belongs to the scores of people involved, and from them Lowry has fashioned a riveting saga that reads like a Russian novel, comprehensive and thoroughly engrossing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274911 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Attention Merchants: The Epic Scramble to Get Inside Our Heads Author: Tim Wu Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Tim Wu, author of the award-winning The Master Switch ( a New Yorker and Fortune Book of the Year) and who coined the term 'net neutrality”—a revelatory, ambitious and urgent account of how the capture and re-sale of human attention became the defining industry of our time.   Feeling attention challenged? Even assaulted? American business depends on it. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of messaging, advertising enticements, branding, sponsored social media, and other efforts to harvest our attention. Few moments or spaces of our day remain uncultivated by the 'attention merchants,' contributing to the distracted, unfocused tenor of our times. Tim Wu argues that this condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. From the pre-Madison Avenue birth of advertising to the explosion of the mobile web; from AOL and the invention of email to the attention monopolies of Google and Facebook; from Ed Sullivan to celebrity power brands like Oprah Winfrey, Kim Kardashian and Donald Trump, the basic business model of 'attention merchants' has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your consideration, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Wu describes the revolts that have risen against the relentless siege of our awareness, from the remote control to the creation of public broadcasting to Apple's ad-blocking OS. But he makes clear that attention merchants are always growing new heads, even as their means of getting inside our heads are changing our very nature--cognitive, social, political and otherwise--in ways unimaginable even a generation ago.   “A startling and sweeping examination of the increasingly ubiquitous commercial effort to capture and commodify our attention…We’ve become the consumers, the producers, and the content. We are selling ourselves to ourselves.” —Tom Vanderbilt, The New Republic   “An erudite, energizing, outraging, funny and thorough history…A devastating critique of ad tech as it stands today, transforming 'don't be evil' into the surveillance business model in just a few short years. It connects the dots between the sale of advertising inventory in schools to the bizarre ecosystem of trackers, analyzers and machine-learning models that allow the things you look at on the web to look back at you…This stuff is my daily beat, and I learned a lot from Attention Merchants.” —Cory Doctorow, BoingBoing  “Illuminating.” —Jacob Weisberg, The New York Review of Books Tim Wu Tue, 18 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274911 thebookvoice.com 15:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Attention Merchants: The Epic Scramble to Get Inside Our Heads Author: Tim Wu Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Tim Wu, author of the award-winning The Master Switch ( a New Yorker and Fortune Book of the Year) and who coined the term 'net neutrality”—a revelatory, ambitious and urgent account of how the capture and re-sale of human attention became the defining industry of our time.   Feeling attention challenged? Even assaulted? American business depends on it. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of messaging, advertising enticements, branding, sponsored social media, and other efforts to harvest our attention. Few moments or spaces of our day remain uncultivated by the 'attention merchants,' contributing to the distracted, unfocused tenor of our times. Tim Wu argues that this condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. From the pre-Madison Avenue birth of advertising to the explosion of the mobile web; from AOL and the invention of email to the attention monopolies of Google and Facebook; from Ed Sullivan to celebrity power brands like Oprah Winfrey, Kim Kardashian and Donald Trump, the basic business model of 'attention merchants' has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your consideration, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Wu describes the revolts that have risen against the relentless siege of our awareness, from the remote control to the creation of public broadcasting to Apple's ad-blocking OS. But he makes clear that attention merchants are always growing new heads, even as their means of getting inside our heads are changing our very nature--cognitive, social, political and otherwise--in ways unimaginable even a generation ago.   “A startling and sweeping examination of the increasingly ubiquitous commercial effort to capture and commodify our attention…We’ve become the consumers, the producers, and the content. We are selling ourselves to ourselves.” —Tom Vanderbilt, The New Republic   “An erudite, energizing, outraging, funny and thorough history…A devastating critique of ad tech as it stands today, transforming 'don't be evil' into the surveillance business model in just a few short years. It connects the dots between the sale of advertising inventory in schools to the bizarre ecosystem of trackers, analyzers and machine-learning models that allow the things you look at on the web to look back at you…This stuff is my daily beat, and I learned a lot from Attention Merchants.” —Cory Doctorow, BoingBoing  “Illuminating.” —Jacob Weisberg, The New York Review of Books Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Attention Merchants: The Epic Scramble to Get Inside Our Heads Author: Tim Wu Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Tim Wu, author of the award-winning The Master Switch ( a New Yorker and Fortune Book of the Year) and who coined the term 'net neutrality”—a revelatory, ambitious and urgent account of how the capture and re-sale of human attention became the defining industry of our time.   Feeling attention challenged? Even assaulted? American business depends on it. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of messaging, advertising enticements, branding, sponsored social media, and other efforts to harvest our attention. Few moments or spaces of our day remain uncultivated by the 'attention merchants,' contributing to the distracted, unfocused tenor of our times. Tim Wu argues that this condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. From the pre-Madison Avenue birth of advertising to the explosion of the mobile web; from AOL and the invention of email to the attention monopolies of Google and Facebook; from Ed Sullivan to celebrity power brands like Oprah Winfrey, Kim Kardashian and Donald Trump, the basic business model of 'attention merchants' has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your consideration, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Wu describes the revolts that have risen against the relentless siege of our awareness, from the remote control to the creation of public broadcasting to Apple's ad-blocking OS. But he makes clear that attention merchants are always growing new heads, even as their means of getting inside our heads are changing our very nature--cognitive, social, political and otherwise--in ways unimaginable even a generation ago.   “A startling and sweeping examination of the increasingly ubiquitous commercial effort to capture and commodify our attention…We’ve become the consumers, the producers, and the content. We are selling ourselves to ourselves.” —Tom Vanderbilt, The New Republic   “An erudite, energizing, outraging, funny and thorough history…A devastating critique of ad tech as it stands today, transforming 'don't be evil' into the surveillance business model in just a few short years. It connects the dots between the sale of advertising inventory in schools to the bizarre ecosystem of trackers, analyzers and machine-learning models that allow the things you look at on the web to look back at you…This stuff is my daily beat, and I learned a lot from Attention Merchants.” —Cory Doctorow, BoingBoing  “Illuminating.” —Jacob Weisberg, The New York Review of Books https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274898 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Transgender Teen: A Handbook for Parents and Professionals Supporting Transgender and Non-Binary Teens Author: Stephanie A. Brill Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Is it just a phase, a fad, or a real issue with your teen? This comprehensive guidebook explores the unique challenges that thousands of families face every day raising a teenager who may be transgender, gender-variant or gender-fluid. Covering extensive research and with many personal interviews, as well as years of experience working in the field, the author covers pressing concerns relating to physical and emotional development, social and school pressures, medical options, and family communications. Learn how parents can advocate for their children, find acceptable colleges and career paths, and raise their gender variant or transgender adolescent with love and compassion. Stephanie A. Brill Tue, 27 Sep 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274898 thebookvoice.com 9:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Transgender Teen: A Handbook for Parents and Professionals Supporting Transgender and Non-Binary Teens Author: Stephanie A. Brill Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Is it just a phase, a fad, or a real issue with your teen? This comprehensive guidebook explores the unique challenges that thousands of families face every day raising a teenager who may be transgender, gender-variant or gender-fluid. Covering extensive research and with many personal interviews, as well as years of experience working in the field, the author covers pressing concerns relating to physical and emotional development, social and school pressures, medical options, and family communications. Learn how parents can advocate for their children, find acceptable colleges and career paths, and raise their gender variant or transgender adolescent with love and compassion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Transgender Teen: A Handbook for Parents and Professionals Supporting Transgender and Non-Binary Teens Author: Stephanie A. Brill Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Is it just a phase, a fad, or a real issue with your teen? This comprehensive guidebook explores the unique challenges that thousands of families face every day raising a teenager who may be transgender, gender-variant or gender-fluid. Covering extensive research and with many personal interviews, as well as years of experience working in the field, the author covers pressing concerns relating to physical and emotional development, social and school pressures, medical options, and family communications. Learn how parents can advocate for their children, find acceptable colleges and career paths, and raise their gender variant or transgender adolescent with love and compassion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274896 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274896]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Zealand - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: Sue Butler Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Culture Smart! New Zealand provides essential information on attitudes, beliefs and behavior in different countries, ensuring that you arrive at your destination aware of basic manners, common courtesies, and sensitive issues. These concise guides tell you what to expect, how to behave, and how to establish a rapport with your hosts. This inside knowledge will enable you to steer clear of embarrassing gaffes and mistakes, feel confident in unfamiliar situations, and develop trust, friendships, and successful business relationships. Culture Smart! New Zealand offers illuminating insights into the culture and society of a particular country. It will help you to turn your visit-whether on business or for pleasure-into a memorable and enriching experience. Sue Butler Tue, 30 Aug 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274896 thebookvoice.com 3:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274896]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Zealand - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: Sue Butler Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Culture Smart! New Zealand provides essential information on attitudes, beliefs and behavior in different countries, ensuring that you arrive at your destination aware of basic manners, common courtesies, and sensitive issues. These concise guides tell you what to expect, how to behave, and how to establish a rapport with your hosts. This inside knowledge will enable you to steer clear of embarrassing gaffes and mistakes, feel confident in unfamiliar situations, and develop trust, friendships, and successful business relationships. Culture Smart! New Zealand offers illuminating insights into the culture and society of a particular country. It will help you to turn your visit-whether on business or for pleasure-into a memorable and enriching experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274896]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Zealand - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: Sue Butler Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Culture Smart! New Zealand provides essential information on attitudes, beliefs and behavior in different countries, ensuring that you arrive at your destination aware of basic manners, common courtesies, and sensitive issues. These concise guides tell you what to expect, how to behave, and how to establish a rapport with your hosts. This inside knowledge will enable you to steer clear of embarrassing gaffes and mistakes, feel confident in unfamiliar situations, and develop trust, friendships, and successful business relationships. Culture Smart! New Zealand offers illuminating insights into the culture and society of a particular country. It will help you to turn your visit-whether on business or for pleasure-into a memorable and enriching experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274865 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Another Day in the Death of America: A Chronicle of Ten Short Lives Author: Gary Younge Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On an average day in America, seven young people aged nineteen or under will be shot dead. In Another Day in the Death of America, award-winning Guardian journalist Gary Younge tells the stories of the lives lost during the course of a single day in the United States. It could have been any day, but Younge has chosen November 23, 2013. From Jaiden Dixon (9), shot point-blank by his mother’s ex-boyfriend on his doorstep in Ohio, to Pedro Dado Cortez (16), shot by an enemy gang on a street corner in California, the narrative crisscrosses the country over a period of twenty-four hours to reveal the powerful human stories behind the statistics. Far from a dry account of gun policy in the United States or a polemic about the dangers of gun violence, the book is a gripping chronicle of an ordinary but deadly day in American life, and a series of character portraits of young people taken from us far too soon and those they left behind. Whether it’s a father’s unspeakable grief over his son who was at the wrong place at the wrong time, a mentor who tries to channel his rage by organizing, or a friend and neighbor who finds strength in faith, the lives lost on that day and the lives left behind become, in Younge’s hands, impossible to ignore—or to forget. What emerges in these pages is a searing portrait of youth, family, and the way that lives can be shattered in an instant on any day in America. At a time when it has become indisputable that Americans need to rethink their position on guns, this moving narrative work puts a human face—a child’s face—on the “collateral damage” of gun deaths across the country. In his journalism, Younge is committed to challenging conventional wisdom and looking twice where others might look away. There are some things, he argues, that we have come to see as normal, even when they are unacceptable. And gun violence is one of them. A clear-eyed and iconoclastic approach to this contentious issue, this book helps answer the questions so many of us are grappling with, and makes it even harder to just look away. Gary Younge Tue, 04 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274865 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Another Day in the Death of America: A Chronicle of Ten Short Lives Author: Gary Younge Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On an average day in America, seven young people aged nineteen or under will be shot dead. In Another Day in the Death of America, award-winning Guardian journalist Gary Younge tells the stories of the lives lost during the course of a single day in the United States. It could have been any day, but Younge has chosen November 23, 2013. From Jaiden Dixon (9), shot point-blank by his mother’s ex-boyfriend on his doorstep in Ohio, to Pedro Dado Cortez (16), shot by an enemy gang on a street corner in California, the narrative crisscrosses the country over a period of twenty-four hours to reveal the powerful human stories behind the statistics. Far from a dry account of gun policy in the United States or a polemic about the dangers of gun violence, the book is a gripping chronicle of an ordinary but deadly day in American life, and a series of character portraits of young people taken from us far too soon and those they left behind. Whether it’s a father’s unspeakable grief over his son who was at the wrong place at the wrong time, a mentor who tries to channel his rage by organizing, or a friend and neighbor who finds strength in faith, the lives lost on that day and the lives left behind become, in Younge’s hands, impossible to ignore—or to forget. What emerges in these pages is a searing portrait of youth, family, and the way that lives can be shattered in an instant on any day in America. At a time when it has become indisputable that Americans need to rethink their position on guns, this moving narrative work puts a human face—a child’s face—on the “collateral damage” of gun deaths across the country. In his journalism, Younge is committed to challenging conventional wisdom and looking twice where others might look away. There are some things, he argues, that we have come to see as normal, even when they are unacceptable. And gun violence is one of them. A clear-eyed and iconoclastic approach to this contentious issue, this book helps answer the questions so many of us are grappling with, and makes it even harder to just look away. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Another Day in the Death of America: A Chronicle of Ten Short Lives Author: Gary Younge Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On an average day in America, seven young people aged nineteen or under will be shot dead. In Another Day in the Death of America, award-winning Guardian journalist Gary Younge tells the stories of the lives lost during the course of a single day in the United States. It could have been any day, but Younge has chosen November 23, 2013. From Jaiden Dixon (9), shot point-blank by his mother’s ex-boyfriend on his doorstep in Ohio, to Pedro Dado Cortez (16), shot by an enemy gang on a street corner in California, the narrative crisscrosses the country over a period of twenty-four hours to reveal the powerful human stories behind the statistics. Far from a dry account of gun policy in the United States or a polemic about the dangers of gun violence, the book is a gripping chronicle of an ordinary but deadly day in American life, and a series of character portraits of young people taken from us far too soon and those they left behind. Whether it’s a father’s unspeakable grief over his son who was at the wrong place at the wrong time, a mentor who tries to channel his rage by organizing, or a friend and neighbor who finds strength in faith, the lives lost on that day and the lives left behind become, in Younge’s hands, impossible to ignore—or to forget. What emerges in these pages is a searing portrait of youth, family, and the way that lives can be shattered in an instant on any day in America. At a time when it has become indisputable that Americans need to rethink their position on guns, this moving narrative work puts a human face—a child’s face—on the “collateral damage” of gun deaths across the country. In his journalism, Younge is committed to challenging conventional wisdom and looking twice where others might look away. There are some things, he argues, that we have come to see as normal, even when they are unacceptable. And gun violence is one of them. A clear-eyed and iconoclastic approach to this contentious issue, this book helps answer the questions so many of us are grappling with, and makes it even harder to just look away. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274698 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deportation Cases of 1919-1920 Author: Constantine Panunzio Narrator: Sue Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 15, 2015 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "The study here presented embodies the findings of an investigation into the recent [1919-1920] deportations of persons deemed to be unlawfully in the country. . . Its purpose is to call public attention to practices that are inconsistent with the American tradition of justice and fair-play." - Summary by Constantine Panunzio, from the introduction Constantine Panunzio Sun, 15 Feb 2015 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274698 thebookvoice.com 3:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deportation Cases of 1919-1920 Author: Constantine Panunzio Narrator: Sue Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 15, 2015 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "The study here presented embodies the findings of an investigation into the recent [1919-1920] deportations of persons deemed to be unlawfully in the country. . . Its purpose is to call public attention to practices that are inconsistent with the American tradition of justice and fair-play." - Summary by Constantine Panunzio, from the introduction Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deportation Cases of 1919-1920 Author: Constantine Panunzio Narrator: Sue Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 15, 2015 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "The study here presented embodies the findings of an investigation into the recent [1919-1920] deportations of persons deemed to be unlawfully in the country. . . Its purpose is to call public attention to practices that are inconsistent with the American tradition of justice and fair-play." - Summary by Constantine Panunzio, from the introduction https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274551 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Touch My Hair: And Other Things I Still Have to Explain Author: Phoebe Robinson Narrator: Phoebe Robinson, Jessica Williams, John Hodgman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER • 'A must-read…Phoebe Robinson discusses race and feminism in such a funny, real, and specific way, it penetrates your brain and stays with you.' –Ilana Glazer, co-creator and co-star of Broad City A hilarious and timely essay collection about race, gender, and pop culture from upcoming comedy superstar and 2 Dope Queens podcaster Phoebe Robinson Being a black woman in America means contending with old prejudices and fresh absurdities every day. Comedian Phoebe Robinson has experienced her fair share over the years: she's been unceremoniously relegated to the role of 'the black friend,' as if she is somehow the authority on all things racial; she's been questioned about her love of U2 and Billy Joel ('isn’t that . . . white people music?'); she's been called 'uppity' for having an opinion in the workplace; she's been followed around stores by security guards; and yes, people do ask her whether they can touch her hair all. the. time. Now, she's ready to take these topics to the page—and she’s going to make you laugh as she’s doing it. Using her trademark wit alongside pop-culture references galore, Robinson explores everything from why Lisa Bonet is 'Queen. Bae. Jesus,' to breaking down the terrible nature of casting calls, to giving her less-than-traditional advice to the future female president, and demanding that the NFL clean up its act, all told in the same conversational voice that launched her podcast, 2 Dope Queens, to the top spot on iTunes. As personal as it is political, You Can't Touch My Hair examines our cultural climate and skewers our biases with humor and heart, announcing Robinson as a writer on the rise. Read by the Author, and featuring additional narration by Jessica Williams and John Hodgson Featured on Refinery 29's list of 'The Best Books Of 2016 So Far' Phoebe Robinson Tue, 04 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274551 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Touch My Hair: And Other Things I Still Have to Explain Author: Phoebe Robinson Narrator: Phoebe Robinson, Jessica Williams, John Hodgman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER • 'A must-read…Phoebe Robinson discusses race and feminism in such a funny, real, and specific way, it penetrates your brain and stays with you.' –Ilana Glazer, co-creator and co-star of Broad City A hilarious and timely essay collection about race, gender, and pop culture from upcoming comedy superstar and 2 Dope Queens podcaster Phoebe Robinson Being a black woman in America means contending with old prejudices and fresh absurdities every day. Comedian Phoebe Robinson has experienced her fair share over the years: she's been unceremoniously relegated to the role of 'the black friend,' as if she is somehow the authority on all things racial; she's been questioned about her love of U2 and Billy Joel ('isn’t that . . . white people music?'); she's been called 'uppity' for having an opinion in the workplace; she's been followed around stores by security guards; and yes, people do ask her whether they can touch her hair all. the. time. Now, she's ready to take these topics to the page—and she’s going to make you laugh as she’s doing it. Using her trademark wit alongside pop-culture references galore, Robinson explores everything from why Lisa Bonet is 'Queen. Bae. Jesus,' to breaking down the terrible nature of casting calls, to giving her less-than-traditional advice to the future female president, and demanding that the NFL clean up its act, all told in the same conversational voice that launched her podcast, 2 Dope Queens, to the top spot on iTunes. As personal as it is political, You Can't Touch My Hair examines our cultural climate and skewers our biases with humor and heart, announcing Robinson as a writer on the rise. Read by the Author, and featuring additional narration by Jessica Williams and John Hodgson Featured on Refinery 29's list of 'The Best Books Of 2016 So Far' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Touch My Hair: And Other Things I Still Have to Explain Author: Phoebe Robinson Narrator: Phoebe Robinson, Jessica Williams, John Hodgman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BEST SELLER • 'A must-read…Phoebe Robinson discusses race and feminism in such a funny, real, and specific way, it penetrates your brain and stays with you.' –Ilana Glazer, co-creator and co-star of Broad City A hilarious and timely essay collection about race, gender, and pop culture from upcoming comedy superstar and 2 Dope Queens podcaster Phoebe Robinson Being a black woman in America means contending with old prejudices and fresh absurdities every day. Comedian Phoebe Robinson has experienced her fair share over the years: she's been unceremoniously relegated to the role of 'the black friend,' as if she is somehow the authority on all things racial; she's been questioned about her love of U2 and Billy Joel ('isn’t that . . . white people music?'); she's been called 'uppity' for having an opinion in the workplace; she's been followed around stores by security guards; and yes, people do ask her whether they can touch her hair all. the. time. Now, she's ready to take these topics to the page—and she’s going to make you laugh as she’s doing it. Using her trademark wit alongside pop-culture references galore, Robinson explores everything from why Lisa Bonet is 'Queen. Bae. Jesus,' to breaking down the terrible nature of casting calls, to giving her less-than-traditional advice to the future female president, and demanding that the NFL clean up its act, all told in the same conversational voice that launched her podcast, 2 Dope Queens, to the top spot on iTunes. As personal as it is political, You Can't Touch My Hair examines our cultural climate and skewers our biases with humor and heart, announcing Robinson as a writer on the rise. Read by the Author, and featuring additional narration by Jessica Williams and John Hodgson Featured on Refinery 29's list of 'The Best Books Of 2016 So Far' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274550 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminist Fight Club: A Survival Manual For a Sexist Workplace Author: Jessica Bennett Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Engaging, hilarious and practical - I will proudly proclaim myself a card-carrying member of the FFC' - Sheryl Sandberg, COO of Facebook and bestselling author of Lean In Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Feminist Fight Club by Jessica Bennett, read by Bahni Turpin. This is a call to arms. Are you aged zero to infinity? Finished with the sexist status quo? Ready to kick ass and take names? Welcome to the Feminist Fight Club. You have lifetime membership. Feminist Fight Club provides an arsenal of weapons for surviving in an unequal world. You will learn how to fight micro-aggressions, correct unconscious bias, deal with male colleagues who can't stop 'manterrupting' or 'bro-propriating' your ideas - and how to lean in without falling the f*ck over. Every woman needs this book - and they needed it yesterday. This is not a drill. Jessica Bennett Thu, 29 Sep 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274550 thebookvoice.com 6:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminist Fight Club: A Survival Manual For a Sexist Workplace Author: Jessica Bennett Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Engaging, hilarious and practical - I will proudly proclaim myself a card-carrying member of the FFC' - Sheryl Sandberg, COO of Facebook and bestselling author of Lean In Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Feminist Fight Club by Jessica Bennett, read by Bahni Turpin. This is a call to arms. Are you aged zero to infinity? Finished with the sexist status quo? Ready to kick ass and take names? Welcome to the Feminist Fight Club. You have lifetime membership. Feminist Fight Club provides an arsenal of weapons for surviving in an unequal world. You will learn how to fight micro-aggressions, correct unconscious bias, deal with male colleagues who can't stop 'manterrupting' or 'bro-propriating' your ideas - and how to lean in without falling the f*ck over. Every woman needs this book - and they needed it yesterday. This is not a drill. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminist Fight Club: A Survival Manual For a Sexist Workplace Author: Jessica Bennett Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Engaging, hilarious and practical - I will proudly proclaim myself a card-carrying member of the FFC' - Sheryl Sandberg, COO of Facebook and bestselling author of Lean In Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Feminist Fight Club by Jessica Bennett, read by Bahni Turpin. This is a call to arms. Are you aged zero to infinity? Finished with the sexist status quo? Ready to kick ass and take names? Welcome to the Feminist Fight Club. You have lifetime membership. Feminist Fight Club provides an arsenal of weapons for surviving in an unequal world. You will learn how to fight micro-aggressions, correct unconscious bias, deal with male colleagues who can't stop 'manterrupting' or 'bro-propriating' your ideas - and how to lean in without falling the f*ck over. Every woman needs this book - and they needed it yesterday. This is not a drill. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274532 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sing for Your Life: A Story of Race, Music, and Family Author: Daniel Bergner Narrator: Ryan Vincent Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller about a young black man's journey from violence and despair to the threshold of stardom: 'A beautiful tribute to the power of good teachers' (Terry Gross, Fresh Air). 'One of the most inspiring stories I've come across in a long time.'-Pamela Paul, New York Times Book Review Ryan Speedo Green had a tough upbringing in southeastern Virginia: his family lived in a trailer park and later a bullet-riddled house across the street from drug dealers. His father was absent; his mother was volatile and abusive. At the age of twelve, Ryan was sent to Virginia's juvenile facility of last resort. He was placed in solitary confinement. He was uncontrollable, uncontainable, with little hope for the future. In 2011, at the age of twenty-four, Ryan won a nationwide competition hosted by New York's Metropolitan Opera, beating out 1,200 other talented singers. Today, he is a rising star performing major roles at the Met and Europe's most prestigious opera houses. Sing for Your Life chronicles Ryan's suspenseful, racially charged and artistically intricate journey from solitary confinement to stardom. Daniel Bergner takes readers on Ryan's path toward redemption, introducing us to a cast of memorable characters -- including the two teachers from his childhood who redirect his rage into music, and his long-lost father who finally reappears to hear Ryan sing. Bergner illuminates all that it takes -- technically, creatively -- to find and foster the beauty of the human voice. And Sing for Your Life sheds unique light on the enduring and complex realities of race in America. Daniel Bergner Tue, 27 Sep 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274532 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sing for Your Life: A Story of Race, Music, and Family Author: Daniel Bergner Narrator: Ryan Vincent Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller about a young black man's journey from violence and despair to the threshold of stardom: 'A beautiful tribute to the power of good teachers' (Terry Gross, Fresh Air). 'One of the most inspiring stories I've come across in a long time.'-Pamela Paul, New York Times Book Review Ryan Speedo Green had a tough upbringing in southeastern Virginia: his family lived in a trailer park and later a bullet-riddled house across the street from drug dealers. His father was absent; his mother was volatile and abusive. At the age of twelve, Ryan was sent to Virginia's juvenile facility of last resort. He was placed in solitary confinement. He was uncontrollable, uncontainable, with little hope for the future. In 2011, at the age of twenty-four, Ryan won a nationwide competition hosted by New York's Metropolitan Opera, beating out 1,200 other talented singers. Today, he is a rising star performing major roles at the Met and Europe's most prestigious opera houses. Sing for Your Life chronicles Ryan's suspenseful, racially charged and artistically intricate journey from solitary confinement to stardom. Daniel Bergner takes readers on Ryan's path toward redemption, introducing us to a cast of memorable characters -- including the two teachers from his childhood who redirect his rage into music, and his long-lost father who finally reappears to hear Ryan sing. Bergner illuminates all that it takes -- technically, creatively -- to find and foster the beauty of the human voice. And Sing for Your Life sheds unique light on the enduring and complex realities of race in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sing for Your Life: A Story of Race, Music, and Family Author: Daniel Bergner Narrator: Ryan Vincent Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller about a young black man's journey from violence and despair to the threshold of stardom: 'A beautiful tribute to the power of good teachers' (Terry Gross, Fresh Air). 'One of the most inspiring stories I've come across in a long time.'-Pamela Paul, New York Times Book Review Ryan Speedo Green had a tough upbringing in southeastern Virginia: his family lived in a trailer park and later a bullet-riddled house across the street from drug dealers. His father was absent; his mother was volatile and abusive. At the age of twelve, Ryan was sent to Virginia's juvenile facility of last resort. He was placed in solitary confinement. He was uncontrollable, uncontainable, with little hope for the future. In 2011, at the age of twenty-four, Ryan won a nationwide competition hosted by New York's Metropolitan Opera, beating out 1,200 other talented singers. Today, he is a rising star performing major roles at the Met and Europe's most prestigious opera houses. Sing for Your Life chronicles Ryan's suspenseful, racially charged and artistically intricate journey from solitary confinement to stardom. Daniel Bergner takes readers on Ryan's path toward redemption, introducing us to a cast of memorable characters -- including the two teachers from his childhood who redirect his rage into music, and his long-lost father who finally reappears to hear Ryan sing. Bergner illuminates all that it takes -- technically, creatively -- to find and foster the beauty of the human voice. And Sing for Your Life sheds unique light on the enduring and complex realities of race in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274531 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Original Gangstas: The Untold Story of Dr. Dre, Eazy-E, Ice Cube, Tupac Shakur, and the Birth of West Coast Rap Author: Ben Westhoff Narrator: J. D. Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Raw, authoritative, and unflinching ... An elaborately detailed, darkly surprising, definitive history of the LA gangsta rap era.' -- Kirkus, starred review A monumental, revealing narrative history about the legendary group of artists at the forefront of West Coast hip-hop: Eazy-E, Dr. Dre, Ice Cube, Snoop Dogg, and Tupac Shakur. Amid rising gang violence, the crack epidemic, and police brutality, a group of unlikely voices cut through the chaos of late 1980s Los Angeles: N.W.A. Led by a drug dealer, a glammed-up producer, and a high school kid, N.W.A gave voice to disenfranchised African Americans across the country. And they quickly redefined pop culture across the world. Their names remain as popular as ever -- Eazy-E, Dr. Dre, and Ice Cube. Dre soon joined forces with Suge Knight to create the combustible Death Row Records, which in turn transformed Snoop Dogg and Tupac Shakur into superstars. Ben Westhoff explores how this group of artists shifted the balance of hip-hop from New York to Los Angeles. He shows how N.W.A.'s shocking success lead to rivalries between members, record labels, and eventually a war between East Coast and West Coast factions. In the process, hip-hop burst into mainstream America at a time of immense social change, and became the most dominant musical movement of the last thirty years. At gangsta rap's peak, two of its biggest names -- Tupac and Biggie Smalls -- were murdered, leaving the surviving artists to forge peace before the genre annihilated itself. Featuring extensive investigative reporting, interviews with the principal players, and dozens of never-before-told stories, Original Gangstas is a groundbreaking addition to the history of popular music. Ben Westhoff Tue, 13 Sep 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274531 thebookvoice.com 15:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Original Gangstas: The Untold Story of Dr. Dre, Eazy-E, Ice Cube, Tupac Shakur, and the Birth of West Coast Rap Author: Ben Westhoff Narrator: J. D. Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Raw, authoritative, and unflinching ... An elaborately detailed, darkly surprising, definitive history of the LA gangsta rap era.' -- Kirkus, starred review A monumental, revealing narrative history about the legendary group of artists at the forefront of West Coast hip-hop: Eazy-E, Dr. Dre, Ice Cube, Snoop Dogg, and Tupac Shakur. Amid rising gang violence, the crack epidemic, and police brutality, a group of unlikely voices cut through the chaos of late 1980s Los Angeles: N.W.A. Led by a drug dealer, a glammed-up producer, and a high school kid, N.W.A gave voice to disenfranchised African Americans across the country. And they quickly redefined pop culture across the world. Their names remain as popular as ever -- Eazy-E, Dr. Dre, and Ice Cube. Dre soon joined forces with Suge Knight to create the combustible Death Row Records, which in turn transformed Snoop Dogg and Tupac Shakur into superstars. Ben Westhoff explores how this group of artists shifted the balance of hip-hop from New York to Los Angeles. He shows how N.W.A.'s shocking success lead to rivalries between members, record labels, and eventually a war between East Coast and West Coast factions. In the process, hip-hop burst into mainstream America at a time of immense social change, and became the most dominant musical movement of the last thirty years. At gangsta rap's peak, two of its biggest names -- Tupac and Biggie Smalls -- were murdered, leaving the surviving artists to forge peace before the genre annihilated itself. Featuring extensive investigative reporting, interviews with the principal players, and dozens of never-before-told stories, Original Gangstas is a groundbreaking addition to the history of popular music. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Original Gangstas: The Untold Story of Dr. Dre, Eazy-E, Ice Cube, Tupac Shakur, and the Birth of West Coast Rap Author: Ben Westhoff Narrator: J. D. Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Raw, authoritative, and unflinching ... An elaborately detailed, darkly surprising, definitive history of the LA gangsta rap era.' -- Kirkus, starred review A monumental, revealing narrative history about the legendary group of artists at the forefront of West Coast hip-hop: Eazy-E, Dr. Dre, Ice Cube, Snoop Dogg, and Tupac Shakur. Amid rising gang violence, the crack epidemic, and police brutality, a group of unlikely voices cut through the chaos of late 1980s Los Angeles: N.W.A. Led by a drug dealer, a glammed-up producer, and a high school kid, N.W.A gave voice to disenfranchised African Americans across the country. And they quickly redefined pop culture across the world. Their names remain as popular as ever -- Eazy-E, Dr. Dre, and Ice Cube. Dre soon joined forces with Suge Knight to create the combustible Death Row Records, which in turn transformed Snoop Dogg and Tupac Shakur into superstars. Ben Westhoff explores how this group of artists shifted the balance of hip-hop from New York to Los Angeles. He shows how N.W.A.'s shocking success lead to rivalries between members, record labels, and eventually a war between East Coast and West Coast factions. In the process, hip-hop burst into mainstream America at a time of immense social change, and became the most dominant musical movement of the last thirty years. At gangsta rap's peak, two of its biggest names -- Tupac and Biggie Smalls -- were murdered, leaving the surviving artists to forge peace before the genre annihilated itself. Featuring extensive investigative reporting, interviews with the principal players, and dozens of never-before-told stories, Original Gangstas is a groundbreaking addition to the history of popular music. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274466 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stella Who?: Alone and powerless - homeless but not helpless Author: L. M. Wasylciw Narrator: Jack Wynters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 4, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Stella wandered the streets of Victoria, BC, cold, wet and hungry - living a life of misery. It had been many years since she adapted to street-life. On most days, Stella would rather have been dead, yet she struggled along, hidden in the wide open, taking her place within the nameless, faceless and placeless tribe of the homeless. Faced with constant hunger, Stella begged, knowing that her very existence was based on the generosity of strangers. She hung her head in sorrow and shame, rattling a single coin in a tin can and trying her best to forget the very reason she was there. Stella never spoke of her past, determined to keep her life-story a secret. Attempting to remain invisible, she pushed her trolley filled with junk, moving from alcove to park bench then back again, doing what it took in order to survive, always hoping to remain anonymous. Homeless people were once called hobos, those who hopped the rails, often looking for day-jobs. Homelessness has become a social issue that stems from a multitude of concerns: drug addiction, illness and poverty, plus so much more. It is projected that there are tens of thousands of sick, wet, cold and hungry homeless Canadians, seeking warmth and food on any given day. What readers are saying about Stella Who?: “The author LM Wasylciw, really brought the character of Stella to life, making you think about all the homeless people out there, and wondering what their story's are. Great reading.” “Really enjoyed Stella Who? but with Ashenee Come Home you really hit your stride. Well done. Great stories and excellent social commentary.” “Well done. A well written story. I liked the juxtaposition of Good King Wenceslas. It was less direct than the Christmas Carol but it certainly was appreciated. In general, I find the reflective quality of the work very interesting.” “Sella's character is so real and captivates the reader from beginning to end. Such a good book that hit very close to home.” L. M. Wasylciw Fri, 04 Mar 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274466 thebookvoice.com 8:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stella Who?: Alone and powerless - homeless but not helpless Author: L. M. Wasylciw Narrator: Jack Wynters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 4, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Stella wandered the streets of Victoria, BC, cold, wet and hungry - living a life of misery. It had been many years since she adapted to street-life. On most days, Stella would rather have been dead, yet she struggled along, hidden in the wide open, taking her place within the nameless, faceless and placeless tribe of the homeless. Faced with constant hunger, Stella begged, knowing that her very existence was based on the generosity of strangers. She hung her head in sorrow and shame, rattling a single coin in a tin can and trying her best to forget the very reason she was there. Stella never spoke of her past, determined to keep her life-story a secret. Attempting to remain invisible, she pushed her trolley filled with junk, moving from alcove to park bench then back again, doing what it took in order to survive, always hoping to remain anonymous. Homeless people were once called hobos, those who hopped the rails, often looking for day-jobs. Homelessness has become a social issue that stems from a multitude of concerns: drug addiction, illness and poverty, plus so much more. It is projected that there are tens of thousands of sick, wet, cold and hungry homeless Canadians, seeking warmth and food on any given day. What readers are saying about Stella Who?: “The author LM Wasylciw, really brought the character of Stella to life, making you think about all the homeless people out there, and wondering what their story's are. Great reading.” “Really enjoyed Stella Who? but with Ashenee Come Home you really hit your stride. Well done. Great stories and excellent social commentary.” “Well done. A well written story. I liked the juxtaposition of Good King Wenceslas. It was less direct than the Christmas Carol but it certainly was appreciated. In general, I find the reflective quality of the work very interesting.” “Sella's character is so real and captivates the reader from beginning to end. Such a good book that hit very close to home.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stella Who?: Alone and powerless - homeless but not helpless Author: L. M. Wasylciw Narrator: Jack Wynters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 4, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Stella wandered the streets of Victoria, BC, cold, wet and hungry - living a life of misery. It had been many years since she adapted to street-life. On most days, Stella would rather have been dead, yet she struggled along, hidden in the wide open, taking her place within the nameless, faceless and placeless tribe of the homeless. Faced with constant hunger, Stella begged, knowing that her very existence was based on the generosity of strangers. She hung her head in sorrow and shame, rattling a single coin in a tin can and trying her best to forget the very reason she was there. Stella never spoke of her past, determined to keep her life-story a secret. Attempting to remain invisible, she pushed her trolley filled with junk, moving from alcove to park bench then back again, doing what it took in order to survive, always hoping to remain anonymous. Homeless people were once called hobos, those who hopped the rails, often looking for day-jobs. Homelessness has become a social issue that stems from a multitude of concerns: drug addiction, illness and poverty, plus so much more. It is projected that there are tens of thousands of sick, wet, cold and hungry homeless Canadians, seeking warmth and food on any given day. What readers are saying about Stella Who?: “The author LM Wasylciw, really brought the character of Stella to life, making you think about all the homeless people out there, and wondering what their story's are. Great reading.” “Really enjoyed Stella Who? but with Ashenee Come Home you really hit your stride. Well done. Great stories and excellent social commentary.” “Well done. A well written story. I liked the juxtaposition of Good King Wenceslas. It was less direct than the Christmas Carol but it certainly was appreciated. In general, I find the reflective quality of the work very interesting.” “Sella's character is so real and captivates the reader from beginning to end. Such a good book that hit very close to home.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274359 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: *Priceless: She's Worth Fighting For Author: Luke Smallbone, Joel Smallbone, Nora Hunter Narrator: David Atlas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The powerfully compelling novelization of the major motion picture (October 14, 2016) by Joel and Luke Smallbone of the band for KING & COUNTRY.James Stevens was, at one time, a good man with a great life. After the tragic death of his wife and losing custody of his little girl, James is at the darkest crossroad of his life. Angry, desperate, and unable to hold down a steady job, he agrees to drive a box truck on a shady, one-time trip cross country for cash -- no questions asked. When he discovers what he is delivering is actually a who, the questions in his mind begin haunting him mercilessly. James becomes an unlikely hero who must fight to save the lives of two young women and finds himself falling in love with one of them.Can love, strength, and faith redefine his past and change the course of his future? Luke Smallbone, Joel Smallbone, Nora Hunter Wed, 14 Sep 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274359 thebookvoice.com 8:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: *Priceless: She's Worth Fighting For Author: Luke Smallbone, Joel Smallbone, Nora Hunter Narrator: David Atlas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The powerfully compelling novelization of the major motion picture (October 14, 2016) by Joel and Luke Smallbone of the band for KING & COUNTRY.James Stevens was, at one time, a good man with a great life. After the tragic death of his wife and losing custody of his little girl, James is at the darkest crossroad of his life. Angry, desperate, and unable to hold down a steady job, he agrees to drive a box truck on a shady, one-time trip cross country for cash -- no questions asked. When he discovers what he is delivering is actually a who, the questions in his mind begin haunting him mercilessly. James becomes an unlikely hero who must fight to save the lives of two young women and finds himself falling in love with one of them.Can love, strength, and faith redefine his past and change the course of his future? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: *Priceless: She's Worth Fighting For Author: Luke Smallbone, Joel Smallbone, Nora Hunter Narrator: David Atlas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The powerfully compelling novelization of the major motion picture (October 14, 2016) by Joel and Luke Smallbone of the band for KING & COUNTRY.James Stevens was, at one time, a good man with a great life. After the tragic death of his wife and losing custody of his little girl, James is at the darkest crossroad of his life. Angry, desperate, and unable to hold down a steady job, he agrees to drive a box truck on a shady, one-time trip cross country for cash -- no questions asked. When he discovers what he is delivering is actually a who, the questions in his mind begin haunting him mercilessly. James becomes an unlikely hero who must fight to save the lives of two young women and finds himself falling in love with one of them.Can love, strength, and faith redefine his past and change the course of his future? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274032 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trainwreck: The women we love to hate, mock, and fear, and why Author: Sady Doyle Narrator: Alex McKenna Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: She’s everywhere once you start looking for her: the trainwreck.    She’s Britney Spears shaving her head, Whitney Houston saying, “crack is whack,” and Amy Winehouse, dying in front of millions. But the trainwreck is also as old (and as meaningful) as feminism itself.  From Mary Wollstonecraft—who, for decades after her death, was more famous for her illegitimate child and suicide attempts than for A Vindication of the Rights of Woman—to Charlotte Brontë, Billie Holiday, Sylvia Plath, and even Hillary Clinton, Sady Doyle’s Trainwreck dissects a centuries-old phenomenon and asks what it means now, in a time when we have unprecedented access to celebrities and civilians alike, and when women are pushing harder than ever against the boundaries of what it means to “behave.”   Where did these women come from? What are their crimes? And what does it mean for the rest of us? For an age when any form of self-expression can be the one that ends you, Sady Doyle’s audiobook is as fierce and intelligent as it is funny and compassionate—an essential, timely, feminist anatomy of the female trainwreck. Sady Doyle Tue, 20 Sep 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274032 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trainwreck: The women we love to hate, mock, and fear, and why Author: Sady Doyle Narrator: Alex McKenna Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: She’s everywhere once you start looking for her: the trainwreck.    She’s Britney Spears shaving her head, Whitney Houston saying, “crack is whack,” and Amy Winehouse, dying in front of millions. But the trainwreck is also as old (and as meaningful) as feminism itself.  From Mary Wollstonecraft—who, for decades after her death, was more famous for her illegitimate child and suicide attempts than for A Vindication of the Rights of Woman—to Charlotte Brontë, Billie Holiday, Sylvia Plath, and even Hillary Clinton, Sady Doyle’s Trainwreck dissects a centuries-old phenomenon and asks what it means now, in a time when we have unprecedented access to celebrities and civilians alike, and when women are pushing harder than ever against the boundaries of what it means to “behave.”   Where did these women come from? What are their crimes? And what does it mean for the rest of us? For an age when any form of self-expression can be the one that ends you, Sady Doyle’s audiobook is as fierce and intelligent as it is funny and compassionate—an essential, timely, feminist anatomy of the female trainwreck. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trainwreck: The women we love to hate, mock, and fear, and why Author: Sady Doyle Narrator: Alex McKenna Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: She’s everywhere once you start looking for her: the trainwreck.    She’s Britney Spears shaving her head, Whitney Houston saying, “crack is whack,” and Amy Winehouse, dying in front of millions. But the trainwreck is also as old (and as meaningful) as feminism itself.  From Mary Wollstonecraft—who, for decades after her death, was more famous for her illegitimate child and suicide attempts than for A Vindication of the Rights of Woman—to Charlotte Brontë, Billie Holiday, Sylvia Plath, and even Hillary Clinton, Sady Doyle’s Trainwreck dissects a centuries-old phenomenon and asks what it means now, in a time when we have unprecedented access to celebrities and civilians alike, and when women are pushing harder than ever against the boundaries of what it means to “behave.”   Where did these women come from? What are their crimes? And what does it mean for the rest of us? For an age when any form of self-expression can be the one that ends you, Sady Doyle’s audiobook is as fierce and intelligent as it is funny and compassionate—an essential, timely, feminist anatomy of the female trainwreck. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Table Manners: How to Behave in the Modern World and Why Bother Author: Jeremiah Tower Narrator: Jeremiah Tower Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An authoritative and witty guide to modern table manners for all occasions by one of the world's most acclaimed chefs and restaurateurs Table Manners is an entertaining and practical guide to manners for everyone and every occasion. Whether you are a guest at a potluck or the host of a dinner party, a patron of your local bar or an invitee at a state dinner, this audiobook tells you exactly how to behave: what to talk about, what to wear, how to eat. Jeremiah Tower has advice on everything: food allergies, RSVPs, iPhones, running late, thank-yous, restaurant etiquette, even what to do when you are served something disgusting. This charming audio guide is your 'Strunk & White' for navigating our cosmopolitan age with confidence and good taste. Jeremiah Tower Tue, 18 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273827 thebookvoice.com 2:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Table Manners: How to Behave in the Modern World and Why Bother Author: Jeremiah Tower Narrator: Jeremiah Tower Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An authoritative and witty guide to modern table manners for all occasions by one of the world's most acclaimed chefs and restaurateurs Table Manners is an entertaining and practical guide to manners for everyone and every occasion. Whether you are a guest at a potluck or the host of a dinner party, a patron of your local bar or an invitee at a state dinner, this audiobook tells you exactly how to behave: what to talk about, what to wear, how to eat. Jeremiah Tower has advice on everything: food allergies, RSVPs, iPhones, running late, thank-yous, restaurant etiquette, even what to do when you are served something disgusting. This charming audio guide is your 'Strunk & White' for navigating our cosmopolitan age with confidence and good taste. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Table Manners: How to Behave in the Modern World and Why Bother Author: Jeremiah Tower Narrator: Jeremiah Tower Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An authoritative and witty guide to modern table manners for all occasions by one of the world's most acclaimed chefs and restaurateurs Table Manners is an entertaining and practical guide to manners for everyone and every occasion. Whether you are a guest at a potluck or the host of a dinner party, a patron of your local bar or an invitee at a state dinner, this audiobook tells you exactly how to behave: what to talk about, what to wear, how to eat. Jeremiah Tower has advice on everything: food allergies, RSVPs, iPhones, running late, thank-yous, restaurant etiquette, even what to do when you are served something disgusting. This charming audio guide is your 'Strunk & White' for navigating our cosmopolitan age with confidence and good taste. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273826 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghostland: An American History in Haunted Places Author: Colin Dickey Narrator: Jon Lindstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of NPR’s Great Reads of 2016 “A lively assemblage and smart analysis of dozens of haunting stories…absorbing…[and] intellectually intriguing.” —The New York Times Book Review From the author of The Unidentified, an intellectual feast for fans of offbeat history that takes readers on a road trip through some of the country’s most infamously haunted places—and deep into the dark side of our history. Colin Dickey is on the trail of America’s ghosts. Crammed into old houses and hotels, abandoned prisons and empty hospitals, the spirits that linger continue to capture our collective imagination, but why? His own fascination piqued by a house hunt in Los Angeles that revealed derelict foreclosures and “zombie homes,” Dickey embarks on a journey across the continental United States to decode and unpack the American history repressed in our most famous haunted places. Some have established reputations as “the most haunted mansion in America,” or “the most haunted prison”; others, like the haunted Indian burial grounds in West Virginia, evoke memories from the past our collective nation tries to forget. With boundless curiosity, Dickey conjures the dead by focusing on questions of the living—how do we, the living, deal with stories about ghosts, and how do we inhabit and move through spaces that have been deemed, for whatever reason, haunted? Paying attention not only to the true facts behind a ghost story, but also to the ways in which changes to those facts are made—and why those changes are made—Dickey paints a version of American history left out of the textbooks, one of things left undone, crimes left unsolved. Spellbinding, scary, and wickedly insightful, Ghostland discovers the past we’re most afraid to speak of aloud in the bright light of day is the same past that tends to linger in the ghost stories we whisper in the dark. Colin Dickey Tue, 04 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273826 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghostland: An American History in Haunted Places Author: Colin Dickey Narrator: Jon Lindstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of NPR’s Great Reads of 2016 “A lively assemblage and smart analysis of dozens of haunting stories…absorbing…[and] intellectually intriguing.” —The New York Times Book Review From the author of The Unidentified, an intellectual feast for fans of offbeat history that takes readers on a road trip through some of the country’s most infamously haunted places—and deep into the dark side of our history. Colin Dickey is on the trail of America’s ghosts. Crammed into old houses and hotels, abandoned prisons and empty hospitals, the spirits that linger continue to capture our collective imagination, but why? His own fascination piqued by a house hunt in Los Angeles that revealed derelict foreclosures and “zombie homes,” Dickey embarks on a journey across the continental United States to decode and unpack the American history repressed in our most famous haunted places. Some have established reputations as “the most haunted mansion in America,” or “the most haunted prison”; others, like the haunted Indian burial grounds in West Virginia, evoke memories from the past our collective nation tries to forget. With boundless curiosity, Dickey conjures the dead by focusing on questions of the living—how do we, the living, deal with stories about ghosts, and how do we inhabit and move through spaces that have been deemed, for whatever reason, haunted? Paying attention not only to the true facts behind a ghost story, but also to the ways in which changes to those facts are made—and why those changes are made—Dickey paints a version of American history left out of the textbooks, one of things left undone, crimes left unsolved. Spellbinding, scary, and wickedly insightful, Ghostland discovers the past we’re most afraid to speak of aloud in the bright light of day is the same past that tends to linger in the ghost stories we whisper in the dark. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghostland: An American History in Haunted Places Author: Colin Dickey Narrator: Jon Lindstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of NPR’s Great Reads of 2016 “A lively assemblage and smart analysis of dozens of haunting stories…absorbing…[and] intellectually intriguing.” —The New York Times Book Review From the author of The Unidentified, an intellectual feast for fans of offbeat history that takes readers on a road trip through some of the country’s most infamously haunted places—and deep into the dark side of our history. Colin Dickey is on the trail of America’s ghosts. Crammed into old houses and hotels, abandoned prisons and empty hospitals, the spirits that linger continue to capture our collective imagination, but why? His own fascination piqued by a house hunt in Los Angeles that revealed derelict foreclosures and “zombie homes,” Dickey embarks on a journey across the continental United States to decode and unpack the American history repressed in our most famous haunted places. Some have established reputations as “the most haunted mansion in America,” or “the most haunted prison”; others, like the haunted Indian burial grounds in West Virginia, evoke memories from the past our collective nation tries to forget. With boundless curiosity, Dickey conjures the dead by focusing on questions of the living—how do we, the living, deal with stories about ghosts, and how do we inhabit and move through spaces that have been deemed, for whatever reason, haunted? Paying attention not only to the true facts behind a ghost story, but also to the ways in which changes to those facts are made—and why those changes are made—Dickey paints a version of American history left out of the textbooks, one of things left undone, crimes left unsolved. Spellbinding, scary, and wickedly insightful, Ghostland discovers the past we’re most afraid to speak of aloud in the bright light of day is the same past that tends to linger in the ghost stories we whisper in the dark. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273821 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modified: GMOs and the Threat to Our Food, Our Land, Our Future Author: Caitlin Shetterly Narrator: Caitlin Shetterly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A disquieting and meditative look at the issue that started the biggest food fight of our time--GMOs. From a journalist and mother who learned that genetically modified corn was the culprit behind what was making her and her child sick, a must-read book for anyone trying to parse the incendiary discussion about genetically modified foods. GMO products are among the most consumed and the least understood substances in the United States today. They appear not only in the food we eat, but in everything from the interior coating of paper coffee cups and medicines to diapers and toothpaste. We are often completely unaware of their presence. Caitlin Shetterly discovered the importance of GMOs the hard way. Shortly after she learned that her son had an alarming sensitivity to GMO corn, she was told that she had the same condition, and her family’s daily existence changed forever. An expansion of Shetterly’s viral Elle article “The Bad Seed,” Modified delves deep into the heart of the matter—from the cornfields of Nebraska to the beekeeping conventions in Brussels—to shine a light on the people, the science, and the corporations behind the food we serve ourselves and our families every day. Deeper than an exposé, and written by a mother and journalist whose journey had no agenda other than to understand the nuance and confusion behind GMOs, Modified is a rare breed of book that will at once make you weep at the majestic beauty of our Great Plains and force you to harvest deep seeds of doubt about the invisible monsters currently infiltrating our food and our land and threatening our future. Caitlin Shetterly Tue, 20 Sep 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273821 thebookvoice.com 11:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modified: GMOs and the Threat to Our Food, Our Land, Our Future Author: Caitlin Shetterly Narrator: Caitlin Shetterly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A disquieting and meditative look at the issue that started the biggest food fight of our time--GMOs. From a journalist and mother who learned that genetically modified corn was the culprit behind what was making her and her child sick, a must-read book for anyone trying to parse the incendiary discussion about genetically modified foods. GMO products are among the most consumed and the least understood substances in the United States today. They appear not only in the food we eat, but in everything from the interior coating of paper coffee cups and medicines to diapers and toothpaste. We are often completely unaware of their presence. Caitlin Shetterly discovered the importance of GMOs the hard way. Shortly after she learned that her son had an alarming sensitivity to GMO corn, she was told that she had the same condition, and her family’s daily existence changed forever. An expansion of Shetterly’s viral Elle article “The Bad Seed,” Modified delves deep into the heart of the matter—from the cornfields of Nebraska to the beekeeping conventions in Brussels—to shine a light on the people, the science, and the corporations behind the food we serve ourselves and our families every day. Deeper than an exposé, and written by a mother and journalist whose journey had no agenda other than to understand the nuance and confusion behind GMOs, Modified is a rare breed of book that will at once make you weep at the majestic beauty of our Great Plains and force you to harvest deep seeds of doubt about the invisible monsters currently infiltrating our food and our land and threatening our future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modified: GMOs and the Threat to Our Food, Our Land, Our Future Author: Caitlin Shetterly Narrator: Caitlin Shetterly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A disquieting and meditative look at the issue that started the biggest food fight of our time--GMOs. From a journalist and mother who learned that genetically modified corn was the culprit behind what was making her and her child sick, a must-read book for anyone trying to parse the incendiary discussion about genetically modified foods. GMO products are among the most consumed and the least understood substances in the United States today. They appear not only in the food we eat, but in everything from the interior coating of paper coffee cups and medicines to diapers and toothpaste. We are often completely unaware of their presence. Caitlin Shetterly discovered the importance of GMOs the hard way. Shortly after she learned that her son had an alarming sensitivity to GMO corn, she was told that she had the same condition, and her family’s daily existence changed forever. An expansion of Shetterly’s viral Elle article “The Bad Seed,” Modified delves deep into the heart of the matter—from the cornfields of Nebraska to the beekeeping conventions in Brussels—to shine a light on the people, the science, and the corporations behind the food we serve ourselves and our families every day. Deeper than an exposé, and written by a mother and journalist whose journey had no agenda other than to understand the nuance and confusion behind GMOs, Modified is a rare breed of book that will at once make you weep at the majestic beauty of our Great Plains and force you to harvest deep seeds of doubt about the invisible monsters currently infiltrating our food and our land and threatening our future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273820 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul Serenade: Rhythm, Blues & Coming of Age Through Vinyl Author: Rashod Ollison Narrator: C.S. Treadway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A coming-of-age memoir about a young boy in rural Arkansas who searches for himself and his distant father through soul music Growing up in rural Arkansas, young Rashod Ollison turned to music to make sense of his life. The dysfunction, sadness, and steely resilience of his family and neighbors was reflected in the R&B songs that played on 45s in smoky rooms. Steeped in the sounds, the smells, the salty language of rural Arkansas in the 1980s, Soul Serenade is the memoir of a pop music critic whose love for soul music was fostered by his father, Raymond. Drafted into the Vietnam War as a teenager, Raymond returned a changed man, “dead on the inside.” After his parents’ volatile marriage ended in divorce, Rashod was haunted by the memory of his itinerant father and his mama’s long forgotten “sunshine smile.” For six-year-old Rashod, his father’s record collection—the music of Aretha Franklin, Bobby Womack, Al Green, and others—provided solace, coherence, and escape. Moving nine times during his childhood, Rashod constantly adjusted to new schools and homes with his two sisters, Dusa and Reagan, and his mother, Dianne. Resilient and tough, while also being distant and punitive, she worked multiple jobs, striving “to make ends wave at each other if they couldn’t meet.” He spent time with his acerbic mother’s mother, Mama Teacake, and her family’s living-out-loud ways, which clashed with his father’s family—religious, discreet, and appropriate—where Rashod gravitated to Big Mama and Paw Paw, his father’s parents. Becoming aware of his same-sex attraction, Rashod felt further isolated and alone but was encouraged by mentors in the community who fostered his intelligence and talent. He became transformed through discovering the writing of Toni Morrison, Alice Walker, Nikki Giovanni, and other literary greats, and these books, along with the soulful sounds of the 1970s and 80s, enabled him to thrive in spite of the instability and harshness of his childhood. In textured and evocative language, and peppered with unexpected humor, Soul Serenade is an original and captivating coming-of-age story set to an original beat. Rashod Ollison Tue, 04 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273820 thebookvoice.com 8:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul Serenade: Rhythm, Blues & Coming of Age Through Vinyl Author: Rashod Ollison Narrator: C.S. Treadway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A coming-of-age memoir about a young boy in rural Arkansas who searches for himself and his distant father through soul music Growing up in rural Arkansas, young Rashod Ollison turned to music to make sense of his life. The dysfunction, sadness, and steely resilience of his family and neighbors was reflected in the R&B songs that played on 45s in smoky rooms. Steeped in the sounds, the smells, the salty language of rural Arkansas in the 1980s, Soul Serenade is the memoir of a pop music critic whose love for soul music was fostered by his father, Raymond. Drafted into the Vietnam War as a teenager, Raymond returned a changed man, “dead on the inside.” After his parents’ volatile marriage ended in divorce, Rashod was haunted by the memory of his itinerant father and his mama’s long forgotten “sunshine smile.” For six-year-old Rashod, his father’s record collection—the music of Aretha Franklin, Bobby Womack, Al Green, and others—provided solace, coherence, and escape. Moving nine times during his childhood, Rashod constantly adjusted to new schools and homes with his two sisters, Dusa and Reagan, and his mother, Dianne. Resilient and tough, while also being distant and punitive, she worked multiple jobs, striving “to make ends wave at each other if they couldn’t meet.” He spent time with his acerbic mother’s mother, Mama Teacake, and her family’s living-out-loud ways, which clashed with his father’s family—religious, discreet, and appropriate—where Rashod gravitated to Big Mama and Paw Paw, his father’s parents. Becoming aware of his same-sex attraction, Rashod felt further isolated and alone but was encouraged by mentors in the community who fostered his intelligence and talent. He became transformed through discovering the writing of Toni Morrison, Alice Walker, Nikki Giovanni, and other literary greats, and these books, along with the soulful sounds of the 1970s and 80s, enabled him to thrive in spite of the instability and harshness of his childhood. In textured and evocative language, and peppered with unexpected humor, Soul Serenade is an original and captivating coming-of-age story set to an original beat. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul Serenade: Rhythm, Blues & Coming of Age Through Vinyl Author: Rashod Ollison Narrator: C.S. Treadway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A coming-of-age memoir about a young boy in rural Arkansas who searches for himself and his distant father through soul music Growing up in rural Arkansas, young Rashod Ollison turned to music to make sense of his life. The dysfunction, sadness, and steely resilience of his family and neighbors was reflected in the R&B songs that played on 45s in smoky rooms. Steeped in the sounds, the smells, the salty language of rural Arkansas in the 1980s, Soul Serenade is the memoir of a pop music critic whose love for soul music was fostered by his father, Raymond. Drafted into the Vietnam War as a teenager, Raymond returned a changed man, “dead on the inside.” After his parents’ volatile marriage ended in divorce, Rashod was haunted by the memory of his itinerant father and his mama’s long forgotten “sunshine smile.” For six-year-old Rashod, his father’s record collection—the music of Aretha Franklin, Bobby Womack, Al Green, and others—provided solace, coherence, and escape. Moving nine times during his childhood, Rashod constantly adjusted to new schools and homes with his two sisters, Dusa and Reagan, and his mother, Dianne. Resilient and tough, while also being distant and punitive, she worked multiple jobs, striving “to make ends wave at each other if they couldn’t meet.” He spent time with his acerbic mother’s mother, Mama Teacake, and her family’s living-out-loud ways, which clashed with his father’s family—religious, discreet, and appropriate—where Rashod gravitated to Big Mama and Paw Paw, his father’s parents. Becoming aware of his same-sex attraction, Rashod felt further isolated and alone but was encouraged by mentors in the community who fostered his intelligence and talent. He became transformed through discovering the writing of Toni Morrison, Alice Walker, Nikki Giovanni, and other literary greats, and these books, along with the soulful sounds of the 1970s and 80s, enabled him to thrive in spite of the instability and harshness of his childhood. In textured and evocative language, and peppered with unexpected humor, Soul Serenade is an original and captivating coming-of-age story set to an original beat. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273804 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My (Underground) American Dream: My True Story as an Undocumented Immigrant Who Became a Wall Street Executive Author: Julissa Arce Narrator: Julissa Arce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A National Bestseller! What does an undocumented immigrant look like? What kind of family must she come from? How could she get into this country? What is the true price she must pay to remain in the United States? JULISSA ARCE knows firsthand that the most common, preconceived answers to those questions are sometimes far too simple-and often just plain wrong. On the surface, Arce's story reads like a how-to manual for achieving the American dream: growing up in an apartment on the outskirts of San Antonio, she worked tirelessly, achieved academic excellence, and landed a coveted job on Wall Street, complete with a six-figure salary. The level of professional and financial success that she achieved was the very definition of the American dream. But in this brave new memoir, Arce digs deep to reveal the physical, financial, and emotional costs of the stunning secret that she, like many other high-achieving, successful individuals in the United States, had been forced to keep not only from her bosses, but even from her closest friends. From the time she was brought to this country by her hardworking parents as a child, Arce-the scholarship winner, the honors college graduate, the young woman who climbed the ladder to become a vice president at Goldman Sachs-had secretly lived as an undocumented immigrant. In this surprising, at times heart-wrenching, but always inspirational personal story of struggle, grief, and ultimate redemption, Arce takes readers deep into the little-understood world of a generation of undocumented immigrants in the United States today- people who live next door, sit in your classrooms, work in the same office, and may very well be your boss. By opening up about the story of her successes, her heartbreaks, and her long-fought journey to emerge from the shadows and become an American citizen, Arce shows us the true cost of achieving the American dream-from the perspective of a woman who had to scale unseen and unimaginable walls to get there. Julissa Arce Tue, 13 Sep 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273804 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My (Underground) American Dream: My True Story as an Undocumented Immigrant Who Became a Wall Street Executive Author: Julissa Arce Narrator: Julissa Arce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A National Bestseller! What does an undocumented immigrant look like? What kind of family must she come from? How could she get into this country? What is the true price she must pay to remain in the United States? JULISSA ARCE knows firsthand that the most common, preconceived answers to those questions are sometimes far too simple-and often just plain wrong. On the surface, Arce's story reads like a how-to manual for achieving the American dream: growing up in an apartment on the outskirts of San Antonio, she worked tirelessly, achieved academic excellence, and landed a coveted job on Wall Street, complete with a six-figure salary. The level of professional and financial success that she achieved was the very definition of the American dream. But in this brave new memoir, Arce digs deep to reveal the physical, financial, and emotional costs of the stunning secret that she, like many other high-achieving, successful individuals in the United States, had been forced to keep not only from her bosses, but even from her closest friends. From the time she was brought to this country by her hardworking parents as a child, Arce-the scholarship winner, the honors college graduate, the young woman who climbed the ladder to become a vice president at Goldman Sachs-had secretly lived as an undocumented immigrant. In this surprising, at times heart-wrenching, but always inspirational personal story of struggle, grief, and ultimate redemption, Arce takes readers deep into the little-understood world of a generation of undocumented immigrants in the United States today- people who live next door, sit in your classrooms, work in the same office, and may very well be your boss. By opening up about the story of her successes, her heartbreaks, and her long-fought journey to emerge from the shadows and become an American citizen, Arce shows us the true cost of achieving the American dream-from the perspective of a woman who had to scale unseen and unimaginable walls to get there. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My (Underground) American Dream: My True Story as an Undocumented Immigrant Who Became a Wall Street Executive Author: Julissa Arce Narrator: Julissa Arce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A National Bestseller! What does an undocumented immigrant look like? What kind of family must she come from? How could she get into this country? What is the true price she must pay to remain in the United States? JULISSA ARCE knows firsthand that the most common, preconceived answers to those questions are sometimes far too simple-and often just plain wrong. On the surface, Arce's story reads like a how-to manual for achieving the American dream: growing up in an apartment on the outskirts of San Antonio, she worked tirelessly, achieved academic excellence, and landed a coveted job on Wall Street, complete with a six-figure salary. The level of professional and financial success that she achieved was the very definition of the American dream. But in this brave new memoir, Arce digs deep to reveal the physical, financial, and emotional costs of the stunning secret that she, like many other high-achieving, successful individuals in the United States, had been forced to keep not only from her bosses, but even from her closest friends. From the time she was brought to this country by her hardworking parents as a child, Arce-the scholarship winner, the honors college graduate, the young woman who climbed the ladder to become a vice president at Goldman Sachs-had secretly lived as an undocumented immigrant. In this surprising, at times heart-wrenching, but always inspirational personal story of struggle, grief, and ultimate redemption, Arce takes readers deep into the little-understood world of a generation of undocumented immigrants in the United States today- people who live next door, sit in your classrooms, work in the same office, and may very well be your boss. By opening up about the story of her successes, her heartbreaks, and her long-fought journey to emerge from the shadows and become an American citizen, Arce shows us the true cost of achieving the American dream-from the perspective of a woman who had to scale unseen and unimaginable walls to get there. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273759 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Woman on the Edge of Time: A Son Investigates His Trailblazing Mother’s Young Suicide Author: Jeremy Gavron Narrator: Gerard Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A son’s search for his mother, a feminist pioneer—and a casualty of her time In London, 1965, a brilliant young woman—a prescient advocate for women’s rights—has just gassed herself to death, leaving behind a suicide note, two young sons, and a soon-to-be-published book: The Captive Wife. No one had ever imagined that Hannah Gavron might take her own life. Beautiful, sophisticated, and swept up in the progressive sixties, she was a promising academic and the wife of a rising entrepreneur. But there was another side to Hannah, as Jeremy Gavron reveals in this searching portrait of his mother. Gavron—who was just four when his mother killed herself—attempts to piece her life together from letters, diaries, photos, and the memories of old acquaintances. Ultimately, he not only uncovers Hannah’s struggle to carve out her place in a man’s world; he examines the suffocating constrictions placed on every ambitious woman in the mid-twentieth century. Jeremy Gavron Tue, 20 Sep 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273759 thebookvoice.com 7:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Woman on the Edge of Time: A Son Investigates His Trailblazing Mother’s Young Suicide Author: Jeremy Gavron Narrator: Gerard Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A son’s search for his mother, a feminist pioneer—and a casualty of her time In London, 1965, a brilliant young woman—a prescient advocate for women’s rights—has just gassed herself to death, leaving behind a suicide note, two young sons, and a soon-to-be-published book: The Captive Wife. No one had ever imagined that Hannah Gavron might take her own life. Beautiful, sophisticated, and swept up in the progressive sixties, she was a promising academic and the wife of a rising entrepreneur. But there was another side to Hannah, as Jeremy Gavron reveals in this searching portrait of his mother. Gavron—who was just four when his mother killed herself—attempts to piece her life together from letters, diaries, photos, and the memories of old acquaintances. Ultimately, he not only uncovers Hannah’s struggle to carve out her place in a man’s world; he examines the suffocating constrictions placed on every ambitious woman in the mid-twentieth century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Woman on the Edge of Time: A Son Investigates His Trailblazing Mother’s Young Suicide Author: Jeremy Gavron Narrator: Gerard Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A son’s search for his mother, a feminist pioneer—and a casualty of her time In London, 1965, a brilliant young woman—a prescient advocate for women’s rights—has just gassed herself to death, leaving behind a suicide note, two young sons, and a soon-to-be-published book: The Captive Wife. No one had ever imagined that Hannah Gavron might take her own life. Beautiful, sophisticated, and swept up in the progressive sixties, she was a promising academic and the wife of a rising entrepreneur. But there was another side to Hannah, as Jeremy Gavron reveals in this searching portrait of his mother. Gavron—who was just four when his mother killed herself—attempts to piece her life together from letters, diaries, photos, and the memories of old acquaintances. Ultimately, he not only uncovers Hannah’s struggle to carve out her place in a man’s world; he examines the suffocating constrictions placed on every ambitious woman in the mid-twentieth century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273310 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolted Woman Author: Charles George Harper Narrator: Bev J. Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One man's opinion of woman in 1894. Charles Harper believes in the superiority of the male sex and the subordination of the female. He paints an entire gender with the same brush. He believes all women to be identical in mind (illogical) and body (knock-kneed) and vastly inferior to the male. He presents 'facts' to support his opinions: "Woman's Mission is Submission" "for woman has ever been the immoral sex" "how truly like nature their tongues say 'No,' when their hearts throb 'Yes, yes!'" "She will have to develop very greatly before she becomes the equal of man, either in mind or muscle" "Woman is altogether different from and inferior to man: narrow-chested, wide-hipped, ill-proportioned, and endowed with a lesser quantity of brains than the male sex." "A woman's reason is a notoriously inadequate mental process" And these are just from the first chapter! He belittles other men who presume to know womankind by stating that they cannot possibly know, being men themselves. Then proceeds to go on (and on, and on) presenting everything he knows about womankind. He is grievously misinformed and extremely opinionated. Today his views are woefully out of date but make for some entertaining reading. - Summary by Bev J. Stevens Charles George Harper Thu, 01 Jan 2015 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273310 thebookvoice.com 3:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolted Woman Author: Charles George Harper Narrator: Bev J. Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One man's opinion of woman in 1894. Charles Harper believes in the superiority of the male sex and the subordination of the female. He paints an entire gender with the same brush. He believes all women to be identical in mind (illogical) and body (knock-kneed) and vastly inferior to the male. He presents 'facts' to support his opinions: "Woman's Mission is Submission" "for woman has ever been the immoral sex" "how truly like nature their tongues say 'No,' when their hearts throb 'Yes, yes!'" "She will have to develop very greatly before she becomes the equal of man, either in mind or muscle" "Woman is altogether different from and inferior to man: narrow-chested, wide-hipped, ill-proportioned, and endowed with a lesser quantity of brains than the male sex." "A woman's reason is a notoriously inadequate mental process" And these are just from the first chapter! He belittles other men who presume to know womankind by stating that they cannot possibly know, being men themselves. Then proceeds to go on (and on, and on) presenting everything he knows about womankind. He is grievously misinformed and extremely opinionated. Today his views are woefully out of date but make for some entertaining reading. - Summary by Bev J. Stevens Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolted Woman Author: Charles George Harper Narrator: Bev J. Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One man's opinion of woman in 1894. Charles Harper believes in the superiority of the male sex and the subordination of the female. He paints an entire gender with the same brush. He believes all women to be identical in mind (illogical) and body (knock-kneed) and vastly inferior to the male. He presents 'facts' to support his opinions: "Woman's Mission is Submission" "for woman has ever been the immoral sex" "how truly like nature their tongues say 'No,' when their hearts throb 'Yes, yes!'" "She will have to develop very greatly before she becomes the equal of man, either in mind or muscle" "Woman is altogether different from and inferior to man: narrow-chested, wide-hipped, ill-proportioned, and endowed with a lesser quantity of brains than the male sex." "A woman's reason is a notoriously inadequate mental process" And these are just from the first chapter! He belittles other men who presume to know womankind by stating that they cannot possibly know, being men themselves. Then proceeds to go on (and on, and on) presenting everything he knows about womankind. He is grievously misinformed and extremely opinionated. Today his views are woefully out of date but make for some entertaining reading. - Summary by Bev J. Stevens https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273163 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273163]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bitch is Back: Older, Wiser, and (Getting) Happier Author: Cathi Hanauer Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: More than a decade after the New York Times bestselling anthology The Bitch in the House spoke up loud and clear for a generation of young woman, nine of the original contributors are back—along with sixteen captivating new voices—sharing their ruminations from an older, stronger, and wiser perspective about love, sex, work, family, independence, body-image, health, and aging: the critical flash points of women’s lives today. ''Born out of anger,'' the essays in The Bitch in the House chronicled the face of womanhood at the beginning of a new millennium. Now those funny, smart, passionate contributors—today less bitter and resentful, and more confident, competent, and content—capture the spirit of postfeminism in this equally provocative, illuminating, and compelling companion anthology. Having aged into their forties, fifties, and sixties, these ''bitches''—bestselling authors, renowned journalists, and critically acclaimed novelists—are back . . . and better than ever. In The Bitch Is Back, Cathi Hanauer, Kate Christensen, Sarah Crichton, Debora Spar, Ann Hood, Veronica Chambers, and nineteen other women offer unique views on womanhood and feminism today. Some of the ''original bitches'' (OBs) revisit their earlier essays to reflect on their previous selves. All reveal how their lives have changed in the intervening years—whether they stayed coupled, left marriages, or had affairs; developed cancer or other physical challenges; coped with partners who strayed, died, or remained faithful; became full-time wage earners or homemakers; opened up their marriages; remained childless or became parents; or experienced other meaningful life transitions. As a ''new wave'' of feminists begins to take center stage, this powerful, timely collection sheds a much-needed light on both past and present, offering understanding, compassion, and wisdom for modern women’s lives, all the while pointing toward the exciting possibilities of tomorrow. Cathi Hanauer Tue, 27 Sep 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273163 thebookvoice.com 11:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273163]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bitch is Back: Older, Wiser, and (Getting) Happier Author: Cathi Hanauer Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: More than a decade after the New York Times bestselling anthology The Bitch in the House spoke up loud and clear for a generation of young woman, nine of the original contributors are back—along with sixteen captivating new voices—sharing their ruminations from an older, stronger, and wiser perspective about love, sex, work, family, independence, body-image, health, and aging: the critical flash points of women’s lives today. ''Born out of anger,'' the essays in The Bitch in the House chronicled the face of womanhood at the beginning of a new millennium. Now those funny, smart, passionate contributors—today less bitter and resentful, and more confident, competent, and content—capture the spirit of postfeminism in this equally provocative, illuminating, and compelling companion anthology. Having aged into their forties, fifties, and sixties, these ''bitches''—bestselling authors, renowned journalists, and critically acclaimed novelists—are back . . . and better than ever. In The Bitch Is Back, Cathi Hanauer, Kate Christensen, Sarah Crichton, Debora Spar, Ann Hood, Veronica Chambers, and nineteen other women offer unique views on womanhood and feminism today. Some of the ''original bitches'' (OBs) revisit their earlier essays to reflect on their previous selves. All reveal how their lives have changed in the intervening years—whether they stayed coupled, left marriages, or had affairs; developed cancer or other physical challenges; coped with partners who strayed, died, or remained faithful; became full-time wage earners or homemakers; opened up their marriages; remained childless or became parents; or experienced other meaningful life transitions. As a ''new wave'' of feminists begins to take center stage, this powerful, timely collection sheds a much-needed light on both past and present, offering understanding, compassion, and wisdom for modern women’s lives, all the while pointing toward the exciting possibilities of tomorrow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273163]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bitch is Back: Older, Wiser, and (Getting) Happier Author: Cathi Hanauer Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: More than a decade after the New York Times bestselling anthology The Bitch in the House spoke up loud and clear for a generation of young woman, nine of the original contributors are back—along with sixteen captivating new voices—sharing their ruminations from an older, stronger, and wiser perspective about love, sex, work, family, independence, body-image, health, and aging: the critical flash points of women’s lives today. ''Born out of anger,'' the essays in The Bitch in the House chronicled the face of womanhood at the beginning of a new millennium. Now those funny, smart, passionate contributors—today less bitter and resentful, and more confident, competent, and content—capture the spirit of postfeminism in this equally provocative, illuminating, and compelling companion anthology. Having aged into their forties, fifties, and sixties, these ''bitches''—bestselling authors, renowned journalists, and critically acclaimed novelists—are back . . . and better than ever. In The Bitch Is Back, Cathi Hanauer, Kate Christensen, Sarah Crichton, Debora Spar, Ann Hood, Veronica Chambers, and nineteen other women offer unique views on womanhood and feminism today. Some of the ''original bitches'' (OBs) revisit their earlier essays to reflect on their previous selves. All reveal how their lives have changed in the intervening years—whether they stayed coupled, left marriages, or had affairs; developed cancer or other physical challenges; coped with partners who strayed, died, or remained faithful; became full-time wage earners or homemakers; opened up their marriages; remained childless or became parents; or experienced other meaningful life transitions. As a ''new wave'' of feminists begins to take center stage, this powerful, timely collection sheds a much-needed light on both past and present, offering understanding, compassion, and wisdom for modern women’s lives, all the while pointing toward the exciting possibilities of tomorrow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273074 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Watch Football Author: Ruud Gullit Narrator: Adam James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of How to Watch Football by Ruud Gullit, read by Adam James. How can one striker be better than three? Why do the best defenders never need to make a tackle? What's the secret of Tiki-taka? Welcome to Ruud Gullit's masterclass on how to 'read' a match. From his unrivalled perspective as player, manager and pundit, the Dutch football legend shows us everything to look for in a 90 minute match. From formations and tactical decisions to player qualities and pivotal moments, Ruud Gullit unveils the hidden patterns on the pitch. Packed with his acute insights, original observations and talking points, How to Watch Football will quite simply change the way you see the beautiful game. Ruud Gullit Thu, 08 Sep 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273074 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Watch Football Author: Ruud Gullit Narrator: Adam James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of How to Watch Football by Ruud Gullit, read by Adam James. How can one striker be better than three? Why do the best defenders never need to make a tackle? What's the secret of Tiki-taka? Welcome to Ruud Gullit's masterclass on how to 'read' a match. From his unrivalled perspective as player, manager and pundit, the Dutch football legend shows us everything to look for in a 90 minute match. From formations and tactical decisions to player qualities and pivotal moments, Ruud Gullit unveils the hidden patterns on the pitch. Packed with his acute insights, original observations and talking points, How to Watch Football will quite simply change the way you see the beautiful game. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Watch Football Author: Ruud Gullit Narrator: Adam James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of How to Watch Football by Ruud Gullit, read by Adam James. How can one striker be better than three? Why do the best defenders never need to make a tackle? What's the secret of Tiki-taka? Welcome to Ruud Gullit's masterclass on how to 'read' a match. From his unrivalled perspective as player, manager and pundit, the Dutch football legend shows us everything to look for in a 90 minute match. From formations and tactical decisions to player qualities and pivotal moments, Ruud Gullit unveils the hidden patterns on the pitch. Packed with his acute insights, original observations and talking points, How to Watch Football will quite simply change the way you see the beautiful game. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272968 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life as Jamie Knows It: An Exceptional Child Grows Up Author: Michael Berube Narrator: Brian Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The story of Jamie Bérubé’s journey to adulthood and a meditation on disability in American life Published in 1996, Life as We Know It introduced Jamie Bérubé to the world as a sweet, bright, gregarious little boy who loves the Beatles, pizza, and making lists. When he is asked in his preschool class what he would like to be when he grows up, he responds with one word: big. At four, he is like many kids his age, but his Down syndrome prevents most people from seeing him as anything but disabled. Twenty years later, Jamie is no longer little, though he still jams to the Beatles, eats pizza, and makes endless lists of everything—from the sixty-seven counties of Pennsylvania (in alphabetical order, from memory) to the various opponents of the wrestler known as the Undertaker. In Life as Jamie Knows It, Michael Bérubé chronicles his son’s journey to adulthood and his growing curiosity and engagement with the world. Writing as both a disability studies scholar and a father, he follows Jamie through his social and academic experiences in school, his evolving relationships with his parents and brother, Nick, his encounters with illness, and the complexities of entering the workforce with a disability. As Jamie matures, his parents acknowledge his entitlement to a personal sense of independence, whether that means riding the bus home from work on his own, taking himself to a Yankees game, or deciding which parts of his story are solely his to share. With a combination of stirring memoir and sharp intellectual inquiry, Bérubé tangles with bioethicists, politicians, philosophers, and anyone else who sees disability as an impediment to a life worth living. Far more than the story of an exceptional child growing up to be “big,” Life as Jamie Knows It challenges us to rethink how we approach disability and is a passionate call for moving toward a more just, more inclusive society. Michael Berube Tue, 04 Oct 2016 07:31:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272968 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life as Jamie Knows It: An Exceptional Child Grows Up Author: Michael Berube Narrator: Brian Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The story of Jamie Bérubé’s journey to adulthood and a meditation on disability in American life Published in 1996, Life as We Know It introduced Jamie Bérubé to the world as a sweet, bright, gregarious little boy who loves the Beatles, pizza, and making lists. When he is asked in his preschool class what he would like to be when he grows up, he responds with one word: big. At four, he is like many kids his age, but his Down syndrome prevents most people from seeing him as anything but disabled. Twenty years later, Jamie is no longer little, though he still jams to the Beatles, eats pizza, and makes endless lists of everything—from the sixty-seven counties of Pennsylvania (in alphabetical order, from memory) to the various opponents of the wrestler known as the Undertaker. In Life as Jamie Knows It, Michael Bérubé chronicles his son’s journey to adulthood and his growing curiosity and engagement with the world. Writing as both a disability studies scholar and a father, he follows Jamie through his social and academic experiences in school, his evolving relationships with his parents and brother, Nick, his encounters with illness, and the complexities of entering the workforce with a disability. As Jamie matures, his parents acknowledge his entitlement to a personal sense of independence, whether that means riding the bus home from work on his own, taking himself to a Yankees game, or deciding which parts of his story are solely his to share. With a combination of stirring memoir and sharp intellectual inquiry, Bérubé tangles with bioethicists, politicians, philosophers, and anyone else who sees disability as an impediment to a life worth living. Far more than the story of an exceptional child growing up to be “big,” Life as Jamie Knows It challenges us to rethink how we approach disability and is a passionate call for moving toward a more just, more inclusive society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life as Jamie Knows It: An Exceptional Child Grows Up Author: Michael Berube Narrator: Brian Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The story of Jamie Bérubé’s journey to adulthood and a meditation on disability in American life Published in 1996, Life as We Know It introduced Jamie Bérubé to the world as a sweet, bright, gregarious little boy who loves the Beatles, pizza, and making lists. When he is asked in his preschool class what he would like to be when he grows up, he responds with one word: big. At four, he is like many kids his age, but his Down syndrome prevents most people from seeing him as anything but disabled. Twenty years later, Jamie is no longer little, though he still jams to the Beatles, eats pizza, and makes endless lists of everything—from the sixty-seven counties of Pennsylvania (in alphabetical order, from memory) to the various opponents of the wrestler known as the Undertaker. In Life as Jamie Knows It, Michael Bérubé chronicles his son’s journey to adulthood and his growing curiosity and engagement with the world. Writing as both a disability studies scholar and a father, he follows Jamie through his social and academic experiences in school, his evolving relationships with his parents and brother, Nick, his encounters with illness, and the complexities of entering the workforce with a disability. As Jamie matures, his parents acknowledge his entitlement to a personal sense of independence, whether that means riding the bus home from work on his own, taking himself to a Yankees game, or deciding which parts of his story are solely his to share. With a combination of stirring memoir and sharp intellectual inquiry, Bérubé tangles with bioethicists, politicians, philosophers, and anyone else who sees disability as an impediment to a life worth living. Far more than the story of an exceptional child growing up to be “big,” Life as Jamie Knows It challenges us to rethink how we approach disability and is a passionate call for moving toward a more just, more inclusive society.